Collaboration combines Plumery’s API-first digital platform with Darien Technology’s regional expertise to modernise customer experiences in South America and Spain
SHARE THIS STORY
Plumery, a customer-centric digital banking experience platform, has announced a strategic partnership with Darien Technology. The consulting and technology firm specialises in financial services across South America and Spain.
Digital Banking Transformation
The partnership is focused on empowering banks and other financial institutions to modernise their digital channels. This is done without the complexity or cost of full-scale core replacements. Plumery’s developer-friendly, API-driven architecture is being combined with Darien Technology’s on-the-ground expertise in technology consulting, software development and UX/UI design. Moreover, the two companies are offering a fast, flexible path to digital transformation tailored to the needs of regional financial institutions.
Ben Goldin, Founder and CEO of Plumery, said: “This partnership allows us to extend Plumery’s reach into markets that are undergoing rapid digital change but are often held back by rigid legacy systems. Our platform provides the foundation for financial institutions to deliver seamless digital banking journeys that are easy to launch, fully customisable, and designed to scale. Through a focus on speed, cost-efficiency, and customer experience, we’re giving institutions the autonomy to evolve continuously. Without being tied to expensive vendor lock-ins or slow, professional service-heavy delivery models.”
A collaboration driving modern banking
The collaboration introduces a modern digital banking stack that integrates seamlessly with existing core systems and FinTech ecosystems. It offers financial institutions the ability to deliver omnichannel digital experiences across web and mobile. From frictionless onboarding, KYC compliance to personalised engagement and full loan origination journeys. Furthermore, the combined proposition allows financial institutions to respond immediately to changing customer expectations.
Plumery’s event-driven platform architecture and cloud-native infrastructure allow for real-time responsiveness, while its open design ensures banks and other financial institutions maintain full control over the user experience. Darien Technology complements this functionality with regional delivery capabilities and deep expertise in guiding financial institutions through complex innovation journeys.
Luis Salazar, Digital Transformation Director & CDO, EMEA at Darien Technology, said: “We’re thrilled to partner with Plumery. Their flexible, cloud-native, event-driven architecture and developer-friendly approach to digital banking, coupled with their ability to support progressive modernisation without the need for large-scale core transformations aligns perfectly with our mission to help financial institutions innovate with speed and confidence. Together, we bring not only best-in-class technology, but also deep implementation experience and local market insight that ensures banks can turn strategy into reality with reduced risk and faster time to value.”
About Plumery
Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide. Regardless of size, it crafts distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.
Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions. Most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally.
Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market. It helps expedite the development of their digital front ends. Moreover, significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).
About Darien Technology
Darien Technology is a digital transformation and technology consulting firm. It empowers organisations across South America and Europe to accelerate innovation, modernise legacy systems, and deliver best-in-class digital experiences.
The company has nearly a decade of experience delivering complex projects in financial services, government, and education. Darien is trusted by some of the region’s most forward-thinking institutions. Its capabilities span across end-to-end software development, systems integration, UX/UI design, cloud infrastructure, digital onboarding, document management, identity verification, and AI-driven data insights.
From modernising banking platforms and CRM systems to launching digital onboarding solutions and mobile banking apps, Darien Technology brings the right mix of strategic guidance and hands-on technical delivery. Specialised teams – covering digital consulting, software factories, and marketing automation – allow it to deliver scalable, customer-centric platforms. Furthermore, these improve operational efficiency and user engagement.
Headquartered in Panama with a growing presence in Spain, DarienT’s team of consultants, engineers, and designers understand the unique challenges of regional markets. They are committed to delivering solutions that are agile, secure, and future-ready.
Misplaced confidence in visibility tools leaves organisations vulnerable amidst record high data breaches, according to latest research
SHARE THIS STORY
A new report from Quod Orbis highlights that 95% of businesses are at risk of a cybersecurity blindspot. A reported 93% of UK organisations have confidence in their system visibility. However, nearly all (95%) of them have struggled to access critical assets in the last year, according to the research.
Over a third (38%) actually rank lack of visibility as one of their biggest challenges, further highlighting the gap between respondents’ perceptions and the reality of their situation. This comes at a time when data breaches this year have already surpassed one billion stolen records.
Quod Orbis Cybersecurity Research
Martin Greenfield, Quod Orbis CEO, comments: “Businesses are suffering from a blind spot that’s leaving them exposed. Misplaced confidence in existing cybersecurity tools means these same organisations are susceptible to data breaches and non-compliance fallout. This results in potentially crippling financial and reputational consequences.”
Quod Orbis commissioned a research study with international research house, Censuswide, to poll 500 board executives and IT decision makers, across enterprises of 500+ employees in the UK.
Cybersecurity Tech Stacks
Cybersecurity tech stacks are growing exponentially in the face of rising threats. The average team manages 19 security solutions at any one time. However, 41% still report a lack of technology as being their biggest challenge when it comes to maintaining a robust cybersecurity posture.
As 72% of IT teams have had their IT budget increased in the past three years, Greenfield urges businesses to break free from the typical cycle of throwing money at a problem and hoping something sticks. “It’s not about the biggest investment, it’s about the right investment.”
A quarter (26%) of IT decision makers are yet to allocate budget to basic security tools like asset visibility technology. This is despite 40% reporting a lack of actionable data.
It’s clear though that businesses recognise the advantage of implementing the right technology. More than eight in 10 (82%) agree that greater visibility over digital assets will greatly improve business security. This is a huge leap from the 93% of respondents who believe their businesses already provide them with the necessary tools.
According to the data, most upcoming IT investments will be allocated to Continuous Controls Monitoring (32%), privileged and identity access management (30%) and zero trust (29%).
The Future
Greenfield concludes: “Digital infrastructure has reached a level of complexity that not only warrants, but demands, complete visibility. Now is not the time to gamble with your company’s security. Furthermore, organisations need to stop adding layers of unnecessary technology as a way of solving the immediate problem. Instead, they must take a step back and think holistically about how to resolve their issues.
“Tools like CCM, powered by automation, help teams see and understand their security and risk posture in real time. This offers peace of mind that all of their data is relevant and up to date. This level of insight provides early awareness of potential problems and empowers teams to take a proactive approach to security, instead of being forced back into the same reactive position they’ve been in for years.”
About Quod Orbis
Quod Orbis is the single source of truth across security, risk and compliance, providing an orchestration layer for the entire tech stack whether in the cloud, on-premise, legacy or bespoke. Founded in 2018, Quod Orbis became part of Dedagroup, one of the leading Italian IT players, in 2024.
A pioneer in Continuous Controls Monitoring (CCM), Quod Orbis provides complete and constant visibility into a company’s cybersecurity, compliance and risk posture. Quod Orbis’ ability to connect with every piece of technology within a business, unrivalled automation capabilities and continual support enables the company to serve a global client base across a wide variety of industries.
Mastercard integrates its Multi-Token Network (MTN) for tokenized deposits and tokenized assets with Kinexys Digital Payments (formerly JPM Coin)
SHARE THIS STORY
Mastercard’s blockhain Multi-Token Network (MTN) has connected to Kinexys Digital Payments as a payment settlement solution. This will enhance the availability of B2B cross-border payments to business applications on MTN.
Kinexys Digital Payments is a next-generation payment rail powering real-time value transfer. Also, it uses commercial bank money and is offered through Kinexys by J.P. Morgan, the firm’s Blockchain business unit.
Mastercard’s MTN brings together a set of API-enabled, blockchain-based tools and standards for innovative business models under one platform.
Kinexys by JP Morgan and Mastercard are respectively providing solutions designed to improve the efficiency of commercial transactions. Furthermore, these solutions aim to improve the cross-border payment experiences common for such transactions. They will achieve this by providing greater transparency and faster settlement as well as reducing time zone friction.
By integrating Mastercard MTN’s connectivity with Kinexys Digital Payments, mutual customers of MTN and Kinexys will be able to settle B2B transactions through a single API integration.
Kinexys – JP Morgan’s Blockchain business unit
“At Kinexys, we believe our solutions can play a transformative role in the ecosystem for digital global commerce and digital assets, where the value proposition of commercial transaction venues is enhanced by the availability of commercial bank payment rails that can natively integrate with any digital marketplace or platform. We look forward to supporting our clients engaging with the MTN ecosystem and collaborating further with Mastercard in the digital space.”
Naveen Mallela, Co-Head of Kinexys by JP Morgan
MTN – Mastercard’s Multi-Token Network
“For years, both Mastercard and Kinexys by JP Morgan have been committed to innovating for the future of digital asset and commercial infrastructure. By bringing together the power and connectivity of Mastercard’s MTN with Kinexys Digital Payments, we are unlocking greater speed and settlement capabilities for the entire value chain. Moreover, we are excited about this integration and the new use cases it will bring to life, leveraging the strengths and innovations of both organisations.”
Raj Dhamodharan, executive vice president, Blockchain and Digital Assets at Mastercard
Jamil Jiva, EVP at Linedata, on compliance in asset management following the EU AI act
SHARE THIS STORY
AI’s value-add has shifted from speculative to tangible in recent years. For consumers, it’s brought convenience; for businesses, invaluable timesaving. In the asset management space however, its impact is transformative. It can help assess choice, trust, and risk in seconds. AI isn’t just improving efficiency, it’s fundamentally reshaping decision-making processes.
It’s clear artificial intelligence is achieving widespread adoption among asset managers. Linedata’s recent global survey showed that 36% of asset management companies have already integrated AI into their operations. A further 37% are preparing to introduce it.
However, adopting new and evolving technology can prove to be a long-term challenge. Asset managers have to adapt to regulation as it changes. For example, the newly enacted EU AI Act is designed to regulate high-risk uses. It seeks to ensure safety, transparency, and accountability. With new regulations arriving thick and fast, companies should avoid rushing their implementation or cutting corners. Compliance should be their first and last thought.
AI can bring immediate benefits in optimising efficiency, streamlining operations, and boosting decision-making capabilities. The newly enacted EU AI Act will push firms planning to take a more measured approach to deploying artificial intelligence. This will necessitate a long-term, compliance-driven approach.
The New Compliance Landscape
The EU AI Act marks a turning point for AI governance. For the financial sector, the act will put explainability at the fore of AI-augmented decisions. For asset management firms, which increasingly rely on AI to drive decisions related to market forecasts, risk modelling, and portfolio management, the act mandates a robust approach to accountability.
Asset management firms that use AI must now prioritise governance or risk severe penalties and long-term reputational damage. As firms adjust to the EU AI Act, they must recalibrate their AI strategies and implement future-proof frameworks that blend innovation with security and ethical standards.
Hybrid AI Systems: Creativity and Control
One promising approach to the new regulatory environment is hybrid AI. Hybrid systems marry proprietary data with third-party models. With a blended strategy firms retain full oversight over sensitive tasks – such as decision-making models . Meanwhile, outsourcing less critical functions like data analysis or back-office automation to third-party vendors.
However, hybrid systems bring their own challenges under the EU AI Act. The new regulation imposes strict requirements for transparency. This means firms must ensure that any external solutions they adopt meet the same high standards of risk management and documentation. This necessitates a more in-depth vetting process for third-party providers and ongoing oversight to guarantee compliance. Effective governance, therefore, hinges not just on internal processes but also on the integrity and transparency of external systems and partners.
Despite these complexities, hybrid AI presents an opportunity for asset managers to continue innovating without compromising on compliance. By carefully managing these systems, firms can position themselves to harness the full potential of artificial intelligence while mitigating the risks associated with regulatory breaches.
Building a Sustainable AI Strategy
While the EU AI Act certainly raises the bar for compliance, it also presents an opportunity for firms to create more sustainable, future-proof strategies. Much like how the GDPR transformed data governance, the AI Act could drive a more comprehensive approach to artificial intelligence oversight, encouraging firms to adopt stronger ethical frameworks while staying ahead of regulatory shifts.
For asset managers, investing in adaptable AI infrastructures is one way to navigate these regulatory demands. By focusing on systems that are both flexible and scalable, firms can ensure they remain compliant with evolving regulations without sacrificing the pace of innovation. In particular, areas like predictive analytics, ESG reporting, and portfolio management stand to benefit from such advancements, provided firms integrate transparency and accountability into their strategies.
Asset managers who view regulatory challenges as opportunities – rather than obstacles – will emerge as leaders, showcasing a commitment to ethical AI that can ultimately build trust with clients and regulators alike. While the EU AI Act may seem daunting at first, for those who embrace the changes, it offers a chance to redefine how artificial intelligence can shape the future of asset management.
Philipp Buschmann, co-founder and CEO of AAZZUR on how the customer becomes the investor with Embedded Finance at the heart of the wealth management revolution
SHARE THIS STORY
Wealth management has traditionally been a game for the well-off. It often requires large sums of money just to get started. For decades, the idea of “investing” conjured up images of Wall Street brokers managing hefty portfolios for a small group of elite individuals. But, thanks to Embedded Finance, times are changing and the barriers to investing are coming down. The technology is reshaping how people handle their money. Here’s what it can do for you.
Tackling the investment problem
Historically, investing hasn’t been easy. Most brokers require a significant minimum deposit to open an account, often in the thousands. Fees and commissions on trades can add up quickly, and if you don’t have a large amount of capital, these costs can erode your profits. For many, these hurdles were enough to keep them from even thinking about investing. It simply didn’t feel like something for “ordinary” people with average incomes.
Even with the rise of online brokers, the stock market has remained intimidating to a lot of people, many of whom felt like they lacked the knowledge or resources to get involved.
On top of the classical challenges we must also discuss the upcoming wealth transfer. The next generation of users have no interest in sitting with wealth managers; at the same time they don’t have the knowhow to trade or invest.
Imagine being able to not only excite your customers but empower them as well. That’s what embedded finance solutions promise. As companies strive towards more inclusive messaging, adopting embedded finance tools has never been more valuable. One of the great perks is that it doesn’t require a complete overhaul of IT infrastructure, instead, it involves a seamless experience that even junior employees can understand and implement.
Embracing the solution with Embedded Finance
I’ve said it’s easy – but how easy? Embedded finance works by bridging the gap between traditional financial systems and the average consumer. By integrating financial services directly into everyday apps and platforms, it makes it possible for people to start investing without even realising they’re doing it. Monzo is an example of it in action. They used embedded finance solutions to enable customers to invest directly in the bank during its fundraising rounds. They raised millions by allowing users of the app to seamlessly invest and become shareholders, a great example of how “the customer becomes the investor”.
Think about how your business manages its money. You most likely use an app to track accounts and make payments. This is no different to customer budgeting, and it’s a window of opportunity for you to tap into. That app can offer you the ability to automatically invest any leftover money at the end of the month into a diversified portfolio. Customers don’t need to download a separate app or set up an account with a brokerage firm. Everything is integrated into the website they’re shopping on. This is the beauty of embedded finance – it makes financial services a natural part of your daily life.
For younger people just starting out on lower salaries and learning how to invest sensibly, there has never been a greater time to be innovative and branch out into financial services.
The second vector for investment is to centre it around a new social frame. Investment’s can be around supporting your ideals, for the environment, or for technologies sake. This means that there are apps/club/activities that can become another home for investment. The same way country clubs aren’t just for food, golf and banter. Embedded finance opens the door for classically aligned companies and charities to think about expanding their business model. I could imagine Greenpeace offering embedded investing. So, could the country club co-invest in art that is displayed (but also invested) in.
Equalising opportunity with Embedded Finance
Embedded finance allows financial services to be delivered in a more personalised, user-friendly way. Apps can now provide personalised investment recommendations based on a user’s spending habits, savings goals, and risk tolerance. And thanks to automation, these services are becoming more affordable and scalable. Instead of paying for an expensive financial advisor, users can rely on AI-driven tools to offer similar advice for a fraction of the cost, or even for free. Wealthfront does this by offering automated financial planning and investment management with AI-driven recommendations and tax optimisation strategies.
GoHenry is another example of a company taking the initiative and embracing its solutions. They allow customers to invest in the company using the Crowdcube platform. People can invest in as little as they want and become shareholders with ease. As a result, loyalty is enhanced and capital surges.
Another example is fractional investing. In the past, buying a single share of a company like Amazon or Tesla might have been out of reach for someone with limited funds. However, this no longer has to be the case as companies like Robinhood allow customers to invest in big stocks like Tesla for as little as £1, making it possible for anyone to grow their wealth without having to stretch themselves and get into debt.
What does the future hold?
As embedded finance continues to evolve, we can anticipate even more innovations in the world of micro-investing and wealth management. The lines between financial services and everyday life will continue to blur, making it easier than ever for people to manage their money, invest, and build wealth – all without needing a financial background or a large amount of capital.
Philipp Buschmann is co-Founder and CEO at AAZZUR, a one-stop-shop for smart embedded finance experience. Recognised as a rising star in the FinTech space, AAZZUR’s mission is to build profitable banking whilst at the same time empowering consumers to have access to better informed financial choices.
Philipp is a serial entrepreneur with extensive experience of working in Challenger Banking, Financial Services, IT and Energy across the world. He took one of his business’s public – Ignis Petroleum was publicly listed in the US and Germany.
Having started as a developer in Financial Services, Philipp has first-hand experience of the banking revolution from both a technology and financial perspective. His interest in behavioural economics helped inspire AAZZUR’s revolutionary work on customer centricity in banking.
Philipp holds an MBA from the London Business School. He is passionate about entrepreneurship and loves exchanging ideas, insights and discussing FinTech’s future. He has spoken at major Fintech events including Money 20/20, MoneyLive, Finovate, Fintech Matters, and the Future of Retail Banking.
Cullen Zandstra, CTO at FloQast on mitigating the risks of AI to deliver benefits to financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
There’s a lot of buzz around Generative AI (GenAI). What’s not always heard beneath the noise are the very real and serious risks of this fast-developing AI tech. Let alone ways to mitigate these emerging threats.
Currently, one quarter (26%) of accounting and bookkeeping practices in the UK have now adopted GenAI in some capacity. That figure is predicted to grow for many years to come.
With this in mind, and as we hit the crest of the GenAI hype cycle, it’s critically important that leaders focus closely on the potential risks of AI deployment. They need to proactively prepare to mitigate them, rather than picking up the pieces after an incident.
Navigating the risky transition to AI
The benefits of AI are well-proven. For finance teams, AI is a powerup that unlocks major performance and efficiency boosts. It significantly enhances their ability to generate actionable insights swiftly and accurately, facilitating faster decision-making. AI isn’t here to take over but to augment the employees’ capabilities. Ultimately improving leaders’ trust in the reliability of financial reporting.
One of the most exciting aspects of AI is its potential to enable organisations to do more with less. Which, in the context of an ongoing talent shortage in accounting, is what all finance leaders are seeking to do right now. By automating routine tasks, AI empowers accountants to focus on higher-level analysis and strategic initiative, whilst drawing on fewer resources. GenAI models can help to perform routine, but important tasks. These include producing reports for key stakeholders and ensuring critical information is effectively and quickly communicated. It enables timely and precise access to business information, helping leaders to make better decisions.
However, GenAI also represents a new source of risk that is not always well understood. We know that threat actors are using GenAI to produce exploits and malware. Simultaneously levelling up their capabilities and lowering the barrier of entry for lower-skilled hackers. The GenAI models that power chatbots are vulnerable to a growing range of threats. These include prompt injection attacks, which trick AI into handing over sensitive data or generating malicious outputs.
Unfortunately, it’s not just the bad guys who can do damage to (and with) AI models. With great productivity comes great responsibility. Even an ambitious, forward-thinking, and well-meaning finance team could innocently deploy the technology. They could inadvertently make mistakes that cause major damage to their organisation. Poorly managed AI tools can expose sensitive company and customer financial data, increasing the risk of data breaches.
De-risking AI implementation
There is no technical solution you can buy to eliminate doubt and achieve 100% trust in sources of data with one press of a button. Neither is there a prompt you can enter into a large language model (LLM).
The integrity, accuracy, and availability of financial data are of paramount importance during the close and other core accountancy processes. Hallucinations (another word for “mistakes”) cannot be tolerated. Tech can solve some of the challenges around data needed to eliminate hallucinations – but we’ll always need humans in the loop.
True human oversight is required to make sure AI systems are making the right decisions. We must balance effectiveness with an ethical approach. As a result, the judgment of skilled employees is irreplaceable and is likely to remain so for the foreseeable future. Unless there is a sudden, unpredicted quantum leap in the power of AI models. It’s crucial that AI complements our work, enhancing rather than compromising the trust in financial reporting.
A new era of collaboration
As finance teams enhance their operations with AI, they will need to reach across their organisations to forge new connections and collaborate closely with security teams. Traditionally viewed as number-crunchers, accountants are now poised to drive strategic value by integrating advanced technologies securely. The accelerating adoption of GenAI is an opportunity to forge links between departments which may not always have worked closely together in the past.
By fostering a collaborative environment between finance and security teams, businesses can develop robust AI solutions. They can boost efficiency and deliver strategic benefits while safeguarding against potential threats. This partnership is essential for creating a secure foundation for growth.
AI in accountancy: The road forward
The accounting profession stands on the threshold of an era of AI-driven growth. Professionals who embrace and understand this technology will find themselves indispensable.
However, as we incorporate AI into our workflows, it is crucial to ensure GenAI is implemented safely and does not introduce security risks. By establishing robust safeguards and adhering to best practices in AI deployment, we can protect sensitive financial information and uphold the integrity of our profession. Embracing AI responsibly ensures we harness its full potential while guarding against vulnerabilities, leading our organisations confidently into the future.
Founded in 2013, FloQast is the leading cloud-based accounting transformation platform created by accountants, for accountants. FloQast brings AI and automation innovation into everyday accounting workflows, empowering accountants to work better together and perform their tasks with greater efficiency and accuracy. Now controllers and accountants can spend more time delivering greater strategic value while enjoying a better work-life balance.
FinTech Strategy spoke with Zak Lambert, Product Lead for Plaid in Europe, to find out more about the world-leading data network and payments platform
SHARE THIS STORY
Plaid offers the world’s largest open finance platform. Plaid specialises in bank connectivity and provides a single API for customers to integrate with banks around the world. They have had innovative success stories working with companies like Western Union and MoneyBox. Plaid see opportunities around current trends such as account-to-account payments, variable recurring payments, and cash flow underwriting for businesses and consumers.
At Money20/20 Europe, FinTech Strategy spoke with Plaid’s Product Lead for Europe, Zak Lambert, to learn more…
Tell us about Plaid…
“I work in product management for Plaid in Europe. We’re the world’s largest open finance platform operating across 20 markets in Europe and North America. Back in 2019 when we first launched in Europe our bread and butter was bank connectivity. Integrating with over 10,000 banks through a single API. We still provide that connectivity in one API for our customers. Millions of users go through that journey every day for a number of different use cases.
“I was part of the team that started Plaid in New York and opened the office there. I did a variety of things from helping customers integrate, building new products, working with sales teams, and anything else that would help us grow, About a year after that, I moved over to London to be the first person on the ground there. Fast forward five years and I’m delighted to be the head of product in Europe. I’ve been with the company for about five and a half years. Overall, it’s just been an exciting journey from a hundred people to more than a thousand now.”
Talk about some of the successful integrations Plaid is involved in…
“We recently announced that we’re working with Western Union across Europe to fund transfers, whether that’s someone depositing in the UK and Germany, Italy or Spain. Plaid is powering account to account payments for Western Union across their various use cases. Particularly when you look at the growing trend around account-to-account payments and pay by bank, we’re thrilled to be working with brands of that caliber. Since launch we’ve seen hockey stick growth for their customer adoption of pay by bank. This shows trust and reliability of the open banking ecosystem which we’re excited to be a part of. We are also delighted to be supporting MoneyBox, one of the largest fintechs in the UK. They handle millions of transactions to fund and create ISAs. Moneybox have launched VRP (Variable Recurring Payments) through Plaid in order to optimise their customer flows and have more reliability in customer recurring payments. With our new flow, users can go through the journey once, set up their consent, and then money can move in the background. It’s like a card on file with a bank account. We see this as a significant trend in the coming years in the UK specifically, and then across Europe as that product set develops.”
What trends are you seeing across the FinTech landscape? What opportunities do you see for Plaid?
The UK has always been an early adopter of open banking but we’re now seeing a surge in demand from mainland Europe. We are currently live in 18 markets in Europe and continue to focus on our reliability and depth in each market to ensure we can meet that demand.
This year, we’ve learned more about how our customers want to use VRP (Variable Recurring Payments). In June, we launched Moneybox’s VRP proposition to enable them to relaunch their Payday Boost offering which was previously restricted by direct debit limitations. Every week we’re having more and more conversations on VRP use cases.
We’re also excited about how open banking and fintech more broadly can help make financial access more inclusive. For example, open banking can help the underserved get more access to credit by using real-time data to inform underwriting decisions. At Plaid, we’ve built specific products to do this such as the Financial Insights Report that companies such as Capital on Tap are already using to inform their decisioning programmes.
And what’s next for Plaid? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“There are three areas I would highlight… First, pay by bank globally for Plaid. You look at Western Union, they’re probably not the first company to adopt something, but the second they adopt something it probably is about to hit mainstream. That’s significant volume. They’re one of the world’s oldest companies. They’ve been fantastic to work with. So, as that trust and familiarity start coming into play, people that aren’t Western Union come and say, okay, we’ve seen this experience. It was really good. We want it now. We’re working with our teams across the globe to bring that to life for North America and Europe in the simplest way possible. It’s really exciting.
“Second, we have the significant opportunity to bring lending into the 21st century. Particularly because of the third thing, which is the Plaid network. We’ve touched hundreds of millions of consumers. We’ve spent a long time building products to make payments easy and to make underwriting easy. And now we’re in the third phase… We have all of these users, this large network, so how can we make this even simpler for people? And just giving smoother experiences when the user is actually in the workflow. So, boosting conversion, delivering network style experiences in the same way that other network businesses do.”
Why Money20/20? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to showcase what you do? How has the response been to Plaid?
“This is my sixth straight Money20/20 and it gets busier every year! It’s great to learn more about the ecosystem at large. You can see developing trends each year, and it’s always a little bit different. You build relationships at Money20/20 that stay with you for the rest of your life. And it’s a perfect opportunity to meet people in the flesh that you might normally only see on screen. You can get a pretty direct read on what they’re working on and it’s exciting to be here making new connections.”
Tetyana Golovata, Head of Regulatory Compliance at IFX Payments, on builidng compliance into business culture
SHARE THIS STORY
Regulation plays a critical role in shaping the fintech landscape. From Consumer Duty and FCA annual risk reporting to APP fraud, the tectonic plates of the sector are shifting. Whether you consider these regulations as benefiting or hindering the industry, businesses are struggling to keep up.
According to research by fraud prevention fintech Alloy, 93% of respondents said they found it challenging to meet compliance requirements. In a new study by Davies a third of financial leaders (36%) said their firms had been penalised for compliance breaches in the year to June. The FCA brings in its operational resilience rules in March 2025. So, it is more important than ever to ensure your company makes the grade on compliance.
Learning lessons from history
Traditionally, FX has struggled with the challenge of reporting in an ever-developing sector. As regulatory raise the bar on compliance, responsible providers must help the industry navigate the changes and upcoming deadlines.
Fintechs and payments companies are entering uncharted waters. They face pressure to beat rivals by offering more innovative products. Regulators have struggled to keep up in the past. Gaps in legislation have allowed some opportunists to slip between the net, as seen in the collapse of FTX. Because of this, implementation and standardisation of the rules is necessary. This ensures innovation remains seen as a force for good, and to help identify and stamp out illegal activity.
Culture vs Business
Culture has become a prominent factor in regulatory news. We have seen cases of large fines and public censure relating to cultural issues. FCA COO Emily Shepperd observed in a speech to the finance industry, “Culture is what you do when no one is looking”.
Top-level commitment is crucial when it comes to organisational culture. Conduct and culture are closely intertwined. Culture is not merely a tick-box exercise. It is not defined by perks like snack bars or Friday pizzas. Rather, it should be demonstrated in every aspect of the organisation, including processes, people, counterparties, and third parties.
In recent years, regulatory focus has shifted from ethics to culture. Recognising its crucial role in building market reputation and ensuring compliance with rules and regulations. Furthermore, boosting client confidence, and retaining employees. The evolving regulatory landscape has significantly impacted e-money and payments firms. Moreover, regulations are strengthening each year. Each regulation carries elements of culture, as seen in:
Consumer duty: How do we treat our customers?
Operational resilience: How can we recover and prevent disruptions to our customers?
APP fraud: How do we protect our customers?
Culture Drivers
Key drivers of culture include implementing policies on remuneration, conflicts of interest, and whistleblowing. However, for it to become embedded it must touch employees at every level.
This is showcased by senior stakeholders and heads of departments facilitating close relationships with colleagues across a company’s Sales, Operations, Tech and Product teams to build a collaborative environment.
Finance firms must recognise the trust bestowed on them by their customers and ensure the protection of their investments and data is paramount. Consumer Duty may have been a wake-up call for some companies, but progressive regulation must always be embraced and their requirements seen as a baseline rather than a hurdle.
Similarly, the strengthening of operational resilience rules and the upcoming APP fraud regulation in October are to be welcomed, increasing transparency for customers.
Compliance vs Business
Following regulatory laws is often viewed as a financial and resource drain, but without proper compliance, companies are vulnerable to situations where vast amounts of money can be lost quickly.
A case in point is the proposed reimbursal requirement for APP fraud, which will mean payment firms could face having to pay compensation of up to £415,000 per case.
Complying not only safeguards the client and their money, but also the business itself. About nine in ten (88%) financial services firms have reported an increased compliance cost over the past five years, according to research from SteelEye. Embedding compliance earlier in business cultures can be beneficial in the long run, cutting the time and money needed to adapt to new regulations and preventing the stress of having to make wholesale changes rapidly.
Building a cross-business compliance culture
Compliance is a key principle at IFX Payments, and we strive to be a champion in this area. In response to these challenges, the business restructured, establishing dedicated risk and regulatory departments, along with an internal audit function.
Regulatory compliance aims to support innovation by developing and using new tools, standards, and approaches to foster innovation and ensure product safety, efficacy, and quality. It has helped the firm to navigate the regulatory landscape while driving growth and maintaining high standards.
This organisational shift allowed each business line to own its own risk, with department partaking in tailored workshops designed to identify existing, new, and potential risk exposure. Shared responsibility for compliance is the only way to create a culture which values it. We see this as a great way for organisations to drive innovation while sticking to the rules.
Neobanks are transforming the financial sector as digital-only institutions that offer a comprehensive range of banking services through mobile apps…
SHARE THIS STORY
Neobanks are transforming the financial sector as digital-only institutions that offer a comprehensive range of banking services through mobile apps and online platforms. These services encompass current and savings accounts, payments, loans, and investments — all managed seamlessly through digital channels.
With cutting-edge financial technology, neobanks provide faster, more affordable, and more convenient solutions for both customers and businesses. The surge in mobile phone use, cloud computing, and artificial intelligence has fuelled rapid growth.
The neobanking market is even expanding rapidly, with a projected market volume of $10.44 trillion by 2028, according to Statista. This represents a 13.15 percent growth rate from 2024 to 2028.
Innovative Business Models
To offer a broader range of services and better customer experiences, neobanks leverage application programming interfaces (APIs). This model involves integrating various financial applications and services using APIs. It will allow them to manage Know Your Customer (KYC) verifications, do instant refunds, and arrange collections efficiently.
Then, the significant source for neobanks is interchange fees. This model involves charging transaction fees for every transaction and earning a portion of the fees from payment networks like Visa.
Furthermore, credit card business models use credit as a foundation, generating revenue from transaction fees and interest on carried balances to drive growth and profitability. This model starts with credit card services and later offers a bank account.
Other models allow neobanks to offer high-yield savings accounts and certificates of deposits (CDs). Revenue will come from earning interest on the assets and charging fees for services related to these accounts, such as maintenance fees.
Technology Integration
Neobanks have redefined the banking landscape through a digital-first approach, prioritising customer experience, and leveraging technology to deliver innovative financial services. This combination sets them apart from traditional banks and allows them to offer unique and competitive financial services.
A core characteristic of neobanks is their digital-only operations. By eliminating physical branches, they significantly reduce overhead costs. These savings translate into lower fees for customers and increased competitiveness.
Furthermore, neobanks harness the power of cloud computing, data analytics, and artificial intelligence to deliver personalised financial solutions. These technologies enable them to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, allowing for tailored product offerings and improved operational efficiency.
Neobanks have also pioneered innovative revenue streams. Unlike traditional banks heavily reliant on interest income, they generate revenue through various channels, including interchange fees and partnerships.
Finally, many neobanks embrace open banking principles. This collaborative approach allows third-party developers to create new financial products and services that complement the neobank’s offerings. By collaborating with third-party developers, neobanks create additional value and broaden their reach.
The Global Neobanking Innovators
Advapay expected the total number of neobanks users to increase to 3.6 billion worldwide by 2024. Moreover, they spread relatively evenly across the main regions. For example, neobanks in North America, LATAM, APAC, and the UK each now accumulate a total price tag of 50 billion dollars or more per region.
Revolut, a UK-based neobank, stands as a leading example of digital banking innovation. Expanding its services to over 30 countries, Revolut offers multi-currency accounts, currency exchange, stock trading, and insurance.
The neobank employs various innovative business models including API integration, transaction fees, credit card services, high-yield savings, and certificates of deposit. Revolut’s software as a service (SaaS) approach enhances flexibility, scalability, and rapid product development.
Beyond Revolut, Nubank from Latin America showcases innovation through robust security features, diverse financial products, and blockchain-based loyalty programs. Meanwhile, WeBank in China excels in digital lending, mobile payments, and alternative credit scoring.
Future Prospects
The neobanking industry is rapidly evolving, with 278 neobanks operating globally as of March 2023. This intense competition forces neobanks to continuously innovate to differentiate themselves.
As a result, traditional banks face increased pressure to adapt to these new market dynamics. Neobanks have the potential to drive financial inclusion, foster creativity, prioritise customer needs, and expand globally.
Looking ahead, neobanks can expect a surge in competitors. This will force incumbent banks to either adapt their strategies to defend their market share or become digital attackers themselves to stay competitive in the evolving market.
With competition growing and attention spans shrinking, innovative product launches aren’t something neobanks should do once. Instead, creating agile solutions that are in tune with current consumer needs must be an essential part of their growth strategy.
Nada Ali Redha, Founder of PLIM Finance, on flexibility, consolidation, and the evolution of digital payments
SHARE THIS STORY
Embedded finance, the integration of financial services into non-financial platforms, is no longer a niche trend. It has become a defining characteristic of modern commerce. Consumers are increasingly drawn to the convenience and flexibility it offers, leading businesses across industries to adopt embedded finance solutions. The rise of these platforms, combined with shifting consumer expectations, presents both opportunities and challenges for traditional banks and fintech players.
Customer-centricity with Embedded Finance
At the heart of this transformation is a desire for simplicity. Consumers are opting for solutions that allow them to bypass the inconvenient processes associated with traditional banking. They are avoiding excessive paperwork, account opening delays, or hidden charges. Instead, they are drawn to platforms that offer seamless integration of services. Enabling them to make purchases, manage their finances, and access credit without ever leaving the ecosystem of their preferred brands.
E-commerce giants like Amazon have been quick to recognise this trend, embedding financial services directly into their platforms. This allows them to offer a one-stop solution that caters to all their customers’ needs, from browsing products to making payments or accessing credit options. The appeal is clear: customers stay within the same digital environment, enjoying a frictionless experience that saves them time and effort. This development, however, raises the stakes for standalone payment providers like PayPal and Klarna, as they are increasingly excluded from these in-house ecosystems.
Shifting financial services
For legacy banking providers, this shift presents a major challenge. Traditionally, these institutions have relied on their extensive networks, trusted brands, and regulatory backing to maintain a dominant position in the financial landscape. But as businesses integrate financial services directly into their offerings, banks are no longer the first point of contact for many consumers. A growing number of businesses are bypassing traditional banks altogether, embedding payment and lending options at the point of purchase or within their own apps. This trend highlights a fundamental shift in how consumers interact with financial services, often without even realising it.
In response, payment providers and fintechs must find innovative ways to remain competitive. One potential strategy is for these companies to develop their own marketplaces. By creating an ecosystem of services that includes not only payments, providers can capture more customer loyalty and engagement. This would enable fintechs and payment solution companies to offer a holistic, embedded finance solution. Rather than relying on external platforms or partnerships.
PLIM Finance
A case study for this would be PLIM Finance’s marketplace, which offers a highly customised experience. PLIM connects consumers with their desired services in a way that prioritises personalisation and convenience. As a platform built with user-centric design at its core, it allows consumers to search for treatments based on location, type, and specific clinics, giving them the ability to make informed decisions effortlessly. This is achieved through a search engine that filters results to suit each individual’s exact needs. Enhancing the user experience by eliminating irrelevant options for a streamlined experience. PLIM’s marketplace also encourages partners to create detailed profiles, showcasing their services, reviews, and credentials, which enhances visibility and attracts new clients. By fostering a direct connection between consumers and clinics, PLIM’s marketplace stands out in the embedded finance space. Ensuring a seamless, personalised customer experience that is simple and easy-to-use.
Strategic partnerships
Another potential strategy is deeper collaboration with external partners. By integrating their services into a wide range of businesses, payment providers can continue to capture market share. Without needing to create their own consumer-facing platforms. Strategic partnerships can expand the reach of these payment solutions, allowing them to tap into user bases they might otherwise miss. For example, smaller or mid-sized businesses may benefit from embedding a well-established payment solution into their website or app rather than developing their own in-house system.
However, not every provider will be able to meet the demands of this rapidly changing landscape on their own. As the embedded finance space continues to mature, industry consolidation becomes a very real possibility. Larger players may acquire smaller fintech companies. Integrating their innovative solutions into existing platforms can offer a more comprehensive suite of services. This would mirror the broader trend in the tech sector, where big players often absorb disruptive startups to maintain their competitive edge. Consolidation offers both challenges and opportunities. While smaller companies risk losing their independence, they also gain access to the resources and customer base of their new parent companies.
Evolving financial landscape
This evolving landscape is also occurring at a time of significant economic uncertainty. Financial stress often pushes consumers to reevaluate their spending and financial habits, with many looking for greater control over their cash flows. This is where embedded finance stands out. The flexibility it offers allows consumers to manage their money more efficiently, whether through payment deferrals, buy-now-pay-later (BNPL) options, or quick access to credit. These features are particularly valuable when budgets are tight or income is uncertain.
Moreover, embedded finance solutions empower consumers by giving them more control over how they manage their transactions. For example, BNPL options give individuals the freedom to split payments over time, making larger purchases easier to manage without the immediate financial burden. This level of control resonates with modern consumers, who increasingly seek transparent, flexible financial solutions that can be tailored to their personal circumstances.
For businesses, this presents an opportunity to strengthen customer loyalty by offering embedded finance services that align with consumer needs. By removing barriers to purchasing, businesses can enhance the customer experience, which, in turn, can drive increased sales and long-term engagement. As a result, companies that adopt embedded finance solutions can gain a competitive edge, particularly in sectors like e-commerce, where convenience is king.
Conclusion
In conclusion, embedded finance represents a fundamental shift in how consumers interact with financial services. As more businesses adopt these solutions, traditional banking institutions and standalone payment providers will need to adapt or risk being left behind. Whether through developing their own marketplaces, forging deeper collaborations, or pursuing mergers and acquisitions, the financial services landscape is poised for continued transformation. Embedded finance, with its focus on flexibility and convenience, is likely to become an integral part of the future of commerce—benefiting both consumers and businesses alike.
Digital banking offers increased convenience and accessibility. However, this growth also exposes banks to heightened cybersecurity risks. Protecting data and…
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital banking offers increased convenience and accessibility. However, this growth also exposes banks to heightened cybersecurity risks. Protecting data and information is crucial to maintaining customer trust and preventing financial loss.
Cybercrime poses a significant threat to the digital banking industry. According to Cybercrime Magazine, cybercrime costs will increase by 15% over the next five years and reach $10.5 trillion by 2025. These attacks target sensitive information and funds, causing substantial damage to banks.
To mitigate these risks, banks must implement robust cybersecurity measures to safeguard digital systems and data.
1. Strong Authentication
The Payment Services Directive (PSD2) mandates strong customer authentication (SCA) to reduce fraud and enhance online payment security. This directive imposes specific requirements on market participants to meet new obligations. The European Banking Authority (EBA) developed regulatory technical standards (RTS) based on the Commission’s authority under PSD2.
The RTS aims to protect consumers and create a level playing field within the evolving financial technology market. To achieve this, the RTS establishes security measures for payment service providers — including banks and other financial institutions — when processing payments or offering payment-related services.
2. Encryption
Unencrypted data is a common cyber threat. Hackers can easily access this data type and give severe consequences for banks. According to Statista, the average cost of a data breach worldwide is $4.45 million dollars. However, data breaches not only cause substantial financial loss for recovery and ransom payments but also damage a bank’s reputation.
To prevent these issues, all digital banking data must be encrypted. This safeguards information and makes it difficult for cybercriminals to access even if stolen. Encryption transforms data into a coded format that requires a specific key to decipher. Only individuals with the correct key can view the original data.
Encryption involves using an algorithm and a key to convert plain data into encrypted data. The original data can only be recovered by decrypting the ciphertext with the correct key.
3. Regular Cybersecurity Audit
A security audit is a thorough examination of an organisation’s IT infrastructure. This process verifies the effectiveness of security policies and procedures. Security audits assess how well an institution’s cybersecurity program operates. This includes reviewing policies, testing controls, and checking compliance with industry standards and regulations.
Banks and financial institutions face increasingly complex cyber threats. Regular security audits help identify vulnerabilities in systems. By discovering weaknesses, banks can strengthen defences with firewalls, antivirus, and antimalware software. A cybersecurity audit should be conducted by an independent expert to ensure objectivity.
4. Employee Training
The World Economic Forum reports that 95% of cyberattacks involve human error. This means hackers often exploit employee mistakes. They use tactics like phishing to deceive employees into revealing sensitive information. This can lead to data breaches and financial loss. For example, employees might click on malicious links, disclose confidential data, or leave devices unattended.
Therefore, bank employees must have training to recognize that cyberattacks are a constant threat. Moreover, the consequences of a breach can be severe for employees, customers, and the bank’s reputation. Cybercriminals operate in a lucrative industry, for that reason, it is imperative to equip employees with the knowledge to safeguard against these threats.
5. Incident Response Planning
An incident response plan is a formal document approved by bank leadership to guide the organisation before, during, and after a potential or confirmed security incident. The plan aims to reduce the impact of security events, limiting operational, financial, and reputational damage.
A successful incident response plan should be established before a security attack occurs and assigned to specific team members. IBM research shows companies with well-developed and tested response plans save an average of $2.66 million compared to those without such protocols.
To create an effective incident response plan, banks can reference established frameworks. For specific incident handling steps, The National Institute of Standards and Technology’s SP-800-61 and SANS’s Incident Handlers Handbook provide detailed blueprints. Aligning the incident response plan with these resources ensures a focused and effective approach to managing cybersecurity incidents.
Importance of Cybersecurity Measures
The increasing reliance on digital platforms exposes individuals and organisations to growing cybersecurity risks. Malicious actors exploit security weaknesses to steal personal information and compromise digital assets. Forbes reported a staggering increase in cyberattacks in 2023, impacting over 343 million people, with data breaches soaring by 72 percent from 2021 to 2023. These striking figures highlight the urgent need for state-of-the-art cybersecurity in digital banking.
The 2008 global financial crisis exposed vulnerabilities in the traditional financial system. In response, blockchain technology emerged, offering a solution. …
SHARE THIS STORY
The 2008 global financial crisis exposed vulnerabilities in the traditional financial system. In response, blockchain technology emerged, offering a solution.
With its ability to address these weaknesses, blockchain holds significant potential to transform the banking industry. This article will explore how blockchain can be used in banking and the benefits it offers for a more secure and efficient financial industry.
Introduction to Blockchain in Banking
Blockchain technology is changing the way data is stored and shared. It’s a digital record spread across a network of computers. This system uses cryptography for security, allowing authorised participants to update the records without needing a central authority.
Once information is added to the blockchain, it’s impossible to alter or erase. To add new entries, network participants verify transactions using complex algorithms.
Traditionally, banks and payment systems rely on intermediaries to facilitate transactions. However, blockchain’s distributed network allows for direct consensus and verification between participants, streamlining the entire process.
Blockchain Case Study: Payment Processing
Central and commercial banks around the world are exploring blockchain for payment processing. This interest extends to cross-border payments, traditionally dominated by companies like SWIFT and Western Union.
Several successful blockchain implementations in banking serve as case studies. In 2015, Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA) teamed up with Ripple, a fintech company specialising in blockchain solutions for international payments. Their goal was to build a system using blockchain to speed up settlement processes between CBA’s different branches.
Westpac, another major Australian bank, followed suit in 2016 by partnering with Ripple to create a cost-effective system for cross-border payments using blockchain.
Blockchain Case Study: Trade Finance
Trade finance, handling all aspects of domestic and international commerce, relies heavily on banks to facilitate transactions. Traditionally, this involves managing risk, providing credit, and allowing both exporters and importers to participate. However, the system often suffers from slow and outdated paper-based documentation.
Recognising this need for improvement, leading institutions like Standard Chartered and HSBC have joined groups exploring blockchain technology for trade finance. One example is Voltron, a platform designed by R3 and CryptoBLK to digitise letters of credit.
Pilot projects across 14 countries with over 50 companies and banks participating yielded notable results, reducing letter of credit processing time from five days to less than 24 hours. Building on this success, Voltron rebranded as Contour in 2020, launching a digital trade finance network with R3 and other banks as supporters.
Blockchain Case Study: KYC
Know Your Customer (KYC) processes are a slow hurdle in banking as they can take weeks to complete. The system also suffers from wasted effort, as each bank asks new clients for the same information.
This inefficiency creates high costs for banks. Compliance burdens are heavy, and penalties for not following the rules are significant. The constant changes in regulations make it difficult for banks to stay compliant.
Chris Huls of Rabobank proposed a solution—storing KYC information on a blockchain. This secure and transparent technology acts as a shared platform for customer data. Once a bank completes KYC, a summary can be uploaded to the blockchain. Authorised institutions can then access this information, eliminating repetitive checks.
Benefits Realised
Blockchain technology offers a new way to store and manage data. Unlike traditional databases, blockchain spreads data across a network of computers and creates a public record that’s difficult to tamper with.
Any attempt to change a record in one place would be caught by other computers in the network. This system eliminates the possibility of any single entity manipulating information.
Furthermore, blockchain promotes transparency. Transactions are visible to anyone who wants to see them, with tools allowing real-time tracking. This can lead to faster processing times for consumers, potentially reducing transaction completion to minutes, regardless of location or time.
Inter-bank transfers can also benefit from blockchain’s efficiency and security. Large sums involved in these transactions come with risk and cost during the current multi-day settlement process.
Lessons Learned and Future Outlook
These case studies demonstrate the technology’s ability to streamline transactions, reduce friction, and enhance security. The technology also promotes transparency and immutability of data.
However, a major challenge remains—ensuring customer data privacy. Public blockchains, with their inherent openness, create obstacles. Permissioned blockchains with strong encryption offer some solutions, but cybersecurity concerns still exist. Building trust and widespread adoption requires addressing these data privacy issues.
Regulatory uncertainty presents another hurdle. Currently, there’s no central authority overseeing and regulating blockchain protocols. The need for some form of governance is apparent, but careful consideration will need to be given to the distribution of power within such a system.
Standard Chartered has joined a suite of other institutional investors in the Digital Transformation platform United Fintech United Fintech is…
SHARE THIS STORY
Standard Chartered has joined a suite of other institutional investors in the Digital Transformation platform United Fintech
United Fintech is a London headquartered neutral Digital Transformation platform. It acquires and forms partnerships with fintech companies in the capital markets space. It is creating a fintech one-stop-shop to innovate with businesses. This is driven by collaboration with other cutting edge technology providers for the benefit of banks, hedge funds and asset managers.
Digital Transformation
The investment supports Standard Chartered’s ambitions to contribute to the advancement of digital transformation. Furthermore, these solutions work across capital markets, wholesale banking and wealth management, and the broader financial services arena.
As part of the investment Standard Chartered has been granted Board observer rights and subject to fulfilment of certain pre-conditions, will be offered a rotational Board seat. Additionally, this will enable it to share existing expertise and contribute to decisions around the platform’s strategic direction.
Stabdard Chartered
“We have been impressed by the growth in United Fintech’s portfolio of innovative, engineering-led technology companies. Standard Chartered share their vision for how technology can transform and disrupt market structure and infrastructure,” said Geoff Kot, Global Head, CIB Business Platforms & Partnerships at Standard Chartered. “We look forward to partnering with them as we continue on our journey of digital transformation.”
United Fintech
“The investment underscores Standard Chartered’s commitment to accelerate digital transformation. Also, it highlights their forward-thinking approach to collaborative innovation,” said Christian Frahm, CEO and Founder of United Fintech. “We are an Asia-focused multinational bank with an expansive footprint in Asia, Africa, Middle East, Europe and Americas. We are thrilled to have them complete our circle of global investors, joining Citi and BNP Paribas. They initially invested in February 2024, as well as Danske Bank, who followed in May.”
About United Fintech
Founded in 2020, United Fintech is an industry-neutral Digital Transformation Platform. Here, global financial institutions and cutting-edge technology providers come together to unleash their full potential and enable the future of finance.
“The financial services sector is a large part of any nation’s economy. Moreover, this sector to continue to thrive, we want to match the knowledge and expertise of our financial service providers with data-driven innovation to create an efficient symbiosis between customers, banks, and technology.”
FinTech Strategy and Interface joined Publicis Sapient at Money20/20 in Amsterdam for the launch of its third annual Global Banking Benchmark Survey and spoke with Head of Financial Services Dave Murphy about its findings
SHARE THIS STORY
The third annual Global Banking Benchmark Study from Publicis Sapient draws on insights from 1000+ senior executives in financial services across global markets. The study focuses on the goals, obstacles, and drivers of digital transformation in banking.
Global Banking Benchmark Study
The study was launched during Money20/20 Europe in Amsterdam last month. Eoghan Sheehy, Associate MD, and Grace Ge, Senior Principal, highlighted the banking industry is focused on improving existing processes rather than introducing new ones. Data Analytics and AI are identified as key priorities for digital transformation. Additionally, there is a focus on internal use cases and efficiency.
Eoghan and Grace also discussed the challenges faced by the banking industry. These include regulation, competition from companies like Amazon, and the need to attract talent. They emphasised the importance for financial institutions of modernising core infrastructure. Also, building cloud infrastructure to support ongoing digital transformation. Moreover, the study notes the prevalence of the development of custom-made tools and internal use cases for AI implementation. Furthermore, Eoghan and Grace provided examples of repeatable use cases and discussed the success factors for Data Analytics and AI.
Four key takeaways from Publicis Sapient
Four key tracks came out of the study…
Modernising the core will always be important. But modernising the core for its own sake and also building the cloud infrastructure that supports it or allows for it to be modern. A decent chunk of the survey responders are still very focused on this. Executives are stating they want to make sure their people can make the best use of the beautiful core they’ve now built.
GenAI is an area of thoughtful experimentation for the Neobanks. We’re talking about scaled microservices here. Instances where, across Neobanks, you’ll have the same machine learning model and the same GenAI text generator facilitating retail and SMEs. That’s pretty sophisticated and something everyone has to contend with.
Data Analytics transformation is a key priority using GenAI to do so along with bringing new talent into the game.
Payments has been a big theme at Money20/20… We’re seeing lots of activity around ancillary individual product areas.
“The study focuses on how to think about solving problems end-to-end. Banks are dealing with legacy issues and taking a customer first view into solving the challenges. The practical application of AI across the banks is a significant theme as they look to automate decision-making and deliver better credit risk models. AI is finally delivering a set of use cases that truly can impact the way banks operate and build their own technology.” Dave Murphy, Head of Financial Services, EMEA & APAC
Be among the first to receive the study by signing up here
Digital payments are reshaping how consumers spend, enabling seamless online transactions. This eliminates the need for physical cash or in-person exchanges.
SHARE THIS STORY
The payer and payee only need to bring a digital device, such as a smartphone with a digital wallet/mobile banking app or credit/debit card. People can easily do transactions if their device is linked to a bank account with sufficient funds.
The popularity of digital payments has skyrocketed since the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2023, the transaction value through digital wallets was estimated at $3.1 billion, 50% of the market share. Meanwhile, cash transactions declined by 8.1%.
The immense popularity of digital payments also changed consumers’ spending habits. Before the rise of digital payments, cash was the most common option for the majority. Although cash remains an option, the amount that can be withdrawn from the bank is limited. This limitation has led to greater control over spending for many individuals.
Meanwhile, according to an online survey of 2,000 people by Forbes in 2024, 52% said they are more likely to impulse purchase with card payments. The convenience of digital payments often leads to impulsive purchases. Whether using a card or tapping a phone for contactless payment, these methods remove friction at the point of sale.
Research by EEG also found that digital transactions give a unique psychological pleasure response to their users, making purchases easier and more spontaneous.
The cost of convenience
The convenience offered by digital payments shapes the new habit of how people spend money. Digital payments, especially contactless ones, tend to prompt people to spend more.
Contactless payment cloaks money’s value, and this reduces the pain that comes from spending cash. According to a study by ZenithOptimedia, shoppers who use contactless payment had less accurate recollection of spending than those using cash or traditional cards. This leads to contactless users spending 48% more than people using other methods.
Mobile Wallets
Meanwhile, mobile payment apps or mobile wallets also had a significant impact on consumer spending.Research shows that consumers’ risk of overspending increases while money management time decreases when using mobile wallets.
The mobile wallet strategy of using a brand loyalty program also significantly contributes to overspending. Consumers will gain reward points, discounts, or special offers by spending a certain amount through the mobile wallet program.
This will encourage consumers to repeat purchases and spend more to gain bigger rewards. Consumers will also feel less guilty about spending money as they subconsciously perceive these transactions as more beneficial and convenient.
Since digital payments are mostly done online, providers can gather a huge amount of consumer data. This data can be used to analyse consumers spending patterns and predict their consumer behaviour.
The mobile apps or card providers can send personalised promotions and enhance their customers’ experience. This targeted marketing strategy will also further push spending as people will likely be more interested in what they are offered.
Future trends
As technology advances, digital payments and consumer behaviour will continue to evolve. One potential future trend is the rise of cryptocurrencies.
While many people see crypto as an investment, more platforms are now integrating crypto payments as an option for payments. However, it is still rare to see offline stores accept crypto payments.
In the future, consumers will become more aware of the security issues associated with cryptocurrencies due to their lack of regulation. They will increasingly seek out options that provide stronger security measures.
When it comes to digital payments, the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and the Internet of Things (IoT) are expected to be more prevalent in the future. AI can help providers to create personalised experiences by analysing consumer spending habits more efficiently and accurately.
IoT devices like smart fridges can autonomously initiate payments for consumables or services. This could lead to overspending if not managed properly, prompting more consumers to seek financial management solutions through apps or services.
As these technologies become increasingly integrated into our daily lives, the need for robust and reliable financial tools will be more critical than ever, shifting how we manage our finances in a hyper-connected world.
Publicic Sapient CEO Nigel Vaz reflects on the leadership strategies required for successful digital business transformations
SHARE THIS STORY
The hardest part of being a business leader and CEO – especially leading through change – are the choices we make every day to move toward that will drive our future success. Often, this will mean letting go of things that made us successful in the past. We must make room for new skills, relationships, ways of working, and opportunities.
The average CEO has 30 years of business experience and makes decisions based on that accumulated experience. But think how much the world has changed in the space of five years, let alone 30. The same thinking and approach are not going to stand the test of time. The modern CEO needs to find and maintain the ability to turn preconceived ideas on their head. As a leader, I’ve always felt it’s important that I adopt the behaviours I advise for our clients. Leaders must be willing to learn, adapt and act with speed.
The Modern CEO
The modern CEO has a complicated, bordering on paradoxical, relationship with change. We dislike uncertainty and volatility, and yet we have an intense distaste for stasis. We would rather avoid geopolitical instability and macroeconomic challenges. However, changes to customer needs, shifting industry landscapes and rapid technological innovation bring opportunities to transform our companies. We must identify paths to value creation and growth, and build better, more efficient businesses. And, the reality is for today’s CEOs, you don’t get to pick one or the other. You have to be ready to lead your organisation in the context of both simultaneously. Leading through either type of change is not for the faint of heart.
In my role as CEO of Publicis Sapient – a digital business transformation company that partners with organisations globally to help them create and sustain competitive advantage – my relationship with change is amplified. I am responsible for driving growth and ensuring our business capabilities are optimised for the digital age. At the same time I’m leading a business that empowers our clients to embrace change by putting digital at the core of how they think, organise and operate. On the Executive Committee of our parent company, Publicis Groupe, I am also weighing in on how to lead on the digital business transformation of the Groupe. This has been accelerated this past year with the pace of AI.
Change Management
The nexus of these different aspects of my CEO role is not uncommon to many of the CEO clients we work with. Like myself, they are leading their organisations and people through a period of tremendous change. Furthermore, they are tasked with making decisions daily on choices that will impact the direction and outcomes for their company.
One of the most critical choices they will make is determining the purpose of their organisation. When there is so much change and challenge surrounding you, the easy path is to react and say, ‘How do I overcome each of these challenges?’ But first you have to be clear on who you are as an organisation and the impact you want to have. Without that sense of direction, you can very easily fall into the mistake of making disconnected, reactive decisions.
Welcome to the latest issue of CEOstrategy where we highlight the challenges and opportunities that come with ‘the’ leadership role
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story focuses on the work of Nigel Vaz, the CEO of Publicis Sapient – a digital business transformation company that partners with organisations globally to help them create and sustain competitive advantage – and his approach to change management.
Welcome to the latest issue of CEOstrategy!
Tasked with accelerating business growth, while building the synergies across an organisation that can drive innovation to meet diverse customer needs and keep revenues on track, the modern CEO must be mentor, marshall and motivator on the journey to success.
“I lead Publicis Sapient with a set of principles to keep me on track, and which I offer to fellow CEOs as a guide,” says CEO Nigel Vaz. “Embrace change, and view challenges as opportunities for growth and innovation; Foster a culture of continuous learning within yourself and your organisation; Advance the organisational capabilities that will enable your company to deliver on your brand promise; Adopt a data-driven approach to decision-making, utilising analytics and advanced technologies and Stay rooted in purpose to realise your competitive advantage.”
EMCS: Leading a small fish making a big impact
“If you look after your people and you have the right people in place, the customer experience takes care of itself,” explains EMCS Industries CEO Trevor Tasker. “A lot of entrepreneurs say the same, but you don’t always see it in action. If I have to micromanage somebody, I’ve made a hiring mistake. When I’ve found the right person, all I have to do is support them and trust them. If I can’t trust them, I can’t lead them. And being trusted makes my employees so much better at their jobs. It makes choosing the customers you deal with very important as well…”
Moneypenny: People at the heart
We are consistently listed in the best places to work rankings and have created a happy and fun working environment,” says Moneypenny CEO Joanna Swash. “We strive to be authentic, and that starts at the top. If the leadership team walks the walk and talks the talk, then trust is built. Trust fosters a culture where employees are motivated, engaged and empowered with a culture of transparency and honesty…”
Bupa: Choice, care and compassion driving digital transformation
“In a fast-changing world, it’s essential that we harness the power of technology to keep improving health outcomes for our customers,” says Global & UK CEO Carlos Jaureguizar of the digital transformation journey helping Bupa become the world’s most customer-centric healthcare company. “We give our people the tools to give customers the best care, streamline the customer experience and drive innovation.”
Also in this issue, we hear from Rachel Youngman, Deputy CEO at the Institute of Physics, on how organisations can leverage ESG targets to meet the Net Zero challenge; we get the lowdown on a fintech success story from RTGS.global CEO Jarrad Hubble; discover the importance of Strategic Thinking with Institute for Management Development Professor Michael Watkins and count down ten reasons why integrity is key to business success with Serenity In Leadership CEO Thom Dennis.
Global cloud services point-of-sale provider, GK Software, was founded over 30 years ago in Germany. For most of its existence,…
SHARE THIS STORY
Global cloud services point-of-sale provider, GK Software, was founded over 30 years ago in Germany. For most of its existence, its focus was on expanding across Europe. However, in 2015, GK broke into the US when its partnership with SAP helped it drive into that vital market. The business has been thriving stateside ever since. Its core business is a point-of-sale software platform – CLOUD4RETAIL – which features the OmniPOS solution. Today, GK is ranked highly in global POS installations and has been among the top three for the last five years.
GK is an organisation committed to continuous improvement and customer engagement. It is evolving, getting into newer technologies like AI in a big way. It’s leveraging its expertise to improve insights into what its retail customers and their shoppers need. This includes everything from price optimisation to loyalty to self-service technologies.
Its ability to provide these services, through its expertise, is what attracted Virginia ABC to GK Software. Virginia ABC was a previous user of SAP’s point-of-sale (POS) solution, but as the authority evolved, it required an updated POS.
GK Software meets Virginia ABC
Enter: GK Software. “As a result of our relationship with SAP and with Paul Williams at Virginia ABC, we were shortlisted in their new point-of-sale solution selection,” explains Max Francescangeli, Regional Sales Director at GK Software.
“With Virginia ABC, we went through quite an extensive selection process. It’s a government agency, so the rules are very strict,” says Francescangeli. “But we were able to prove that we could use our expertise to address and solve all of their problems in spite of the unique environment they operate in. They needed a flexible solution that would interact well with their legacy platforms during implementation. We were certainly able to provide that. So, we were eventually awarded the business and the project has been extremely successful.”
The approach GK takes with its customers during these projects highlights just how much out-of-the-box capability its solution has. GK’s team spent a lot of time with Virginia ABC. The organisation examined its business requirements and using a consultative approach to show how its software could be configured. This was so it could meet the end-state business requirements and take advantage of best-of-breed capabilities that exist within GK’s platform.
“Rather than going there and trying to do a lot of customisation, we wanted to help them take advantage of the software as it exists,” Francescangeli adds. There were also other areas where GK was able to provide a lot of value and expertise to Virginia ABC. These include payment processing and its partner ecosystem. Virginia ABC was previously using a payment provider with limited capabilities, but GK was able to step in and expand the technology set. “We gave them more hardware choices, expanding what they could do with their in-store devices.”
Virginia ABC also needed more advanced reporting and analytics within its environment. So, GK introduced a solution called Advanced Central Electronic Journal and Reporting. Francescangeli continues: “It saved them a tremendous amount of effort, and gave them a lot of flexibility. We implemented that very quickly and they gained business value from it immediately.”
An evolving partnership
GK Software and Virginia ABC worked on initial deployment for the first 12 months of the project, and GK has continued to supply its services ever since. Each year after the first, Virginia ABC has expressed interest in something else GK offers. As a result, the relationship has remained close and Virginia ABC continues to expand the partnership.
“Paul and his team have been champions of ours and we’re champions of theirs as well,” Francescangeli states. “Due to the relationship we have with Virginia ABC, we have been able to secure business from other retailers in the same space because they have confidence that we know how to handle the market.”
“GK checks a lot of boxes retailers are looking for,” Bill Miller, North American VP of Sales at GK adds. “We’re in this inflection point where we offer modern technology that also has a lot of functionality out of the box, and that’s what people want. That’s what Virginia ABC wanted, and that’s what we supplied.”
CPOstrategy explores five ways CPOs can attract (and retain) top tier talent and why there is no one simple solution.
SHARE THIS STORY
Only a small fraction—less than one-fifth—of procurement directors and executives are confident in the ability of their current talent pool to meet the future demands of their organisations’ procurement functions. While these leaders were relatively confident in their current talent pools, the survey revealed a significant drop in confidence levels when considering their ability to address future demands.
The industry-wide talent shortage affecting procurement teams is driven by the compound forces of an increasing procurement workload, and the increasingly strategic nature of the field. Procurement is not just purchasing anymore; procurement professionals are expected to have greater business acumen, technical knowledge, and be “orchestrators of value” within the business. It is vital that the procurement leaders of today attract, retain, and develop the procurement professionals of tomorrow if they want to leverage the strategic potential of procurement beyond simple cost-containment.
1. Competitive salaries
Offer competitive salaries and benefits packages to attract top talent. This is while demonstrating the value placed on procurement expertise within the organisation. There’s plenty of content out there focused on company values and work-life balance to attract talent without paying for it. But just as cost is still at the heart of procurement you still need to pay people what they’re worth.
2. Professional development opportunities
Provide opportunities for continuous learning, skill development, and career advancement through training programs, certifications, and mentorship initiatives. Old attitudes concerning employee loyalty are disappearing faster than the housing market. Jobs that don’t provide room to grow will be vacant before long.
3. Embrace flexibility
Remote and hybrid jobs attract seven times more applicants than in-person roles. Despite what some opinion columnists at Business Insider and Bloomberg say, no one wants to live and die in a cubicle. Casual Fridays are hell on earth, and managers who resist flexible working arrangements need to face up to the fact that they are not only fighting a losing battle, but also hindering their company’s hiring potential in the process.
4. Foster a collaborative environment
Create a collaborative and inclusive workplace culture that encourages teamwork, innovation, and open communication. It is about fostering an environment where top talent can thrive and contribute their best. Businesses that practice DEI give themselves access to new and diverse perspectives. This is especially essential in an era of increased supplier diversity and nearshoring.
5. Use tech and make a big deal out of it
Getting the chance to apply cutting edge digital solutions to real-world problems is what people get excited about. By highlighting your organisation’s commitment to leveraging cutting-edge technologies and innovative procurement practices, your procurement roles will seem appealing to those eager to embrace new tools and methodologies. Successfully (and visibly) leveraging technology will also help combat the fact that, when it comes to recruiting younger staff, procurement’s reputation as a back-office function can hold it back. Leveraging AI, big data, and automation successfully can be highly impactful in boosting the function’s profile.
Technology and training are working together to lighten the administrative load faced by procurement teams.
SHARE THIS STORY
Over the last 18 months, attitudes towards ongoing economic (and political, oh, and climate) uncertainty seem to have finally pushed past a tipping point. Discussions of a return to some pre-2020 normal baseline appear to have been replaced by a more honest interrogation not of how we get back to where we were, but how we learn to deal with how things are.
Geopolitical, economic, and climate instability aren’t going anywhere, and the organisations that learn to adapt to this new state of affairs will be the ones to generate real value from their functions. “Procurement and finance teams are increasingly tasked with enhancing their organisation’s spend management,” writes Ruth Orenstein, Senior Director of Product Management at Tipalti. “This is crucial to ensure financial stability and resilience against fluctuating macroeconomic conditions.”
The growing trend, Orenstein notes, is a shift towards a “streamlined, decentralised P2P process, emphasising the importance of employee experience and the adoption of procurement-related processes.”
Rather than centralising procurement decision-making within a single department, decentralised procurement takes a freer hand, allowing individuals to make purchases for their own departments, instead of pushing all purchasing through a centralised team. Procurement, even for a mid-sized organisation, can encompass a huge variety of purchases., which can range from which ergonomic mouse pad to buy for a remote contractor to sourcing thousands of tonnes of raw material weighed against cost, time to delivery, and ESG goals.
When different teams specialise in different product categories, or when handling smaller and less impactful purchases, decentralising the procurement process can increase the speed and agility of an organisation’s spending.
Decentralised procurement: risk vs reward
There are obviously risks to adopting a more decentralised procurement strategy. Handing over purchasing autonomy to department buyers or individual employees carries an increased risk of overspend, fraud, and more dark purchasing throughout an organisation. There is also a risk that teams will spend an outsized amount of time monitoring spend, chasing down policy violations, and generally not saving any time.
However, the advantages can be significant, and procurement teams that successfully create strong procurement guidelines and parameters (digital marketplaces that allow department buyers to make acquisitions from a pre-approved list of goods can be a functional halfway point between centralised and decentralised procurement), as well as effectively educate non-procurement personnel in good buying strategies can successfully lighten their load, create greater agility, and overall improve the overall process throughout the organisation.
If every company in 2015 was a tech company that required employees to have a basic knowledge of the IT stack, by 2025, every company might just be a procurement company.
With cyber attacks on the rise, Chief Procurement Officers need to take a more active role in protecting their organisations.
SHARE THIS STORY
The number of attacks against supply chains is rising at an alarming rate, and increasingly it is the case that a business’ most common vulnerability is their supplier ecosystem. “If your company were to get breached, there is a 70% probability it will be through one of your vendors,” noted Norman Levine, a senior manager at Omnicom in a 2021 webcast. By 2025, Gartner predicts that 45% of organisations around the world will have been the subject of a cyber attack on their software supply chains.
Increasingly, then, CPOs have a meaningful role to play in standing between potentially risky suppliers and their organisations.
Robust cybersecurity
However, the increasingly complex and digitalised nature of the procurement sector isn’t making this job any easier. Baber Farooq, a senior VP at SAP Procurement Solutions wrote in a recent op-ed that “As companies and consumers increasingly rely on global, interconnected supply chains, procurement operations are now a favourite target for cybercriminals.”
According to a 2023 survey of CPOs by Deloitte, fewer than 3% of procurement leaders felt they had “high visibility” beyond the first tier of their supplier network.
“If enterprises don’t know who they are doing business with—directly and indirectly—it is almost impossible to manage risk proactively,” Farooq writes.
Setting the standard
Only by setting standards for their suppliers that garner real visibility deep into their supplier ecosystems, and then supporting that visibility with periodic monitoring is essential.
“For procurement leaders to avoid risks, they need to start from square one. That means performing due diligence during the supplier selection process and implementing continuous monitoring across their extended supply chains throughout their relationship,” argues Farooq.
“Risk Ledger reports that over 20% of organisations do not conduct cybersecurity due diligence before entering a contract. On top of that, 23% of suppliers do not have formal agreements in place with their third parties regarding security clauses. These situations compound the risks of cyberattacks and make an organisation increasingly vulnerable to a breach.”
Renowned procurement tech conference DPW has announced its first United States event will take place in New York City in June 2024.
SHARE THIS STORY
DPW has revealed it will host its first United States event in New York City following the event’s success in Amsterdam.
Having made its name in the Netherlands, DPW will now host its inaugural North American event at the NeueHouse Penthouse in New York on 12th June, 2024.
DPW in New York
The event will aim to spread awareness of DPW’s presence in a new market together with launching partners as it begins to expand out of operating solely in Amsterdam.
Back in November, founders Matthias Gutzmann and Herman Knevel travelled to Silicon Valley, California, to discuss an expansion into the United States.
Founder Matthias Gutzmann
Gutzmann said since 2018 he has harboured ambitions of bringing a procurement conference to New York. “Sitting in my Brooklyn apartment, I envisioned something revolutionary, something capable of harnessing the immense potential of digital procurement in unprecedented ways,” he confirmed. “Fast forward to today, DPW has evolved into the leading tech ecosystem for procurement and supply chain, with our annual event in Amsterdam drawing thousands of attendees and driving impactful change on a global scale.
“For years, I’ve been urged to bring DPW to the United States, and I am proud to say that day has finally arrived. Launching our event in the city where it all began is not only a milestone for DPW but a deeply personal achievement. The DPW NYC Summit is much more than just an event – it’s a testament to perseverance, innovation, and the power of a vision realised. Let’s shape the future together!”
Growing at speed
Knevel believes adding New York to its already popular Amsterdam event will bring another dimension to the organisation’s offering. “We want to engage with the community in the ecosystem on the East Coast and the Americas,” explains Knevel. “It’s also not the same format as Amsterdam as we bring people and the ecosystem together for a day with some great solutions and customers. It’s about understanding the ecosystem there a bit better and we plan to grow over the years to come.”
Since the launch of DPW in 2019, the conference has grown from strength to strength. In its October 2023 edition, DPW welcomed 1,250 procurement professionals with more than 2,500 virtual attendees watching along at home.
Procurement leaders have an outsized role to play in reducing Scope 3 emissions on the road to net zero.
SHARE THIS STORY
Chief Procurement Officers (CPOs) have been noticeably elevated within the business structure over the past few years — rising from pen-pushing back office functionaries to “orchestrators of value”.
CPOs are expected to deliver on more than just cost; supply chain resilience, agility, process innovation and, of course, ESG targets all increasingly fall within the realm of procurement, as company leadership increasingly looks to the function as a source of innovation, efficiency, and risk-avoidance. And, there’s no mistaking the risk that lies in failing to adequately address ESG targets. As Matthias Gutzmann, founder of DPW, wrote in a recent article for Fast Company, it’s “no secret that consumers are becoming increasingly conscious of not only what they’re buying, but who they’re buying it from, and how ethical those companies are.”
Unrelated to sustainability targets, but widespread boycotts levelled against Starbucks for their association with the Israeli government’s ongoing genocide of Palestinians, union busting practices across the US, and also anti-union practices as a direct result of pro-palestinian sentiment expressed by the SWU, have been a not so insignificant part of the coffee giant’s losing billions of dollars as its share price lurched downwards throughout December. Starbucks isn’t even on the BDS (Boycott, Divest, Sanctions) list, and still shed 7.4% of its share price in December.
It’s a high profile example, and not a typical example of a failure to comply with ESG goals (although “don’t be associated with a right wing government’s efforts to ethnically cleanse over 30,000 people” feels like it should probably make it onto most organisations’ to-do list) but the consequences are a clear reminder of the changing landscape that awaits organisations that fail (or just don’t want) to act ethically.
Gutzmann also notes that, in addition to hurting revenues, “These preferences also trickle down into employee attraction and retention, as Gen Z workers stepping into the workforce actively seek out organisations that share their values.” The result is the public actively favouring what he calls “purpose-driven” organisations.
However, there’s a significant challenge inherent in behaving with more ethical integrity and purpose as an organisation: while promoting ethical practices and environmentally friendly operations within your organisation is challenging enough, it pales in comparison to the task of ensuring such standards are adhered to throughout the entire sour-to-pay process.
For many companies, fixing their supply chain—whether that means tracking and curtailing Scope 3 emissions or distancing themselves from suppliers associated with deforestation or human atrocities like modern slavery—falls firmly at the feet of the CPO. Gutzmann notes that “While the transition to becoming a purpose-driven company requires buy-in from everyone within an organisation, perhaps no executive has had to take on more new responsibilities than the [CPO].”
If 90% of an organisation’s greenhouse gas emissions, for example, originate in its supply chain—along with other sources of environmental impact like resource and water consumption, human impact, land use, and more—then understanding and taking steps to curtail the negative impact of that supply chain is an essential part of a CPO’s role.
Gutzmann argues that CPOs will need to become “ethical sourcing enforcers”, adding that the benefits will often outweigh the cost. Not only will CPOs driving genuine ESG reform in their operations avoid potential risks from an alienated customer base but, he adds, “when asked if they would be willing to pay more for a product they could be sure was ethically sourced, more than 83% of consumers said yes. And we’ve seen that companies who prioritise ethical sourcing (ranging from outdoor clothing brand Patagonia to the ice cream giant Ben & Jerry’s) are rewarded with massive praise from consumers while also boasting impressive bottom lines.”
N-SIDE VPs Amaury Jeandrain and Charlotte Tannier discuss their organisation’s partnership with Sanofi and look ahead to a brighter future.
SHARE THIS STORY
Transparency. Good partnerships need it to survive.
For N-SIDE and Sanofi, it has been a key ingredient to what has made the partnership successful for the past eight years.
Since late 2015, N-SIDE has established and built on a strategic partnership with France-based pharmaceutical company Sanofi, aimed at optimising the firm’s clinical trial supply chain. The partnership helped digitalise Sanofi’s clinical supply chain while driving greater performance and waste reduction.
Harnessing efficiency
N-SIDE is a global leader in increasing the efficiency of life sciences and energy industries by providing software and services that optimise the use of natural resources, facilitating the transition to a more sustainable world. Founded in 2000, N-SIDE has built deep industry knowledge and technical expertise to help global pharmaceutical and energy companies anticipate, adapt, and optimise their decisions. In the life sciences industry, N-SIDE reduces waste in clinical trials, leading to more efficient, faster, and more sustainable clinical trials.
Amaury Jeandrain, Vice President Strategy of Life Sciences at N-SIDE, has witnessed first-hand the development of the partnership since he joined the company in January 2016. “Very quickly, the value of risk management and waste reduction was perceived internally and this partnership ended up growing to become one of our largest. Today, Sanofi is the company at the forefront of a lot of the innovation co-created with N-SIDE.”
Amaury Jeandrain, Vice President Strategy of Life Sciences at N-SIDE
Pharmaceutical companies of varying sizes use N-SIDE solutions to avoid supply chain bottlenecks in their clinical trials, decrease risks and waste, control costs, reduce time-to-market and speed up the launch of new trials. N-SIDE’s focus is on four key pillars to bring high levels of efficiency into Sanofi’s clinical supply chain: best-in-class supply chain, people, analytics and innovation.
Charlotte Tannier, Vice President of Life Sciences Services at N-SIDE, adds that the key differentiator is the transparency between her organisation and Sanofi. “We trust each other and know that we can be fully open with them,” she explains. “We like to build new things together and co-develop innovative solutions.”
Charlotte Tannier, Vice President of Life Sciences Services at N-SIDE
Teaming with Sanofi
Having defined a clear route to success through the Sanofi partnership, Amaury is keen to point out that the relationship has acted as something of a catalyst for future business collaborations with other companies. “There are a lot of good practices that were initiated with Sanofi that now became a standard in our industry,” he discusses.
Looking ahead, the future of the partnership looks bright and is showing no signs of slowing down. Charlotte explains that the next step is all about “integration.” “For the moment, we have multiple teams and departments that are using the N-SIDE solutions, and many other software are used as well within the organisation. The focus in the short term will be to enable a unified IT landscape and environment,” she reveals. “The objective will be to be fully integrated and to increase the impact of the data they own. Because we believe, with Sanofi, that the way forward is through data. We are also planning to help Sanofi leverage more of the data that we’re generating together to increase its impact.”
As technology continues to evolve and organisations become even more digitally mature, partnerships built on transparency and trust will be in demand. N-SIDE and Sanofi already have that head start.
In this innovative partnership, the whole is greater than the sum of its parts as the two companies focus on taming tail-spend with an on-demand platform with embedded change management.
SHARE THIS STORY
Businesses have been leaving money on the table for years. For most organisations, (indirect) tail spend flies under the radar because of the large number of lower-value transactions, a fragmented supply base, and a poor user experience. This results in process inefficiencies and lost savings opportunities that can be eight to 13 percent higher than with more competitive sourcing.
Simfoni and Kearney set out to solve this problem, joining forces on solutioning tail spend management. The partnership pairs Kearney’s rich heritage and expertise in procurement transformation and change management with Simfoni’s composable analytics and spend automation technology. The result is a comprehensive global delivery model that significantly improves tail spend management, which until now has been a major problem for large and smaller organisations alike.
“We started our journey over three years ago,” says Stefan Dent, co-founder of Simfoni. “It takes some time to form a bond. You get to know one another working together on client engagements and then you realise that the relationship is really working, so you double down on the commitment.”
Simfoni helps businesses “see spend differently” leveraging data analytics to gain a deep understanding of user needs across everyday ‘tail spend’. Founded in 2015, Simfoni is a leading provider of tail spend, spend analytics, and e-sourcing solutions for large and midsize businesses around the globe. Simfoni’s platform uses machine learning and AI to accelerate and automate tail spend management, saving time and money. Its solution quickly ingests and organises complex data to uncover opportunities to optimise tail to higher value spend. Simfoni emphasises rapid value delivery through on-demand spend automation solutions that are operational in weeks rather than months.
Remko de Bruijn, senior partner at Kearney
The Kearney–Simfoni partnership delivers a unique and powerful proposition, combining Simfoni’s digital tail spend solution with Kearney’s know-how and ability to launch a transformation and unlock the promised value, says Remko de Bruijn, a senior partner at Kearney. “There are many digital procurement solutions around, but frankly, many of them aren’t delivering the promised value, typically because of challenges with user adoption and change,” he says. “Kearney continuously assesses solutions in the market, with one of our other partners, ProcureTech, and together, we concluded that Simfoni is leading in tail spend. This is how we found each other.”
Kearney is a leading global strategy consulting firm founded in 1926, with more than 5,700 people working in more than 40 countries. The company works with more than three-quarters of the Fortune Global 500 as well as with the most influential governmental and nonprofit organisations. Kearney is a partner-owned firm with a distinctive, collegial culture that transcends organizational and geographic boundaries—and it shows. Regardless of location or rank, the firm’s consultants are down-to-earth and approachable, with a shared passion for doing innovative client work that realises tangible benefits for their clients, in both the short and long term.
“We see Simfoni as a powerful solution to realise savings in indirect tail spend. It’s about not only data and spend automation, but also the customer experience,” De Bruijn says. “This is crucial when dealing with everyday spend as most users are non-procurement professionals.”
Kearney aids businesses in implementing Simfoni’s solution quickly, mitigating risks associated with unmanaged spend and vendors. “The attractive thing about Simfoni is that the solution manages tail spend—optimising both spend and vendors—with the savings funding the digitisation. It’s a tail spend solution that delivers a comprehensive service,” De Bruijn says. “Simfoni will even pay the tail suppliers with Simfoni becoming the ‘One Vendor’ for the tail, which creates additional benefits in accounts payables and working capital.”
Simfoni and Kearney both operate globally, which is important since their customers often operate in multiple regions around the world. “It’s a very interesting and powerful proposition,” De Bruijn says.
Stefan Dent, co-founder of Simfoni
Simfoni designed its tail spend platform from the ground up. The company founders came from the procurement domain, having worked in a variety of procurement leadership roles and at other procurement technology providers. “Let’s face it, existing solutions never solved tail spend, which accounts for around 80 percent of your vendors and transactions and around 20 percent of spend value,” Dent says. “Until now, the only options were BPOs, where you effectively outsource your tail to be managed by humans in a lower-cost country, or you use self-service bidding platforms. These solutions deliver some value, but it’s like putting a plaster on a wound. You never properly cure the problem.”
Simfoni’s platform is unique in that it is first and foremost a software-as-a-service (SaaS) solution with integrated buying services and digital procurement content components that connect with a client’s existing systems, or Simfoni can operate autonomously. Dent says that’s not even the best part. “The user experience is the most important element because, as Remko pointed out, most tail spend users are not procurement professionals,” he says. “Our users are in R&D, IT, plant operations, or marketing. They want an intuitive, easy-to-use solution to source and buy goods and services to support the everyday needs of their business. This is where traditional eProcurement systems fail.”
Dent says Kearney is an ideal partner being a trusted advisor to many of the world’s largest organisations. Kearney’s expert knowledge of procurement and transformation are a vital part of the offering. “Kearney’s input and expertise is crucial as Kearney helps our clients scope their tail spend program and update their procurement operating model while Simfoni frees up resources, allowing the client to focus on higher-value activities,” he explains. “At the end of the day, technology alone doesn’t solve tail spend. It’s about change. Kearney helps our clients make that digital shift. That’s why our partnership is so powerful because together we provide a comprehensive change and a digital solution as a package. The opportunity for our clients to finally control and optimise tail-spend is huge.”
Linda Chuan, Chief Procurement Officer at Box, discusses the value of delivering effective and long-lasting change management in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
Being at the forefront of change requires a specific type of person – it’s not for everyone.
But for those that are equipped to deal with the volatile and at times, disruptive, nature of change, that’s where the rewards can be uncovered.
Knowing this all too well is Linda Chuan. She is a seasoned sourcing and procurement operational excellence executive with a public accounting background and a strong ability to execute from vision and strategy. Her innovative experiences with organisations large and small have culminated in a unique, but practical end-to-end view and understanding of business processes. Chuan’s approach to problem-solving is holistic, mixed with a blend of discipline, creativity, agility and resilience. She has demonstrated successes in her execution and delivery with real results time and again, while also leading successful transformational digitisation strategies.
Procurement’s transformation
The industry she serves has undergone quite an evolution in recent times. Having transformed from a back-office function into a dynamic, exciting, enterprise division at the forefront of change. Procurement and its professionals have been on quite the journey in recent times. As such, Chuan explains that the space is, in fact, so unrecognisable that even its definition has changed. “Procurement started out as purchasing for primarily manufacturing companies decades ago,” she discusses. “Then it evolved from purchasing to procurement where the practice and the profession required more skills around understanding contract verbiage and how the commercial terms would impact the business. There was a little bit more skillset required, legal terms, understanding contracts, all the way to what we know today as strategic sourcing.”
Fast forward to 2020’s Covid pandemic and procurement was forced to shift again amid significant disturbance to supply chains. As a result, procurement was swiftly elevated to the c-suite and became front of mind for most CEOs globally as businesses looked to tighten their belts while urgently finding alternative methods of supply.
“Following Covid, I think we, as procurement professionals, are now mandated to be even more than strategic sourcing and add value to the company,” affirms Chuan. “We’re asked to look ahead and think about the macroeconomics as well as the microeconomics and how it could impact the company and get that translation to direct company impact earlier. This is all while being able to help either prevent large risks or promote opportunities within the company so they can then maximise what’s happening out there in the marketplace versus where everyone was reacting to what has already happened and trying to be prepared for what was coming.”
Tech disruption
Disruption has meant procurement was propelled to become even more strategic and forward-facing following a recent surge of black swan events as technology takes a firmer grip on the space. “The whole profession has evolved, especially over the last 10 or 15 years, where we’re becoming increasingly more strategic and important to a company.”
The company Chuan serves is a cloud content management company that empowers enterprises to revolutionise how they work by securely connecting their people, information and applications. Founded in 2005, Box powers more than 115,000 businesses globally, including AstraZeneca, JLL, Morgan Stanley, and Nationwide. Headquartered in Redwood City, CA, Box has offices across the United States, Europe and Asia. Chuan joined Box over four and half years ago and was recruited to help with establishing the firm’s procurement function and building it from the ground up.
“Any engagement or relationship with a third-party provider, whether it’s buying widgets, purchasing services or even SaaS across the entire company is under my scope,” she explains. “Box has grown globally to reach new regions such as Japan and Poland to UK and Australia. We’ve continued to grow even throughout the pandemic. It’s my third role to establish and build out a sourcing and procurement organisation from the ground up. I find that to be so rewarding and every company’s a little different. What might’ve worked in my previous roles may not work at Box. I love having to tailor and think about which processes and what systems could work that would fit each company’s specific and unique culture, executive level preferences as well as the employees. It’s very exciting.”
Blank canvas
For Chuan, her passion is to make things as easy as possible for the end user. She likes to think about a procurement organisation as a service firm. “We’re like a small entrepreneur company within an enterprise,” she tells us. “Our customers are our internal employees. As the company and the employee base grows, the customer base increases too. To me, it’s really imperative that we think about the user experience because every company has policies to check off, but who really ensures that we are compliant to those policies? A lot of other larger companies find it’s easier to make the policy a mandate where employees must follow, but I find that with high-tech companies, it’s more of a case of “influencing” rather than “mandating” in that kind of environment.
“In order to establish more of a centralised process where all of the employees would have to come through this one system and one intake, it has to be so user-friendly or else people are not going to want to come to you. If you make it easy for them and design the process in such a way that the policy is already incorporated, then employees will want to utilise the process. It should feel like they’re just going through the process, but they’re walking through the actual compliance policy and ensuring that we’re doing all the right things to protect the company, but they shouldn’t have to feel the burden of it.”
The Box Advantage
According to Chuan, unless she can show her people a new process or system that’s guaranteed to be more efficient, she understands there will be a degree of reluctance to accept change initially. “I’m already thinking about the whole change management programme at the beginning of when I need to select a solution, especially if there was an RFP involved, rather than waiting until we’ve selected a solution and are in the implementation phase. To me, that’s too late,” she explains. “Change management happens when a project has been approved for you to go find a solution or when the project has been initiated by your senior executives through an investment committee meeting or via a software review committee. That’s where change management actually starts.”
Chuan is passionate about harnessing a positive company culture. She stresses within Box operating with a mentality of collaboration, transparency and inclusiveness holds the key to success. Chuan explains that one of her best strategies is to imagine herself as an owner of a company as it leads to better decision-making. “It’s about always trying to think about doing the right things by the right people,” she discusses.
Secret sauce
“The culture is so special and it’s truly about walking the talk versus just talking the talk. It’s about making that culture real and living every single day like our two founders, Aaron Levie and Dylan Smith. The culture itself makes it easy to collaborate and build that relationship and that trust with my fellow employees, knowing that the procurement sourcing organisation is there to help protect them and make the company better. Doing it together is so much easier than trying to push through by yourself, and I call it with every deal that ‘it takes a small village’. We have a really, really good relationship with our legal department and with our vendor trust department. I am enjoying a level of engagement and utilisation of my function more than any other company I’ve been blessed to be a part of. The culture at Box is our secret sauce.”
Given the speed at which the procurement function is shifting, being proactive to the latest trends in transformation could be the key between success and failure. Indeed, one of the most highly anticipated innovations of the past few years ChatGPT has captured the imagination of procurement professionals globally. The race to explore the technology and examine how the natural language processing tool could be introduced into processes is already underway. However, its arrival brings with it fresh fears that AI is here to replace humans.
Future-facing
According to Chuan, that couldn’t be further from the truth. “I don’t see it as taking jobs away, I see it as improving our job and work life,” she explains. “Most people don’t want to do those mundane, low-level data entry, tactical tasks anyway. But if you don’t have people or the right system checking that the data going in is of good quality, then you can’t count on the reporting and the analytics on the backend. But the problem is that people don’t want to do it. Wouldn’t it be perfect to have a replacement with AI, robotics and machine learning that could do all of the things that people don’t really want to do anyway?”
Looking ahead
Having said that, Chuan is clear that there must always be some form of human influence and oversight over AI. One of procurement’s biggest challenges in 2024 and beyond is making new tech work for each respective organisation. Chuan believes procurement, and indeed the world, isn’t to be ruled by technology, but instead used as a tool. “There has to be some kind of monitoring and human judgment to QC/QA the results,” she says.
“I don’t think we’re at the point where machines can replace judgemental thinking. I think we need to have an eye on ensuring we’re doing the right thing ethically by people and making sure that we’re using technology responsibly. Let’s say we do all of that, the increase in the level of job productivity that AI could bring to many people should outweigh people’s fears. I don’t think we should be fearing it. I think we should be looking at it from an analytical and strategic view and get excited about the prospect of having all the time to be more innovative and forward-thinking. To me, that’s where the fun and rewarding work is.”
Hear more about Linda Chuan’s passion for delivering change management in procurement in our CPOstrategy Podcast.
This issue’s Big Question explores whether procurement would be better prepared should a similar situation occur.
SHARE THIS STORY
COVID-19 affected everyone in different ways.
It caused death, illness, chaos and disruption the world over. It shut down airports, overwhelmed the NHS and left our streets empty. With March 2024 marking four years since the UK announced its first national lockdown, how ready would procurement and our supply chains be in the event of a similar scale this time around?
To go forward, unfortunately, we must look at the chain of events last time around.
Having been declared a global pandemic on 12th March 2020 and with cases of coronavirus accelerating to uncontrollable levels, many businesses’ supply chains collapsed. When the pandemic hit, businesses were left footing the bill for billions of pounds worth of unsold goods, causing inventory-to-sales ratios to rise high.
As a result of lockdowns, organisations were left with no choice but to cut their activity or shut down entirely for a brief period as guidance continued to change at little to no notice. As such, production was halted in factories across the world causing mass layoffs and redundancies across the majority of industries, particularly in manufacturing and logistics, resulting in a reduction in shipping which affected delivery times globally.
Consumer demands also shifted significantly. The demand for personal protective equipment (PPE) as well as the likes of toilet paper and pasta rose dramatically. There was an increase in office furniture amid a surge in demand in remote working. This, alongside the likes of government help such as furlough, helped enable a surge in demand for e-commerce as consumers bought online in record numbers. The shift in demand for goods led to a reduction in experiences such as attending events, eating at restaurants or going out to pubs.
In order to meet this increase in demand, factories pumped out goods quicker than ports could handle them. US ports were full of exports from Asia with too small of a workforce to unload them and too few truck drivers to transport the goods. While ports were full, compounding the issue was a labour shortage, especially truck drivers. And talent remains a concern to this day to procurement and supply chain.
But COVID-19 is only one of procurement’s fires. There’s been the Suez Canal disaster, wars in Ukraine and Israel and inflation concerns to contend with too.
So if the worst were to happen and another ‘black swan’ event was to take place, what lessons has procurement learned?
As a result of the generative AI boom, Jack Macfarlane, Founder and CEO, DeepStream, believes that the industry is in a much stronger position to overcome a future pandemic. “It proved that procurement needed to brush up on its ability to adjust to black swan events swiftly by investing in the right technology and training for the industry to respond to sudden challenges and changes,” explains Macfarlane. “With the growing use of generative AI, the industry is now in a much stronger position to contend with a future pandemic. Generative AI can scrape vast datasets regarding global trends, using the data to predict shortages, price fluctuations and supplier risks before they happen.
“Regardless of the industry you’re in, procurement leaders should always focus on ensuring the right policies are in place to prevent declining quality control in a future black swan event.”
Omer Abdullah, Co-Founder and Chief Commercial Officer at The Smart Cube, agrees that procurement finds itself in a more secure place than that of four years ago. “Procurement is undoubtedly readier than it was prior to the COVID-19 pandemic. CPOs and their teams have learned where potential value drivers are, and they also understand supplier relationships and supply chain intricacies more intimately,” he reveals. “Procurement has also moved further along the digital spectrum. Organisations have tools at their disposal to operate effectively, and on a dispersed basis, should a similar event take place. Additionally, there are now far more risk management solutions in place versus before the pandemic – allowing practitioners to identify problems, and potentially risky situations, before they arise. Add to this more diversified supply chains and established alternative sources for essential categories, and the function is far more prepared than pre-2020.”
However, Abdullah went on to explain that while “no one would be absolutely ready for another unexpected pandemic”, he insists the industry did learn lessons from COVID-19. “It must be noted that there’s still a recency effect at play – procurement professionals tangibly remember the pandemic’s impact,” he explains. “As time progresses, though, this may change but for now, the industry knows how to operate if a comparable scenario were to unfold soon.”
Bindiya Vakil, CEO and founder of Resilinc, believes the pandemic has showcased how better prepared companies are for the next global disruption. “Fortunately, the COVID-19 pandemic taught businesses some valuable lessons. Not nearly as many companies are flying blind in the face of disruption,” explains Vakil. “Many organisations learned that having visibility into their entire supplier network is the foundation for mitigating disruptions. Mapping their supply chain down to the part-site level and then using AI-powered technology to monitor it 24/7 for potential threats gives procurement leaders an early-warning system with actionable insights to make mitigation plans within hours.”
While Vel Dhinagaravel, CEO and President Beroe Inc, reveals that COVID-19 “took the mask off” procurement and exposed the true character of teams. “Some were much more partnership-oriented and some a lot less. Some of these memories endure and will either help or handicap their responses to future disruptive events,” Dhinagaravel reveals. “During 2020-2022 as different countries and regions were in varied states of lockdown there were tremendous constraints on supply chains. As a result, procurement got an opportunity to be part of discussions around product mix optimisation and product pricing which previously had been largely off limits to them.”
He adds that while the future is uncertain, he believes the function is in a healthier position to thrive should the worst happen again. “Post-pandemic, these relationships have endured, and we have also seen these teams consciously building agility and resilience into their operating models and supply chain,” he discusses. “They’ve been using data and analytics as key levers to get visibility of their supply chain and suppliers – identifying points of failure, assessing scenarios, and proactively running simulations to develop diversification strategies. While these actions don’t give procurement a crystal ball to predict the next disruptive event, it puts them in a much better position to be able to handle another pandemic or major supply chain shock.”
And Betsy Pancik, Senior Vice President at Proxima, says that the pandemic was procurement’s “time to shine” with business leaders recognising the importance of a robust procurement function to keep business running smoothly. “COVID-19 caused major supply shortages, which drove price surges and quality issues – many procurement teams had to quickly mobilise capability and capacity to support immediate business needs,” she explains.
“Some companies learned this the hard way by not having the right processes and teams in place, which led to insufficient inventory, spend increases, and strained supplier relationships. Many companies realised the need for alternative suppliers to prevent these issues in the future and started proactively seeking additional sources of supply. Others realised the need for emergency buying procedures, systems, and processes that enable quick action, automated buying, supply chain visibility, and investment in talent – all of which will help businesses respond in a more organised and robust way if a similar situation were to happen again.”
In truth, procurement teams learned a lot from the events of March 2020. Procurement and supply chains can’t be complacent. The function can’t afford to let the mistakes of the past define its future. Supply chains must have alternative methods of supply and Chief Procurement Officers must be agile and ready to respond. Procurement can’t drop the ball and must stay ready.
Edmund Zagorin, Founder of Arkestro, discusses his company’s rise as a predictive procurement orchestration platform.
SHARE THIS STORY
“What if there was a better way to compare quotes from suppliers?”
This question led Edmund Zagorin down a road of discovery which culminated in turning an idea into a start-up.
While working as a procurement consultant, Zagorin observed how much time his sourcing teams spent building Excel pivot tables. The problem? Category experts needed to identify potential errors in supplier submissions at the item level before an award scenario could be properly evaluated. Together with childhood friend Ben Leiken, who had risen to become an engineering and product leader at SurveyMonkey, the idea was to find a way to automatically pre-populate text in a sourcing project with little to no manual data entry required from procurement users of suppliers. Leiken had seen firsthand the impact that so-called “smart defaults” could have on survey completion. And Zagorin knew that in procurement, more completions would mean more supplier offers, which could yield better commercial outcomes for the procurement team. Arkestro, then Bid Ops, was born.
Studies show that when procurement is able to predict a plausible range of commercial outcomes ahead of a supplier offer, there is enormous leverage created when the buying entity names the price. Summarising the past decade of research, Lewicki et al.’s 2007 “Essentials of Negotiation” states that “…whoever, the buyer or the seller, made the first offer… determined the final selling price, with higher final prices when a seller made the first offer than when a buyer made the first offer.”
For this reason, Arkestro customers began delivering material higher cost savings outcomes than traditional RFPs and RFQs, a fact that caught the attention of Ariba co-founder Rob DeSantis. Together, Zagorin and DeSantis brought together an experienced management team, led by IBM and Ariba alum Neil Lustig as CEO. Lustig’s experience as CEO of Vendavo, a predictive pricing company used by sell-side teams to achieve better negotiated outcomes, made him ideal to scale Arkestro into a global juggernaut.
Edmund Zagorin, Founder, Arkestro
Today, Arkestro is the leading predictive procurement orchestration platform that enhances the impact of procurement’s influence, especially for large manufacturing enterprises across any procurement activity and spend category that involves collecting a quote from a supplier. Arkestro turns the traditional procurement process on its head: instead of the supplier creating a quote or proposal and then a procurement analyst using competitive offers and benchmark data to decision the desirability of that offer or action an approval, Arkestro customers use a predictive model to benchmark a potential quote before contacting suppliers, putting procurement in a position of leverage to either ask for their desired outcome using an AI-generated Suggested Offer or generate an Instant Counter-Offer to any quote.
Arkestro then helps customers persistently monitor the changes in quoted price for this item across all procurement activities, tracking trends and changes and helping teams proactively uncover the optimal procurement configuration for each item and basket with respect to timing, geography, quantity, lead time and other attributes.
By embedding game theory, behavioural science and machine learning models directly into the procurement process, Arkestro enables customers to dramatically accelerate cost reduction projects, often with existing preferred suppliers and attain their best available cost outcome for every unique item more frequently and at greater scale across their spend. This predictive procurement approach is especially helpful for technical procurement categories such as highly engineered components, materials and capital equipment, as well as categories like metals, chemicals, food ingredients, MRO, packaging, logistics and even IT.
Enterprises who are on a journey to create sustainable and antifragile data quality for their procurement function are turning to Arkestro as the predictive approach eliminates the two manual steps that tend to introduce errors into item-level identifiers: the step where the supplier creates a quote, and the step where procurement analysts have to validate, correct, give feedback and approve it. By using a predictive model to generate and validate supplier offers, Arkestro offers a continuous improvement path for enterprises whose digital procurement journey includes cleansing item-level data to create a true item-based “data foundation.”
Transformation journey
And since its founding in 2017, Arkestro has been on quite the transformation journey. The company has expanded rapidly and scaled its product – as well as for spend categories and industries served – globally. In a little over half a decade, Zagorin, Leiken and their team have created a true enterprise grade AI infrastructure platform that can be embedded into the likes of spend management giants SAP Ariba or Coupa or used as a standalone database and application.
Despite significant success in a relatively short space of time, Zagorin is keen to stress that his initial vision was to solve a problem that he was also experiencing in the market. “Our growth has corresponded to a great degree with a widening of the aperture of where we feel predictive technologies can make an impact for procurement teams,” he discusses. “I think one of the other things just from a paradigm standpoint is that procurement processes involve a lot of manually created data. There’s a lot of data entry on the supplier side, procurement side and on the stakeholder side throughout the process. Every keystroke in every process introduces the possibility of human error.”
Predictive procurement is a new approach that suggests the data before a human user enters it. What Arkestro has introduced is the idea of predictive and working with customers to apply that at different stages of the procurement process through AI. “One of the things that’s also been interesting, and you’ve seen this in other areas of AI, is that you can cross a threshold where at some point in the model it gets good enough that it really provides exponentially more value as it’s being used,” he says. “As opposed to software, which traditional software degrades over time, it gets stale and the interface feels clunky. As new interfaces come out, AI has almost the opposite dynamic where it actually gets better. It’s smarter by itself just by people using it. That’s also been pretty exciting to see.”
Procurement’s evolution
Indeed, the procurement space is in a state of flux. Amid significant transformation driving the function forward, it has never been such an exciting time to be involved in the industry. The rise of AI and machine learning is having a seismic impact with there also being hopes that new technology could reduce the need to bridge talent gaps.
“If you asked five years ago what’s holding procurement back from digitally transforming the operation and living out your full potential, I think a lot of procurement professionals would’ve said how hard it was to hire,” Zagorin explains. “People were saying: ‘Oh we have data quality issues where it’s really hard to actually know what we’ve spent, what our spend per supplier looks like for our core geographies, let alone what we paid for each individual item. We went out and bought a bunch of digital platforms and we’re struggling to gain adoption which is related to the data quality issues.’ This is what I heard from executives when I was working in procurement. Because traditionally, if you have a process and it’s not being consistently used, then it’s not going to accurately represent the most important attributes or business logic of the data that’s moving through it.”
Despite the positive introduction of tech innovation, procurement has also had its challenges. Supply disruption as a byproduct of COVID-19, wars in Ukraine and in Israel as well as inflation concerns, it is fair to say the function has never been more talked about in the C-suite.
“Boom, there’s the next wave of Covid, or suddenly there’s a war somewhere in the world,” he shares. “It has felt like there’s always something and it really creates context switching for procurement teams which is stressful, plus being bad for productivity. This is especially the case for digital transformation projects in procurement, and it’s also demotivating because it makes people feel like they’re not making progress. This then means that the length of the project elongates and you have this kind of stuck-in-the-mud feeling that it’s hard to get quick wins and generate momentum. That’s what customers are thinking about as they are looking in the market to find a true partner not just for their digital journey, but for their AI journey.”
Given the speed of procurement’s evolution, there are voices that believe the function requires a rebrand. Gone are the days of procurement being regarded as a back-office function hidden away out of sight, today it stands as an exciting, dynamic force at the forefront of innovation. “I live in California where job titles are a little bit looser generally,” explains Zagorin.
“If we look at procurement needing a rebrand, the big challenge that I see with procurement is that the structure of a lot of these categories doesn’t necessarily correspond with either the activities associated with them or with the relationships with the suppliers within those categories. What we have in procurement with ‘category management’ is we’re frequently asking procurement professionals to be a jack of all trades and master of none within their categories. Perpetual ‘crisis-mode’ is not a recipe for letting up-and-coming procurement professionals develop the category knowledge and domain expertise that are traditionally necessary.”
Procurement’s bright future
Looking ahead, Zagorin believes there has never been a better time to be working in procurement. “The profession has a lot to offer, and it really is this huge engine of value creation at most big companies,” he explains. “Arkestro serves enterprise manufacturing companies typically with multiple plant locations which buy at both the corporate and the plant level creating a lot of item-level data quality issues. What we’re seeing is the ability for companies to get live on Arkestro in a matter of days and often deliver a payback period for their entire solution costs in a matter of weeks.
“If you look at deployments of enterprise technology five years ago, that’s a stark difference in terms of what procurement’s promising versus what it’s delivering and the time-to-value. We have a new generation of startups, from intake to tail spend to what Arkestro does, more on the strategic side and or on technical procurement categories and direct materials, often starting with a bill of materials and handling all the back-and-forth with the suppliers up to allocation, awarding and the purchase order. You have this cohort of startups that’s just getting bigger and more people are using us to run large physical manufacturing operations. There’s not a lot of direct competition in the space of these growth-stage startups.
“I think what’s going to happen is more and more companies are going to say if it makes business sense and we think there’s tangible value in doing it, then let’s find a way to test and learn. Let’s find a way to try it out to implement it in one geography or for one business unit or category and just see how it works. Five years ago, it was always easy to say we’re too busy or we have other stuff going on. What’s changing today is if you’re not testing and learning constantly from new technology, you’re going to miss out because the stuff that’s happening right now is world-changing.
“Generative AI and novel technical approaches to on-demand superintelligence are going to be as impactful to many enterprises as the development of the internet, not to mention human society at large. The people who are playing around with it and staying curious and running experiments are going to create a lot more value. They’re going to have a lot more fun, and they’re going to build great teams and organisations that lay the groundwork for the next generation of procurement professionals.”
Changing requirements, shifting demographics, and new technologies are conspiring to create a procurement talent shortage.
SHARE THIS STORY
Two of the biggest challenges facing procurement leaders are recruitment and retention. Staffing issues were identified as one of the biggest risks facing procurement in the next two years by Amazon Business’ 2024 State of Procurement Report, as the procurement function “broadens in scope while facing staffing shortages”.
It seems as though the more critical procurement becomes to the modern enterprise, the more the cracks in the talent pool begin to show. With increased technological adoption and a growing emphasis on strategic operations (compared to a traditional transaction-focused approach) in the procurement function, solving the talent shortage is more critical than ever.
As we’re still in early 2024, we’ve put together the top five factors driving the talent shortage, as well as how procurement leaders can address them in order to capitalise on the opportunities in the industry and meet the strategic objectives of the business as a whole.
1. Digital transformation
Ironically, the very trend that’s driving the rise in procurement’s fortunes is also one of the biggest factors fueling its talent shortage. As digital transformation reshapes the procurement function from top to bottom, it also means that the skills necessary to succeed in procurement roles are changing. Even a few decades ago, a procurement job was a mixture of relationship management and sending invoices. Now, there’s AI to grapple with, big data analytics, and an expectation that the department will be a key strategic driver of efficiency, sustainability, and supply chain resilience. The skill sets that make a successful procurement team today aren’t the same as they were even a few years ago.
How to fix It: Education and development should be at the forefront of anyone’s mind looking to build a successful procurement function. Upskilling and growing the team’s knowledge base is almost always more cost effective than hiring externally, but you should also know when to look beyond the department to fill a talent shortage, even if that just means sniffing around the IT department for anyone not nailed down.
2. Competition (internal and external)
If (almost) every procurement team is short on staff (well, 86% of them, according to Amazon Business), then it’s no surprise that competition for top talent is fierce. Salaries are rising, and the fact the talent shortage is affecting departments other than procurement means that procurement is in competition, not only with other procurement teams, but with other departments in its company for talent and the money to pay that talent.
How to fix It: Smaller firms without the resources to compete might consider outsourcing their procurement functions, engaging third parties like a business might engage a legal team or a management consultancy.
3. Messaging and awareness
Or lack thereof… Seriously, procurement may be the exciting new frontier of digital transformation and strategic optimisation, but traditionally the department has largely existed as an afterthought—a place where purchase orders go to be rubber stamped. The nature of the role may be changing, but perceptions are harder to shift. If the preconceived notion is that procurement is a stodgy, backwards profession, then it’s unlikely to attract the best and brightest graduates, let alone funnel MBAs into a procurement-specific pipeline early on in their education.
How to fix it: Take a leaf out of the broader supply chain discipline’s book and go on a two-pronged charm and educational offensive. By working with educational institutions and recruiting heavily from adjacent industries with transferable skills (increasingly easy to do given the increasingly digital-first nature of the discipline), new talent can be enticed into the procurement space and developed from there by existing veterans.
4. Demographic shifts
Tied into Number 5, the natural changing of the guard is a large part of what’s ushering in a more discerning labour force. It’s also seeing Boomers and Gen X either exit the workforce into retirement or be promoted up into senior management, where the skills that made them an asset to the company on a day-to-day basis are less important to their roles.
Also, as Millennials age up towards middle management there aren’t as many members of Gen Z entering the workforce to replace them. It’s the same further up the chain as the populous Baby Boomers are replaced with the relatively sparse Gen X.
How to fix it: One way to encourage a smoother transition from one generation to the next—especially in an industry where relationship management plays such a huge role—is to encourage mentorship and development aimed at transferring skills and key knowledge from senior staff to lower (even entry level) positions.
5. The Great Resignation
Sparked by the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as a general rise in pro-labour sentiment across the economy at large, the last few years have seen a spectacular rise in employees quitting the roles that couldn’t be bothered (or afford) to pay them enough or treat them fairly. The consequences for mismanaging teams are much higher in a world where the stigma over changing roles regularly for better pay, hours, and working conditions has more or less evaporated.
How to fix it: It should be obvious, but people keep quitting their jobs, so the message must not be getting through. The age of pizza parties and casual Fridays are over. Employees expect more from their employers, whether in terms of wages, benefits like healthcare, work-life balance, and other meaningful contributions to quality of life. In addition to benefits on paper, fostering positive cultures, creating opportunities for development and salary advancement are all a big part of not only attracting new talent but keeping it as well.
Our cover story this month focuses on the work of Arianne Gallagher-Welcher. As the Executive Director for the USDA Digital…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story this month focuses on the work of Arianne Gallagher-Welcher. As the Executive Director for the USDA Digital Service, in the Office of the OCIO, her team’s mission is to drive a tech transformation at the USDA. The goal is to better serve the American people across all of its 50 states.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Welcome to a new year of possibility where technology meets business at the interface of change…
“We knew that in order for us to deliver what we needed for our stakeholders, we needed to be flexible – and that has trickled down from our senior leaders.” Arianne Gallagher-Welcher, Executive Director for the USDA Digital Service reveals the strategic plan’s first goal. Above all, the aim is to deliver customer-centric IT so farmers, producers, and families can find dealing with USDA as easy as using an ATM.
BCX: Delivering insights & intelligence across the Data & AI value chain
We also sat down with Stefan Steffen,Executive Leader for Data Insights & Intelligence at BCX. He revealed how BCX is leveraging AI to strategically transform businesses and drive their growth. “Our commitment to leveraging data and AI to drive innovation harnesses the power of technology to unlock new opportunities, drive efficiency, and enhance competitiveness for our clients.”
Momentum Multiply: A culture-driven digital transformation for wellness
Multiply Inspire & Engage is a new offering from leading South African insurance provider Momentum Health Solutions. Furthermore, it is the first digital wellness rewards program in South Africa to balance mental health and physical health in pursuing holistic wellness. CIO, Ndibulele Mqoboli, discusses re-platforming, cloud migrations, and building a culture of ownership, responsibility, and continuous improvement.
Clark County: Creating collaboration for the benefit of residents
Navigating the world of local government can be a minefield of red tape, both for citizens and those working within it. Al Pitts, Deputy CIO of Clark County, talks to us about the organisation’s IT transformation. He explains why collaboration is key to support residents. “We have found our new Clark County – ‘Together for Better’ – is a great way to collaborate on new solutions.”
Also in this issue, we hear from Alibaba’s European GM Jijay Shen on why digitalisation can be a driving force for SMEs. We learn how businesses can get cybersecurity right with KnowBe4 and analyse the rise of ‘The Mobility Society’.
Could generative AI be the answer to procurement’s problems: fewer workers, more work, and a rising bar for digital literacy.
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s news to no one that the nature of the procurement industry has changed.
Spurred by the COVID-19 pandemic, an industry-wide surge in digital transformation, and the rising immediacy of the climate crisis, procurement has never been more important, or more complicated. However, as the industry’s demands grow and evolve, many procurement teams find themselves in need of skilled individuals that simply aren’t there.
A recent study conducted by Gartner found that just one in six procurement teams believe they have “adequate talent” to meet their future needs. That means just 15% of CPOs were confident in their future talent pools and ability to recruit skilled individuals, even if they believed their current staffing was sufficient to meet demand today.
Concerns over “having sufficient talent to meet transformative goals based around technology, as well as the ability to serve as a strategic advisor to the business,” were the primary cause of skill shortage stress, according to Fareen Mehrzai, a Senior Director Analyst in Gartner’s Supply Chain Practice. Essentially, the changing nature of procurement means not only that today’s procurement teams are unprepared for the discipline’s continued transformation from back office buyer to “orchestrators of value” in the executive team, but face an increasingly sparse hiring market as the requirements for a new procurement recruit become increasingly complex to satisfy.
Generative AI: Making digital accessible
Generative AI exploded into the public consciousness in 2023 with the launch of image generation tools like Midjourney and DALL.E, as well as chat-bots like Chat-GPT, powered by large language models. Investment has been immediate and almost unthinkably massive. In late 2023, it was estimated that generative AI startups were attracting 40% of all new investment in SIlicon Valley, and Bloomberg Intelligence estimates that the market for generative AI, valued at $40 billion in 2022, will be worth as much as $1.3 trillion in the next decade.
Now, whether or not generative AI has the society-spanning, epoch-disrupting economic and social impact people are predicting (personally, I remain unconvinced, and anyone who disagrees can either fight me in the metaverse or try to run me over with a self-driving car) actually manifests, there’s no denying generative AI’s potential as a useful tool if adopted correctly.
Especially in an underskilled, rapidly digitalising procurement sector.
How can generative AI help procurement?
While Generative AI will never write a (good) movie script or create a piece of art that anyone with any taste would find genuinely moving, there are some things it does very well. Namely, it is very good at not only taking in and processing huge (and I mean huuuuge) amounts of chaotic, poorly structured information and answering questions about it, but most importantly, it can understand prompts and give results in simple, conversational language. There are still limitations and kinks to work out, however.
Generative AI still deals with hallucinations. However, the ability to input huge amounts of data and analyse that data in a conversational format could alleviate a lot of the technological literacy related teething problems that appear to be at the heart of the procurement skills shortage.
An EY report notes that, in the Supply Chain and Procurement space, generative AI has massive potential to: “Classify and categorise information based on visual, numerical or textual data; quickly analyse and modify strategies, plans and resource allocations based on real-time data; automatically generate content in various forms that enables faster response times; summarise large volumes of data, extracting key insights and trends; and assist in retrieving relevant information quickly and providing instant responses by voice or text.”
The future of Gen AI
Generative AI can be a source of simplicity for procurement teams at a time when new technologies often add complexity and necessitate upskilling or new hires. EY notes that a biotech company using a generative AI’s chat function has had positive results when using it as a way to inform its demand forecasting. “For example, the company can run what-if scenarios on getting specific chemicals for its products and what might happen if certain global shocks occur that disrupt daily operations. Today’s GenAI tools can even suggest several courses of action if things go awry,” write authors Glenn Steinberg and Matthew Burton.
Adopted correctly, generative AI could not only empower procurement teams to handle the pain points of today, but also tackling the looming threat of the skills shortage in an industry facing a relentless demand for skills that may not be in adequate supply for years to come.
Public sector purchasing stands to gain the most from data-driven procurement, and so far has done the least.
SHARE THIS STORY
Data-driven analytics have the potential to empower CPOs with greater understanding of their ecosystems, value chains, and internal operations. Big data can shine a light on places where there’s room to create efficiencies, contain costs, and mitigate risk.
In the June 2023 issue of Government Procurement, Steve Isaac notes that analytics can create significant benefits in areas like negotiation, vendor segmentation and yearly planning. He goes on to note, however, that “advanced analytics and data science haven’t exactly broken into the public procurement zeitgeist. It isn’t the subject of keynotes at the annual conferences and meetings … It isn’t a qualification line on most procurement job listings. For most agencies—even large ones—introducing advanced data science is not a priority.”
It’s not altogether shocking that, while the private sector is investing heavily in the potential benefits of data analytics and other digital procurement tools—with the global procurement software industry predicted to exhibit a CAGR of over 10% between now and 2032—public sector procurement lags behind. Isaac notes that it’s a “chicken and egg” issue with the case for a robust data science function hinging on the benefits of that investment being understood, which requires them to be felt, which can’t happen until investment, but… and so on.
However, there’s a case to be made that this delay in data science investment by public sector procurement agencies is one of the critical stumbling blocks also preventing public sector procurement from adopting artificial intelligence, machine learning, and other cutting-edge technology with the potential to solve a lot of the recurring public sector pain points.
Raimundo Martinez, Global Digital Solutions Manager of Procurement and Supply Chain at bp, noted in a recent interview with the MIT Technology Review that “everybody talks about AI, ML, and all these tools, but to be honest with you, I think your journey really starts a little bit earlier. I think when we go out and think about this advanced technology, which obviously, have their place, I think in the beginning, what you really need to focus on is your foundational [layer], and that is your data.” Martinez stresses the importance of building a strong data foundation that allows CPOs to take advantage of emerging technologies in their supply chains.
It’s not as though public procurement departments are short on data either. Isaac argues that, “if data is a precious resource, governments are gold mines.” Governments collect huge amounts of information all the time. The widespread adoption of digital ERP systems, eProcurement, supply chain management software and vendor performance sites is now doing a great job of mining that data.
As noted in a report by researchers from the Government Transparency Institute, a European think tank, “The digitalisation of national public procurement systems across the world has opened enormous opportunities to measure and analyse procurement data. The use of data analytics on public procurement data allows governments to strategically monitor procurement markets and trends, to improve the procurement and contracting process through data-driven policy making, and to assess the potential trade-offs of distinct procurement strategies or reforms.”
From compliance to being an efficiency driver, there are more benefits to sustainable procurement practices than environmental ones.
SHARE THIS STORY
The main obstacle cited by procurement leaders (as well as those outside the procurement and supply chain functions) to adopting sustainable procurement practices is cost.
According to Edie’s “The Business Guide to Sustainable and Circular Procurement” report released in November 2023, “Costs and Finances” was considered one of the biggest barriers to “Improving Sustainable Procurement For Your Operation”. In a survey of procurement leaders, 76% considered cost to be one of the biggest issues, compared to the distant second and third options: “Lack of Data” (54%) and “Lack of Understanding on Sustainability (38%).
However, in addition to the fact that the benefits of collective climate action dramatically outweigh its short term costs (existential threats are like that), there are sound arguments to be made for sustainable procurement practices from a business point of view as well.
The sustainability benefits incurred by reducing environmental impact in the supply chain can, according to the Edie report, be a catalyst that helps respond to a plethora of issues and considerations.”
Closing the loop to create a more circular supply chain can be driven from within the procurement function, and can do a lot to protect the S2P process from pricing volatility and supply chain disruption—something increasingly on the mind of industry leaders, as indicated by Dun & Bradstreet’s Q1 2024 Global Business Optimism Insights report, which highlighted “a downturn in global supply chain continuity due to geopolitical tensions, trade disputes, and climate-related disruptions in maritime trade causing both higher delivery costs and delayed delivery times.”
There is also the fact that meaningful adoption of sustainable practice in the S2P value chain can have a meaningful financial benefit to brands as a whole. Sustainability is an issue on which consumers vote with their wallets. According to the World Economic Forum, “sustainable procurement practices can help deliver a 15-30% increase in measurable brand equity and value”. Consumers, suppliers, and partners all value sustainable practice as a meaningful demonstration of company quality, and—especially in terms of public opinion—consumers are becoming savvier when it comes to differentiating meaningful change from empty rhetoric.
There’s more economic benefit than brand value adjustment that comes along with reexamining procurement practices from a sustainability perspective. The same report by the WEF noted that “embedding sustainability into procurement practices can actually help reduce departmental costs for procurement by 9-16%.” Evaluating processes for the sake of exploring green options often exposes existing inefficiencies, siloes and poor planning that can then be rectified rather than being left unexamined.
While business leaders continue to shy away from perceived profit loss as a result of pursuing more sustainable practice in their procurement functions, when handled correctly, it can be a source of more than just emissions wins.
As procurement becomes more important, digitally-driven, and strategic, so has the role of the Chief Procurement Officer.
SHARE THIS STORY
15 years ago, the Chief Technology Officer role rarely appeared on a roll call of the C-suite outside Silicon Valley. If you weren’t a tech company, you had a “head of IT” or even just an “IT guy”. Now, “every company is a technology company”, and every boardroom has a CTO. (And a Chief Information Officer, and a Chief Security Officer, and probable a Chief Digital Transformation Officer, and so on).
As technology has changed the way that we do business at a near-molecular level, so too has it changed the roles of the leaders overseeing it. No longer can you have someone in your C-suite who is technologically illiterate, just like you can no longer be a tech genius without at least a little flair for business. As the role has become more integral, it has become more strategic, and the demands placed upon executives and employees have changed.
That’s all ancient history, but history repeats itself. The same thing is happening to procurement right now.
In the last several years, the procurement function has started to show genuine signs of transformation from what David Ingram, CPO for Unilever, calls a “insular, contract-and-process-heavy organisation to a wider, more insightful function that is connected to what is happening in the broader market.”
Hervé Le Faou, CPO at Heineken, goes further, stating that “Fundamentally, the CPO is evolving into a ‘chief value officer,’ a partner and co-leader to the CEO who is able to generate value through business partnering, digital and technology, and sustainability, which are new sources of profitable growth in a shift toward a future-proof business model.”
A white paper from AI procurement company Zycus points out that the role of CPO has grown to include new duties, and preexisting duties have become more important in an increasingly fast-moving, easily-disrupted business landscape. “Today, CPOs are responsible for compliance. They play an active role in merger & acquisitions and participate in strategic initiatives. This is in addition to handling supply risk management, environmental responsibility, as well as the traditional job of ensuring cost-efficiency,” the report’s authors note. “Hence, it comes as no surprise that some companies have started inducting CPOs into the board of directors. In many others, the employee- hierarchies are undergoing a change, with procurement function reporting directly into the C-level executives or the board. The CPOs of today enjoy greater autonomy and improved control over budgets than before.”
As a result, the role of CPO has transformed from a tactical, functional one to something broader, more strategic, and typically more autonomous.
Risk management has risen (almost) to the top of CPOs’ priority list for 2024. Here’s how they’re tackling it.
SHARE THIS STORY
If ever the world truly reached a state of “new normal”, that state is one of constant disruption.
Even by the time the COVID-19 pandemic threw the world’s supply chains into a state of utter turmoil in March of 2020, procurement teams were already dealing with a heightened state of disruption. The US-China trade war that defined most of 2019 had barely simmered down before most of Australia was on fire and a US drone strike killed Qasem Soleimani which made an escalating war with Iran look like a very real possibility. Lockdowns, protests, earthquakes, war in Ukraine, spiking oil prices, genocide in Palestine, and both the accidental and purposeful disruption of shipping through the Gulf are just a smattering of the disruptions to which procurement professionals are becoming accustomed.
“After the last few tumultuous years, procurement teams are still facing steep challenges in getting ahead of supplier and supply chain risks,” writes Greg Holt, Product Marketing Director at Interos. “Unfortunately, there are no signs that the heightened frequency of disruptions we’ve seen over the last few years will abate in 2024.”
It’s clear that the procurement teams that learn to manage risk on a daily basis will be the ones that fare best in a world increasingly defined by geopolitical instability and a collapsing climate.
Procurement risk management strategies
Risk management is not a one-time process, nor a single overhaul of policy; managing risk requires constant oversight and frequent reevaluation to ensure you avoid disruption today and are ready for problems that will arise tomorrow.
Streamline your data, break your silos
Procurement departments are often repositories of some of the best risk management data in the whole organisation, gathering large amounts of information on suppliers and other external factors. Procurement departments that take a more purposeful approach to their risk data can quickly establish themselves as repositories of “data, assessments, monitoring and alerts,” becoming “trusted partners who can maintain the risk intelligence needed to support the business with insights, trends and a common view of the risks posed across the extended supplier ecosystem.”
Automate away human error
While there is no shortage of questions when it comes to applying automation to complex tasks (not to mention new pain points and sources of risk), correctly implementing automation can create immediate benefits when used to take repetitive, resource intensive tasks out of human hands. Repetitive, menial tasks are common in procurement systems, and are the most prone to human error. Automation tools can reduce errors and free up time for procurement workers.
Use digital transformation to diversify your supplier ecosystem
There’s a limit to the amount of decision making and supplier diversification achieved by human means. There’s simply too much decision making to be juggled. However, with the help of AI, procurement departments can diversify and adjust their supplier ecosystem much more effectively and to a greater degree. For example, the South Korean government has adopted AI-powered decision making to nearshore a significant portion of its procurement spend. Now, 75.6% of the government’s total procurement spend is now awarded to SMEs through the evolution of its AI platform.
Interest and investment in generative AI has been massive, but does the technology actually have the capacity to meaningfully change the procurement industry?
SHARE THIS STORY
Since the arrival of large language model-powered chatbots, like OpenAI’s ChatGPT, the corporate landscape has been frantically striving to invest in and adopt generative AI.
Executives floated (I mean salivated over) the possibility that generative AI could replace a staggering number of roles throughout virtually every sector from law to content creation and entertainment. Well, just look how well that turned out. The legal backlash has, in many cases, been severe and, just over six months into the generative AI hype cycle, cracks are beginning to show.
But what about the applications? Surely all these issues and all this money is going into generative AI technology for a reason, right? Surely we all learned our lesson from the Metaverse, the crypto bubble, NFTs, and streaming and… I guess we didn’t, did we?
Well, actually, there are a few, but they won’t look like the Wild West of content generation we’ve seen so far.
In the retail sector, for example, 98% of companies plan on investing in generative AI in the next 18 months, according to a new survey conducted by NVIDIA (a company with an admittedly vested interest in selling shiny new GPUs). Early examples of adoption in the sector have included personalised shopping advisors and adaptive advertising, with retailers initially testing off-the-shelf models like GPT-4 from OpenAI.
However, many retailers are recognising that the strength (and weakness) of generative AI is that you only get out what you put in. That’s why the technology is, ultimately, useless as a way to replace creative roles like writers and artists. However, as a brand communicator meticulously trained on a specific set of data with carefully updated parameters, it could be invaluable. NVIDIA’s report notes that “many are now realising the value in developing custom models trained on their proprietary data to achieve brand-appropriate tone and personalised results in a scalable, cost-effective way.”
Generative AI trained on a company’s internal and customer-facing databases, web presence, and curated information resources could conversationally recommend, educate, and explain critical information to employees, customers, and business partners effectively and consistently. In an industry where communication relies on clarity and an understanding of large quantities of information, like procurement, the applications suddenly start to look a lot more appealing.
Chatbots and negotiation bots trained to converse with suppliers, programmed with company approved negotiation tactics and the latest pricing information, could automate a great deal of complexity out of the Source to Pay process.
I think the looming issue is the impact of generative AI adoption on a company’s Scope 3 emissions, as 2024 will unquestionably be defined by greater scrutiny on these sources of pollution. However, it seems that however many issues the more widely known aspects of generative AI have, the technology itself could still have a role within the procurement function of the near future.
Does it justify all the investment, hype, and endless industry media thinkpieces? I guess only time will tell.
An overabundance of digital solutions and a dearth of trust in procurement data presents a unique challenge for CPOs.
SHARE THIS STORY
The digitalisation of the procurement sector is well underway, with the global procurement software market set to grow by $11 billion over the next decade, with demand for cloud-based procurement solutions and automated and efficient procurement processes driving this revenue growth.
Procurement efficiency drive
However, a proliferation of digital tools across the procurement landscape points to the growing danger of inefficiency and lack of clarity when it comes to CPOs’ digital transformation strategies. A report by procurement software vendor Productiv found that “procurement and IT are being inundated with software access, vendor intake and renewal requests,” leading to a 32% uptick in the number of SaaS apps procurement departments are running, and a steadily growing workload for purchasing departments as they manage, on average, 700 vendors across various indirect procurement categories.
“This patchwork of tools across various steps of the vendor management lifecycle has created technology, team and data silos,” notes Aashish Chandarana, Chief Information Officer, Productiv. “Instead of increasing efficiency, these tech stacks start adding up to a lot of manual work to bring everything together.” The result is less time and less data to support generating meaningful insights to drive the necessary efficiencies that procurement needs to start producing for the business.
Frequently, it also seems, procurement spends so much time managing sprawling, disconnected tech stacks, that it doesn’t have the time to ensure its data is trustworthy either. A SpendHQ report found last year that “79% of non-procurement executives express limited confidence, or none at all, in utilising procurement’s data for making strategic decisions.” CPOs might recognise the critical nature of accurate data in driving decisions, but so far it seems as though the industry is struggling to ensure the accuracy and reliability of procurement data throughout the wider organisation.
Big Data potential
The potential of big data, effectively harnessed, is tremendous in the procurement process—potentially creating true visibility in otherwise murky or completely opaque value chains, highlighting opportunities for cost containment and efficiency, and helping flag risk factors that could preempt disruption.
Organisations looking to maximise the potential applications of data within their organisations need to be simultaneously mindful of the need for a decluttered tech stack and verifiable, trustworthy data if they are to avoid the pitfalls currently affecting the sector.
Costas Xyloyiannis, CEO of HICX, discusses why it’s time for leaders to take a fresh view of the data problem, and plan to reduce emissions.
SHARE THIS STORY
The start of the year is a good time for business leaders to consider their progress against net zero commitments. It also nudges us nearer to carbon-cutting milestones, the nearest of which is in 2030. By this time, businesses across the globe need to have halved their carbon emissions. So, if they haven’t already, now is the time to step up delivery.
But first, there’s a barrier to overcome. Behind every credible net zero win, is credible carbon data. The problem is it’s in very low supply. Good data relies on good emissions information from suppliers, and securing it is notoriously difficult.
As 2024 gets off to a start, it’s time for leaders to take a fresh view of the data problem, and plan to notably reduce emissions. To enable net zero success, we can assess supplier relations in three areas: the power play, digital processes, and a principle that works tremendously well in marketing.
Suppliers are in the power seat
Gone are the days when suppliers view their role as subservient. If the Covid-19 pandemic showed business leaders anything it’s just how much they depend on suppliers – and not just a strategically relevant few. In 2020, we saw non-strategic suppliers, such as PPE and IT providers, become crucial to operations overnight. Since then, businesses have continued to need a broader range of their supplier networks. When further supply chain disruptions brought continued uncertainty, that dependence deepened. Today, as businesses require increasing amounts of carbon information, the fact that we need suppliers is cemented.
Despite this, how big businesses work with their suppliers is often outdated and counter-productive to their goal of gathering good information.
Digital processes are in the Stone Age
Bringing supplier relations into the 2020s will take some serious shifts. First, it’s time to assess the digital processes for managing suppliers, which frankly are not up to the task. A hybrid setup of old and new technology, often poorly integrated, stops procurement teams and their suppliers from communicating well. It causes other friction too, like logging in and out of multiple tools just to perform simple tasks, a headache for both parties.
Additionally, the various tools are data traps. Every time a supplier uses a tool, it collects and stores their data. Siloed in this way, supplier data can quickly become duplicated and outdated, because it’s difficult to maintain. Unreliable master data is no good at fuelling automated workflows, and so procurement teams get stuck with manual processes.
These clunky manual processes together with the frustrating communication methods are not a recipe for successful relations. Given that businesses lean so heavily upon suppliers to receive data for carbon reporting, it’s fair to say that the approach to supplier relationships must change.
Friction is building
When starting a business relationship, most suppliers don’t sign up for this level of friction. What they expect is to put in their first purchase order, deliver their first product, send their first invoice, and repeat. In a perfect world, they will simply transact and renew.
In practice, however, the relationship is not so simple. Businesses need more from suppliers than just transacting – for one, they need a significant amount of information for compliance and innovation reasons and of course on carbon activity. So, businesses send their suppliers an abundance of information requests.
Suppliers, then, who simply want to transact, must field these requests. Further bugbears such as manual processes, disparate ProcureTech setups and poor communication practices, make it difficult to respond. A recent Supplier Experience survey found that over a third of suppliers are expected to login to 10 or more systems, nearly half struggle to resolve queries with their biggest customers, and 61% find it challenging to do their best work. Yet, while suppliers don’t find the situation productive, it continues. Why? Because businesses need their carbon information.
Suppliers want a partnership
An important consideration is that suppliers have agency. When they have limited stock or an idea, they can choose who gets it. When it comes to making the effort to dig up vital carbon information they have a choice. This isn’t to say that suppliers purposefully hold information back. This would be unlikely because they too want the relationship to work. But when they are swamped trying to fulfil their original mandates whilst figuring out complex tech and deciphering information requests, the little time and energy they do have to provide information might well go to a customer-of-choice.
It’s no different in the consumer world, where shoppers decide which brands to buy from. Businesses can’t force consumers to buy from them, so marketing teams get involved and work their magic. They encourage people to spend their hard-earned, limited money on products which they may or may not need, by showing them value, often in the form of an emotional appeal.
Similarly, businesses can’t force suppliers to spend their limited time giving carbon information. But they can sweeten the experience. There’s an opportunity, therefore, for Procurement teams who manage suppliers to change things up. Rather than bombarding suppliers with information requests that they will struggle to fulfil, they can borrow the principle of ‘encouragement’ from Marketing. Procurement can show value to suppliers, according to what’s important to them, with the view to receive value in return.
So, as we start a new year, business leaders can take a fresh perspective on how suppliers are engaged. By understanding the dependence on suppliers, this relationship can be improved. Ultimately, by viewing suppliers as partners, simplifying digital processes and “marketing” to them, business leaders can lay the groundwork for net zero.
Luke Abbott, Co-Founder and CEO at Equipoise, discusses the art of accelerating sustainable procurement with artificial intelligence.
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s rapidly evolving business landscape, sustainability is not just a buzzword; it’s a necessity. As organisations strive to reduce their environmental footprint and drive social improvements in their supply chains, sustainable procurement emerges as a pivotal strategy. With the advent of artificial intelligence (AI), the potential to revolutionise sustainable procurement practices has never been more promising.
Understanding sustainable procurement
Sustainable procurement is the integration of environmental, social, and economic considerations into procurement decisions, to reduce adverse impacts upon society, the economy, and the environment1. As businesses grapple with the repercussions of climate change, dwindling resources, and increasing stakeholder demands, sustainable procurement offers a pathway to not only mitigate risks but also seize new opportunities.
The AI advantage in sustainable procurement
AI, with its ability to process vast amounts of data, automate tasks, and identify intricate patterns, is poised to be a game-changer for sustainable procurement. By leveraging AI, organisations can:
Enhance sustainability data collection
Scope 3 is the hottest topic in sustainable procurement and many organisations are grappling with the question of how to measure the greenhouse gas emissions of their suppliers. Understanding this, especially beyond the first tier, requires extensive data collection. If you were to focus on your top 100 suppliers and ask your tier n-1 suppliers to do the same, when you get to tier 3 (which is probably nowhere near the end of the supply chain) you need to engage a staggering one million companies. At this point, manual data collection and analysis is out of the question for time-strapped organisations. AI tools, such as Avarni2, streamline this process, ensuring comprehensive and accurate data acquisition.
Predictive analytics for sustainability risk management
Managing sustainability risks in today’s intricate global supply chains presents challenges such as monitoring vast supplier networks, handling overwhelming sustainability data and rapidly adapting to sanctions, media reports and regulations, all while maintaining a pristine reputation. AI offers a solution by providing real-time monitoring of supply chains, predictive analysis of potential disruptions, seamless data integration for a comprehensive view, automated reporting for enhanced transparency, and scenario analysis for strategic planning. AI tools, like Versed AI3, continuously monitor vast amounts of supply chain data, ensuring real-time tracking of sustainability factors. This real-time monitoring allows companies to identify potential risks before they escalate, enabling procurement teams to proactively address disruptions and uphold sustainability standards.
Automation
According to Deloitte’s 2023 Global Chief Procurement Officer Survey4, over 70% of CPOs have seen an increase in procurement-related risks, and only a quarter feel equipped to predict supply disruptions timely. Furthermore, internal challenges like talent loss and organisational complexities add to the burden. By automating routine tasks, AI not only alleviates these pressures but also empowers procurement professionals to focus on high-value initiatives, such as supplier education on sustainability priorities. Generative AI tools like ChatGPT can expedite market research, strategy formulation, and contracting processes, allowing teams to be more agile and responsive in this volatile environment.
AI in action
Unilever’s Sustainable Living Plan5 has been at the forefront of leveraging AI to drive innovation in sustainable procurement. In 2023, Unilever highlighted how they have been using AI and digital technologies, from the launch of their first digital tool to the recent formulation of the world’s first green carbon detergent6.
“We’re using AI to help identify alternative ingredients that can strengthen the resilience of our supply chain, making our formulations more sustainable and cost-efficient, and simplifying them by reducing the number of ingredients without impacting a product’s quality or effectiveness.” – Alberto Prado, Unilever R&D’s Head of Digital & Partnerships.
Through a data-driven approach, Unilever has been making smarter, faster, and sharper decisions to optimise its portfolio of brands and products. Their commitment to sustainability is further emphasised by their ambitious goals, which include climate action to achieve net zero, reducing plastic usage, regenerating agriculture, and raising living standards within their value chain7.
Limitations and due diligence
While AI offers transformative potential, it’s crucial to recognise its limitations. The accuracy of AI predictions and recommendations hinges on the quality of data fed into the system. In the realm of sustainable procurement, this means ensuring that the data sources are reliable and comprehensive. Regular audits, cross-referencing with trusted databases, and continuous training of AI models are essential to maintain the integrity of AI-driven insights.
The 2023 Gartner Hype Cycle for artificial intelligence8 underscores the significance of addressing the limitations and risks of fallible AI systems. It emphasises the need for AI strategies to consider which innovations offer the most credible cases for investment, ensuring that AI’s transformative benefits are realised while mitigating potential pitfalls.
The future of AI in sustainable procurement
As we gaze into the future, the synergy between AI and sustainable procurement is poised to grow stronger. With advancements in machine learning algorithms, natural language processing, and predictive analytics, AI’s potential to drive sustainability will only amplify. The Gartner report highlights the rise of generative AI, which is reshaping business processes and redefining the value of human resources. Such innovations, including generative AI and decision intelligence, are expected to offer significant competitive advantages and address challenges associated with integrating AI models into business processes.
However, a conservative outlook suggests that while AI will be a significant enabler, the onus remains on organisations to embed sustainability into their ethos and operations.
In conclusion, as the business landscape becomes increasingly complex, the fusion of AI and sustainable procurement offers a beacon of hope. By harnessing the power of AI, organisations can not only navigate the challenges of today but also pave the way for a sustainable and prosperous future.
From cost-containment to carbon emissions, here are the 10 things that should be top of mind for every chief procurement officer in 2024.
SHARE THIS STORY
In the year to come, procurement will continue to transition from a back office function to a boardroom value-driver. Chief Procurement Officers and other leaders will need to increasingly reevaluate their relationships to the rest of the business as procurement not only becomes an increasingly vital source of business wins, but also a central piece of the puzzle when it comes to emissions reduction and resilience throughout the supply chain.
From generative AI to the skills shortage, there’s a lot that CPOs could be focusing on in the year ahead. We’re kicking off the new year with our list of the top ten things CPOs should be prioritising in 2024.
1. Drive significant value for the business
That’s why the first priority of all CPOs in 2024 is to apply technology, new operational organisation, hiring practices, sustainable strategy, cost containment, and every other trick and technique in order to create value for the business. Increasingly, CPOs are transitioning from logistical and cost-cutting functionaries to “orchestrators of value” and that will only become more apparent as the year (and decade) wears on.
2. Drive digital transformation
As mentioned before, procurement is a process that’s reinventing itself before our very eyes, embracing new digital technologies and ways of working that increase efficiency and drive value for the business. CPOs are increasingly important integrators of technology into the business, and should all be prioritising ways to implement technology over the coming year. However, it’s important to beware that technology for technology’s sake is even more dangerous than sticking it out with a legacy system…
3. Reduce environmental impact
Knowing may be half the battle, but once CPOs have an understanding of the environmental impact their S2P process has, they must prioritise finding ways to mitigate that impact. From a stricter regulatory landscape to a more perceptive and angry public, a meaningful environmental sustainability strategy is no longer “nice to have” or even necessary: it’s long overdue.
4. Understand your Scope 3 emissions
More than 60% of procurement leaders in the US, UK, and Europe surveyed in a recent report say that their Scope 3 emissions reporting process is more of a “take your best-guess” approach than a process of gathering concrete, reliable information.
The S2P process is one of, if not the, biggest source of greenhouse gas emissions for every company on earth, and understanding the consequences of working with one supplier or another (and then accurately reporting that information) is a huge part of the journey to net zero. CPOs who fail to prioritise transparency in their S2P process will find themselves actively hindering their organisations’ environmental ambitions at a time when procurement has the potential to be the biggest driver of positive environmental impact in many organisations.
5. Cultivate your supplier ecosystem
As much as technology is playing a bigger and bigger role in the procurement process, no CPO should discount the importance of building genuine, strategic relationships within their supplier ecosystem. Obviously, some industries are doing better than others, but in many areas (like the fashion industry, where “Those in charge of contracting suppliers for fashion brands say they are investing in longer-term strategic partnerships,” but their suppliers “tell a different story”) there’s still need for improvement.
6. Don’t buy into the hype (too soon)
In 2021, it was self-driving cars. In 2022 it was the metaverse. And last year saw the world get absolutely bent out of shape over the promise of generative artificial intelligence. However, much like NFTs and blockchain (another thing everyone was spending a lot of money trying to figure out how to make money from for a while), the promised trillions of dollars of economic impact from these technologies has yet to translate into meaningful business applications. Even the hyperloop was abandoned this year.
Procurement is an area with a huge amount of potential for digital transformation, and adopting the right technologies for the right reasons is what’s going to separate industry-defining success stories from all those dudes who went blind at the Bored Ape Yacht Club convention.
7. Mitigate risk to the supply chain
In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, the global source to pay (S2P) process has transitioned from a “just in time” approach to a “just in case” one. As climate change disrupts agriculture and manufacturing across the global south, and events like the Yemeni blockade of the Suez canal in order to hinder Israel’s occupation of Palestine hinder the movement of goods between regions, CPOs should prioritise diverse buying strategies that mitigate risk to their S2P processes.
8. Be a source of cost-containment
Inflation was a defining characteristic of the economy in 2023, as corporate price gouging (amid other factors) caused cost-of-living to spike. In a world of rising prices, and supply chain unpredictability, controlling costs will fall increasingly to CPOs in 2024. Cost reduction targets have been hit less consistently across the industry in the last few years, thanks largely to inflation and the pandemic’s disruption of global supply chains. Going into the year ahead, CPOs who can find a way to successfully meet their cost containment targets will find themselves with a serious leg up over their competition.
9. Don’t lose existing talent
The world is in the midst of a growing resurgence in the power of labour, as class consciousness and anti-capitalist sentiment rise. The old propaganda about loyalty to companies that would replace that employee in a heartbeat doesn’t work anymore, and workers are increasingly understanding (and demanding) their true worth, and it sent shockwaves through the service, autoworker, and entertainment industries in the US last year alone.
With the tech sector still leading the world in brutal mass Q4 firing and rehiring strategies, and labour movements within massive logistics firms like Amazon growing stronger by the day, 2024 promises to be defined by more strikes and other examples of direct action, not less. CPOs in the middle of a talent shortage should prioritise giving their employees reasons to stay beyond gym memberships and company pizza parties.
10. Hire top talent
The nature of procurement is changing. As the discipline becomes increasingly digitalised, not to mention plays a more strategic role within the modern enterprise as a whole, the skills that make for a good procurement professional aren’t the same skills that were on job listings ten, or even five, years ago.
In 2024, CPOs should constantly reevaluate the skills necessary not only to do the job now, but to tackle the procurement challenges of the next few years when hiring.
In our new feature, Shaz Khan takes us through a day in his life leading operations as CEO at Vroozi.
SHARE THIS STORY
The procurement industry is on the cusp of a golden age. The quality and breadth of software that we will have at our disposal will be able to solve pain points in ways we have never seen before. As CEO of Vroozi, every day is spent with the mission of trying to spearhead these innovations in sourcing and procurement tech forward. However, in order to keep a proper work-life balance and not burn the candle at both ends, I have to ensure that my days are organised in such a way that I can maximise productivity while leaving enough room to let my mind and body recharge.
My mornings typically look the same. I wake up every day at 6am and I spend the hour either checking emails or getting on phone calls with partners and clients who are located in different time zones. My wife and I love a great cup of coffee and she brews a mean French press every morning which I happily imbibe as we prep to take our youngest child to school.
After morning drop off, I always do some type of workout from 8am to 9am, a quick morning hike, weight training, or some type of cross-fit routine. Physical activity is important to me and I like to get my blood pumping first thing in the morning. I am based in Los Angeles and I love to take advantage of the favourable climate and conduct my daily morning leadership meetings when possible. We have built a great team and culture at Vroozi and I always want to start the day with complete alignment on our company objectives.
For the rest of the morning, I am involved in a mix of meetings with management, status calls with different departments, and direct sales calls. I try to schedule most of my meetings during these hours so that by 1pm, I can focus on my own work without distraction. I fit lunch somewhere within these time slots depending on when I find an opening, but it ranges from day to day. From 1pm to 4pm, I get to do the work I need to do to review items of importance — from various documents, contracts, or simply just game planning and overall strategy.
As a CEO, there are three major areas I am laser focused on. The first area involves evangelising the overall vision of the company, both internally and to the outside market. It is important to set a solid vision and mission statement for your team but also provide clear guidance to the market on your differentiators, value proposition, and capabilities in the simplest of terms. My second responsibility is Chief Recruitment Officer. I want to ensure that I am actively recruiting and building the best team. Of course, a big part of that involves hiring talent from outside the company, but I strongly believe in promoting from within — ensuring there is a proper promotional path for high performers within the company.
The third responsibility has two components: Innovation and Sales. I subscribe to the notion that tech CEOs should spend 50% of their energy innovating on the product and the other 50% driving sales and distribution for the product lines. CEOs need to educate themselves on the products and services that they’re selling and how to sell it. You cannot offload that responsibility to other people. You should immerse yourself in all aspects of the product and influence the roadmap of that product. That’s why it’s critical to be able to support sales efforts directly or indirectly.
After 4pm, I check in with the management team to see if there are any urgent action items or issues that need to be unblocked. I like to spend a portion of my day with core management to ensure we understand organisation goals and that we’re doing what is needed to achieve them. If we see some slips in the process, we’ll address the things we need to do to fill in those cracks. We are a tech company and much of our focus revolves around the pace and quality of innovation with our software platform. Are we responding to customer needs quickly? How quickly are we approving new features on a product roadmap that we feel is meaningful to the company mission? How quickly are we demonstrating value not only to our existing customers but to prospects in our sales cycle? Are we retaining customers and growing with them?
Shaz Khan, CEO, Vroozi
When selling software, customer retention and expansion is critical. We strive to maintain the same level of enthusiasm, service level, innovation and attention for both our long-standing customers and new customers in a consistent manner. The same way you expect a retail chain at a mall to look and feel relatively the same whether you are in Texas or California, we want our services to be consistent and world-class regardless of region and market.
As top management, you should not be the final verdict in every required key decision. You should be able to empower leadership with a framework for decision making and risk management and trust that business is moving in a continuous state of motion. You have brought leaders in for that very purpose—to lead departments, mitigate risk, and execute strategy. However, problem solving is absolutely a necessary part and art for any C-Suite executive. My approach is very action-based. If there is a problem in a department that I see is not getting addressed to the company’s satisfaction, I will actively pull up a chair and sit down with that department to ensure we don’t leave until we outline an approach to solve the issue at hand.
Leaders need to entrust the team that they have gathered around them to solve day to day problems and challenges. But CEOs also need to be active so that problems in the business can be addressed and remediated quickly.
I also draw a line in the sand where I will never go searching for problems to solve. There’s a trust that you build with your executive team to get that work done. Regardless if I’m handling the problem or one of my direct managers is handling it, I believe that if any item will take you less than 10 minutes to complete, get it done immediately. This is how you are able to streamline business operations without letting issues pile up month after month unaddressed.
Once I deal with any important matters at hand with upper management, I’ll take a break and wind down with dinner with the family or coaching my daughter’s league basketball teams. My last shift of the day is around 9pm where I will check in with our international team and partners and customers. I take any calls required from those overseas teams when it comes to product development or sales opportunities.
After 10pm, I make sure to shut down and prepare for the next day. It’s important to set boundaries when you’re off the clock. I don’t subscribe to the philosophy that you have to work all hours of the day to prove your worth. Being CEO will already require plenty of sacrifice and commitment within the title. You have to always be on and there is no real concept of a weekend or a holiday. But that does not mean that we must burn out. I always try to find time to disconnect and decompress, whether with music, art, or physical activities.
The procure-to-pay industry will see some dramatic and fantastic changes in the next couple of years and Vroozi is positioned to not only adapt to these changes but to lead these changes with our AI-based technologies. There will be an increasing proliferation of technologies within the procuretech ecosystem that will augment company resource pools with smart AI-enabled assistants. These advanced tools will streamline purchasing and payment transactions, and foster improved collaboration between buyers and suppliers, ultimately enhancing supply chain operations.
In the next three years, procure-to-pay will emerge as a vital organisational function, not only driving improved operating margins and enhancing productivity through intelligent document processing but also acting as a key catalyst for innovative supply chain developments between suppliers and buyers. This will involve capabilities that will span predictive analytics on pricing trends, supply chain scenario planning, and digital payment alternatives with AI assistants who will recommend the best course of action to take—both within the software technology map, but also with additional solutions beyond it to further strengthen your business case or outcome.
With these changes on the horizon, I anticipate shifts in my day-to-day. Before COVID, I was on the road for half the year, as I firmly believe you have to be physically present whenever possible rather than relying on management via Zoom or other video conference tools. As we continue to expand in 2024, I expect to dedicate more time to travel, engaging directly with customers, partners, and participating in key events.
As I prepare to hit the road this year, my typical day will often look different. However, regardless of my location, my routine will maintain a structured focus on developing the best possible product and getting that product in the hands of as many customers as possible.
CPOstrategy explores this issue’s Big Question and uncovers if now is the greatest time to be in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement has a unique opportunity.
Amid unprecedented digital transformation and innovation, it finds itself in a state of flux and momentum. For professionals who like change, procurement is the place for them. The years of procurement standing still are long gone, its position in the c-suite is only becoming increasingly secure and prominent.
As Covid outlined, businesses need flexible and agile supply chains that are equipped to deal with local or global disruption based on macroeconomic factors. This could be an aforementioned pandemic, wars like the ones we’ve seen in Ukraine and Israel in recent years or other external issues such as the Suez Canal disruption or inflation concerns. Procurement’s time is now.
At DPW Amsterdam 2023, the notion that procurement exists in today’s world as an exciting function that spearheads the c-suite. In comedian and host of DPW, Andrew Moskos’, opening welcome, he noted procurement’s transformation and shouted. “Procurement used to be boring but now we’re all rockstars. We run the company, we’re in the c-suite, we run ESG, sustainability, risk and 80% of the spend of a company goes through us.” His message was met with loud applause from a capacity crowd at former stock exchange building Beurs van Berlage.
Michael van Keulen, CPO, Coupa
According to Michael van Keulen, Chief Procurement Officer at Coupa, it’s the feeling of ‘no two days are the same’ which keeps him energised and feeling refreshed about meeting new challenges in the space. “I wear so many different hats every single day,” he explains. “I always say sometimes I’m an accountant, others I’m an environmentalist. Sometimes I’m the treasurer or a finance person, but I’m also sometimes a psychiatrist. Sometimes I’m a doctor, a nurse, a lawyer, a judge, an environmentalist and yes even a wizard.
“I never know what my day looks like. I can plan it, but something may happen where everything goes out the window. Procurement will always be going through some type of disruption. It’s about how you drive the competitive edge and how you drive value despite that. Procurement is the best gig in the world. It’s great that more people have started to see that now too.”
Right now, generative AI is the latest craze causing quite the buzz in procurement. Indeed, its noise is loud with its true influence yet to be determined. But it’s worth remembering generative AI didn’t start with ChatGPT in 2022. Chatbots actually go back to the 1960s. Among the first functioning examples was the ELIZA chatbot which was created in 1961 by British scientist Joseph Weizenbaum. It was the first talking computer program that could communicate with a human through natural language. But, given the introduction of a far more advanced model – ChatGPT – gen AI isn’t just making waves in procurement but across industries globally too.
Daniel Barnes, Community Manager, Gatekeeper
For Daniel Barnes, Community Manager at Gatekeeper, the stakes are high. As a self-confessed change agent, he believes procurement stands at a make-or-break moment. “You’ve got people who are stuck in the past that are archaic with what they’re doing. Then there’s those who are really pushing the profession forward,” he explains. “I see it as a moment in time where procurement kind of goes one in two ways. It’s extinct in terms of how it used to be. There’s solutions which have automated workflows and are doing the work that traditional procurement people used to do. We can pull people along, but there has to be a willingness to change or it’s not going to happen. That’s why I think it’s great to see people that are showing that willingness. They may not have the answers, but they want to learn.”
Alan Holland, CEO, Keelvar
According to Alan Holland, CEO of Keelvar, he is bullish and optimistic about procurement’s future, stressing that decision-making for the function is easier than ever before. Holland affirms tomorrow is “very bright” as procurement enters an era with intelligent software agents that can automate workflows and make the human workday more efficient. “There’s a whole new range of possibilities where creative and thoughtful planning will provide a competitive advantage for organisations. Procurement can be far more influential in how successful their companies can be. It’s a game-changer.”
Scott Mars, Global V
Scott Mars, Global Vice President of Sales at Pactum, affirms procurement’s in its golden age given the number of vendors operating within the procuretech ecosystem has hit soaring heights. He tells us, “I was speaking with a CPO recently and he said 10 years ago you could name the procure to pay and ERP vendors on one hand, now there’s hundreds of them and all these periphery vendors for AI and spend. The most visionary procurement leaders aren’t just looking at these all-encompassing solutions, they’re bolting on niche solutions into their ecosystems to make their teams more efficient. I think we’ll start to see a consolidation in the coming years of all these little companies into a few larger players to do really an end-to-end type solution. I expect someone to come up with a solution to close the loop in procurement.”
Stefan Dent, Co-Founder, Simfoni
While procurement, like many industries, is still plagued by talent shortages, there is hope that AI could hold the answer. But while its influence is crucial in one hand, is there a risk that the industry could go too far the other way and become over reliant on technology? Stefan Dent, Co-Founder at Simfoni, believes soon Chief Procurement Officers will soon be thinking differently about their workforce. “This is arguably the best time for people to join procurement, as you’ve got this great opportunity to embrace digital and make it happen. Young people can question ‘Well, why can’t it be done by a machine?’ They’re coming in with that mindset, as opposed to fighting being replaced. I think for graduates coming into procurement, they’ve got the opportunity to play with digital which is a wonderful thing.”
Matthias Gutzmann, Founder, DPW Amsterdam
Today, procurement, and its professionals, find itself amid meteoric change. Indeed, its future could be anything. Matthias Gutzmann, Founder of DPW Amsterdam, believes it is time for procurement to create a buzz about the profession. “It’s the best time to be in procurement,” he explains. “It’s the most exciting era to be in procurement and supply chain. We need to get loud about it and celebrate that fact.”
For our first cover story of 2024 we meet with Lloyds Banking Group’s CIO for Consumer Relationships & Mass Affluent,…
SHARE THIS STORY
For our first cover story of 2024 we meet with Lloyds Banking Group’s CIO for Consumer Relationships & Mass Affluent, Martyn Atkinson, to learn how an ambitious growth agenda, combined with a people-centred culture, is driving change for customers and colleagues across the Group.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Welcome to a new year of possibility where technology meets business at the interface of change…
Lloyds Banking Group: A technology & business strategy
“We’ve made significant strides in transforming our business for the future,” explains Martyn Atkinson, CIO for Consumer Relationships & Mass Affluent at Lloyds Banking Group. “I’m really proud of what the team have achieved. There’s loads more to go after. It’s a really exciting time as we become a modern, progressive, tech-enabled business. We’ve aimed to maintain pace and an agile mindset. We want to get products and services out to our customers and colleagues. We’ll test and learn to see if what we’re doing is actually making a meaningful difference.”
AFRICOM: Organisational resilience through cybersecurity
We also speak with U.S. Africa Command’s (AFRICOM) CISO Ryan Larsen on developing the right culture to build cyber awareness. He is committed to driving secure and continued success for the Department of Defence. “I often think of every day working in cyberspace a lot like counterinsurgency warfare and my time in Afghanistan. You had to be on top of your game every minute of every day. The adversary only needs to get lucky one time to find you with that IED.”
OLYMPUS DIGITAL CAMERA
ALIC: Creating synergy to scale at speed with Lolli
Since 2009 the Australian Lending & Investment Centre (ALIC) has been matching Australians with loans that help build their wealth. It has delivered over $8.3bn in loans to more than 22,000 leading Australian investors and businesses. Managing Director Damian Brander talks ethical lending and the challenges of a shifting financial landscape. ALIC has also built Lolli – a broker enhancement platform built by brokers, for brokers.
Sime Darby Motors: Driving digital, cultural, and business transformation together
Sime Darby Berhad is one of the oldest and most successful multinational companies in Malaysia. It has a twin focus on the Industrial and Motors sectors. The company employs more than 24,000 people, operating across 17 countries and territories. Sime Darby Motors’ Chief Digital & Information Officer Tuan Jean Tee shares how he makes sure digital, cultural, and process transformation go hand in hand throughout one of APAC’s largest automotive multinationals.
Also in this issue, we hear from Microsoft on the art of sustainable supply chain transformation, Tecnotree map the key trends set to impact the telecoms industry in 2024 and our panel of experts chart the big Fintech predictions for the year ahead.
Data is the key to unlocking new opportunities and managing risk, but capitalising on the opportunities of data in procurement is not without challenges.
SHARE THIS STORY
Over the past few years, the procurement sector has been thrust into the limelight, as CPOs are increasingly being identified as drivers of value creation, cost containment, and risk management.
In addition to business and process innovations, a lot of the changes in the role of procurement are due to a wave of digital transformation sweeping the industry. If digital transformation is the engine driving this elevation of the procurement function, then data is the fuel powering it.
Effectively capturing, organising, and utilising data to generate meaningful insights can produce significant benefits for the procurement process. However, costly investment into data analytics, flawed adoption strategies, and oceans of bad data can turn all the potential for wins into a whole new source of risk for the business. This week, we’ve gathered our top 3 challenges CPOs face when incorporating big data into their operations.
1. Bad data
No, I don’t mean Lore from Star Trek: TNG. Bad Data is a fundamental and pervasive risk to procurement professionals looking to empower their analytics. It’s also a far more widespread problem than many executives would like to believe. Last year, a report by SpendHQ found that 75% of procurement professionals doubted the accuracy of their procurement data, leading to almost 80% of executives outside the procurement function lacking confidence when it comes to making decisions based on that data.
In order for it to make any meaningful contribution to reducing costs, mitigating risk, promoting sustainability and driving meaningful change within the business as a whole, the data used by procurement has to be accurate. Pierre Laprée, chief product officer of SpendHQ, noted in the report that “procurement teams must do more to build and maintain influence within their organisations, including removing the dependency on spreadsheets to become more efficient.”
2. Choosing the right technology
Collecting, managing, and drawing insights from your procurement data is a matter of using the right digital tools. However, choosing the right digital tools—especially with CPOs often facing pressure from stakeholders to transform their operations digitally—can be a complicated prospect with potentially severe negative consequences ranging from sub-par outcomes and wasted budgets to catastrophic data breaches.
A report by Productiv found recently that, while “procurement and IT are being inundated with software access, vendor intake and renewal requests,” the number of applications and subscription services being managed by the average business has risen by more than 30% in the past two years. Combined with growing workloads, skill shortages, and an unclear vision for handling these growing technology stacks, Productiv’s report notes that “this patchwork of tools across various steps of the vendor management lifecycle has created technology, team and data silos. Instead of increasing efficiency, these tech stacks start adding up to a lot of manual work to bring everything together.”
3. Creating spend data visibility
Dark purchasing refers to the phenomenon of procurement expenses incurred outside a business’ defined procurement process. It’s uncontrolled spending that procurement can’t see, but that still gets added to their numbers at the end of the quarter.
Big data and procurement is often thought of in terms of its ability to help understand the world outside the business’ walls—logistics, pricing, supplier behaviour throughout the market in response to market changes—but effectively deploying data analytics to understand why dark purchasing is happening, when, and by whom is a vital step in figuring out how to reduce its impact on the company.
Unfortunately, this presents a serious challenge, as many procurement departments lack a cohesive data organisational strategy; data is often scattered throughout multiple silos in the organisation, hidden from procurement in much the same way that unapproved purchasing hides until quarterly expense reports. Overcoming this challenge and creating a holistic, accurate view of company spend—both within the procurement function and outside it—is one of the greatest opportunities and challenges presented by the infusion of big data into procurement.
B2B procurement is headed for a new, more dynamic, digitalised era defined by a more strategic approach to traditional processes and new challenges.
SHARE THIS STORY
The procurement industry isn’t a back-office function anymore. Much like the transition of IT departments from obscurity to the C-suite over the past 10-15 years, procurement is making its way into the limelight.
“We are entering a new era of smart business buying where senior leaders are understanding the impact procurement can have on efficiency and overall company success,” said Alexandre Gagnon, vice president of Amazon Business Worldwide, at a recent Amazon Business event attended by more than 1,000 procurement leaders across the public and private sectors.
“The procurement function is now cross-disciplinary, spanning both functional and strategic purviews as buyers are planning to invest more in technology and optimisation while future-proofing their companies and organisations,” added Gagnon.
Procurement’s transition
The 2024 State of Procurement Report released by Amazon Business in conjunction with the event points to an array of indicators that the nature of procurement is fundamentally changing. From the traditional procurement workloads concerned with day-to-day purchasing, to a more recently emerged responsibility of future-proofing the business against disruption (by another pandemic, for example), procurement’s goals are “ever-growing”.
In order to keep up, the discipline is “transforming at lightning speed,” claims Gagnon in the introduction to the report.
Data gathered from over 3,000 procurement professionals supports this inclusion. Key findings include the fact that 95% of decision-makers say their organisation currently has to outsource at least a portion of their procurement to third parties, the fact that 95% of decision-makers say their procurement function has “room for optimisation”, and 53% of respondents who say their procurement budgets will be higher in 2024 than they were this year.
Tech-driven procurement
Technology investment is expected to be high on the agenda, as procurement leaders attempt to bring increased visibility and resilience to their departments. A remarkable 98% of decision makers said they were planning to invest in analytics and insights tools, automation, and AI for their procurement operations, with the (anonymous) VP of purchasing at a major global bank in the US saying that “Making investments in the right tools and technology [is critical] because you rely on data as a procurement organisation. There is … spend data, contractual data, invoices, and more. Without the right tools in place, you can only do so much [with your data].”
Reflecting on the changing role of procurement in the modern enterprise, Gagnon added that “Ultimately, procurement not only keeps operations running, but plays an integral role in achieving key organisational goals, and with smart business buying, companies have procurement solutions to serve as a growth lever for organisations.”
The assistant will use natural language processes and AI to perform “thousands of procurement tasks”.
SHARE THIS STORY
The latest in a small flurry of generative AI-powered virtual procurement assistants is hitting the market. Earlier this month, Relish, a B2B app developer based in Ohio, announced the release of its new procurement assistant—a virtual assistant product powered by generative artificial intelligence and designed to intuitively interact with users while performing “thousands of procurement tasks”.
“What we’re offering is a solution that truly frees users from the menial to engage in the meaningful,” said Ryan Walicki, Relish CEO, in a statement to the press. He added that the Relish Procurement Assistant would revolutionise the way businesses handle their procurement systems and processes, claiming: “By leveraging large language models, this single interface spans all procurement systems and platforms and can be custom fit to any enterprise solution ensuring workflows are never interrupted.”
The rise of generative AI
Relish isn’t the first company to utilise a combination of generative AI and large language models, like ChatGPT, to create a more naturalistic interface between users and complex systems for managing data. In November, Californian tech firm Ivalua released an Intelligent Virtual Assistant powered by generative AI as part of its platform, making similar claims that the technology would eliminate busy work, freeing up employees for more strategic activities.
Relish works in a similar way, plugging into an existing procurement management platform, and using artificial intelligence and natural language processing to “intuitively interact” with users in a conversational way, giving them detailed insight into their workflows.
According to Relish, the technology can perform numerous tasks, including supplier management, sourcing, contract management, supply chain, and purchasing.
Where Relish differs from other offerings on the market is in its alleged ability to “[adapt] to any platform and workflow preference.”
According to Jeremy Reeves, Relish Senior Vice President of Product: “The adaptability helps users get the most out of their procurement enterprise software, maximising their return on the investment… It brings a new dimension to how users will go from being taskmasters to being conductors of their enterprise systems.”
Sapio Research found that just 48% of organisations are confident they are accurately reporting Scope 3 emissions through their P2P process.
SHARE THIS STORY
More than half of the 850 procurement leaders in the US, UK, and Europe surveyed earlier this year could not claim to be “very confident” in their organisation’s ability to accurately report Scope 3 emissions, according to a new study conducted by Sapio Research and commissioned by Ivalua.
While 48% of leaders were confident in the accuracy of their companies’ reported emissions figures, nearly two-thirds (62%) of leaders surveyed admitted that “reporting on Scope 3 emissions feels like a ‘best-guess’ measurement.”
A significant majority of the organisations were confident that they are on track to meet net zero targets. However, the report also found that many don’t have plans in place for:
Adopting renewable energy (78%).
Reducing carbon emissions (68%).
Adopting circular economy principles (72%).
Reducing air pollution (67%).
Reducing water pollution (63%).
Procurement’s role
It has long been recognised that procurement has a vital role to play in the reduction of environmental impact in organisations’ supply chains, with as much as 90% of a company’s emissions falling within the Scope 3 band.
“Organisations are aware they must urgently address sustainability and understand the cost consequences of not doing so. But this lack of confidence paints a negative picture,” comments Jarrod McAdoo, Director of Sustainable Procurement at Ivalua.
“A lack of perceived progress could fuel accusations and fears of greenwashing, so it’s important to remember that obtaining Scope 3 data is part of the natural maturation process. Many sustainability programs are in their infancy, and organisations need to start somewhere. Estimated data can help determine climate impact and contribute to building realistic, actionable net-zero plans. Over time, organisations will need to make significant progress on obtaining primary Scope 3 data and putting plans in place, or risk financial penalties as well as ruining reputations in the long run.”
Regulatory and public scrutiny continues to mount against both public and private sector polluters. A report released in December highlighted the devastating annual emissions by militaries around the world, finding armed forces to not only be one of the world’s largest fossil fuel consumers (5.5% of all global emissions), but that the US military alone has a larger environmental impact than some developed countries. The scale of military contribution to the climate crisis, in addition to the lack of transparency when it comes to disclosing those figures, is a major issue that is also echoed in the private sector of the civilian world.
Are some companies ‘unintentionally greenwashing?’
In the private sector, both activism and legislation continues to move (too slowly, but it’s a start) against corporations responsible for the climate crisis and pollution. In the UK, the High Court in London ruled that Nigerians affected by oil spills the corporation promised to clean up can bring legal action against the British multinational. The state of California is itself suing America’s largest oil companies for their role in exacerbating and covering up the effects of climate emissions for decades.
More recently, corporations that rank among the world’s largest polluters have been accused of adopting environmentally friendly rhetoric in order to make themselves appear more committed to environmental sustainability than they, in actual fact, are. The practice, known as “greenwashing”, has been criticised by politicians, activists, and members of the scientific community.
McAdoo notes that the inability to accurately report Scope 3 emissions—taking a “best-guess” approach—could be a contributor to organisations looking to avoid unintentionally greenwashing their emissions data by misrepresenting themselves.
“Nearly two-thirds of U.S. organisations agree that an inability to measure supplier emissions accurately makes it hard to turn words into action,” McAdoo continued. “There is a clear need to adopt a smarter approach to procurement. Organisations need granular visibility into their supply chains to ensure they can measure the environmental impact of suppliers but also collaborate with suppliers to develop improvement plans. Only with this transparency can organisations showcase meaningful sustainability progress and avoid accusations of greenwashing.”
Coupa Software and Acquis Consulting Group has released an eBook offering tips on how to navigate the challenges of the procurement landscape.
SHARE THIS STORY
A new eBook from Coupa Software and Acquis Consulting Group providing guidance on how to navigate the challenges of the procurement landscape has been released.
The eBook offers real-life success stories from the likes of Dent Wizard, Sun River Healthcare and Eyecare Partners while uncovering essential strategies for enhancing efficiency and driving growth.
Additionally, the eBook provides expert guidance on mastering procurement and compliance in today’s economic landscape as today’s leaders are forced to re-examine their internal processes, particularly when it comes to business spend management.
As a result of rising inflation, as well as the cost of capital and labour, it has meant businesses need to identify new ways to improve margins, drive sustainable growth and scale productivity. However, many existing solutions at mid-market companies are already stretched to the limit.
This led to Dent Wizard, Sun River Healthcare and Eyecare Partners coming to the same conclusion – digital transformation can take painful and antiquated processes and make them stress-free and efficient.
The new eBook is considered a must-read for leaders seeking to overcome the complexities of today’s procurement space amid a challenging economic climate.
To find out more about how Dent Wizard, Sun River Healthcare and Eyecare Partners recommend organisations can transform their business spend management, download Coupa and Acquis’s free eBook here.
AI and Machine Learning-powered analytics could help security teams flag and prevent fraud in their procurement functions.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement fraud is costly and hard to prevent, but with the right tools, organisations could see red flags earlier and respond in time rather than too late.
According to the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners (CFE), organisations lose 5% of their annual revenue to fraud, with the median loss per case totalling $117,000, and the average being $1.7 million.
Supply chains and procurement functions are especially vulnerable to fraud—often comprising long and winding networks, intricate webs of relationships, vast inventory assets, and multiple transactions along the S2P journey. The procurement and supply chain functions of retailers and manufacturers are especially vulnerable.
Frequently, procurement fraud is the result of a malicious individual within the organisation, although vendors and partners can also be responsible. Bid rigging, intellectual property infringement, inventory theft, and product counterfeiting are all examples of occupational fraud within the procurement process.
To address these challenges, companies must implement proactive measures. The CFE report noted that nearly half of fraud cases occurred due to a lack of internal controls, or an overriding of insufficient existing controls. It also found that anti-fraud controls were effective, resulting in lower losses and quicker fraud detection.
Fraud is prone to thrive in the procurement process, and can have devastating consequences, but the fight against the threat isn’t hopeless, and new technologies are proving especially effective in stamping out the issue.
In addition to traditional anti-fraud measures like strengthening internal controls, performing due diligence, and conducting regular quality checks, organisations can fight fraud in their procurement and supply chain functions by harnessing the power of AI and Big Data.
Fighting fraud with Big Data
AI analytics of Big Data sets can do more than improve efficiencies and predict trends in the movements of goods; these types of analytics excel at pattern recognition and, once correctly trained, can identify subtle changes in activity within the procurement function and supply chain that could point to fraud.
According to Isabelle Adam, an analyst at the Government Transparency Institute in Budapest, and Mihály Fazekas, founder of the Institute and assistant professor in the School of Public Policy at Central European University, “With the increasing use of electronic and online administrative tools — such as e-procurement platforms — making administrative records readily and extensively available in structured databases, public procurement has become a data-rich area.”
This wealth of data, if improperly handled, can become a place for fraud to hide, but if big data analytics are applied, they argue, it “can serve as a tool for auditors to identify and prevent fraud and corruption.”
The top seven trends driving procurement’s transition from the back-office to the boardroom in 2024.
SHARE THIS STORY
The year ahead has the potential to be a watershed moment for the procurement industry, as infusions of leading edge technology and process innovation conspire to enable procurement’s shift from spend management to strategic leadership. Increasingly, leadership is recognising the potential of procurement to guard against risk, drive sustainable practice, and be a key enabler in helping the business identify and capitalise on new opportunities.
Procurement is undeniably on a journey from being a back-office cost-cutting function to a key driver of strategic wins for the business. In 2024, procurement teams should continue to capitalise and build upon existing wins as they continue their optimisation journey. For those lagging behind, the time to begin their transformation from functionary to value orchestrator is now.
2. More space strategic, value-add work
A vast majority of decision makers surveyed by Amazon Business last year revealed that they needed to outsource elements of their procurement function to a third party. It’s a known fact that the current procurement industry struggles with a lack of the necessary human resources, skills, and systems to keep pace with mission critical operational demands. With those demands only expected to get more complex in 2024, procurement teams need to find ways to spend less time on low value manual work and refocus their efforts on high-level, strategic activities. Adopting low-code platforms, AI, process automation, and other technology could be a way to execute on this necessary transformation.
3. More investment (and hype) surrounding AI, automation, and analytics
2023 was the year when generative AI exploded into the spotlight, attracting massive amounts of hype, interest, and investment. However, just a few weeks into 2024, you can see excitement starting to cool, as organisations struggle to find effective applications that justify the price of admission.
In 2024, we can expect to see massive AI utilisation in data analytics, in process automation, and other elements of the S2P process, but generative AI adoption in ways that produce meaningful benefits are likely more than 12 months away.
4. Low code, higher automation in S2P platforms
Managing the source to pay process is increasingly complex, and time consuming to orchestrate. In 2024, with pain points like this increasing complexity (due to climate instability, compliance regulations, etc.) and talent shortage, the adoption of more low-code platforms will increase the ability of procurement teams to automate significant elements of their operations.
5. Scope 3 comes under greater scrutiny
A recent report found that around two thirds of procurement professionals in the US, UK, and Europe feel that their Scope 3 emissions reporting is more “best-guess” than hard fact. With regulatory scrutiny—not to mention public opinion—growing less and less lenient with regard to greenwashing and climate inaction, procurement teams need to make 2024 the year they take meaningful action to create transparency beyond Scope 1 and 2 emissions.
This obviously represents a significant challenge. Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions are relatively straightforward compared to the sprawling, often opaque morass of Scope 3. Inaction is not an option, however, if organisations are to meaningfully pursue their net zero by 2030 targets.
6. Mission-critical Big Data
Collecting, managing, and effectively drawing insights from big data is and will remain one of the defining challenges for the modern enterprise. A proliferation of data from IoT devices, cloud-based platforms, and a general increase in the amount of technology being integrated into the procurement process (not to mention an increase in awareness of how important it is to gather as much data as possible) is leaving some industry players overwhelmed.
Vast silos of data with no meaningful way to draw insights from the unstructured mass create more problems than they solve. 2024, then, should be the year that procurement not just recognises the importance of data, but the absolute criticality of putting systems in place to manage it effectively.
7. AI achieves greater autonomy in planning tasks
Even as the shockwaves of the COVID-19 pandemic recede from the global supply chain, macroeconomic forces still conspire to place increased pressure on supply chains and procurement teams. Forward planning is more important than ever and procurement professionals are finding themselves increasingly struggling to meet the demands of “a more complex, multi-tiered, more nuanced world.”
Using artificial intelligence to more effectively run scenario analysis could have a transformative effect on the S2P process, allowing low-touch planning driven by AI to eliminate manual work, analyse data at scale, identify and flag anomalies, and even start making suggestions to humans as to how to proceed. There is still some doubt over AI’s ability to handle tasks consistently with minimal human oversight, but the tide of public opinion is starting to change.
New data from Emergen Research suggests the procurement technology market will be worth approximately $17.9 billion in 2032.
SHARE THIS STORY
Increased adoption of cloud services, artificial intelligence (AI) and process automation are driving strong growth in the global procurement software market.
According to a report released this week by Canadian market research firm Emergen Research, the global procurement software market is expected to register a rapid revenue CAGR of 10.4% over the decade following the 2022 financial year—from a global valuation of $6.67 billion at the start of the forecast period to $17.90 billion in 2032.
The report’s authors found that “increasing use for cloud-based procurement solutions and rising need for automated and efficient procurement processes are key factors driving market revenue growth.”
The talent challenge
In the face of a talent shortage—exacerbated by growing demand and increasingly supply chain complexity—the report expects to see cloud-based procurement systems attain widespread adoption.
“Cloud-based procurement systems have many benefits such as easy deployment, flexibility, scalability, and lower infrastructure costs. This software allows for real-time access to procurement data, leading to better informed and timely decisions,” note report authors. “In addition, this software also makes it possible for companies to access procurement software at any time and from any location, which makes it easier to manage procurement procedures globally.”
Is automation the solution?
Artificial intelligence and machine learning will also support procurement teams in overcoming the pain points presented by the skill shortage, stricter regulations, and supply chain instability. The report suggests that the technologies—if correctly adopted—could be instrumental in “helping companies to automate increasingly complex procurement processes while enhancing decision-making.”
However, high up-front costs may present an insurmountable barrier to entry for some organisations, and a deterrent for others, the report notes. These costs include software licensing fees, implementation costs, training expenses, and any required hardware upgrades. Emergen researchers also note that concerns over data privacy and cyber security could slow adoption of cloud-based solutions.
Kathleen Anne Harmeston discusses some of the key items sitting on the 2024 agenda amid seismic digital transformation.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement, in my opinion, has experienced one of the largest direct knock-on effects of unprecedented inflation and geopolitical issues over the last two years (including supply-chain issues caused by Brexit, the US-China Trade War, and European instability of the Russia-Ukraine War).
Procurement’s challenges
We are seeing this impact in the form of cost increases across nearly all industries and challenges in securing and maintaining reliable, dynamic, and cost-effective supply partners.
Boardrooms are struggling to understand why they should invest further funds to bolster the CPO remit, including investment to help them technologically revolutionise the business and the function. Possibly this is due to a lack of visibility on how procurement can be a high performing business partner, which offers a proactive, seamless, automated and value-adding service supporting profitability and ESG efforts. CPOs are now tasked to sell the benefits of investing in procurement over and above the safety blanket of ‘cost reduction’ as the signature sell.
The above obstacles will also be underpinned by the phenomenal opportunity of integrating AI into the procurement function alongside many other digitisation opportunities. Those companies who welcome technological innovation of their P2P systems and supplier management processes are likely to have better competitive advantage and risk management as a consequence.
The general consensus I have gained from speaking with my peers are:-
Profitability (of course).
Agility and digital readiness within the P2P and business management systems.
Delivering ESG for the firm and not just giving “lip service” to the exercise.
Risk management within the elaborate complex web of supply chain networks.
Driving Innovation through the supply chain.
2023 saw the same old issues in limited control over and transparency in third-party spend. This was due to supply instability, semi manual processes, rising costs and value leakage from off-contract spend. With this in mind, boardrooms are more likely than ever to push back on the CPOs call for further investment. But this creates a circular argument of investment needed in the function, combined with business’ commitment to approved supplier compliance to meet the board challenges in 2024.
Moving to 2024
Digital readiness has become imperative as team members continue to work in hybrid or remote ways, but also because inefficient manual processes and limited digital visibility and automation of spend management causes significant lost opportunity and risk. Recent studies from KPMG and SAP show that 37% of procurement processes are still semi auto and manual and 77% of Executives complain they cannot access a good spend data real time. These studies have been further supported by research from Ivalua which states:
53% of procurement and supplier management processes have yet to be digitised.
22% of procurement teams estimate that they are wasting their time each year dealing with paper-based or manual processes.
50% of procurement leaders think the rate of digitisation within procurement is too slow.
47% say existing procurement systems are not flexible enough to keep up with constant change and market uncertainty.
Inefficient procurement processes often result in disorganised data management and reporting -ultimately leading to executive frustration. These issues further invite problems such as duplication of payments or delays in payment.
What are the technological innovations for 2024?
The shape and structure of the procurement division in the future will change quite dramatically with the ever-increasing integration of AI. When the second wave of more sophisticated generative AI software arrives – which improves its reliability of output, data leakage, and data security – AI and machine learning may well plug the gap of manual human input for certain portions of the procurement division. With AI (or any kind of automatic digitization for that matter) we will soon embrace the automation and celebrate the headcount savings in procurement, and instead ask for investment in greater strategic skills and the next level of development for our procurement staff.
AI truly has the potential to transform procurement. From specifically supply chain management, to helping with demand forecasting and inventory management to logistics optimisation, new product development cycle time improvement, and supplier engagement. AI will also help with managing our spend via creating predictive reports for cost reduction opportunities.
Specifics for CPOs look for in 2024
Advanced AP Invoice Automation Platforms
Advanced accounts payable invoice automation platforms process invoices in any format with good speed and accuracy. It means going touchless eliminates the pain of managing paper invoices. By reducing the cost per invoice, shortening cycle times, and increasing spend control, these cloud-based electronic invoicing systems offer built-in matching and automatically identify errors, duplicates, and overpayments. They ensure payments are only made for ordered and received goods. Many APIA platforms can be tailored to specific organisational needs. This is with features like cognitive OCR invoice capture, smart coding, and invoice approvals to further streamline the process. These platforms can integrate with existing financial or ERP systems for seamless digital payments. While their advanced features like duplicate invoices and fraud checks, along with integrated exception handling, demonstrate the future of invoice processing in the P2P cycle.
Mobile P2P solutions
Mobile platforms are becoming more useful and available in the P2P process by shifting to cloud and software-as-a-service (SaaS) solutions. The convenience of mobile apps allows users to manage procurement activities on the go. This is also while offering real-time access to crucial data and processes. This mobility not only increases efficiency but also enables quicker decision-making. CPOs can also integrate their P2P systems with other cloud-based applications, such as ERP, CRM, and BI, to create a seamless and holistic view of your procurement performance.
Data analytics and visualisation
Data analytics tools are the applications that enable you to analyse your P2P data in an actionable way. These tools will help you improve your decision making, performance measurement, and reporting. For example, you can use dashboards, charts, and graphs to visualize your spend patterns, savings achievements, and compliance levels. You can also use predictive analytics, machine learning, and natural language processing to generate forecasts for your P2P strategies. Visualisation software has also made huge strides in being able to share new product development ideas. This is also while helping progress the supplier collaboration and management agenda.
Integration of blockchain for greater transparency and security
Blockchain technology is rapidly transforming the P2P sector with its unparalleled transparency and enhanced security features. By integrating blockchain, businesses are able to establish immutable records for every transaction. This will significantly boosting both transparency and security within their procurement processes. This technology is particularly effective in fraud prevention and compliance adherence and supply chain tracking. It ensures that each transaction is reliably recorded and easily verifiable, underscoring its growing importance in the P2P landscape.
Supplier collaboration
Supplier collaboration is the practice of building long-term and mutually beneficial relationships with your key suppliers, based on trust, transparency, and value creation. It can help you improve your supplier performance, reduce risks, and drive innovation. For example, you can use supplier portals, e-procurement platforms, and digital contracts to communicate with your suppliers more effectively. You can also use supplier scorecards, feedback mechanisms, and incentives to monitor and reward your suppliers for their performance.
Sustainability and social responsibility
Global supply chains are complex and can be multi-tiered. This presents a serious challenge for CPOs with limited visibility into the supply chains for sustainability and social responsibility. AI-powered reporting will enable teams to keep track of supplier and product information. This is via using global data sources from different countries, regions and languages. The key is to raise the issues and gain the sponsorship to address the risks proactively. Mapping systems and technology can help but only if this policy is embedded within the business. There is movement from tier one contract management of supply chains to managing the supplier networks.
User experience and engagement
User experience and engagement with your P2P system, such as ease of use, functionality, design, and feedback is important for the function. Alongside engagement, it can help you increase your user adoption, satisfaction, and loyalty. For example, you can use mobile apps, chatbots, voice assistants, and gamification to make your P2P system more accessible, intuitive, responsive, and fun.
Concluding remarks
The P2P landscape in 2024 will be shaped by technological advancements and a shift in business priorities. From the integration of AI and blockchain to the emphasis on sustainability and mobile solutions, these trends are redefining how companies approach procurement and supplier relationships. Despite executive reluctance to engage in further investment, during periods of inflation and market stagnancy, digitisation must be embraced with the option to either pivot or perish. Adoption of new systems and processes requires training and capacity planning within procurement departments. This is so that the business-as-usual services can continue without a downturn in service levels. Businesses that adapt to these changes will enhance their operational efficiency and position themselves strategically for future growth and success.
Fairmarkit has revealed a partnership with ServiceNow and unveiled an automated quoting integration in a bid to scale efficiency.
SHARE THIS STORY
Fairmarkit has announced a new partnership and integration with ServiceNow to boost productivity for customers.
The company, which is a leading autonomous sourcing solution set on transforming the procurement of goods and services, has unveiled an automated quoting integration with the ServiceNow platform to drive efficiency.
Scaling efficiency
It is anticipated that the move will help enterprise procurement increase spend under management, source goods and services efficiently as well as operationalise DEI and ESG initiatives through an automated quoting process.
With Fairmarkit’s automation, AI and GenAI capabilities embedded within ServiceNow’s Source-to-Pay Operations solution, end users can automatically create, send and award quotations from within the ServiceNow interface which streamlines processes and decreases turnaround time for competitive quoting.
Buyers maintain the same level of user experience and functionality they expect from Fairmarkit sourcing including reduced cycle time, greater visibility into spend, higher savings and improved compliance and diversity maintenance from within the ServiceNow interface.
Initiated via a ServiceNow sourcing request, requests for quotes (RFQs) are automatically sent to suppliers and bids are collected and presented to the user for an award decision within ServiceNow. Once an award is made, a purchase requisition is created and the customer’s desired ServiceNow workflow is continued.
Revolutionising the way forward
Kevin Frechette, CEO of Fairmarkit, commented: “Fairmarkit’s integration with ServiceNow furthers our commitment to revolutionising the way all organisations buy and sell. We are fired up to work collaboratively with joint customers to ensure the most user friendly and efficient purchasing process possible.”
Kirsten Loegering, VP, Product Management – Finance & Supply Chain Workflows at ServiceNow, added: “From enterprise end users to seasoned procurement professionals, automated quoting with Fairmarkit will simplify the intake-to-award process, while also increasing opportunities for costs savings and efficiency gains. Establishing this partnership with the market leading sourcing solution opens the door for enterprises to bring more spend under management, enables end users to competitively quote with little effort, and paves the way for more value and less manual work.”
This month’s exclusive cover story features a fascinating discussion with Dhaval Desai, Principal Group Engineering Manager at Microsoft, regarding a massive and sustainable supply chain transformation at the tech giant…
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s exclusive cover story features a fascinating discussion with Dhaval Desai, Principal Group Engineering Manager at Microsoft, regarding a massive and sustainable supply chain transformation at the tech giant…
In the past four years, Microsoft has gained more than 80,000 productivity hours and avoided hundreds of millions in costs. Did you miss that? That’s probably because these massive improvements took place behind the scenes as the technology giant moved to turn SC management into a major force driving efficiencies, enabling growth, and bringing the company closer to its sustainability goals.
Expect changes and outcomes to continue as Dhaval Desai continues to apply the learnings from the Devices Supply Chain transformation – think Xbox, Surface, VR and PC accessories and cross-industry experiences and another to the fast-growing Cloud supply chain where demand for Azure is surging. As the Principal Group Software Engineering Manager, Desai is part of the Supply Chain Engineering organisation, the global team of architects, managers, and engineers in the US, Europe, and India tasked with developing a platform and capabilities to power supply chains across Microsoft. It’s an exciting time. Desai’s staff has already quadrupled since he joined Microsoft in 2021, and it’s still growing. Within the company, he’s on the cutting edge of technology innovation testing generative AI solutions. “We are actively learning how to improve it and move forward,” he tells us.
We also have some inspiring and informative content from supply chain leaders and experts at Schneider Electric, Smart Cube, Protokol, Red Helix and Astrocast. Plus, expert predictions for 2024 from leading supply chain leaders, as well as a round-up of the best events this year has to offer!
The ability to scale available space up or down on demand could provide procurement teams with an invaluable degree of flexibility.
SHARE THIS STORY
From retailers to manufacturers, enterprises that handle large amounts of product and raw materials have always needed places to put it. As a result, the vast majority of industrial real estate is devoted to warehousing, with 11.1 billion of the 14.8 billion square feet of industrial real estate in the US classified as warehouse space.
Warehouse square footage is essential, not only to logistics, but to the procurement department. You can’t buy things if there’s nowhere to put them. Procurement teams working to support the needs of the business as a whole are therefore bound by the limitations of the physical space the business maintains for storage.
Changing demands
A procurement function’s ability to respond to changing demands—either from within the company or when performing direct procurement in anticipation of demand from without—is limited by the physical warehousing space maintained by the enterprise. However, more space isn’t always the solution, as real estate is costly to buy, develop, maintain, secure, and so on. Small and even medium sized enterprises may not have the capital or resources to maintain their own warehouse space, and—in an era of e-commerce-first business models—may have more distributed business models than can be supported if warehousing space is internally owned.
The answer to giving procurement teams the flexibility they need to store, move, and acquire necessary stock for the business could lie in On-Demand Warehousing.
On-demand warehousing
The model “allows eCommerce businesses to access warehousing solutions as and when needed, without making a long-term commitment, through a pay-as-you-go system,” write Dr Banu Ekren, Dr Ismail Abushaikha and Dr Hendrik Reefke in a recent report. By using a platform to purchase space within a larger warehouse on a short term basis, businesses gain the flexibility to grow (or shrink) their procurement of inventory in line with the demands of their business, without the need for long-term rental agreements or costly real estate purchases that the business “might” grow into down the line.
On-Demand Warehousing platforms can also reduce environmental impact by consolidating inventory from multiple buildings into singular facilities—reducing the need for heat, electricity, etc.
From shared responsibility to “blackmail”, an array of relationships exist under the umbrella of “partners” in the source-to-pay value chain.
SHARE THIS STORY
Whether in earnest or just in cynical pursuit of a hot new buzzword, it seems like no one in the procurement and supply chain sectors actually buys things anymore. Instead, goods are sourced from a strategic partner—implying a simple transaction has been replaced by a closer, more meaningful and, supposedly, beneficial relationship.
For example, in the fashion industry—traditionally one of the most transactional industries for buyer-supplier relationships—McKinsey’s 2023 CPO survey found that even between fast fashion brands and their suppliers, relationships are becoming more strategic, long-term, and mutually beneficial.
The number of transactional relationships reported by CPOs in the fashion industry reportedly fell by more than 50% between 2019 and 2023, from 22% to just 10%. That number is predicted by McKinsey’s analysts to drop to just 3% by 2028, as more than half of relationships in the industry evolve into “long-term strategic partnerships with volume commitments”.
The future of strategic partnerships?
According to McKinsey, the future of strategic partnerships between procurement teams and their supplier ecosystems looks bright in the fashion industry. This should be good news across other fields like medical supplies, consumer goods, food, and industrial manufacturing—as fashion is perhaps the industry with the most historically hostile relationship between buyer brands and the suppliers who manufacture their clothes, often for no guarantee of purchase, at rates so low they often result in untenable labour conditions. If some of the most predatory supply chains on the planet can grow into thoughtful, considerate strategic partners, then it surely bodes well for the rest of the world.
Or it would, if any of that were particularly true.
I’m not saying McKinsey or the CPOs that took their survey were lying. I’m sure they truly do believe their transactional relationships are evolving into strategic partnerships. But, as Maliha Shoab pointed out in a piece for Vogue Business this week, while “Those in charge of contracting suppliers for fashion brands say they are investing in longer-term strategic partnerships,” their suppliers “tell a different story.”
The reality is that research conducted by Fashion Revolution found that just 12% of brands publish a responsible purchasing code of conduct (virtually the same as last year and the year before that), and data gathered by Sanchita Saxena—visiting scholar at the NYU Stern Center for Business and Human Rights and senior advisor at human rights-focused consultancy Article One—points to truly collaborative and strategic partnerships between procurement teams and their suppliers being much rarer than procurement executives would seem to believe.
Reimagine supplier relationships
Some suppliers Saxena spoke to even characterised their relationships with fashion buyers as “blackmail”, revealing to Vogue Business that one supplier in particular recalled: “The company was threatening [us] saying, if we don’t agree on a reasonable discount, maybe next season [our] business volume might be affected. We were also told that if we don’t give the discount then there might be cancellations coming, and that kind of pressure… I wanted to give them a $20-25,000 discount, but eventually with the pressure I have to probably agree on almost double that amount… we didn’t want to offend them by any means.”
Other relationships were more mutually beneficial, and it does seem as though there is some action behind the partnership rhetoric in some areas of the fashion industry.
The point is, however, that procurement professionals’ imagined relationships with suppliers may be a whole lot more strategic than they actually are. There is a fundamental power imbalance between supplier and buyer in many industries, where small organisations farther up the value chain struggle to dictate terms to large corporations looking to cut costs more than build meaningful long term relationships.
The five most important challenges for procurement teams to meet in 2024 and beyond, according to Amazon Business.
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s no secret that procurement is undergoing the same backroom-to-boardroom transformation (dare I say “glow up”) that the IT department went through over the last decade. If every business in 2023 is a technology business, then by the end of the decade, it doesn’t feel unreasonable to claim every business will be a procurement business.
However, with prestige and importance comes pressure. The modern procurement function already faces challenges, from supply chain disruptions and rising prices to the existential need to reduce emissions, which will only grow more complex as the discipline moves close to the forefront of the modern enterprise. It’s no wonder that, while Amazon Business’ “2024 State of Procurement” report found that the majority of procurement budgets (54%) were set to rise next year, an overwhelming number of respondents confirmed that their procurement functions are in need of optimisation.
With 2024 still in its first month, we’ve broken down the five highest priorities for procurement leaders to focus on over the next 12 months, as well as heading into 2025.
1. Retaining and developing existing talent
Lastly, even more important than attracting new talent, the number one priority for procurement teams in 2024 will be retaining the talent they already have, and developing those procurement professionals to marry knowledge of the business and industry with an understanding of new trends, techniques, and technologies.
2. Attracting top talent
A report released by Gartner in December found that more than 85% of procurement directors and executives believe that their teams contain “adequate talent” to meet the future needs of their organisations’ procurement function. The demands placed on procurement professionals are changing, as the adoption of new technologies make the profession more data-driven and strategically focused on business value creation than ever. An evolving profession means attracting new talent will be a vital priority for procurement leaders in the coming years.
3. Reducing purchasing costs
Cost was king before the pandemic and, while procurement teams may have more than just their bottom line in mind, it’s still one of the most important differentiators for the function. Not only is procurement a key driver of efficiency within the modern enterprise, but costs are rising across the industry, with Amazon Business reporting that “Costs and Budgets” were the leading risk factor facing procurement over the next two years.
4. Refining procurement practices across organisations
Even as a newly celebrated discipline with a greater role to play in the modern organisation, a key indicator of a successful procurement strategy is that, most of the time, other departments don’t know it’s there. A successful procurement function empowers other parts of the business to make purchases with autonomy, supporting them in making decisions that are compliant, efficient, and cost effective. Developing the procurement practices that create good procurement habits across an organisation—not just in the procurement department—will be a key priority for procurement teams going forward in 2024.
5. Building more resilient, agile supply chains
If the 2020 COVID-19 pandemic taught us anything it’s that disruption is not a matter of “if” but “when”. Global supply chains—driven almost exclusively by cost-cutting parameters for decades—were decimated by the pandemic, and in the wake of lockdowns it has emerged as hard-won wisdom that the procurement departments of the future need to look at more than cost when building a supply chain. In the Amazon Business report, 81% of respondents revealed that they have internal or external mandates to purchase from different types of certified sellers.
Blockchain promises added transparency and security for the procurement process, but are the benefits worth the price of admission?
SHARE THIS STORY
Blockchain—the decentralised ledger technology that powers cryptocurrencies and NFTs—could be an immensely disruptive force in the procurement and supply chain management sectors. We’re going to take a look at how blockchain might impact procurement, and whether it represents a meaningful innovation or if the costs outweigh the benefits.
Blockchain: the hype
Using a combination of different technologies, including distributed digital ledgers, encryption, asset tokenization, and immutable record management, blockchain creates an unbroken and tamper-proof (in theory) chain of information.
For example, storing the entire service history of a vehicle, the transaction history of a house, or the provenance of a piece of art on a blockchain theoretically renders it trustworthy and incorruptible. A potential buyer could review the timestamped information included on the blockchain and be confident in its accuracy. In principle, blockchain could reduce or remove the need for intermediaries in highly regulated and complex transactions—like real estate, for example.
“Have you bought a house lately? Imagine if you could have transacted with the seller directly, even though you had never met, confident that the deal would be recorded in a way that neither of you could change or rescind later,” write Gartner analysts David Furlonger and Christophe Uzureau, suggesting that “You wouldn’t have to reconcile rafts of personal information with a real-estate agent, mortgage broker, insurance agent, property inspector and title company” if you were making a transaction using the blockchain.
Furlonger and Uzureau suggest that record keeping and verification is just the beginning and, once developed and combined with other technologies (characterised by lots of hyper and limited real world applications) like artificial intelligence (AI), the Internet of Things, and the Metaverse, the real potential of the technology will be unleashed, creating “whole new social and economic constructs in the peer-to-peer age of Web3.”
Blockchain: the reality
In actuality, Blockchain outside of applications for cryptocurrency isn’t actually… very interesting? It’s certainly not new. Blockchain technology not used to underpin a cryptocurrency is just a distributed append-only data structure. Often there are some users that are allowed to make additions to the structure. In the real estate example used Furlonger and Uzureau, that might include the homeowner, a surveyor conducting an appraisal of the property, the utility company providing electricity and water to the house, and professionals hired to perform maintenance on the property. A private blockchain could collect and verify the history of a property like rings on a tree, and provide an authoritative account that is, in theory, free from tampering. The thing is, that sort of verification is called a consensus protocol, and they’ve been around since before the 1960s—as have append-only data structures.
The reality is that the new, shiny applications for blockchain aren’t actually very useful. Supposedly, Blockchain technology offers up a way to verify information (or conduct a transaction) without relying on an intermediary, or blindly trusting a third party. “Trust-less” is the phrase that gets thrown around a lot. However, the result is often that you’re just trusting the technology underpinning the blockchain over a human or a public institution.
Building trust
As Bruce Schneier pointed out in an article for WIRED, “When that trust turns out to be misplaced, there is no recourse. If your bitcoin exchange gets hacked, you lose all of your money. Your bitcoin wallet gets hacked, you lose all of your money. If you forget your login credentials, you lose all of your money. If there’s a bug in the code of your smart contract, you lose all of your money. And if someone successfully hacks the blockchain security, you lose all of your money.”
One glaring example was the 2019 case of cryptocurrency exchange CEO Gerald Cotten, who died while being the only person with the password necessary to access US$145 million worth of other people’s Bitcoin. Far from being trustless, it would seem the people who lost access to their money were placing their trust in a single individual who died, leaving them no physical or legal recourse to get their money back.
There’s also the very valid criticism of blockchain-based technology that it’s an environmental disaster. NFTs caught most of the heat for this over the past few years, but all blockchain-based technology needs to be stored somewhere in a constantly active server. As noted by the NASDAQ in a report from earlier this year, “The energy consumption of blockchain technology results in significant greenhouse gas emissions, which contribute to climate change.”
So, blockchain is bad?
Not necessarily. I, personally, will stake what reputation I have on the fact NFTs and cryptocurrencies are misguided and valueless gimmicks at best and insidious, cynical techno-cults (that burn fossil fuels more enthusiastically than the UV lights at the Bored Ape convention burned out crypto bros’ retinas) at worst.
However, remember the boring version of blockchain technology? The append-only data sets we talked about before may not be new or especially sexy, but they’re an element of blockchain technology that could be incredibly useful for the procurement sector.
Blockchains in procurement
The procurement sector has traditionally struggled with opacity. Sourcing goods—especially from overseas markets—through networks of distributors and middlemen can muddy the waters and conceal vital steps in the source-to-pay process. The origin of goods, labour practices, contact with modern slavery or deforestation, can all be concealed in a murky supply chain.
Tracing the progress of an item from its raw materials through to a finished product is “often a challenge for today’s supply chains due to outdated paper processes and disjointed data systems that slow down communication. The lack of data compatibility exposes supply chains to problems like visibility gaps, inaccurate supply and demand predictions, manual errors, counterfeiting, and compliance violations,” notes an AWS report. However, with blockchain, procurement and supply chain management organisations can “document production updates to a single shared ledger, which provides complete data visibility and a single source of truth. Because transactions are always time-stamped and up to date, companies can query a product’s status and location at any point in time. This helps to combat issues like counterfeit goods, compliance violations, delays, and waste.”
Global network
If the documentation of, say, a shipment of EV batteries, can trace a direct line from a lithium mine in Australia to a factory in China through a global network of suppliers, all the way to their arrival at a factory in Ohio, the procurement department sourcing those batteries can scrutinise every piece of the value chain much more effectively for quality control, potential counterfeiting, and ESG compliance.
It’s not as flashy as Dogecoin, but it’s actually useful, especially as corporations make efforts to divest major polluters or other parties with poor ESG practices from their supply chains in an effort to reduce Scope 3 emissions and stop propping up reprehensible practices like modern slavery and deforestation.
Next generation AI tools can offer unparalleled visibility into the sustainability of organisations’ supply chains.
SHARE THIS STORY
There are increasing pressures on procurement departments to be a driving force in their organisations’ sustainable goals.
The process of buying, shipping, and generally moving physical products about is one of the larger sources of carbon emissions for the modern enterprise.
For consumer companies, supply chain operations typically account for more than 80% of greenhouse gas emissions, creating “far greater social and environmental costs than its own operations”, according to a study by McKinsey. The environmental impact of a company’s operations, and their extent into Tier 2 and Tier 3 emissions, is also becoming a more prominent part of the conversation, making the decision of who to partner with and for what more pertinent to an enterprise’s sustainability goals than ever before—especially as T2 and T3 emissions become the target of new ESG regulation.
The path to sustainable practice is increased visibility into procurement practices, supply chain impact, and the supply chains of ecosystem partners. Increasingly, procurement teams are artificial intelligence (AI) for these insights.
Responsibly sourced startups
The demand for AI-powered sustainability in the procurement sector is already driving investment in promising new tools. The Copenhagen-based startup Responsibly was founded in 2021, and in October 2023 managed to leverage its work on AI-driven sustainable procurement tools into a $2.4 million funding round, aiming to further develop its project of “democratising access to sustainable procurement”.
The company combines an AI model with large data sets to allow users to analyse their suppliers and potentially take action to restructure their procurement practices. The data analysed relates to suppliers’ carbon emissions and links to deforestation, but also their gender pay gap, human rights records, and more. The company has already accumulated several high profile clients, including the CERN research facility.
Data-driven, sustainable decision making
The success (and sustainability) of a supply chain is, first and foremost, an issue of visibility. Decision-making to reduce carbon emissions, cut costs, and improve resilience is almost universally a matter of understanding the factors affecting what has traditionally been a very murky, complex, impenetrable system. Using AI to maintain visibility into upstream manufacturing, purchasing, and logistics channels is critical in a world where supply chains are more complex, and the critical eyes of regulators and other organisations within a company’s ecosystem are more prone to scrutiny, than ever before.
For any organisation looking to operate more sustainably—especially in a climate of net zero commitments and increased regulatory scrutiny—the next generation of AI models, powered by advanced analytics, intelligent algorithms, natural language processing, and real-time processing of huge data sets, represents a way to understand the source to pay process on a more granular level than was previously possible, and a path to making the necessary decisions for a more sustainable supply chain.
In a press release on Tuesday (January 9th), Sphera, which is a leading global provider of ESG performance and risk management software, revealed it has purchased the supply chain sustainability software firm.
Supply chain network
Founded in 2012 and headquartered in Santa Cruz, California, SupplyShift has built a supply chain network of over 100,000 suppliers, where buyers and suppliers engage and share information quickly in order to manage risk and facilitate supplier regulatory compliance.
The solution provides supply chain transparency and supplier mapping at any tier as well as data analytics, supplier scoring and traceability.
SupplyShift has customers and business partners globally, and the company’s portal is used by a variety of customers across industries, from worldwide retailers to Fortune 500 brands.
Growth journey
Paul Marushka, CEO and president, Sphera, said: “SupplyShift has seen tremendous growth with its software solution that allows for direct communication with suppliers and customers and enables the seamless collection of their Scope 3 emissions data, which helps suppliers improve their supply chain ESG performance.
“As more regulations are passed that demand transparency, the SupplyShift solution will become indispensable in meeting global regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations. Bringing SupplyShift’s portal into the Sphera family will expand our current offerings and enable us to provide unparalleled Scope 3 and ESG tracking and reporting capabilities. We are pleased to welcome SupplyShift’s customers, colleagues and solution to Sphera and look forward to helping our combined customer base accurately track and report their Scope 3 emissions and be compliant.”
Alex Gershenson, SupplyShift’s CEO and founder, added: “SupplyShift was founded on the idea of leveraging software to drive sustainability initiatives, and for 11 years we have been empowering companies to understand their supply chain ESG risk and performance.
“We are excited to join the Sphera family and take data availability to a new level through the combination of Sphera’s industry-leading ESG data and SupplyShift’s Scope 3 data collection abilities. Through SpheraCloud, Sphera’s SaaS platform, and its LCA solutions, we can help even more customers track their Scope 3 emissions and manage their supply chain sustainability.”
Procurement teams are under mounting pressure to minimise disruption and contribute value to the business. Here’s how Generative AI could help.
SHARE THIS STORY
Across all industries, the unprecedented disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, along with the “growing need for procurement to enable growth, mitigate inflation/risk, and drive significant levels of value” has, according to Deloitte’s 2023 Global CPO Survey, afforded businesses’ procurement function “a seat at the table.” However, with the recognition of procurement’s importance comes responsibility and, increasingly, pressure.
The procurement function of a modern enterprise is one of the final remaining frontiers where truly value additive transformations can occur. Cutting costs, identifying new efficiencies, and pursuing more sustainable practice throughout the supply chain are non-negotiable KPIs for all procurement teams.
Artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) have long been a part of successful procurement and logistics strategies—automating manual and menial tasks, freeing up professionals to focus on more strategic objectives. The recent advent of generative AI, underpinned by natural language processing (NLP), pattern recognition, cognitive analytics, and large language models (LLMs), however, has the potential to support procurement professionals in new, more impactful ways than ever.
Here are our top X ways that generative AI can help procurement professionals deliver on the demand for smarter buying, more ethical sourcing, and the holy grail of an unshakably resilient supply chain.
1. Predicting Disruption
If the last three years have taught us anything, it’s that the supply chain is a fragile thing. Organisations struck by the pandemic that failed to adapt and recover as fast as their competitors are, at the very least, facing a harsher world today than they were in 2019, with many having been absorbed by more resilient, faster-moving competitors. Even with the pandemic behind us, its effects are still being felt, and disruptions are a fact of life.
In case of a disruption, procurement teams need to be able to identify and respond quickly—something only 25% of firms are able to do, according to Deloittle’s 2023 procurement industry survey.
AI tools bring a heightened ability to identify patterns and analyse large data sets to the procurement department, dramatically increasing procurement professionals’ ability to identify disruptions (both within the organisation and in the market as a whole) before they happen and adapt accordingly.
2. Textual Data Analysis
Artificial intelligence has been used to sift through large data sets for years, but Generative AI may allow the scope of those data sets to expand by orders of magnitude. The ability for ML-powered LLMs to analyse large amounts of unstructured textual data, such as news articles, social media posts, contracts, and customer feedback could create a wealth of new insight and recommendation generation opportunities to benefit businesses’ procurement functions.
Procurement professionals will have an additional angle from which to evaluate vendors, examine their compliance status, gather market intelligence, and assess risk. Unstructured text remains one of the great untapped data resources, and LLMs have the ability to convert that raw data into actionable insights for the procurement function.
3. Intelligent Recommendations
In addition to internal purchasing recommendations based on compliance, generative AI could also be used to create highly personalised, granular criteria for business buyers. An AI-powered buying tool could, for example, scrape hundreds of thousands of item listings, eliminating results based on millions of data points, to create proposed shopping carts for particular applications weighted by any number of criteria determined both by company policy and the buyer’s own preferences.
4. Automated Compliance
Generative AI’s ability to analyse large, unstructured data sets and draw complex, human-like conclusions from them that are then translated into insights and decision recommendations could be transformative for handling compliance in procurement.
A generative AI model could be used to monitor company-wide activity for anomalous or non-compliant purchasing behaviour—alerting the procurement department if an issue arises. In addition to creating more freedom for buyers outside the procurement function, and freeing up time within procurement that would otherwise be spent reviewing company spend for compliance, a Generative AI could be used to make intelligent spending recommendations in order to increase compliance with minimum spend contracts, for example.
Keith Hartley, CEO of LevaData, discusses why procurement’s golden age is now amid the rise of transformative tech solutions.
SHARE THIS STORY
“This is the golden age to be in procurement.”
Keith Hartley, CEO of LevaData, doesn’t hold back.
Similar to his passion for surfing, he is constantly on the lookout for the next challenge to tackle. The company he leads is an integrated, AI-powered supply management software platform that is transforming direct material sourcing by helping companies reduce costs, mitigate risk, and accelerate new product development.
Given the trajectory of the procurement function’s journey over the past 10 years, few could doubt the change the space has seen. Indeed, procurement was once a back-office function siloed out of sight, but today it stands front and centre in business operations as a key cog in the machine. Hartley recognises that while it is an exciting time, procurement is still a laggard and restrained. “I would say we’re woefully behind in procurement,” he admits.
“The function’s teams are typically not ones to raise their hand and demand the tools they need to do their job. If you’re a salesperson and you work in a Customer Relationship Management system, it’s a given you need a system to do your job, and if you’re in finance, it’s a given you need an ERP system. When you turn to procurement, there’s not widespread acknowledgement that you need a tool like LevaData to do your job.”
LevaData powers the smartest supply chains in the world by constantly analysing business objectives against real-time market activity and community intelligence. The company is trusted to deliver improved margins, control risks, generate new product velocity, and achieve multi-tier supplier engagement with purpose-built tools for quick collaboration and decisive actions. LevaData creates a competitive advantage with transformational and predictive insights. “What we are replacing are spreadsheets and emails, but some major companies are still 100% reliant on them,” discusses Hartley. “It’s an antiquated way of doing business. Macroeconomic shocks aren’t new, and obviously Covid was a significant one. With these shocks in the global supply chain, you must understand the impact on your specific business.”
Hartley speaks to how at the end of the day, companies still need to make a profit. “It’s about finding alternative sources of supply and buying the parts at the right price. These are challenges that don’t go away; in fact, they were heightened during Covid and have continued with ongoing geopolitical tensions. The reality is there are always macroeconomic shocks that cause supply to be constrained and prices and lead times to be variable. This has a direct impact on how organisations deliver results and drive revenue growth. Covid really heightened the need for companies to get this workflow in order, and that’s what LevaData has been addressing. The procurement people have been thrust into the light. If they don’t have the tools they need, then they’re stuck. The job is incredibly complex, and procurement needs all the help it can get in today’s world.”
The arrival of generative AI
As generative AI continues to emerge in conversations in procurement and beyond, its rise has caused much excitement within organisational structures. Indeed, OpenAI’s ChatGPT’s launch in late 2022 has only amplified this conversation, with many eager to harness the benefit of efficiency and cost savings as quickly as possible. But just because it’s new, does it make it right?
“It’s early days. It’s mostly hype so far in terms of how it’s being adopted and brought forward, but I’ve never seen a faster accelerated hype cycle than gen AI [has] right now,” explains Hartley. “LevaData is a leader in AI and is using it in two areas of our product. We’re still in the early infancy of AI and what it can do. We use AI to help us contextualise all the different data sources. We take over 154 data sources and blend them. This is data that doesn’t make sense together. Most data-heavy people tap out at about 12 or 14 data sources because the mathematics gets so complex. The complexity has kept the indirect procurement providers away from this space.
“The second part where we use AI is where we identify parts based on savings potential. There’s a lot of potential for the generative piece incorporating an even larger number of data sources. This is huge. AI is going to change a lot and will take some time, but I’ve never seen such a rapid hype around AI before.”
Procurement’s golden age
Looking ahead, Hartley is full of optimism and enthusiasm for procurement’s future and believes we are entering the “golden age.” “The best part is that we’re just at the very start,” he explains. “If you’ve been in indirect procurement for the past 50 years, you’ve been wowed by Coupa, JAGGAER and Ariba, as they have sold the world on the benefits of source-to-contract and procure-to-pay workflows. That works well for indirect procurement, when you are buying pencils, chairs and laptops in volume. But the more complex workflow of sourcing direct materials, the very materials that you turn into products to sell in the market, has largely gone unnoticed. Fortunately, companies have realised the direct sourcing opportunity, and started investing in AI-powered tools like LevaData.
“Legacy spreadsheets and email should no longer be the de facto standard for direct material sourcing. With the convergence of AI, big data, and analytics platforms, procurement professionals can be the heroes they and their company deserve. The next decade is going to be a wild ride in procurement.”
At DPW Amsterdam 2023, we chat with procurement leaders to find out why the conference is regarded as one of the most influential tech events in procurement today…
SHARE THIS STORY
Koray Köse, Chief Industry Officer, Everstream Analytics
“When you go to events that are this disruptive that are actually giving you an environment like a concert where people have a very positive vibe, that’s when the best experiences are shared and people open up. If you listen, you now understand what the real challenges are. If you’re at a conference that is very formal, then you get a very different feeling. It is the casualness of DPW that helps the authenticity of every company and its challenges.
“It’s a unique environment where you get very authentic, bold, blunt, but truthful statements of perception of actuals, desires, future vision, and also conversations about how can we as a community do things differently? How can we as potential future partners do things differently? And how can tech concatenate value and how can we actually now do that in a partnership with companies that we don’t even consider clients at this point? They’re not clients, but they share exactly what they want and those are benefits.
“I think it’s almost like an incubator environment because a lot of ideas are formed here. Lots of connections are made and a lot of deals for vendors are done too. You look at the floor and there are about 120 vendors all here for the same reason, it’s amazing. To get that concentrated over 48 hours, a lot of people will walk away and need to process what happened and the conversations they had. Then we look forward to next year.”
Koray Köse, Chief Industry Officer, Everstream Analytics
Ashwin Kumar, Vice President, GEP
“DPW has given me some insight into what kind of options there are. Sometimes I go through the booths and I see two solutions and question how they’re different. At first, I think they’re doing the same thing. And then once they start explaining, you find out the nuance. Now I understand this may not be applicable for this client of mine that I’m working with maybe this is for a company that’s growing at 30%, not for someone who is already there and growing at 2% or 3%.
“I think that way DPW has helped me understand how do you stitch different things together and then take it to a client and say, ‘this is the ecosystem you need at this point in time. It could change in six months, or three months, we don’t know. Go with it for now and you don’t have to worry about being married to that solution for too long.’”
Ashwin Kumar, Vice President, GEP
Kathryn Thompson, Partner, Deloitte
“I think DPW shows us the art of the possible in digital procurement. It shows us if you were unconstrained and you could do anything, what would you choose and build? You don’t have that in some of the other tech conferences that are a bit tied into an infrastructure they need to build. I love this what if idea we have here. I think it’s fabulous we have this confluence of organisations that need these tools, all the different startups and solutions to bounce ideas off and work out the future. DPW has real energy and passion like no other. You must get your message across in three minutes or it’s gone, that passion is brilliant because there’s nothing similar.”
Kathryn Thompson, Partner, Deloitte
Scott Mars, Global Vice President of Sales, Pactum
“This to me, especially for Europe, is the premier procurement technology event. All the main vendors, our competition as well as our peers are here. There’s many CPOs in attendance alongside procurement and digital transformation leaders so for us as a vendor, it really is a great audience. We love having the ability to network with our peers or other vendors, potential partners and these procurement leaders and visionaries so it’s definitely a great opportunity to do that. It is certainly one of the best procurement events I’ve ever been to. They do a great job here at DPW.”
Scott Mars, Global Vice President of Sales, Pactum
Karin Hagen-Gierer, Chief Procurement Officer, Scoutbee
“Whenever I go to conferences, I get to see the latest technology exhibited. I can have conversations with many people in a very short period of time. Number two, for me as a CPO, I come here as well to meet my peers and have good conversations. Amsterdam is always a good place to come and maybe combine business with pleasure.”
Karin Hagen-Gierer, Chief Procurement Officer, Scoutbee
Gregor Stühler, CEO, Scoutbee
“Procurement people are incredibly busy and getting a hold of them is quite difficult. Having them all in one spot is super helpful. One key challenge for procurement software providers is that the buying centre is not the same. If you sell sales software or whatsoever, it’s usually the same buying centre. You approach the Chief Revenue Officer or something like that. In procurement, it’s not always the CPO that decides on the tech. But DPW is filtering out and attracting the talent that is making those tech decisions and it’s extremely valuable for the startups and for the tech companies as well.”
Gregor Stühler, CEO, Scoutbee
Alan Holland, CEO, Keelvar
“This event has actually been a catalyst for some of the transformation we’re seeing in procurement. Matthias and his team have grown together best-of-breed vendors and they realised early on that change is afoot and legacy systems are going to become part of the history of the space. He embraced these vendors which are coming up with exciting new developments and provided us with a venue to put our best foot forward and present ourselves to other large enterprises with an appetite for understanding what innovation was required. We’re very grateful to Matthias, we’ve worked with him from day one and we think he’s done fantastic work here.”
Alan Holland, CEO, Keelvar
Prerna Dhawan, Digital Lead, Procurement, The Smart Cube
“I think DPW raises the profile of procurement. DPW has elevated the function because procurement is no longer seen as the industry that thinks of digital at the end. It’s not a laggard anymore. I attended the first DPW event pre-Covid and thought it was brilliant then but it’s got bigger and better since. We talk about this in procurement, you get innovation from your suppliers but if you think about innovation when it comes to technology you have to be open to talk to vendors and that doesn’t happen in other conferences the way it does here. I think DPW has created that platform for learning from each other to happen.”
Prerna Dhawan, Digital Lead, Procurement, The Smart Cube
CPOstrategy explores this issue’s big question and uncovers what the impact of gen AI is in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
The true possibilities of what can be achieved via AI is still being unearthed.
Indeed, the influence of new technology will only grow from here and new digital tools are being introduced all the time.
When it comes to generative AI, there is perhaps a misunderstanding that it is a new innovation. But the history of gen AI actually dates back to the 1960s. Among the first functioning examples was the ELIZA chatbot which was created in 1961 by British scientist Joseph Weizenbaum. It was the first talking computer program that could communicate with a human through natural language. It worked by recognising keywords in a user’s statement and then answering back through simple phrases or questions, in likeness to a conversation a human would have with a therapist. While ELIZA was seen as a parody and largely non-intelligent, its introduction has paved the way for later advancements in Natural Language Processing (NLP) and the future of generative AI.
Fast forward to today and the gen AI conversation and wider tech landscape looks very different. In late 2022, OpenAI launched ChatGPT – technology which has shaken the procurement function and beyond. ChatGPT interacts in a conversational way with its dialogue format making it possible for users to answer follow-up questions, admit mistakes, challenge incorrect answers and reject unsuitable requests. As such, the chatbot has created quite a buzz which has been felt across the globe.
Generative AI’s misconception
Speaking to us exclusively at DPW Amsterdam, Gregor Stühler, CEO at Scoutbee, believes there are some misconceptions around ChatGPT and the nature of how accurate the data it provides actually is. As is the case with any new technology, these things take time. “It’s always the same. It happened with electric cars, nobody thought that would solve the battery issue,” he discusses. “I think we are right at the peak of the hype cycle when it comes to those things and people have figured out what they can use it for. With wave one of gen AI, it is fine to have hallucinations of the model and if something is spat out that is not supported by the input.
Gregor Stühler, CEO at Scoutbee
“But by the second use case, hallucinations are not okay anymore because it’s working with accurate data and should not come up with some imaginary creative answers. It should be always supported by the data that is put in. This is very important that people understand that if you train the model and if you have the right setting, those hallucinations will go away and you can actually have a setting where the output of the model is 100% accurate.”
Data security
Michael van Keulen, Chief Procurement Officer at Coupa, agrees with Stühler and despite obvious benefits such as time and cost, he stresses caution should be used particularly when it comes to valuable tasks. “If you look at ChatGPT, it’s fine if you’re looking for recommendations for something low-risk. I need something for my wife’s birthday next week, you input three things that she loves and ask it to help. It’s great,” he tells us. “But it comes from data sources on the web that aren’t always governed, controlled or trustworthy. It’s whatever is out there. What about the algorithms that come with ChatGPT? I don’t know what’s influencing the search criteria. On Google, if you pay you are at the top of the search bar. But I don’t know what ChatGPT is governed by.”
Michael van Keulen, Chief Procurement Officer at Coupa
Managing data leakage
Danny Thompson, Chief Product Officer at apexanalytix, explains that one of the biggest challenges with generative AI is being aware of a leakage of sensitive information combined with a contamination of important data. “We have a database of golden records for 90 million suppliers who are doing business with Fortune 500 companies and that is the best information we’ve been able to accumulate about the suppliers and their relationships as a supplier to large companies,” he tells us.
Danny Thompson, Chief Product Officer at apexanalytix
“We want to make sure we’re not loading sensitive information into a generative AI function that might allow just random people to access that data. Ultimately the customers in the space that we’re operating in are serious companies moving around large amounts of money and facing real risks that they have to manage. It’s really important that the data that they have is either highly accurate or at least they understand the degree to which it’s accurate. This means if you’re using the solution that you don’t understand the level of trust you can have in it, then you shouldn’t be using it yet.”
Can generative AI bridge the talent shortage?
Amid talent shortages in procurement, there are some sections of the procurement space questioning to whether AI and machine learning can plug the gap and reduce the necessity of recruitment. Naturally, this raises the debate of whether robots will replace humans. Stefan Dent, Co-Founder and Chief Strategy Officer at Simfoni, adds that while AI and machines won’t replace humans, it will mean people will need to find new forms of work and take on higher-value roles.
Stefan Dent, Co-Founder and Chief Strategy Officer at Simfoni
“The shape and structure of the modern procurement function will change quite dramatically and people will need to upskill,” he discusses. “A lot of the work will be taken over by the machine eventually either 20%, 50%, and then a hundred percent. But the human needs to have that in mind and then plan for that next three to five years. The procurement function of the future will be smaller, and they should purposely be doing that, to then look at solutions to find a way to enable it to happen naturally.
Future proof procurement
“For someone who’s joining procurement now, you’ve got this great opportunity to embrace digital. Young people can question ‘Well, why can’t it be done by a machine?’ They’re coming in with that mindset as opposed to fighting being replaced by a machine. I think for graduates coming into procurement, they’ve got the opportunity to play with digital and actually change the status quo.”
As we look to the future, gen AI and new forms of technology will continue to change the world and the way we work. In the short term, work is expected to continue to upgrade the user experience and workflows through gen AI in order to build greater trust for the end user. As transformation continues to happen, businesses and wider society must embrace new types of AI to thrive and stay ahead of the latest trends. The potential that gen AI tools possess is expected transform the workplace of tomorrow while delivering value-add such as time and cost savings on a day-to-day basis.
Given the speed of evolution and development, it is yet unimaginable exactly what form the digital landscape will take in years to come. However, that horizon brings with it fresh opportunity and excitement revolving around a whole new world of technology at our fingertips. The future is digital.
RPA promises increased efficiency, lower costs, and an end to staffing issues, but can procurement teams implement successfully?
SHARE THIS STORY
Though it’s less frequently associated with automation than its more robot-friendly cousin logistics, procurement is a discipline that’s undergoing a radical transformation.
“Your new procurement employee will work 24/7, never call in sick, rarely make mistakes,won’t complain, and never ask for a raise. Of course, this is not your typical worker, but a procurement software robot—or bot.”
Although it reads like the opening paragraph of an abandoned Nanowrimo project started by someone who’d just finished I, Robot, I assure you this report released in 2020 by consultancy KPMG is an entirely serious endeavour. Although the global clamour to replace employees with robots may have died down a little now that a few million professionals have been dragged kicking and screaming back to the office, the benefits that automating elements of the procurement function could deliver are hard to deny.
RPA is big business and isn’t going anywhere. In 2022, the global robotic process automation market was estimated at $2.3 billion. It’s expected to grow at a CAGR of 39.9% between this year and the end of the decade.
From multinational corporations to the US Department of Homeland Security, robotic process automation (RPA) is emerging as a popular way to manage complexity within a large supply chain, automate repetitive tasks, and enhance the capabilities of a procurement department. The US DHS’ procurement department, for example, spent just under $24 billion across about 60,000 transactions in 2022, and is increasingly handing the responsibility for contractor responsibility determinations, as well as automating tasks for the Customs and Border Protection—allegedly cutting jobs that took an hour down to just a few minutes.
As KPMG’s report stresses, “leveraging procurement bots is the next logical step as organisations look to benefit from advancements in digital capabilities.”
RPA adoption in procurement—the Benefits
Added visibility
Improved efficiency
Reduced costs
Large amounts of traditional procurement processes involve repetitive tasks like requisitioning, purchase order management, checking compliance, andanalysing spend, supplier onboarding, and more can be automated using an RPA bot. This is not only because RPA is getting smarter, but also because businesses’ procurement functions tend to be more consolidated within a single platform that is more closely integrated with the business in a modern enterprise. In a sufficiently digitalised system, there’s little to stop RPA from creating efficiencies by eliminating menial tasks.
Likewise, by integrating RPA into a company’s enterprise resource management (ERP) platform, it gains access to vast amounts of data that can then be tracked, analysed, and used to draw insights faster than a human could hope to tackle the same task. Most modern supply chains comprise several different pieces of specialised software, and making each one talk to one another smoothly can create serious pain points for procurement teams, but RPA can do a great deal to smoothe over the cracks.
RPA Risks and How to Overcome them
Data exposure
Lack of oversight
Misguided direction and overspend
As mentioned above, RPA works best when fully integrated into as much of your system as possible, with access to as much data as you can feed it—especially with modern RPA using AI to make more and more intelligent decisions based on raw and unstructured data sets. Obviously, this creates a potentially huge, glowing weak point in your company’s cyber security framework. Because RPA bots replace human workers, they need access to the privileged information that humans have, and those bots are just as—if not more—vulnerable to attack.
RPA bots can automate a great deal of tasks, but it’s easy to lose track of the fact that they’re just bots and, without proper oversight and direction, they could create inefficiencies, security flaws, and breach compliance—all costly problems, especially if the typically costly technology fails to address the original inefficiencies or issues it was bought to resolve.
Automating procurement processes could undeniably lead to increased efficiency, lower costs, and a more resilient procurement function, but only if implemented with intentionality, and given proper oversight once up and running.
Wary of overdependence on overseas suppliers, the South Korean government is investing heavily in increasing the resilience of its public procurement process.
SHARE THIS STORY
The South Korean government announced last month plans to establish a commission to oversee and coordinate plans to make the country’s procurement process more resilient. This announcement comes on the back of concerns over the vulnerability of South Korea’s “critical industrial” supply chains.
A state-backed fund expected to exceed 5 trillion won ($3.79 billion) is being set up to “secure stockpiles of critical supplies and support investment in relevant businesses and facilities”, with a long-term goal of divesting Korean industries from overdependence on procuring materials from single country suppliers.
Specifically, urea (like ammonium phosphate used in fertiliser manufacturing) and graphite (used in the production of batteries for electric vehicles) are both considered critical materials for Korean industrial activities, and supplies of both originate almost exclusively from China.
An Editorial published in the Korea Times noted that a recent export restriction of urea product shipments from China has caused a spree of panic buying. “What matters is that China accounts for 95 percent of Korea’s ammonium phosphate imports. Desperate to cope with a growing sense of crisis especially among farmers and relevant industries, the [Korean] government came up with a package of measures designed to secure key materials on a stable basis.”
The government will procure a reserve of 12,000 tonnes of urea in order to create a 130 day buffer to safeguard against future disruptions.
The way ahead
At a meeting of the new commission on Monday, Korean Finance Minister Choo Kyung-ho commented that “Recently, supply chain risk factors for items directly related to core industries and people’s livelihoods—such as urea, diammonium phosphate and graphite—are increasing,” suggesting that devising a national procurement strategy less reliant on Chinese exports would be essential, given the fraught economic and political histories between the countries.
Moving forward, the commission said it would designate materials and items for intensive monitoring, selected from among 200 options identified as being of critical importance and potentially vulnerable to supply chain disruption by a government study conducted in 2021. Magnesium, tungsten, neodymium and lithium hydroxide were included in the previous listing. In addition to urea products, the Korean government is expected to increase its stocks of graphite, 90% of which comes from China.
Protect your procurement function in the year ahead by avoiding the biggest risks on the industry’s radar.
SHARE THIS STORY
The last few years have seen unparalleled disruption to the source-to-pay process, from resource shortages and pricing hikes, to new regulatory restrictions and changes in consumer tastes. In the Amazon Business 2024 State of Procurement report released in November, researchers point out that “Many of the top risks … have the potential to disrupt procurement operations with little warning, underscoring the need for preparedness.”
1. Rising Costs and Inflation
The past year has been defined by runaway inflation in the US and beyond, and while it has translated into record corporate profits (researchers estimate now that corporate profits are responsible for around 60% of inflation, following a Kansas City study in 2021) it has been biting from the supplier side as well, with the price of everything from materials to labour rising over the last 18 months. Procurement teams should analyse their budgets and plan accordingly, in order to ensure they can secure the goods and services the business needs without compromising cost containment.
2. Supply Chain Volatility
War, genocide, unrest, and other sources of market volatility can smash a supply chain overnight. The procurement process works best when things are reliable, consistent, and predictable. The very best procurement teams know that this is a fantasy, and that geopolitical, economic, and environmental changes can all contribute to risk that needs to be met with agility and resilience.
3. (Failed) Technology Disruption
From self-driving cars to the metaverse, the last few years are littered with more examples of technological megatrends that failed to disrupt anything or really even materialise than a Phoenix, Arizona parking lot is littered with Waymo crash test dummies. Failing to adopt new and disruptive technology is a risk to your business, but overspending on hype is a much easier trap in which to stumble.
4. Cybersecurity
Data remains one of the most precious resources on the planet, and with the rise of generative AI sparking fresh debate over intellectual property and privacy, organisations will need to be more mindful of their data than ever before. This isn’t unique to procurement, but it remains a function of the business that has a lot of contact with the outside world, especially third party organisations soliciting contracts. Procurement staff should receive regular cyber security training and departments should conduct regular risk assessments in order to avoid presenting an easy target.
5. Increased Regulatory Pressure
Despite the lacklustre Cop28, record profits for the oil and gas industries, and all signs pointing towards a failure to prevent an era of “global boiling”, regulations got a little bit stricter for corporations in the last few years. Compliance will become an increasingly challenging target for corporations to hit as the decade continues. Procurement teams—as functions with some of the biggest sway over scope 3 emissions—will play a large role in keeping their organisations on the right side of the regulations, and could even be a big part of meaningful sustainability-focused change.
6. The Skill Shortage
As procurement becomes a bigger driver of innovation and profit margins for organisations, the gaps between existing skills and future requirements are showing wider and wider. Five out of six procurement leaders don’t believe they have the talent on tap to meet the challenges of the near future, and the increasingly digital-first, strategic nature of the role threatens to place demands on existing functions that they never expected to face.
Procurement leaders who recruit, develop, and retain skilled professionals will have a profound leg up over the competition in 2024 and beyond.
Procurement has the potential—and the responsibility—to go beyond switching out plastic straws for paper in the quest for Net Zero.
SHARE THIS STORY
Across the public sector—and increasingly in the private sphere as well—organisations are committing to the necessity of a net zero future. While emissions reduction efforts often begin with scope 1 and scope 2 emissions, analysis of holistic environmental impacts in supply chains often expose scope 3 emissions as being the source of as much as 90% of an organisation’s greenhouse gas emissions.
With the majority of an organisation’s carbon impact originating outside the organisation itself, it increasingly falls to the procurement function to make intelligent, sustainability-motivated decisions in order to draw down indirect emissions and foster a culture of sustainability within their supplier ecosystem.
However, while investment in increasingly sustainable source-to-pay processes is rising, many procurement teams describe the pursuit of net zero as a serious challenge. In Europe, companies earmarked an average of 27% of their total investment budget into improving sustainability this year, a 16% rise in sustainability investment.
Nevertheless, more than 43% of companies surveyed in a recent report had not set a net zero goal, and, within the 32% of organisations with a net zero target of 2030, many procurement professionals reported that “limited data, complex supply chains, and limited control over supplier emissions” presented serious obstacles.
The report notes that, while “procurement organisations firmly have net zero on their agenda,”, other factors like the need to keep costs low are impeding their efforts. Another report by the World Economic Forum—this time focusing on public institutions as drivers of sustainable procurement—also acknowledges the trepidation with which public and private sector organisations view the possible costs of pushing for net zero.
However, the WEF notes that “Pursuing net-zero goals in public procurement will boost the green economy,” estimating that “the private investment and new jobs triggered by greener public procurement, in aggregate, will boost global GDP by around $6 trillion through 2050 – a significant proportion of the green economy’s total GDP of $70 trillion.”
While the short term might represent an increase in costs, the long term benefits for organisations that manage to drive a successful net zero green transition, both in their own organisations, and supply chains, will be substantial. Adopting procurement practices that require green certifications from suppliers (even subsidising green activities within their ecosystems by paying higher prices for suppliers who can demonstrate their green credentials) can drive meaningful reductions in the scope 3 emissions for organisations throughout both the public and private sectors.
Incorporating SEO techniques into your procurement strategy can empower and optimise your organisation’s source-to-pay process.
SHARE THIS STORY
In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, digital transformation has emerged as a more critical strategic goal for procurement executives than ever.
Now, resilience, agility, and visibility have become vital qualities of the modern procurement function alongside the drive to lower costs and increase speed. Integrating a digital-first approach into more stages of the procurement process can, according to a Gartner study, lead to a 20% increase in revenue and a 50% reduction in process costs.
However, digital transformation needs to be considered and intentional—haphazardly adopting new tools and processes for the sake of something new and shiny will cost more than it saves, and cause more problems than are solved.
One highly effective form of digital transformation that’s often applied outside of the procurement process is search engine optimisation (SEO). Applied to the procurement function of a business, SEO techniques can help buyers reach either a wider pool of suppliers, or a more specific set of suppliers more tailored to their needs—or both, as necessity dictates.
SEO has a lot of potential to help automate routine procurement operations, allowing for procurement staff to focus on more strategic objectives and partner relationship management. Supplier discovery, as well as other elements of sourcing, can be automated with an SEO integration, and the correctly optimised online presence can be used to attract suppliers.
Four steps to SEO optimisation in procurement
Know your terms. By identifying the key phrases and terms associated with your business and objectives, you can start to define an SEO strategy.
Embed your terms. Take your chosen SEO terms and ensure they are a part of your brand identity across existing websites, social platforms, etc.
Create content. White papers, blog posts, and media placements all increase your visibility and presence within the procurement sector.
Assess, Adjust, Optimise. Constantly measure your engagement, work to understand your suppliers and partners, and iterate improvements of your strategy in response to results and the changing context of the marketplace.
By implementing an SEO strategy, procurement teams move beyond the confines of their immediate ecosystem, casting a wider net that can lead to increased competition between suppliers, lower costs, and access to new goods or resources that may have significant knock-on benefits for the business at large.
As AI continues to emerge in a big way, Vicky Kavan, Vin Kumar and Nicolas Walden explores what the AI opportunity is in procurement?
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement is a hard function to impress. Other parts of the business can afford to get carried away now and then, but not procurement. Everything in procurement comes down to finding value and then making sure you don’t overpay for it.
Artificial intelligence (AI) might seem like just the kind of emerging new technology that procurement would shy away from. But, as many procurement leaders already understand, this would be a big mistake. In our work with the world’s largest companies, we see two kinds of major emerging AI opportunities you won’t want to miss. The first group – how we execute our procurement using, for example, new autonomous sourcing systems – can save millions today. While the second – the advent of AI-driven automation and enhancements across almost every industry and areas of spend – will help save you even more tomorrow.
Savings today
In terms of the impact of AI, procurement executives predict that supply market intelligence (50% of respondents), contract management (43%) and bid optimization (37%) will be some of the greatest opportunity areas for AI technology.
Despite this, and even as most AI and generative AI systems remain pilot projects, autonomous sourcing systems are already transforming how procurement functions operate at large multinationals. Many procurement executives have told us that they find these systems, which can automate execution in either tactical or strategic areas and provide enhanced decision support, extremely valuable:
Clients tell us these systems are helping them reduce cycle times dramatically – from months to weeks or weeks to days – and cut costs by 10% or more. Supplier discovery? Shorter. E-sourcing? Shorter. Contract development? Shorter. While it is in the early days, time savings of 30% or more can be possible.
When MTN Group, an African multinational telecommunications giant, installed its Procurement Cockpit platform, the system paid for itself in four weeks because the AI-enabled software quickly identified new opportunities, consolidated pricing insights from around the sprawling corporation and accelerated negotiation preparation.
These systems are now making themselves useful across a range of sectors. Procurement executives at a major U.S. retailer, major European telecom and major European energy company all told us that these systems have saved time and money. Use cases include replacing the need to write detailed requirements, sourcing questions and even contracts through the use of modified templates through to tactical price negotiations.
Strategic drive
From strategy to insights, sourcing and negotiating – to contract drafting and supply risk management – AI-enhanced systems will make procurement faster and simpler. Although feature sets and value propositions vary from vendor to vendor, promising autonomous sourcing systems fundamentally change how technology engages with stakeholders using chatbot-style interfaces to summarise requirements as an output of discussions; search and identify providers of products based on a variety of market, process and business considerations; prepare request for proposals and contracts; and maintain a higher degree of compliance with regulations. Some of these systems can even execute simple one-round negotiations. At the moment, Globality, Fairmarkit and Pactum (for negotiations) are three of the biggest names in this space.
Savings tomorrow
Eventually, we expect that AI-enhanced functionality is likely to yield major cost savings in almost every spend area, business function and industry sector.
Contact centres or marketing services, for example, could already send out automated posts and even voice responses that mimic the voice of your choice. A travel agency might be able to supplement human customer service with a robot concierge, making it possible to achieve a much greater level of service than ever before. Such changes won’t happen immediately – implementing them is not a quick win – but AI enhancements will be a huge source of value and service improvements down the line.
Category managers, be advised: the general consensus among purchasing executives we polled recently is that fleet, digital tech, advertising and general equipment are the categories that will benefit most from AI-enabled technology.
Of course, as with most powerful tools, AI-powered services also create new sets of potentially considerable risks. For example, you will need to make sure that your contracts are clear about what your vendor can do with your data – can it be aggregated in a large language training model? If that model leads the company to develop a more advanced service, do you want to be compensated for your contribution? Are you covered for potential liabilities if you transfer customer data to your AI vendor and your customer’s information is somehow revealed? If you work with an AI vendor and create intellectual property on its platform, who owns that new product? There are many new angles and issues that you will need to consider.
Looking ahead
Over the next five to 10 years, AI is likely to transform many aspects of business, including procurement. Based on The Hackett Group’s analysis of 44 Level 2 processes across the source-to-pay, end-to-end process – for a company performing at the median of our database – there is a potential to reduce staff by up to 46% over the next five to seven years.
Clients have told us they see digital technology (including AI) as the most transformative trend facing procurement in the next few years (71%) – more important than data (51%) or environmental, social and governance, and sustainability (47%). For procurement professionals, how the work is done and where they will find value are both likely to change dramatically. Given the speed with which we expect these opportunities and their attendant risks to develop, now is a good time to start thinking about the opportunities AI can create for your team.
Just how much of the procurement process can be automated, and who does it help?
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s hard to argue that 2023 will be remembered as the year that generative AI exploded into the public consciousness. Image and text generation in the form of ChatGPT and Midjourney ignited excitement, controversy, contempt, and a fervour to adopt in equal measure. The generative AI industry is predicted to be worth more than $660 billion per year by the end of the decade.
But while there’s no denying that generative AI will be a part of the economic landscape of 2024 and beyond, it’s not yet clear what that will look like. More importantly, it’s no guarantee that generative AI will, uh, generate any ways for the technology to make back the hundreds of billions already spent to develop it.
It wouldn’t be the first major trend to be backed to the hilt by big tech firms, only to dissolve into nothingness like that racoon who drops his cotton candy in a puddle. In stark contrast to 2022, this year’s tech roundups and trend predictions have put a conspicuous lack of emphasis on the metaverse. Now, to be clear, the fact that Yahoo Finance calculated that “Mark Zuckerberg’s $46.5 billion loss on the metaverse is so huge it would be a Fortune 100 company” is great news for those of us who didn’t want to spend our thirties attending meetings in a glowing virtual mallscape surrounded by cutesy, animated versions of our bosses and coworkers. Huge relief. It’s also quite funny. More relevantly to the topic of generative AI is the cautionary tale that, unless big, expensive technological developments can be monetised, they will disappear.
So, how do we monetise generative AI?
How to make generative AI useful
Technology is most valuable when it solves problems, and saves time and money, or at least improves people’s quality of life—when there’s a measurable benefit of some kind, sometimes to humanity, and usually to shareholders. That’s the stuff that sticks around.
While its applications and capabilities—especially when it comes to creative tasks or just the ability to make something actually original—are limited, generative AI may actually be a good fit for the procurement sector, potentially solving a major issue the industry is currently experiencing.
Generative AI and the Procurement Skill Shortage
The procurement sector is short on talent—with five out of six procurement leaders claiming they will lack skills, staff, and other vital human resources in the near future. This is the case for several reasons, but primarily: an ageing workforce is starting to retire faster than new hires can skill up; also, the requirements of the job are becoming more technology centric as procurement digitally transforms, leaving departments underskilled even if they’re no understaffed; and lastly, the amount of work for procurement functions is increasing overall, as it becomes more of a driver of business efficiency and innovation.
If generative AI could be used to reduce procurement teams’ workload by automating certain aspects of the job, it could be a key piece of the puzzle when it comes to solving the skill shortage.
Retail giant Walmart has been successfully running pilot projects using its AI-powered Pactum solution to automate supplier negotiations. According to Deloitte, not only did Walmart find it “helpful for landing a good bargain, three out of four suppliers prefer negotiating with AI over a human. This strongly indicates that the ecosystem is ready to embrace this disruption.” While I’m not sure if this example is an endorsement of AI or an indictment of Walmart’s procurement team, the ability for generative AI to take over routine communication, negotiation, and other interactions in the source-to-pay process could free up huge amounts of time to focus on more strategic activities.
Gen AI’s future
It’s not hard to imagine that both buyers and suppliers could input their desired results and parameters into a generative AI negotiator and outsource the relationship management entirely. Out of curiosity, this morning I set up ChatGPT in two windows and had it conduct an RFP, tender negotiation, and sale agreement for the sale of an order of self-sealing stem bolts between O’Brien Enterprises and Quarks. It was a very civil, if slightly roundabout affair, and everyone seemed to come away happy—hacky business journalists especially.
Goofy demonstrations aside, there’s real potential for significant elements of routine communication and relationship management in the procurement process to be automated, or at least assisted by generative AI. If correctly combined with data analytics on contextual information ranging from weather patterns, commodities pricing, and supplier behavioural history, a generative AI could offer useful insights to procurement professionals while its generally low threshold for usability allows less tech-savvy procurement professionals to harness more powerful digital tools.
How Big Data can increase resilience, mitigate disruption, and help procurement teams spot danger before it’s too late.
SHARE THIS STORY
In the procurement sector, successfully managing risks while achieving your other strategic objectives is what sets a successful procurement function apart from those that can expect to experience disruption. Today, however, procurement teams face greater risk than ever before as supply chains become more complex, ESG goals become more ambitious, and the parameters for compliance get narrower.
Technology—powered by artificial intelligence and big data analytics—is radically digitalising the procurement process. While this has the potential to increase efficiency, revenue, and accelerate the procure-to-pay process, it has also driven complexity. Luckily, digital transformation also holds the key to managing this complexity. Digital tools, powered by artificial intelligence and machine learning, can tackle larger and more complex amounts of information than ever before. These analytical tools and their more powerful capabilities in turn have seen viable data sets balloon to include vast quantities of structured and unstructured data from throughout the supply chain, gathered together under the umbrella of Big Data.
Data source
Big Data, in gathering together vast amounts of information about every aspect of the source-to-pay process, in addition to broader contextual information ranging from economic instability to weather patterns, can help procurement professionals build up a more comprehensive, nuanced understanding of their procurement process than ever before. The level of visibility is unprecedented, even in a sector where supply chains are more complex than they’ve ever been.
Complex supply chains are more prone to disruption. More moving parts and longer distances to travel mean higher likelihoods of things going wrong. Michael Higgins, founder and CEO of Clutch, wrote recently that “risk is inherent at every step of the supply chain, from moving raw materials to manufacturers and between manufacturers and the distributor,” adding that “The added value of big data analytics is predicting potential disruptions, giving procurement managers time to make intelligent decisions.”
Procurement transformation
Advanced analytical tools can be used to track the weather, potential disruptions to agricultural or construction operations, political unrest like demonstrations or riots, and changing legislature that may affect everything from compliance to price. Because Big Data analytics are increasingly capable of collecting and analysing all of these factors and more, procurement professionals have the capacity to counteract sources of risk that traditionally would have seemed as inevitable as an act of divine wrath.
The risks to a supply chain are really representative of risks to your suppliers and their networks. Big Data analytics is also granting insight into the workings of—allowing a huge number of variables tied to each supplier to be tracked and used to make decisions. The result is a more agile and reactive procurement process that can analyse and respond to data analytics in real time, as opposed to trying to make best guesses based on past results and limited human judgement.
Procurement is truly transforming from the back office to the boardroom—becoming more strategic, digitally empowered, and complex than ever before—and Big Data analytics are increasingly a vital part of the function within the modern source-to-pay process.
Jamie Ganderton, Vice President at Proxima, examines the future of sustainable procurement going into 2024.
SHARE THIS STORY
As we step into a new year and inch closer to the global sustainability targets set for 2030, the spotlight on sustainable procurement will only continue to intensify. The aftermath of COP28 has placed an even greater emphasis on the role that large corporations play in global decarbonisation. This, coupled with incoming rules and legislation across Europe and the United Kingdom, such as the European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), has underscored the critical need for agile and proactive approaches to corporate sustainability action.
The Scope 3 Benchmark, a tool developed to enable organisations to collaborate to advance progress on sustainability targets, has shown that Scope 3 still remains a challenge and 2024 will be a pivotal year in addressing some of the fundamentals as we move within just two short contract cycles away from 2030. Looking ahead, the focus will sharpen on bridging the gap between sustainability objectives and procurement strategies, with an emphasis remaining on translating lofty sustainability goals into actionable procurement strategies. As we navigate 2024, collaborative advancements, data-driven insights, and the proactive evolution of procurement practices will be critical drivers, propelling sustainable procurement into a new role of implementing purposeful action.
Embedding sustainability targets into procurement strategies
Whilst it seems like an obvious starting point, many procurement teams have not yet fully embraced the need to translate sustainability requirements into procurement strategy. Even for those that have, challenges remain to translate sustainability language into effective procurement strategy. There is a tendency for organisations to panic and jump straight into supplier engagement, without first planning who they are going to engage and what are they going to need from them.
The goal for many in 2024 should be to plan out how the next six years are going to look and begin progress as soon as possible, because we know that change takes time and never happens as quickly as we intend. Sustainable procurement transformation is going to require focus and investment to get right. The core focus areas should be measuring emissions to drive action, developing the functional enablers to support the change, and developing the strategic levers for decarbonisation.
Leveraging emissions measurement to drive action
The primary starting point is to understand your emissions, in detail. Embrace carbon emissions measurement and start reporting them, ideally across all categories of Scope 3, but at least the core supplier-related areas. Following the GHG Protocol’s spend-based methodology is an adequate starting point, provided the outputs you develop allow you to drive insights into your emissions “hotspots” and start evolving greater accuracy as data quality and supplier maturity improves. Procurement teams can then begin to develop the strategic decarbonisation levers they will need for their categories.
Making procurement functional enablers
Building a sustainable procurement function requires the right support pillars, but evidence coming from the Scope 3 Benchmark suggests that some key foundations are missing. Firstly, there is a lack of directly invested resources, and there are also limited numbers of support team members. The volume of interaction with suppliers on Scope 3 is high, therefore you need someone to set the strategy and have an effective team to enact it. Even medium-sized businesses will have a reasonable number of material emitting suppliers who need engagement and management, which creates an increased workload for supplier management teams.
Additionally, many organisations have limited Scope 3 learning and development capability plans to support team members in developing their carbon literacy and bridging the skills gap.
At some point procurement needs to be bold and make carbon a key consideration throughout decision making, from up-front category planning, through to RFx and sourcing processes, negotiations and contracting, and post-contact supplier management. If there is no consideration given to carbon with equality to the classic cost, quality and service evaluation, then we will never make different decisions. There will never be a commercial incentive to suppliers to support decarbonisation efforts and we will inevitably fail. In 2024, we will begin to see more forward-looking CPOs begin to build carbon pricing into their decision-making, paving the way for processes to change.
Developing policy to help suppliers face reality
Traditional procurement policies are usually written once and then set in stone without the need to revisit them any time soon. Over the coming years, the old Procurement Policy is a tool that has the power to make a huge impact and one that needs its own evolution. This policy development will enable a blanket application of sustainability to be adopted without procurement intervention in every sourcing decision. Between now and 2030, we need to strengthen the requirements annually to allow suppliers to gradually get used to the changes and ratchet up the pressure over time. At some point in the future, there will be a decision not to trade with some companies if they have not met minimum standards. This tough line should motivate those to change or risk losing business.
Once procurement teams get to grips with what is driving carbon emissions in the supply chain, they then needs to develop the right approaches to motivate, encourage, and sometimes force suppliers to act. Some suppliers will be on board with the need to decarbonise and happily support the process, whereas others will need significant levels of ‘encouragement’. Some categories will be relatively straightforward to plot a pathway to decarbonisation, whereas others have more complex challenges and require more strategic levers. Category teams will need to build a comprehensive picture of their suppliers and in many cases begin the co-development of solutions to tomorrow’s problems. Research and innovation, product reengineering, and demand management can all play a significant role in reducing emissions, but release of value may be some time in the future, which places a greater emphasis on 2024 being the year to truly put weight behind the efforts.
A green future
As we look to 2024, a lot needs to change if we are going to meet the looming global sustainability targets. Many procurement teams are still grappling with integrating sustainability into their strategies. The next few years mark a critical juncture and demand meticulous planning and swift action. Transforming procurement practices to align with sustainability goals requires measured steps, starting emissions measurement and building a strategic decarbonisation plan from there. Whilst there is a lot to be done, with the right strategies in place, procurement teams are poised to play a pivotal role in accelerating organisations’ progress towards net-zero.
Walmart turns to Indian suppliers to meet procurement needs, aiming to buy $10 billion worth of goods per year by 2027.
SHARE THIS STORY
US retail giant Walmart is shifting its procurement strategy in response to a sea change in fast moving consumer goods (FMCG) manufacturing from the Global South.
Broadly speaking, Walmart’s strategy is to accelerate its procurement of goods from “categories where India has expertise.” These include food, consumables, health and wellness, general merchandise, apparel, homewares and toys. Additionally, Walmart spokespeople have noted that India—which is home to the third largest pool of scientists and technicians in the world—“has some of the brightest minds in innovation, and we want to explore potential solutions to challenges in our value chain with these innovators and startups.”
Andrea Albright, Executive Vice President of Sourcing at Walmart commented: “India is well-positioned to support increased demand for products by Walmart customers, and we are excited about our partnership with Hero Ecotech. This collaboration furthers our work to strengthen resiliency in our global supply while contributing to economic growth worldwide.”
Accelerated growth
India’s manufacturing sector is booming. Led by the automotive, electronics, and textiles sectors, Indian manufacturing is projected to reach $1 trillion in the next three years, according to a report by Colliers. A surge of investment—both domestic and international—is driving this growth, with the state of Gujarat receiving the lion’s share of the growth as the region is “becoming India’s manufacturing powerhouse.”
In order to support the development of its procurement network among Indian suppliers, Walmart has also announced plans for an invite-only event to be held in New Delhi this February, where “Indian export-ready suppliers are invited to apply to pitch their products to our buyers for Walmart U.S. stores and Sam’s Clubs,” and “Innovative Indian companies are invited to pitch solutions addressing sourcing challenges across apparel, general merchandise, fresh and packaged food, health and wellness, and consumables. Pitches may lead to pilot projects within Walmart’s value chain.”
Our final cover story for 2023 explores how Deputy CIO May Cheng is accelerating a digital customer and product-centric approach…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our final cover story for 2023 explores how Deputy CIO May Cheng is accelerating a digital customer and product-centric approach to IT management for the International Trade Administration (ITA).
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
Interface showcases leaders at the forefront of innovation with digital technologies transforming myriad industries.
We connect once more with the tech trailblazers at the International Trade Administration. Deputy CIO May Cheng and her team areaccelerating adoption of ITA’s customer and product-centric approach to IT management. In addition, their focus is on Agile, DevSecOps, Value Proposition, and Human Centred Design. “In 2023, we launched 13 products, three MVPs and saw enhancements operationalised. Moreover, the digital model has enabled a partnership between business and IT. The result is clearer lines of shared responsibility, transparency in resources, and a continuous learning culture across the agency.”
Businessman touching data analytics process system with KPI financial charts, dashboard of stock and marketing on virtual interface. With American flag in background.
Royal Papworth Hospital NHS Trust: Digitally transforming patient care
The Royal Papworth Hospital NHS Foundation Trustis centred on bringing tomorrow’s treatments to today’s patients with a clear mission to provide excellent, specialist care to patients suffering from heart and lung disease. We hear from Andrew Raynes who took up his role as CIO in 2017. He is overseeing a digital transformation program bringing value to staff and patients. “Using the global language of interoperability… we’ll see greater efficiency in terms of use of technology and sweating our assets. Furthermore, exploiting the benefits to support seamless care by allowing standards to do the heavy lifting.”
Toronto Community Housing: Supporting tenants with tech
Toronto Community Housing houses tenants in 106 of Toronto’s 158 neighbourhoods. It ensures over 43,000 low and moderate-income families are supported in their continuously managed homes. Luisa Andrews, VP Information Technology Services tells us it’s the best role she’s had in her career. “It’s the most challenging, and where I’ve seen the most progress in a short amount of time. I’m proud of my team and what we’ve accomplished in five years. We, and our partners, have enabled the corporation, through technology, to do what it needs to do for our tenants.”
Marshfield Clinic Health System:
Marshfield Clinic Health System provides care at over 50 locations across the US state of Wisconsin. Chief Data & Analytics Officer Mitchell Kwiatkowski explains its tech mantra to us: “We’re trying to toe that line while examining new technologies as they come out. We’re aiming to understand what they are, how they can help, and implementing things that are mature enough and show promise. I don’t think healthcare is necessarily risk-averse; it’s a highly regulated area that doesn’t always have deep pockets for investment. However, it’s people’s health at stake, so we have to be careful…”
Also in this issue, we get the lowdown on the tech trends for 2024 from Hitachi Vantara innovation guru Bjorn Andersson. We also hear from the WatchGuard Threat Lab research team with their cybersecurity predictions for the year ahead.
A consortium of volunteers from California have slowly restructured their state schools’ digital procurement process. Next year, it plans to go national.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procuring digital goods and services for public schools in the US has reportedly been a fraught process for decades. A fractured landscape between underfunded public institutions and a private tech sector has struggled to even accurately assess students and regulators’ needs, let alone finding the right edtech (education technology) to meet those needs.
This is all made harder by an increase in the amount of technology being integrated into schools—whether that’s good, bad, or maybe both, it’s undeniably expensive. The global education technology market was valued at $123.40 billion in 2022 by Grand View Research. It’s expected to expand at a rate of 13.6% between now and the end of the decade.
The power of education for procurement
Edtech is also a wide umbrella, with examples ranging from apps, overhead projectors, and chromebooks for students to thousands of screens, digital signage, and “content management platforms” like those found in Christopher Columbus High, an all-boys prep in Miami which the South Korean tech giant Samsung has transformed into a “connected campus”. In the US, procurement functions working for individual school districts are often forced to work with smaller budgets, fractured regulatory landscapes, and to compete with private schools with larger budgets that drive overall prices in the sector up.
The Education Technology Joint Powers Authority (Ed Tech JPA) was formed “out of frustration” with the existing system, or lack thereof, in 2019. The volunteer group, made up of procurement specialists and school purchasing professionals, has spent the past four years streamlining procurement for digital products and services, leveraging the buying power of multiple schools to negotiate prices, buy in bulk and save money.
From a grouping of school districts located in Irvine, San Juan, San Ramon Valley, Fullerton, Clovis, El Dorado County and Capistrano Unified districts, the consortium has grown to include 163 member districts that educate around 2.3 million students. The organisation has been awarded 23 procurement contracts to date, and is growing rapidly in education.
At the California IT in Education (CITE) conference, held in Sacramento during November, JPA President Brianne Ford, predicted that next year would see the program expand beyond California and make group bargaining procurement for edtech a national feature of the US school system.
Ask Procurement—a generative AI procurement solution—is being developed for the market by IBM using Dun & Bradstreet’s “huge data cloud”.
SHARE THIS STORY
In order to develop more effective and market ready digital solutions for supply chain and procurement professionals, IBM is partnering with Dun & Bradstreet, a data-dealer with access to vast quantities of raw information gathered from a wide variety of sources, as well as cutting edge analytical tools. Together, the companies will work on expanding the capabilities of IBM’s watsonx to expand their use of generative artificial intelligence (AI).
Through the collaboration IBM and Dun & Bradstreet intend to develop multiple offerings for clients to incorporate into their AI workflows, leveraging IBM’s AI and data platform, and fueled by Dun & Bradstreets’.
Ask Procurement
The leading solution in development, according to an IBM press release, is Ask Procurement, a generative AI-powered procurement solution that will “help empower procurement professionals to unlock new data and insights with a 360-degree view into all aspects of a company’s business relationships to help increase savings, reduce time, and mitigate the potential for risk.”
Ask Procurement is expected to use Dun & Bradstreet’s platform, but feature watsonx supported models and other generative AI capabilities “fueled by Dun & Bradstreet’s vast Data Cloud.” The solution is expected to be available to procurement teams in the second half of 2024, integrated with Dun & Bradstreet solutions or an enterprises’ existing ERP or procurement solution.
“At Dun & Bradstreet, being a trusted data partner and a responsible AI partner to organisations are synonymous,” said Ginny Gomez, President, North America, Dun & Bradstreet. “As two trusted brands that bring nearly 300 years of combined experience to the businesses we serve, Dun & Bradstreet and IBM are ideally suited to help companies responsibly navigate the rapidly evolving generative AI space because we know their business environments and processes well. And with hundreds of thousands of organisations globally relying on us every day, we believe there is no better company than Dun & Bradstreet to lead the industry and our clients into the future.”
The HS2 rail project promises over 300 work packages, ranging from £1 million to £500 million for 2024.
SHARE THIS STORY
The 2024 procurement pipeline for the HS2 rail project promises a £1 billion “boost” for British businesses, as the project administrators reveal details for a slew of contracts available over the coming year and a half.
The contract opportunities, collectively worth over £1 billion, give a heads up to potential suppliers looking to boost their order books and grow their business in the year ahead. So far, UK businesses have secured over £17 billion worth of work on HS2 and 2024 promises even more opportunities to get involved.
“Forward planning is absolutely crucial for businesses, so we’ve worked closely with our stations and civils contractors to develop a simple procurement pipeline setting out what we’ll need and when,” commented Robin Lapish, HS2’s supply chain lead.
HS2 – London with Manchester
HS2—a 140 mile high speed rail network project originally slated to connect London with Manchester—was first announced under the UK’s Labour government in 2009. In the 13 years since its announcement, the project has experienced delays, cost overruns, and controversies. Construction began in September of 2020.
According to the UK’s Institute for Government, while the project was initially estimated as “delivering £2.40 of benefit for each pound of public money spent, the government had revised the BCR down to 1.8 in 2013,” and “Lord Berkeley estimated that HS2 would only deliver £0.66 for each public pound spent, predicting both higher costs – at £22bn more than the 2019 Chairman’s stocktake – significantly reduced benefit from both passenger demand and train frequency, and less ambitious predictions of economic growth.”
As of February 2023, HS2’s total cost to date was calculated at £24.7 billion, and its BCR was calculated as having dropped to .80 following a reduction in rail use after the pandemic—prompting Prime Minister Rishi Sunak to announce the cancellation of the Birmingham to Manchester leg of the line.
This presumably goes all the way back to when every company was a sharp rocks and oxen firm. For the modern enterprise, identifying how the technology du jour empowers successful organisations in your industry and harnessing it for your own ends is just as vital to success today as it was for the Egyptians in 3,500 B.C. to figure out as quickly as possible where the Sumerians were getting all those cool, new, super shiny and sharp new rocks.
Nowhere is this more true than in the procurement sector. A place where harnessing Big Data can drive new efficiencies, improve resilience and agility in the face of disruption. This is done all while helping procurement teams understand their business in real-time.
However, this doesn’t mean that Big Data analytics adoption has been simple, easy, or without risk. The disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic highlighted most of a company’s value chain is dependent on external third parties. There’s only so much you can get done without engaging with organisations up or down your value stream.
Procurement teams can typically find themselves managing expenses accounting for about 50% of a business’ revenue — sometimes overseeing spend in the billions of dollars. Procurement’s ability to maintain and navigate increasingly complex networks of relationships can be hugely enhanced by the power of analytics. However, adopting the wrong analytics platform, feeding it the wrong information, and drawing the wrong conclusions can be disastrous.
By gathering data from both internal and external sources, then analysing it with the appropriate tools, procurement teams have the capacity to create powerful insights in less time than ever before.
Combining environmental information (weather patterns, crop cycles, raw materials pricings, political unrest, etc.) with rich data generated within a company’s operations, mean that procurement teams using Big Data analytics have a significant leg up when it comes to predicting trends, finding favourable prices for buying, and sourcing inventory from a diverse network of suppliers so as not to place undue stress on their partner network. Reduced costs don’t hurt matters, either.
A closer look at some of the best tools to help your procurement function capture the potential benefits of a world powered by big data.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement is becoming an increasingly data-driven field. Correctly gathered, organised, and analysed, Big Data sets can help a procurement department do everything from increase efficiency and reduce costs, to make more ESG-conscious decisions or shore up their supply chain against unexpected disruption. However, managing huge amounts of structured, unstructured, internal, and external data can present a significant challenge for procurement staff. This is especially true when procurement professionals haven’t needed to also be data analysts until recently. This means there might be understandable skill gaps in your team.
Luckily, there exists a wealth of digital tools designed to capture, analyse, and generate insights from massive amounts of data. This is all specifically catered towards enhancing and elevating your procurement function. Here’s a closer look at five digital tools to help maximise the potential of Big Data in your procurement function.
1. GEP Smart
With AI-powered spend analysis, as well as strategic sourcing, purchase order processing, and invoice management, GEP Smart is one of the more broadly capable and robust procurement tools on the market. The platform is capable of absorbing, collating, and converting large data sets into everything from compliance procedures to supplier management strategies.
2. Kissflow
For smaller organisations still in the process of growing their procurement teams, Kissflow can help bridge the gap between a legacy or underdeveloped procurement function and where it needs to be with less emphasis on learning complex new digital tools. Kissflow is all about being simple, accessible, and customisable. The platform handles basic procurement functions natively, but integrates with a huge variety of other tools and programs.
3. Coupa
Focused largely on spend management, Coupa unified, streamlines, and empowers the source-to-pay process. The firm uses Big Data analytics to manage working capital and forecast budgets, giving procurement professionals more visibility over finances.
4. Tamr Procurement Analytics
Tamr Procurement Analytics specifically targets the problem of siloed data within the supply chain, helping procurement professionals quickly unify their data sets and start using artificial intelligence to generate insights at speed. The AI and machine learning decision engine underpinning Tamr’s platform enriches user data while also curating it against a rigorous set of standards to ensure quality.
5. TARGIT Decision Suite
TARGIT is a business intelligence and analytics tool that can gather observations from throughout the supply chain. This allows them to be more easily converted into actionable insights. The platform embeds directly into internal and external-facing portals, allowing a procurement team to share dashboards with the entire supply chain network. By creating a holistic impression of the entire supply chain, TARGIT improves the results of its predictive analytics, increasing efficiency and resilience.
At DPW Amsterdam, Kathryn Thompson and Fraser Woodhouse, Partner and Director at Deloitte, discuss the rise of generative AI and the impact on procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement is changing.
That’s something that isn’t lost on Kathryn Thompson, a Partner at Deloitte.
As part of her role, she leads the Sourcing and Procurement Market Offering within Deloitte’s Consulting division in Europe, Middle East and Africa. Originally from Australia, Thompson has worked in procurement since 1996 and has observed quite the evolution over the past two and a half decades.
Procurement’s transition
Over the years, procurement has shifted from a traditional back-office function to an entity operating at the fore of a company’s strategy. Having been involved in the industry for more than 25 years, Thompson has had a front-row seat to procurement’s digital transformation. While she affirms that AI has changed procurement, she isn’t convinced that generative AI is changing the space – yet.
Kathryn Thompson speaking at DPW Amsterdam 2023
“We see lots of AI tools pulling from different data sources to apply intelligence to different decisions,” she explains. “But the generative part, beyond contract summaries or pulling together draft RFPs, remains to be seen at scale. One of my more sophisticated clients has run 300+ Proof of Concepts in AI across their business, including and beyond procurement, and admits they are yet to scale or drive meaningful ROI from any POC. At the moment, the generative AI side for us, isn’t getting past proof of concept or the pilot stage yet.”
Fraser Woodhouse is a Director at Deloitte and has been with the firm since February 2019. He believes that procurement and sales teams will use gen AI for RFPs over the next six months. “I think they’ll do it without telling anyone,” he explains. “It will eventually get to a point where I think that sort of crutch will become a necessity. When it’s built into the enterprise platforms, people will forget how to write contracts because the AI does it automatically. People will even use it to write their emails.”
The AI dilemma
AI on its own is pointless – it simply doesn’t operate the way you need it to. That’s why the importance of making tech work in a way that creates efficiency has never been more important. For Woodhouse, he insists it’s about putting a human at the right place in the process. “One of the solutions I saw was a gen AI assistant helping write an RFP built in, but then the supplier has a gen AI assistant helping do the response to the RFP as well,” he tells us. “Very quickly you’ve got two AIs negotiating with each other, and that doesn’t work unless a human is curating stuff at that point in the middle.”
Given the ease of AI usage, there is a discussion as to whether tech implementation could go too far the other way. Could humans lose the ability to perform simple tasks they previously wouldn’t have thought twice about? But Woodhouse is quick to dispel that myth and believes that despite the growing reliance on technology, people won’t be rendered useless. “People didn’t forget how to communicate when spellcheck came around, they could communicate better,” he explains. “If you are a supplier and are responding to an RFP and you’re pressing their generative AI button to build the response and five of the other suppliers are doing the same thing, who’s going to stand out? The ones who wrote it themselves or at least edited it and had meaningful input.”
“You can use AI for the transactional, easy stuff but there must be a value underpinning it,” adds Thompson. “The winners are going to be the ones that are human about things.”
Fraser Woodhouse and Kathryn Thompson speaking to CPOstrategy at DPW Amsterdam 2023
Procurement’s place
With such significant innovation happening, it is seen as a transformative time to be in procurement. As automation speeds up, the necessity to upskill new graduates coming into the workforce and encourage them to learn higher-value work earlier in their career journeys is becoming increasingly important.
“Covid and the following work from home attitude has a lot to answer for,” explains Thompson. “Pre-Covid, you would rarely work from home. Consultants, suppliers, delivery partners always went to the client’s site. That’s where innovation, creativity, results that are more than the sum of their parts happen. That’s not replicable by generative AI. We need to get everyone back out there and doing things. Rather than replacing jobs, we’re replacing tasks. The tasks that we’re replacing are the likes of data analysis, synthesising, and summarising. Hopefully, it means we’re doing real-life negotiations, brainstorming and innovation instead which are the things that people love to do. Fingers crossed, it just means the bar goes up.”
Automotive supplier Continental has chosen to work with JAGGAER to implement its global purchasing strategy while driving digitalisation.
SHARE THIS STORY
Spend management firm JAGGAER has announced it is working with automotive supplier Continental to push its digitalisation agenda.
In a press release published on Monday (December 11), it was revealed the manufacturer will use JAGGAER’s spend management tools to implement its global purchasing strategy. The JAGGAER ONE suite will counteract previously isolated solutions and harmonise the areas of purchase-to-pay, source-to-contract and business partner management.
A multi-stage rollout is set for launch, beginning in Germany and the United States before being slowly expanded globally.
The release detailed that one of the most important factors for Continental choosing JAGGAER was due to the extensive and highly standardised range of functions of JAGGAER ONE, which already covers many existing requirements. In addition, this not only ensures a quick time-to-value, but also ensures a low implementation risk. Continental confirmed it found JAGGAER’s multi-ERP capability “particularly impressive”, with a total of 30 ERP systems needing to be connected.
Following the project’s launch earlier this year, the implementation of JAGGAER solutions within Continental will take place in several stages. Initially, the company will focus on the procurement of non-production materials and raw materials. It will start with the optimisation of the source-to-source contract process. In the next project phase, Continental will focus on the procure-to-pay process to ensure security of supply for employees globally. This is done via predefined catalogues and to optimise follow-up processes.
As well as the global rollout and digitalisation, there are also plans to expand the use of software to direct purchasing.
Efforts to address climate and social issues in the procurement process don’t have to be siloed, argues a new report from Business Fights Poverty.
SHARE THIS STORY
With more than 90% of a company’s environmental impact originating within its supply chain, not its internal operations, corporations are under greater pressure than ever to divest and draw down their Scope 3 emissions.
At the same time, other Environmental Social and Governance (ESG) issues concerning gender disparity, minority representation, and workers’ rights are also more clearly in the spotlight than ever before alongside climate change.
However, a report published on 5th December by social impact-focused network organisation Business Fights Poverty, argues that while there is “an urgent need for transformative action on environmental and social issues such as climate change, biodiversity loss, poverty and inequality,” there exists a tendency in the corporate sector to tackle these “complex and fast-moving challenges by simplifying them and breaking them down into separate, smaller issues”.
The result is often that solving issues of climate, social, and ecological justice becomes a zero-sum game, with one issue neglected at the expense of others, because of a siloed approach manifesting itself beneath the ESG umbrella. The report argues that, not only is this approach antithetical to the ideals of ESG initiatives, but “an integrated and systemic approach that recognises the interconnectivity of the challenges across environmental and social issues” is more effective at tackling these issues.
The report, titled Supply Chain Decarbonisation with a Gender Lens: Practical Guidance for Global Businesses, notes that vulnerable groups, especially women, are especially vulnerable to the effects of climate change. It goes on to provide guidance for corporate procurement strategists and leaders, describing how to ensure that “women are both unharmed by decarbonisation strategies, and that their participation in any benefits generated in the process is secured.”
Four Gender-Sensitive Routes to Procurement Process Decarbonisation
Supplier incentives: Recognise and co-brand with suppliers who are emerging as leaders on decarbonisation and/or gender.
Procurement policies and choices: Source from and encourage women-led businesses that are providing low carbon solutions
Product and services design: Switch to renewable energy and upskill women to participate in the switch.
Business model innovation: Promote a circular economy that includes women, for example decent work for waste and recycling pickers.
The need for decarbonisation in the procurement process is pivotal. As of Q4 2023, nearly 40% of Fortune 500 companies have now set Net Zero targets. It’s not good enough, and the actual meaning of Net Zero is being eroded and worked around by corporations looking for ways to continue harming the environment and damaging the global social fabric while making record profits. But it’s a start.
“Whilst a growing number of companies are investing resources to better understand, account for, manage and reduce their supply chain emissions, little attention is being devoted to the role of, and impacts of interventions on, the people working in those supply chains,” urges the report. “The decarbonisation strategies of large multinational companies with complex global supply chains have impacts on workers around the world, both positive and negative.”
Only one in six procurement teams have “adequate talent” to meet their future needs, as industry demands grow and evolve.
SHARE THIS STORY
Fewer than a fifth of procurement directors and executives believe that their teams contain “adequate talent” to meet the future needs of their organisations’ procurement functions.
In a recent survey of 111 procurement leaders, analyst firm Gartner found that, while procurement leaders remained fairly confident in their current talent pools, when asked about their ability to meet future demand, confidence plummeted.
“Procurement leaders are generally confident in the current state of their talent and the ability to meet their near-term objectives,” commented Fareen Mehrzai, Senior Director Analyst in Gartner’s Supply Chain Practice. “However, our data shows that chief procurement officers (CPOs) are worried about the future and having sufficient talent to meet transformative goals based around technology, as well as the ability to serve as a strategic advisor to the business.”
The threat of an industry-wide talent shortage has been looming for several years, and isn’t constrained to the procurement and supply chain sectors.
In the UK, half of all employers expect to face talent and skills shortages when recruiting procurement and supply chain professionals—something 20% of firms believe will be exacerbated by Brexit. In Europe, firms say they already lack “highly qualified procurement personnel”, with 78% of procurement leaders surveyed as part of a recent Accenture report “increasingly confronted with skills shortages in their procurement departments.”
A Different Beast: Procurement Professionals’ Key Competencies “Shifting”
One of the key reasons that procurement leaders lack confidence in their industry’s talent pipeline to meet future demands is reportedly the shifting nature of the modern procurement function.
“Procurement leaders are aware that the competencies required to drive transformation are different from traditional procurement skills, and that there are significant gaps between their current and future needs for the most important competencies,” Mehrzai said. Only 4% of surveyed leaders said that no gap existed between their current capabilities and their need for technology and data skills, with 68% of leaders saying technology and data skills had become more important to the operation of their procurement function in the past year.
Increasingly, procurement is a data-driven, technology-focused sector, but it appears the development and recruitment of available talent lacks behind the sector’s need to not only drive transformation within the business but also serve as a strategic advisor to its key decision makers. As generative AI and data analytics are adopted in greater concentrations across the sector, the demand for professionals who are primarily equipped with technology and data-centric skillsets — at the potential expense of a traditional procurement background — will only increase.
At DPW Amsterdam 2023, Prerna Dhawan, Chief Solutions Officer at The Smart Cube (a WNS company), tells us about the importance of remaining focused on fixing the problem and not leveraging technology for technologies sake.
SHARE THIS STORY
“You don’t need AI or even gen AI for the sake of it.”
In today’s world, everyone is obsessed with what’s new and fresh. Like in most other functions, in procurement, the latest craze is generative AI, with ChatGPT being one prominent example. Despite new technology’s clear benefits, such as cost and time savings, it’s important to keep the problem you’re trying to solve and the business impact you’re looking to make front of mind.
Prerna Dhawan is the Chief Solutions Officer at The Smart Cube. Like many of her peers, Dhawan recognises the potential that new technology brings but also shares concerns. “Like everyone else, we’ve been on that bandwagon as well,” she tells us. “For us, there have been two key learning so far. We have already done one live deployment of gen AI. We went live with our gen AI model earlier this year, which enables users to skip the stage of manually searching for content on Amplifi PRO, our on-demand procurement intelligence platform. You just ask the question and our platform leverages a custom NLQ framework and gen AI to provide a natural language response. Using a combination of our own AI models and gen AI provides a more dependable, accurate response as pure Gen AI isn’t fully functional for all types of analysis and can’t be trusted completely.”
Navigating AI adoption
Indeed, there has been criticism from some sections about ChatGPT providing hallucinations and making key data up. For multi-million pound organisations responsible for high levels of spend, this isn’t good enough. A second learning Dhawan is keen to get across is that she believes that gen AI is being dominated by hype. She explains that with any “new shiny object”, it should be treated with caution.
“I’ve tried to explain this a little bit, but everyone is excited about new things. A recent example is another use case where we were experimenting with our digital assistant,” she explains. “There was a point where we used a 100% gen AI approach, and we were still getting issues and hallucinations where the queries weren’t being answered correctly. The team said we needed to make it work and I explained that, ultimately, a client needs to solve the problem, they’re less hung up on how this is done. Sometimes people get lost with the technology and the approach. You have to ask yourself, are you solving the problem? If the answer is to just input a human and you don’t need AI, then do that.”
Prerna Dhawan, Chief Solutions Officer at The Smart Cube, sits down with CPOstrategy at DPW Amsterdam 2023
The journey
Armed with more than 16 years of experience in developing client solutions, managing strategic relationships, defining product strategies and driving profitable growth, Dhawan has worked with procurement, supply chain and corporate strategy teams across many global 2000 companies. Throughout her career, she has helped them embed intelligence and analytics as enablers of competitive differentiation and business transformation, along with The Smart Cube’s co-founders Gautam Singh and Omer Abdullah.
The Smart Cube is a WNS company and is considered a trusted partner for high-performing intelligence that answers critical business questions. The Smart Cube works with clients to figure out how to implement answers faster through customer research, advanced analytics and best-of-breed technology. The firm transforms its data into insights – enabling smart decision-making to improve business performance at the top and bottom line. Together with WNS, expert resources are combined with leading digital technologies, merging human intelligence and AI with innovation.
Digitally-enabled future
While AI’s challenges should be acknowledged, Dhawan is in no uncertain terms about the importance of stepping out of comfort zones and meeting fear head-on. Change can be a divisive topic with human nature being to cling on to what’s familiar. However, this can result in becoming reactive and failing to keep up with competitors.
Prerna Dhawan, Chief Solutions Officer, The Smart Cube
“As leaders, if we want to change the game of procurement and redefine the value we create for a business, we have to be more open to embracing new things,” she explains. “If you learn what the capabilities of new technology are and where you can actually use it, everything has strengths and weaknesses. Ask yourself – do you want to be an early adopter or do you want to be a laggard in your industry? All of this has the potential to give you that competitive advantage. It’s about being open, experimenting at pace, but also not being blinded by the magic and assuming everything will just work. There will be changes needed to your processes and people’s mindsets.”
Procurement’s future
With the future of procurement set to continue to be digitally-enabled and full of innovation, Dhawan believes the function now has its seat at the table and is ready to thrive.
“If I look at my journey from when I started in procurement, clients were asking questions like ‘Who are the suppliers in the market? How do I get the best price?’ Procurement is now getting involved at the new product development stage and is even advising the business on what ingredients to use while taking a more total value approach,” she discusses. “When you’re thinking about the product, do you want to put in palm oil or sunflower oil based on sustainability considerations, and how can you justify additional costs of a sustainable supply chain? Procurement isn’t just supporting the bottom line but also influencing the broader business goals of sustainability, innovation and resilience. It’s a great time to be here.”
Conrad Smith, Founder and CEO at Graphite Systems, discusses the similarities between Formula One and procurement amid significant digital transformation.
SHARE THIS STORY
“Our business, like the F1 driver, knows to go fast.”
You’d be forgiven for thinking that procurement and Formula One are worlds apart at first glance. However, to Conrad Smith, Founder and CEO at Graphite Systems, they are actually a lot closer than initially meets the eye. A petrolhead by his own admission, Smith shared the stage with Haas Team Principal Guenther Steiner at DPW Amsterdam 2023. As a purchaser with almost 30 years of experience, Smith has overseen quite a transformation during his procurement career. He says that with everything going digital, you would assume that purchasing would accelerate. But it is, in fact, the opposite.
The pace of purchasing
“Over these 30 years, you would think purchasing would be getting faster,” he tells us. “Business is speeding up, but purchasing is slowing down – that’s stunning. When you think about it, where else in the world is slowing down when everything’s going faster and faster? Even though we’re investing in Coupa and Ariba and all of these expensive purchasing tools, it’s still slowing down. Our business stakeolders know business is speeding up, and so their tolerance is going away. In the nineties, when you onboarded a supplier, you just needed commercial data, name, address, tax, and banking.”
Conrad Smith (left) with DPW founders Matthias Gutzmann and Herman Knevel
Having been founded in February 2019, Graphite Systems is the premier supplier life cycle and risk management solution. The emergence of risk and due diligence has become a primary function within procurement. Vendor due diligence during the procurement process ensures users can identify and mitigate the risks present with a vendor they want to do business with during the contracting process. For Smith, he believes that this transformation has been 15 years in the making.
“I think that it was typical that a purchasing leader would point to other stakeholders and say it’s legal that’s holding this up, privacy or security. They’re the ones stopping the process from happening,” he explains. “And quite frankly, I’ll admit, those were my early thoughts. This is like a hot potato – I don’t want to be owning it. I look stupid because of the slowness I described. Think how stupid the business thinks we are when they come and say, I’m working on a project, I need this consultant here on Monday. And our best response is that it’ll take weeks or months to onboard the supplier”
“Weeks matter, and we need to go through all this risk and due diligence. It’s really important to do the risk and due diligence, but we can’t do that at the expense of the speed of business. While business is quicker, in every measure that you look at, purchasing is going slower. It’s dumb, and the business knows that, and it means we lose credibility. It needs to happen, but we need to be very intelligent about it and not just do things the same ways we’ve always done them.”
Conrad Smith with Haas Team Principal Guenther Steiner at DPW
Procurement’s changing
Smith explains that one of the reasons he can relate to the F1 analogy is that while cars are going faster than ever, the drivers are far safer today. “Every year, we see massive accidents take place,” he tells us. “I think last year, a car that was flipping head over heels tumbling and hit the fence before slamming into the ground but the driver was okay,” he explains. “There’s this principle that is very important in almost any situation where somebody says, you can have this or you can have that. It’s a false choice.
“You have to pick speed, or you have to pick safety. If you go in with a requirement that says it has to be fast and it has to be safe, that’s the F1 example. You have to go into purchasing and say it’s a non-negotiable. It has to be fast and safe. How can we rethink the design so it can go fast and be safe? That’s really my passion, and it’s possible. It doesn’t mean it’s easy, but it’s possible. Frankly, in the case of this purchasing problem, it’s way easier than it should be. But we’re still stuck on passing paper back and forth instead of just saying, there’s my profile. Everything you need is in my Graphite profile – just like everything you need to know about me [as a professional] is in my LinkedIn.”
The future of creation, management, and sharing of data and documents between buyers and suppliers absolutely needs to evolve from emails, spreadsheets, and PDFs into a modern social network architecture. This transformation of information sharing has already proved its speed and efficiency in most other aspects of our lives. It’s time to quit wasting time and money on supplier onboarding and embrace modern technology in this critical procurement process.
Anthony Payne, chief marketing officer of HICX, tells us why we won’t reach net zero unless we fix data collection.
SHARE THIS STORY
As we approach COP28, large manufacturing brands are in the net zero spotlight. It’s been a year since the UN Expert Group released Integrity Matters, a report clarifying the exact metrics brands must meet if they wish to claim net zero success. Those planning to do so, account for around half of the world’s largest listed companies, according to the latest Stocktake, a number which has doubled in the last two and a half years. Despite this momentum, however, brands are slow to implement.
Now, with the conference marking another year closer to the 2050 Paris Agreement and other deadlines, it’s time to step up delivery. What this means is that the strategies behind net zero pledges need a boost.
As a supplier experience evangelist and a marketer, I view this challenge through a different lens. The way in which we engage suppliers to get their data needs significant improvement. And the way forward is to market to suppliers.
A growing conundrum
Most of today’s major brands have expensive procurement technology with which to engage suppliers, technology that has often evolved to be complex, clunky, and hard to use. As a result, supplier adoption of these tools is low, and therefore supplier engagement in projects to cut carbon and provide quality information is low. Brands have the challenge therefore of getting suppliers to adopt their expensive tech and engage in net zero efforts.
Additionally, we’re seeing that what each party expects from the brand-supplier relationship, is misaligned.
Anthony Payne, chief marketing officer of HICX
Suppliers, at the start of the relationship, are highly incentivised to work with a brand and they want to get to three things: the first purchase order, delivery of that first service or product, and payment. From that point, they just want to continue transacting and renewing business. This is their “steady state.”
A brand’s steady state, on the other hand, is more complex. In addition to transactional work, brands need a continuous flow of information around compliance, quality, performance, tax, carbon footprint and an awful lot more. Nowadays, brands also want to be efficient and automated. This brings new technology, whether it’s extensions to established technology or new specialist tools. Of course, with new tools come new processes.
Suppliers, as we’ve discussed, primarily want to receive orders, deliver on them and be paid. But now, they are also expected to respond to requests for a whole set of information, on a continuous basis. They’re also facing a lot of change in the form of ever-complex technology landscapes and evolving processes – and this isn’t just for one brand, it’s for all their customers and it’s leading to suppliers suffering from what we sometimes call, ‘initiative fatigue.’
The need for brands to collect data is here to stay and it’s time to deal with the thorny issue of how we can get suppliers to adopt the necessary tools and engage in net zero requests.
We need suppliers
Further to this conundrum, brands face something of a basic and rather obvious truth; they need suppliers. For example, brands need suppliers to provide carbon information, ideally using the tech setups that already exist, and they need them to engage in this activity over and above “business as usual”.
Why then, don’t more brands make their suppliers’ lives easier? We’re missing a trick. Let’s flip the way in which we work with suppliers – rather than bombarding suppliers with information requests, let’s encourage them to do what we need.
We can learn from marketing
Let’s turn our attention to another department, one that has had to apply the principle of encouragement rather than force. Marketing cannot force potential customers to buy or adopt a product or service, instead, it engages customers, encouraging them to adopt or buy. This is usually by appealing to a need or emotion.
What’s obvious in the customer-facing world is customers have a choice. For example, as much as I would love to be able to require an audience to buy what we’re selling, to come to our events and read our content, I obviously can’t insist.
This is now, more than ever, the same with suppliers. Like potential customer, suppliers have a choice. The fact that brands need suppliers in order to collect net zero data, gives suppliers more agency. Suppliers now get to exercise choice through their behaviour, and it’s this choice that is absolutely central.
Now don’t get me wrong. It’s not that suppliers want to veto what brands need from them, it’s more that they’re facing too much noise in the form of new technology, information requests and the resulting processes. They’re overwhelmed.
If you want suppliers to engage in your net zero efforts, think differently. Simply piling on more pressure won’t get the best of them. Rather, let’s think more about persuasion and encouragement, and how to show them value. The marketing process involves engaging customers, building strong relationships with them and offering them value, with the purpose of capturing value in return. You’ll see three-quarters of this process is about how we appeal to customers, not the other way around.
If we apply this concept to suppliers, we get a useful way of thinking about the relationship. Why don’t we engage suppliers more, build stronger supplier relationships and create value for them? If marketing is anything to go by, the result will be that we capture value from suppliers – like getting them to complete compliance questionnaires, do forecasts, take part in quality programs and log into (and actually use) those expensive systems.
Rather than trying, in vain, to force suppliers to engage in net zero activity, let’s market to them.
Now, as net zero delivery dates creep closer, brands can empower themselves to step up by stepping into the shoes of suppliers and appealing to them. As we explore new ways of working with suppliers, who knows what solutions could be inspired?
By Anthony Payne, chief marketing officer of HICX, the supplier experience platform
Costas Xyloyiannis, CEO at HICX, discusses why the time is now for supplier experience in supply chain and procurement and its rise to the top of conversations in the space.
SHARE THIS STORY
“I feel like the focus is shifting.”
Gone are the days of supplier experience being hidden away in the background. Today, it sits as an increasingly important target area within the procurement and supply chain space. But it hasn’t always been this way.
For Costas Xyloyiannis, CEO at HICX, he is pleased to see supplier experience’s conversation grow. “I’ve been in this space for 23 years and even if we go back three or four years ago, no one was talking about it,” he tells us. “It’s great to see a movement beginning to happen.”
Speaking with CPOstrategy at HICX Supplier Experience Live in Amsterdam, a day before DPW Amsterdam kicked off, he revealed how satisfying it was to see its evolution take place. And clearly there’s a market for it. Scores of people filled the Tobacco Theatre in Amsterdam all eager to listen to the many discussions and speakers attending the half-day event. “It is very satisfying because you see people’s minds changing in the same way that it did for the customer and employee experience,” he explains. “What you have to think about is that almost every company is also a supplier so it’s in your interest to focus on the supplier experience side. In another context, you’re also a supplier and people should understand that we’re all in it together. If you don’t think about solving it, then you’re going to have that pain yourself.”
Driving Supplier Experience
Indeed, it’s an issue that needs solving. Xyloyiannis explains that not understanding the necessity of supplier experience is a common misconception because it affects everyone in different ways. “Sales and marketing are the ones likely to understand what it means to be a supplier but they’re detached from the problem,” he says. “They are probably going into a portal and filling things in many times, it’s just not procurement doing it so that’s why they can’t make the connection. What we all need to realise is that focusing on supplier experience is in all of our interest. Ultimately, you have to think it’s just the right way of solving a problem because I create efficiency for myself and I’m also a supplier.”
HICX Supplier Experience Live in Amsterdam in October 2023
Xyloyiannis goes on to explain that if the focus is on supplier experience, an opportunity has been presented to create net efficiency – which is a massive win for all. “This benefits everyone because it’s not a zero-sum game,” he says. “If you think about business cases of other solutions, it’s we’re going to fire people and cut headcount. If I take the US government example of 150 million a year to DNB, this would’ve been a saving they would make without impacting any other functions internally. No heads would have to be cut; nothing would have to be outsourced. In a way, it’s free money for everyone when you can create net efficiency.”
Moving forward
Today’s Chief Procurement Officer has a lot on their plate. Amid navigating continuous innovation and transformation, ESG’s ever-increasing influence and battling inflation concerns all on the back of an already disruptive few years, procurement finds itself at an interesting moment. But looking ahead to 2024, supplier experience has its seat at the table and will only become a hotter topic in the years to come, according to Xyloyiannis.
“A lot of leading companies are putting huge amounts of focus on it,” he tells us. “Henkel posted on LinkedIn last year that they were driving their whole strategy around supplier experience. Then you’ve got Heineken and Unilever who are getting more involved in the space too. I think it is very much at the forefront, particularly in companies which produce goods and services. Supply chain has become very global and there’s a benefit to outsourcing and all these things, but it does make it very fragile. That’s why now it’s become important to focus on supplier experience because we have such a high dependency on one another.”
In this article, Veridion’s CEO unveils the exciting world of AI in Supplier Discovery, shares the company’s journey into data enrichment, and concludes with some behind the scenes of how the company is enhancing its Search API with natural language capabilities, paving the way to data-driven future in procurement and beyond.
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s world, global supply chains are facing persistent volatility and disruptions, leaving procurement companies extremely exposed to the fluctuations of markets and the associated risks from vendors. This unstable environment highlights the necessity of innovative approaches in procurement management, particularly the adoption of AI-powered intelligent data.
Deloitte’s 2023 Global Chief Procurement Survey reports that 89% of companies worldwide have been negatively impacted by inflation-related cost risks in the last year, with 79% also facing substantial supply shortages. These figures underscore the critical need for innovative strategies and technologies to address these challenges in procurement.
Embracing AI for supplier discovery: A game-changer in procurement
Perspectives from Veridion’s CEO, Florin Tufan
As procurement firms aims to master the complexities of the evolving supply chain landscape, artificial intelligence (AI) emerges as a transformative solution that promises significant benefits, especially in enhancing supplier discovery.
Veridion, a company at the forefront of data enrichment and innovation, is leveraging AI to streamline data-driven growth across many areas within industries. Florin Tufan, Veridion’s CEO, offers candid perspectives on the opportunities and challenges presented by AI in procurement, with a special focus on its capacity to refine the supplier discovery procedure.
Tufan talks about how leveraging AI for supplier discovery is transforming procurement from a process constrained by limited information and relationships to one that is dynamic, informed, and resilient. AI-enabled data allows companies to comprehensively understand the supplier landscape, enabling them to analyse and evaluate a vast array of suppliers quickly and efficiently.
“We come from a world where it wasn’t possible to learn everything about the entire universe. If you had three suppliers for one highly important thing, you’d much rather spend a lot of time strengthening that relationship and putting better protection in place. There was no easy way to ask about others and question whether you were working with the right ones while finding out if you had enough resiliency. No, you want to work with the best ones so that you’re covered and get on with the work no matter what.”
However, Tufan also highlighted that while AI has the potential to significantly cut down the time companies spend searching for new suppliers, it’s not a magic wand that instantly fixes all procurement issues. There are still things to be fixed in the supplier discovery process.
CPOstrategy speaking with Veridion CEO Florin Tufan at DPW Amsterdam
Veridion’s approach: Addressing the need for a more proactive and comprehensive approach in supplier risk management
Tufan’s insights suggest a pressing need for a more proactive and comprehensive approach in supplier risk management.
Tufan pointed out a critical shortfall in the procurement strategies of many large companies—they lacked sufficient redundancy in their supply chains. When the pandemic struck, these companies scrambled to identify and connect with the best possible suppliers in various regions. However, the process was fraught with inefficiencies. “The discovery phase alone took weeks, and that was before even determining if those suppliers were a suitable match. By the time companies could establish redundancy, it could be two years later, and that’s simply too late,” Tufan explained.
He observed that the focus in procurement has traditionally been on what is known about the top suppliers based on past interactions, often neglecting the broader, more holistic view of a supplier’s status and potential risks. “There are numerous instances where companies face downturns or disruptions due to economic or political factors, and their clients often find out too late,” Tufan noted.
Who is Veridion? The company’s journey to data enrichment in procurement
Veridion, a Romania-based company, operates in the segment of source-of-truth business data, providing comprehensive and up-to-date insights on private companies. The company’s solutions are addressing particularly procurement, insurance, and market intelligence data challenges and are powered by AI and machine learning capabilities. This technology enables Veridion to extract maximum value from data, enabling efficiency and innovation for their customers.
One of Veridion’s earliest projects in procurement, which significantly contributed to its exploration of data enrichment solutions, involved collaborating with semiconductor companies seeking to diversify from China and US manufacturers planning to onshore to South America. This experience gave CEO Florin Tufan and his team deep insights into the complex challenges of global supply chain relocation. Tufan described this journey as both humbling and enlightening, particularly in understanding the significant impact of supply chain shifts on everyday products.
The company’s approach to addressing these challenges has been methodical and innovative. By leveraging AI and machine learning, they have developed more efficient ways to harness data, enabling businesses to make informed decisions in rapidly changing environments. This approach is not just about providing data but enriching it to offer meaningful, actionable insights.
Veridion has become a key player in transforming how companies approach procurement and supply chain management. By focusing on data enrichment and leveraging advanced technologies, they have positioned themselves at the forefront of this critical industry, offering solutions that are as dynamic as the markets they serve.
This “incredible journey”, as described by Tufan, exceeds the goal of business expansion. It’s about comprehending and effectively responding to the complex challenging of global with real-time, accurate data.
Looking forward: Veridion’s CEO perspectives on latest technology innovations
“I’m 99% percent excited! At the core, we’re an AI company.”
Florin Tufan’s vision for the latest cutting-edge technologies and innovations such as generative AI is one of optimism and excitement. He sees it not just as a technological leap, but as a tool that will become integral to daily life and business operations, enhancing efficiency and connectivity across the globe.
When asked what big news is coming soon, Florin announced an upcoming enhancement to their Search API, set to launch this year. This significant update introduces semantic search capabilities, leveraging natural language processing to enable more intuitive, human-like search experiences. With this advancement, users will be able to conduct searches that closely align with their specific needs and queries.
Veridion’s Search API is modernising multiple procurement processes from supplier search to enrichment, setting a new standard of excellence with first-class vendor data. By incorporating advanced AI capabilities, this intelligent search engine has made significant strides in deduplication, cleansing, and enriching master data, addressing a critical challenge many companies face. Organisations often struggle to understand the full potential of their existing supplier networks for sourcing opportunities. Veridion’s data-centric approach ensures that companies can now leverage their current supplier base more effectively or find new ones, uncovering hidden opportunities and driving efficiency in procurement strategies.
It looks like Veridion is reshaping the procurement landscape, turning complexity into clarity and offering an unparalleled user experience. The company is marking a paradigm shift towards a more efficient, data-driven future in procurement and beyond.
Maarten van der Borden, Customer Transformation Director at Celonis, discusses the influence digital tools such as generative AI is having on procurement’s workforce.
SHARE THIS STORY
“When something new arrives on the scene, people have a tendency to immediately think of the worst-case scenario.”
Maarten van der Borden is a Customer Transformation Director at Celonis. As AI gets increasingly complex and advanced, there are concerns from some sections of the workforce that robots will take human jobs in procurement. Indeed, one of the biggest draws of automation is the cost savings and efficiency it brings, with AI able to complete some tasks almost instantly. But van der Borden challenges that notion and believes technology should be used as an enabler.
AI’s impact on jobs
“AI will, in my opinion, not replace anyone anytime soon,” he reveals. “What it will do is make life easier and change the way we operate. In the late 90’s, we couldn’t envision what having a mobile phone would be like. When those were first introduced, we thought how annoying it would be that you would always be reachable. Now we can’t imagine living without a phone.
“I don’t envision the elimination of procurement positions due to AI. Rather, a significant shift may occur in the transactional aspects of process analytics. Currently, individuals proficient in creating complex Excel macros or adept at extracting and transforming data into actionable insights are highly valued. These roles are likely to undergo changes, but this should be seen as an opportunity for enhancement, not a threat. It’s crucial to recognise this. My belief is that AI won’t be replacing jobs, particularly in procurement where human involvement is key. The role of technology should be to empower and improve processes in procurement, not to replace the human element.”
Maarten van der Borden, Customer Transformation Director at Celonis
The journey
Over the years, Van der Borden has distinguished himself through a series of impactful transformations and strategic developments, primarily at the nexus of IT, business operations, and finance. His journey has been marked by the successful management of large-scale programs, where his ability to engage cross-functional teams and collaborate with stakeholders at all organisational levels has consistently led to the achievement of key goals. Notably, he has a history of taking on complex and challenging projects, steering them from concept to completion under stringent conditions. This track record has established him as an influential change agent, known for transforming underperforming organizations into models of high performance and efficiency.
Having began his career in the Dutch Military, he experienced a similar journey to many procurement practitioners. Van der Borden fell into the space by a “happy accident” and never left.
He shares, “I didn’t know much about procurement initially, but I quickly grew to love it.” His journey led him to DS Smith, a major packaging organisation, where he successfully spearheaded a comprehensive global procurement transformation. Subsequently, he transitioned to head the finance transformation within the same company. In this role, he sought a tool that could effectively navigate the unique challenges of procurement compared to finance.
“I needed something that would show me how our financial processes really ran. It meant finding the most impactful inefficiencies and developing an action plan to deal with them.”
Celonis today
This search brought him to Celonis’ process mining capability, a product that resonated with him so profoundly that he decided to join the company. “Right now, I am a Customer Transformation Director at Celonis, which means I help our customers organise themselves around this solution because I firmly believe implementing a tech solution by itself doesn’t do anything. We will always need the human element to make the change and create value, based on the insights tech provides. I’m very happy to be here.”
Today, Celonis is the global leader in process mining, providing companies with a modern way to run their business processes entirely on data and intelligence. The firm pioneered the process mining category more than a decade ago when it first developed the ability to automatically X-ray processes, find inefficiencies and implement immediate, targeted, and automated action to resolve them.
Gen AI drive
Procurement is in a transformative moment. At DPW Amsterdam, generative AI was the buzzword on attendees’ lips everywhere you looked. For van der Borden he acknowledges how rapidly the space is changing as a result of an increased influence of digital tools.
“To me, the first big thing to realise when we talk about gen AI is the democratisation of data and process analytics,” explains van der Borden. “I think what’s really important is that procurement realm to me is a prime example of where gen AI can have a huge impact. I think what gen AI will do is open up the capabilities of analytics to a much wider audience than today. People who may previously have trusted some Excel sheets or PowerPoint slides presented to them to make decisions can now freely explore, or even converse with their own data and make informed decisions themselves. You start to build a community of data analysts rather than just having consumption of data analytics. That to me is the big game changer that gen AI is actually providing procurement with.”
Procurement’s perception
CPOstrategy sits down with Maarten van der Borden, Customer Transformation Director at Celonis, at DPW Amsterdam 2023
By its own common admission, procurement used to be boring. A function hidden out of sight and kept far away from the c-suite. Now, it’s front and centre, firing on all cylinders. Indeed, the Covid pandemic helped drive it towards the top of the agenda, in addition to other enablers such as transformation and ESG. For van der Borden, he believes procurement is beginning to shake off that old skin and be seen as more of a strategic function.
“We’ve received a bad reputation in the past because the impact has not always been clear,” he tells us. “Some analysis that people do on procurement as a strategic function is to ask what’s the real impact? Yeah, you manage the supply and demand but as long as I have my blue ball point where and when I need it, you’re doing a good job. If things start to fall over then procurement used to get the blame. What I’m really happy to see is that more and more CEOs are seeing procurement as a strategic function, not only driving value in the financial domain but also more and more as the primary contributors to a more sustainable future and the guardians of our corporate brands.
An evolution
“There’s been a noticeable evolution in procurement, particularly in the merging of processes like source-to-pay, procure-to-pay, and purchase-to-pay. Our definitions in these areas haven’t always been crystal clear. However, when you delve into purchase-to-pay, it’s apparent that this is where the transactional activities occur. Due its very transactional nature, this phase is measurable and reveals the outcomes of our upstream actions in sourcing. I’ve observed that these areas, despite often being managed by separate divisions or functions, are intrinsically linked. The transactional aspects are commonly seen in shared services, while the sourcing aspects represent traditional procurement.
“Bridging these two areas, in my view, is a significant shift. This is where technology truly demonstrates its value. By integrating and examining the transactional processes to understand their shortcomings, we can trace back to the root causes, often found in sourcing. This integration is fascinating to me. It allows us to assess the real impact of our efforts.”
DPW has announced it is expanding into North America following the success of its Amsterdam offering.
SHARE THIS STORY
DPW has announced it is expanding into North America following the success of its Amsterdam event.
Founders Matthias Gutzmann and Herman Knevel revealed the news via LinkedIn to confirm a move that will see significant growth into new territories.
Gutzmann exclusively told CPOstrategy: “Marking a pivotal moment for DPW, our expansion to the US isn’t just about growing our footprint, it’s about building on our ongoing momentum over the last few years and bringing the enthusiasm and expertise of DPW.
“We aim to bridge procurement organisations with innovative startup founders and change makers, fostering the growth of a digital procurement and supply chain ecosystem in North America.”
Accompanied by a photo of the duo outside Google offices in Silicon Valley, California, he posted on Monday (27th November): “I am currently in #SilliconValley together with Herman Knevel, gearing up for an exciting week filled with meetings with tech giants, founders, visionary partners and future collaborators.
“Having previously led the expansion of Procurement Leaders | A World 50 Group Community into North America, I must say I feel extra energised to bring my experience and strong relationships within the North American market for the benefit of DPW.
“Stay tuned for more updates as we embark on this exciting phase of growth and innovation!”
Founders Matthias Gutzmann and Herman Knevel
Since launching DPW in Amsterdam in 2019, the conference has grown from strength to strength and is now widely regarded as the biggest and most influential tech event in procurement and supply chain on the planet. The conference welcomed over 1,250 procurement professionals with more than 2,500 virtual attendees watching along at home in its 2023 edition in October.
Last year’s event was held at the former stock exchange building, the Beurs van Berlage, with the theme called “Make Tech Work” which focused on turning digital aspirations into a reality. DPW Amsterdam has already been announced for October 9 and 10, 2024, next year.
Further details about DPW North America will be revealed in due course.
At DPW Amsterdam 2023, Sigbjørn Nome, CEO and Co-Founder at Ignite, discusses the importance of a people-first mindset in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
“It’s super important to get the right people in procurement.”
Sigbjørn Nome, CEO and Co-Founder at Ignite, is passionate about talent. The company is now armed with 60 employees and has become an organisation of choice for many graduates in Norway. According to Nome, building a positive environment that empowers staff holds the key to long-term success and growth in procurement.
“We’ve managed to get a good reputation in Norway and recruit top talent,” he tells us. “In the beginning, we used the best students and offered internships to help us build the first version of the product. Then we built a good relationship with the universities in Norway and we’ve also recruited lots of senior hires too. There’s a great combination of talent within Ignite.”
Ignite is an advanced yet simple spend management solution that gives customers the power of correct and holistic data, transparency, and actionable analytics to empower data-driven decision-making. This way, customers not only save money and avoid risk but also make smarter choices and drive value across their organisation. Ignite provides a one-stop shop to consolidate, clean, and enrich data, get advanced procurement analytics, conduct supplier assessments, as well as holistically managing suppliers and contracts and quickly and automatically estimating their Scope 3 CO2 footprint.
With a background in consulting, Nome worked on a variety of procurement transformation projects and has witnessed significant potential in the space. Having decided to form Ignite in 2016, the organisation began as a consulting firm but it was later decided to be delivered as a software-as-a-service (SaaS) company. “As a consulting business, you are cashflow positive and you earn money from the get-go. While for a SaaS business, you need to invest a lot in product and productive development,” he tells us. “It is quite a challenging change. As a business owner, you also need to sell and be more out there to get customers. There’s been a lot of challenges and one of those has been building the team which I’m really proud of.”
Procurement’s evolving function
Procurement is changing. Traditional procurement revolved around delivery, cost and quality. Now, given the nature of environmental challenges as well as the necessity of data analytics, people with diverse skill sets are needed more than ever before. Nome believes it’s about changing the mindset of procurement. “You’ve got to shift that mentality because the function is so different today,” he explains. “In the future, it’s going to be a more collaborative function because procurement teams cannot win alone.”
With that future in mind, Nome recognises the space is a different beast today than it was a decade ago. Change dominates the industry and the players that embrace transformation will be the ones who win. “You need to use procurement as a lever to get change done,” he tells us. “It’s not enough anymore to look at your business only, your responsibility also extends to your suppliers. It’s about where you spend your money and your negotiation power because customers will look at that. I would say the regulation demands will offer a broader perspective, not only looking at your business but also how you spend your money.”
At DPW Amsterdam 2023, Alan Holland, CEO of Keelvar, tells us about the acceleration of digital transformation in procurement and what it means for the next generation of the workforce.
SHARE THIS STORY
Keelvar’s mission is simple – to help procurement teams globally to scale sourcing excellence.
Keelvar is powered by unique artificial intelligence, designed by category experts, to deliver significant savings and operational improvements for global enterprises such as the likes of Siemens, Coca-Cola, Samsung, Novartis and more. The company was founded in Europe’s largest AI research lab by a team of computer scientists and engineers specialising in AI, optimisation and game theory applied to strategic sourcing. Keelvar has raised $42 million to date in funding to accelerate product development and global growth.
The company is led by Alan Holland who has served as CEO since the company’s foundation in September 2012. Indeed, in his first year, he led the organisation to win the Cork Company of the Year in the small company category, and the firm has more recently been awarded a Gartner Cool vendor.
Having previously served as a lecturer in artificial intelligence in University College Cork’s Computer Science Department, Holland specialised in Optimisation, Game Theory and Algorithmic Mechanism Design. Such experience has helped give Keelvar an edge in terms of innovating with offerings that exceed competitors’ technical capabilities. This enables Keelvar to define an entirely new category of the solution, putting Keelvar in an ideal position to lead this new category that Keelvar has called autonomous sourcing.
CPOstrategy sitting down with Alan Holland, CEO at Keelvar, at DPW Amsterdam 2023
Evolution at scale
Procurement is in a state of flux. The industry is experiencing unprecedented amounts of innovation and change in a way which has ripped up the playbook of what went before it. However, Holland believes it is only in the past half decade or so where transformation has really started to take place. “If we look at the last 10 years, the first five of those procurement was very slow to change,” he discusses. “What we saw were technology landscapes dominated by a small number of large suites vendors who had acquired many companies, but most enterprises were satisfied in buying all the modules they would need to run their procurement function from one vendor. Rarely was it the case that the various modules did what their customers needed. Some of them might have worked in some ways, but others just didn’t serve the need at all.
“In the second five years of our being, things started to change. We did start to notice an increasing acceptance that best-of-breed was the way forward and that enterprises needed to accept that if they were to get the buy-in from their stakeholders, then they needed to work with a combination of best-of-breed vendors and piece together their specific technologies landscape rather than just buying it in bulk from one. I would say it was gradual at first and then suddenly, but it’s only been suddenly in the last couple of years. The pandemic likely accelerated some of that change.”
Trust first
Holland explains that in recent years, large multinationals are placing an increasingly important level of trust in smaller, best-of-breed vendors such as Keelvar to allow them to run their sourcing events and meet niche demands. He believes that in the past it simply wouldn’t have happened and strives to prove that faith right. “I suppose that’s a process where enterprises are gradually increasing their trust in what are smaller vendors, but these smaller vendors are becoming bigger because we’re serving hundreds of large enterprises,” he explains. “We’re gaining in strength and momentum and the barriers to adopting best-of-breed at scale are lowering and the market willingness to jump those barriers is increasing. That momentum is just gathering more and more force.”
Alan Holland, CEO at Keelvar
Using tech as an enabler for talent
Procurement’s talent shortage and the ways to bridge has been a hot topic for years. Whoever you speak to within the industry, everyone will have a different viewpoint. Some say procurement needs a rebrand, others say it’s a lack of education while others think technology could hold the key. For Holland, he believes it’s about making tech work and freeing up people in procurement’s time to focus on more value-add work that will help solve strategic goals.
“What is attracting graduates to procurement now is working with intelligent systems that are powered by AI and that allow them to be strategic and not working on routine or tactical tasks because machines are taking over the data-intensive areas of processing these workflows,” he tells us. “Our second product, which we launched about three years ago is autonomous sourcing. These are sourcing bots that are intelligent software agents that you can now design, build, and operate your own sourcing bots. If you’re somebody who understands best practices in sourcing, you can now build automated workflows so that instead of having to run sourcing events one by one and get through 15 or 20 a year, now you could design bots that are running hundreds of these events per annum.”
Procurement’s bright future
While not only opening up people’s day, using technology as an enabler to make life easier also acts as a way of encouraging the next generation into the industry. “What you’re doing is freeing up many other people’s time to spend on relationship management or innovation discovery and talking to the market, finding out what new suppliers you should be dealing with, visiting suppliers to check things are in order,” he says. “And that is the type of work that people enjoy doing. Machines are taking more of the data-intensive work off their tables, and machines are not good at work related to establishing trust. Machines have no empathy, but people do. The soft skills in procurement are becoming ever more important because the machines are taking over the harder skills. That is leading to a transformation in the type of work that procurement is doing.
“It’s also leading to a transformation in the interest levels that graduates emerging from universities have for this sphere. When it used to be that they were first introduced to a legacy system and told that this is what they needed to use to do their job. Young workers are coming with higher expectations about software and rightfully so, and enterprises are reacting to the need to satisfy the technology requirements of younger recruits now, which is a very good thing. It’s accelerating that digital transformation that we are seeing.”
The next step
Looking ahead, Holland is full of positivity for the future and believes decision-making in procurement is easier than it’s ever been. He believes tomorrow is “very bright” as procurement enters an era with intelligent software agents which can automate workflows and make the human workday more efficient. “There’s a whole new range of possibilities where creative and thoughtful planning will provide a competitive advantage for organisations and procurement can be far more influential in how successful their companies can be. It’s a game-changer.”
At DPW Amsterdam 2023, Brandon Card, Co-Founder and CEO at Terzo, discusses the rise of his organisation amid the COVID-19 pandemic and how it used the disruption to its advantage.
SHARE THIS STORY
Terzo means third in Italian.
With the two founders having Italian heritage, they chose to describe what they set out to build – a platform that brings third parties together.
Terzo uses powerful AI technology to extract, analyse, and visualise its customer’s contract data. Terzo’s AI data extraction capabilities also reach beyond contracts and can solve an organisation’s document problems, from invoices to POs and more. Its platform was designed on the foundation of contract intelligence, providing business teams the necessary data to improve productivity, optimise spend, reduce costs, and manage risk and governance across their entire supplier ecosystem. Terzo is the first solution to provide critical data and terms to both legal and business teams to make decisions together.
Terzo’s journey
Brandon Card is the Co-Founder and CEO at Terzo. His company’s journey’s start was an interesting one, having been founded days before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and the lockdowns that then ensued. But, reflecting on the disruptive nature of the situation, Card believes it actually helped get Terzo up and running quicker. “It just accelerated our timeline because we wanted to build fast,” he reveals. “When we put the team together, we had this concept that we wanted to get the product out as fast as possible. We knew that with Covid happening there was going to be a huge shift in how people were working. People were going to need to buy new solutions faster and it’s going to be harder to control spending. We knew procurement was going to have a host of challenges across the supply chain with this interruption with Covid. Our team on the engineering side believed we need to build faster.”
This led to Terzo’s team on the engineering side of the house to work diligently throughout the rest of 2020 and into 2021 on building code and new releases with the vision of getting the Terzo product into the industry quicker. “We thought we might be able to help procurement given the challenges they have now with all of these new needs that the business is going to bring,” he says. “We probably built the product about 50% faster just because there were no distractions so there’s pros and cons when everything happens in life. Our team really worked well together and they buckled down and they took that time to focus on Terzo. It’s something I’m very proud of this team for doing that.”
Brandon Card speaks with CPOstrategy at DPW Amsterdam 2023
Developing relationships
A big part of what Terzo does revolves around strengthening relationships by uniting teams to unlock insights so organisations can make smarter decisions and maximise value from suppliers, customers and partners. Card believes this mantra holds the key to long-term success in procurement.
“It’s critical for us because when we think about whether we’re doing spend analytics or contract intelligence, it’s all about understanding the relationship with these different entities you’re working with,” discusses Card. “We’re not there yet but my big vision in the future is to build an enterprise relationship intelligence platform to understand every single business that you’re working with, whether it’s a customer, a supplier or a partner. The truth with these big organisations, a lot of their suppliers are also partners or customers. These relationships are very complex and they’re very critical to innovation.
“If you’re doing anything in the cloud right now, if you’re doing anything with AI or even autonomous driving, you need partners to get this done. You can’t build it in-house. And years ago, people would build in-house. When we were young growing up in the nineties, everyone had to build their own data centres and build their own software. We’re in a world now where you can go and turn things on online in a few minutes, and that’s where we want to be so you can push product out faster, competitive advantage, and I think these relationships are critical to procurement having a competitive advantage and driving value for the whole business.”
Procurement’s place
In today’s world, procurement is in the driving seat. The function isn’t siloed anymore, stuck in a back-office room and out of the way of everyone else. Despite such significant innovation, there is sometimes a perception that procurement is still boring. For Card, he believes one of procurement’s biggest challenges is changing that age-hold mentality of procurement within a c-suite.
“It’s about educating the CEO or the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of large organisations just how critical procurement is. A lot of them just don’t understand,” he tells us. “That’s the challenge we have, and that’s something we want to change. In the future, the CFO is going to treat the head of sales the same they treat the CPO. Right now, the chief revenue officer gets special treatment in every organisation. If you run sales, you’re treated differently because you bring in revenue. If you’re procurement, you’re lucky if you’re at the table. But I do see that changing.”
While Card believes this shift is already beginning to happen with younger CFOs, change such as this doesn’t happen overnight. “By doing this, you’re going to have a really balanced organisation and reduce risk while optimising their costs,” he discusses. “Ultimately, they’re going to be more efficient, and the teams are going to be working a lot better together. There’s going to be a better culture when leadership buys in because then procurement feels valued. They work harder, and that vibe carries throughout the organisation. That’s something that we want to help push for procurement but we know it’s going to take time.”
At DPW Amsterdam 2023, Danny Thompson, Chief Product Officer at apexanalytix, tells us about the art of developing trust amid significant innovation in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
Trust.
Apexanalytix needs to build quite a bit of it. As a company which protects $9 trillion in spend and prevents or recovers more than $9 billion in overpayments annually, its client portals actively support over eight and a half million suppliers.
Indeed, apex has revolutionised recovery audit with advanced analytics and the introduction of first strike overpayment and fraud prevention software. Today, apex is a leading global force in supplier management innovation with apexportal and smartvm, now the most widely used supplier onboarding, compliant master data management, and comprehensive third-party risk management solution in global procure to pay. With over 250 clients in the Fortune 1000 and Global 2000, apex is dedicated to providing companies and their suppliers with the ultimate supplier management experience. A big part of that experience is based on building trusted supplier-buyer relationships.
Danny Thompson is the Chief Product Officer at apexanalytix and has been with the organisation since July 2015. Now in his third role with the company in eight years, Thompson reflects on his journey with the organisation with positivity. “I came in as a product manager working on our portal product,” he tells us. “And after a short time, because I was a former customer, at Pfizer and International Paper Company, and was an internal voice of the customer, they ended up having me drive messaging with marketing. Recently, we hired a great new leader of marketing who has taken that over fully so I’m dedicated full time to product again. So it’s been a great experience for me.”
Gen AI surge
One of the hottest topics on the CPO agenda in recent months has been ChatGPT. Wherever you go within the industry, you’ll likely find a conversation being had about the technology’s possibilities, as well as perhaps its limitations or challenges – and Thompson is equally keen to explore.
Danny Thompson speaks with CPOstrategy at DPW Amsterdam 2023
“There is certainly a lot of attention being paid to gen AI in the industry, and within our company as well,” says Thompson. “I think it’s because of the shock value of ChatGPT hitting the world and people are really stunned by its ability to interpret natural language and come back with really good information in response to questions that are being lobbed at it. There’s a lot of excitement around what it could do as well as what other generative AI solutions can do to help solve procurement, supplier risk and supplier information problems. We are making progress, and have introduced some generative AI functions, but Generative AI presents some challenges right off the bat that we are working hard to solve as quickly as we can.”
One of these issues is the hallucination problem that is being questioned within the space. This is where AI tools like ChatGPT lack factual support for some of the information provided. “There’s a statement at the bottom of the page which states you can’t rely on results being factual,” Thompson affirms. “When it comes to supplier information and risk management, that’s a problem.”
Managing risk
And it is such an important sticking point that Thompson stresses when it comes to supplier risk information, it is about being careful that the usage of generative AI, in its current state, is used for guidance rather than fact-finding. “Another challenge is around leakage of sensitive information combined with contamination of sensitive or important information,” reveals Thompson. “We have a database of golden records for 90 million suppliers who are doing business with Fortune 1000 and Global 2000 companies. That is the best information we’ve been able to accumulate about suppliers and their relationships as a supplier to large companies. Some of that data is publicly available and some of it is more sensitive. We want to make sure we’re not loading that sensitive information into a generative AI function that might allow random people to access that information. We’ve got to be careful about that leakage of data.”
The opposite is true, as well. Thompson reveals that his team asked the generative AI-tailored questions which they assumed would be pulled from their own database. The findings were less than ideal. “The responses had been contaminated with public information which was full of inaccurate data,” he tells us. “We’re figuring out how to draw those boundaries, as well—to protect sensitive data while also preventing contamination.”
Trust first
This showcases the importance of trust once again to an organisation like apex. The companies it serves are moving significant sums of money around and the potential risks are sizeable. For Thompson, there can be no greater responsibility when using AI tools. “The data must be either highly accurate or at least they understand the degree to which it’s not,” he says. “If you don’t understand that level of trust you can have in it, then you shouldn’t be using it yet.”
With an unprecedented amount of technological innovation at procurement’s fingertips, the industry is evolving at a rapid pace. It’s placed at a unique moment with digital transformation being swept up throughout the space. While this brings obvious advantages such as time and cost savings, it also means increased cybersecurity threats. “There are more threats coming in as a result of AI,” says Thompson.
“One of the biggest challenges our clients us our solutions to solve for is fraudsters trying to take over a supplier’s account and intercept their payments by submitting fraudulent account change requests. One of the typical ways companies catch these is very often the request is coming through very poorly formatted emails with bad grammar. But what we’re seeing is the bad guys have started using generative AI to create really convincing bank account change requests so there are increased threats to be aware of. But this increase in the availability of information is also make easier the whole process of knowing your supplier and knowing the risks associated with them. And Generative AI is going to allow you to quickly get help to understand how to mitigate a given risk much faster and easier than it’s ever been before.”
A passionate advocate for diversity, inclusion and equity of opportunity, Executive GM Ana Marinkovic leadsa team of 1,600+ small business experts. They lend over $1.2bn a month to Australian small businesses. National Australia Bank (NAB) plays a major role in propelling entrepreneurship across the country. Delivering better outcomes for small business owners sits at the very heart of NAB’s strategy. “Our scale and connectivity help us to tackle some of the biggest challenges facing our business and the communities we operate in,” says Ana.
TUI: Making travel plans mobile
The mobile side of TUI has never been more vital. TUI’s mobile apps were officially launched in 2013 and began as something of a proof of concept. For the entire international industry, moving from web to mobile devices was a huge shift. The initial set of apps were very skeletal and only integrated for UK and Nordic customers.
One of this year’s goals is to accelerate the native journey to make all the customer journeys native. This will further improving the customer experience. After a recent UI refresh, the app look and feel is fresh and sleek, and has plenty of exciting features for customers to enjoy. “Just in the last couple of months we’ve introduced an integration with OpenAI for a travel planner that helps you choose excursions,” Donia adds. “Seeing it grow over the years is so exciting.”
TARA Energy Services: tech fuelling growth
“Continuous improvement is woven into the fabric of the culture at TARA Energy Services,” says its proud Director of IT, Paul Parzen. “Every day, we face new challenges, both operationally in the field and strategically in the boardroom. We must make sure the organisation’s IT strategy for data management, core infrastructure, network architecture, and security is ready to meet them.”
Link Group: Shaking up UK’s pension market via digitalisation
“Some people might say, ‘wow, a pension. That sounds a little boring.’ But at the end of the day, what we do is help people retire in the best way possible and that’s a pretty good place to be.”
Those are the words of Dee McGrath, CEO of Link Group’s Retirement Solutions since May 2019. The company is a global, digitally-enabled business connecting millions of people with their pension assets – safely, securely and responsibly.
Evara Health: Technology delivering care for all
Evara Health’s mission statement is to help people become healthy and live healthy lives, and that means all people. A lot of health organisations don’t serve everybody and their treatments aren’t available under many types of insurance. However, Evara Heath doesn’t turn anybody away. It supports the underserved and the uninsured, and patients are treated regardless of whether they can afford it. Around 25% of patients have no insurance at all, and over half are covered by Medicaid, which isn’t accepted by everyone.
At DPW Amsterdam 2023, Daniel Barnes, Community Manager at Gatekeeper, discusses the evolution of the procurement function and the influence tools such as generative AI are having in the space.
SHARE THIS STORY
“It might sound harsh, but people just won’t have a job if they don’t change.”
For Daniel Barnes, Community Manager at Gatekeeper, his thoughts are clear. Technology is here and it’ll only get more advanced.
Barnes has been the Community Manager at Gatekeeper since June 2022. The company he works for is a next-generation Vendor & Contract Lifecycle Management (VCLM) platform that was born in the cloud and works on any device. Gatekeeper has a strong focus on collaboration, clear actionable data, obligation and compliance tracking, email alerts and most of all ease of use. The firm has a ‘zero training’ mantra driving a fanatical focus on usability that results in an application internal stakeholders and suppliers can use effortlessly.
The Gatekeeper Platform provides a suite of vendor management, contract management, kanban workflow, collaboration and reporting features. Customers can extend the functionality of Gatekeeper with additional modules to meet their required use cases, as well as integrating with over 220 third-party solutions.
Technology potential
Since joining the company, a key consideration for both Barnes and Gatekeeper has been the influence of generative AI. However, Barnes explains that while the potential of the technology is exciting, they are being strategic about how to leverage AI.
“We’re probably taking it a little bit more of a slower approach,” he tells us. “We have a contract summary function at the moment which means for any contract we summarise it so that anyone in the business can get a really quick understanding of that contract. We’re also exploring whether we’re going to bring in a Gatekeeper bot that allows us to get insights analysis in a very conversational manner. One thing we really believe is that contract and vendors aren’t just for procurement or legal. Everyone in the business has to contribute to make these successful. A lot of the issues, data and information behind these are legally complex. Procurement language is difficult when you’re talking about RFPs or you’re talking about risk. Someone in the business doesn’t care about that, they just want to get whatever they have brought, they want the service, they want it performed, they want it on time and they want a good relationship. We’re trying to figure out how to use AI like that.”
CPOstrategy speaking with Daniel Barnes at DPW Amsterdam 2023
The rise of Gen AI
Generative AI isn’t exactly new. In fact, it actually dates back to the 1960s. Among the first functioning examples was the ELIZA chatbot which was created in 1961 by British scientist Joseph Weizenbaum. It was the first talking computer program that could communicate with a human through natural language. But, given the introduction of a far more advanced model – ChatGPT – gen AI is the name on not only procurement’s lips but the wider world too. Barnes questions what you need to make AI successful at implementation.
“You get data and most procurement and legal teams have an issue with data because they don’t have it in one place,” he explains. “We fundamentally believe in this three-pillar approach. It’s to restore visibility and to have all your vendors and their contracts in one place. From there, you take control of that by digitalising all of your processes. Once they’re digital, you can track and automate them from various data points that you have in your vendor and contract records. That allows you to safeguard compliance, whether that’s regulatory, legislative or by contractual obligations. They’re all different forms of compliance that you need to track. Most teams are really struggling just with those. When we talk about gen AI, the reality is most teams are still so far away from even being able to realise those benefits. Today, gen AI looks powerful once you have the pillars in place and I’m really excited about its future.”
Procurement’s evolution
Indeed, procurement stands at a unique moment. With some in the space used to operating a certain way through legacy systems and others embracing a digital transformation and the technological innovation that brings with it, Barnes recognises that people who are reluctant to change could be left behind. “I think there has to be a willingness to change,” he tells us. “I’ve been talking about change in procurement since 2019, and I would say 80% of people who are engaged are hesitant and don’t want to change. That’s a really big concern. But my biggest worry is they don’t want to know in the first place. One of my fears is you’ve got so many solutions that genuinely can eliminate work in procurement teams. I’m worried for those people who don’t want to change because what are they doing when their work’s automated?”
The future
Barnes, who also hosts the World of Procurement podcast and YouTube channel, believes there is a current cultural divide in procurement and the industry is at a make-or-break moment. He affirms procurement will go “one of two ways”.
“You’ve got people who are stuck in the past that are archaic with what they’re doing. Then there’s those who are really pushing the profession forward,” he explains. “I see it as a moment in time where procurement kind of goes one in two ways. It’s extinct in terms of how it used to be. There’s solutions that I’ve seen which have automated workflows and are doing the work that traditional procurement people used to do. We can pull people along, but there has to be an initial willingness to change too or it’s not going to happen. That’s why I think it’s great to see people that are showing that willingness. They may not have the answers, but they want to learn.”
Last month, CPOstrategy travelled to DPW Amsterdam. Here are five takeaways from the biggest and most influential tech event in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
1. Digital transformation isn’t just about tech
David Rogers, author of The Digital Transformation Roadmap, delivered an important keynote that highlighted that digital transformation doesn’t just mean technology. He told the audience, “The hard part about transforming organisations isn’t about tech. It’s about making the technology work for your customers and for your business.”
He expressed the importance of delivering value in your organisation while also describing the art of rethinking business to define what growth opportunities there are by thinking differently about customers, competition, data, innovation and value. Rogers provided guidance to the audience and unveiled a five-step digital transformation roadmap. These are: define a shared vision, pick the problems that matter most, validate new ventures, manage growth at scale and grow tech, talent and culture. Rogers explained to the attendees gathered before him, “ChatGPT is not your strategy. Fall in love with the problem and not the solution.”
2. Building connections
DPW welcomed more than 1,250 procurement professionals over the two days while also hosting more than 120 procuretech solutions. New digital cards which were worn as lanyards around an attendees’ neck allowed for instant connections to be made and eradicated faffing about for contact details or losing important business cards. The buzz and hum of chatter in the air across the conference was audible. A walk around the two expo halls, both kitted out with dozens of tech solutions each offering something different to engage with ensured plenty of choice of destination. Many booths provided gifts which added a personal touch, such as Gatekeeper’s dragon or Omnea’s socks.
While the virtual only events in years gone by during the Covid period served a purpose, nothing could beat the sense of community and valuable face-to-face meetings that attendees were provided with.
3. Gen AI is a game-changer
If you were a fly on the wall in most conversations, a common theme would appear more often than not – generative AI. Indeed, the technology dominated thoughts at DPW Amsterdam 2023 which has only been accelerated given the ever-increasing influence of OpenAI’s ChatGPT which only launched a year ago. But gen AI isn’t only about chatbots, AI adoption was prevalent across the floor with each procuretech ecosystem showcasing its own spin on new technology as well as fresh and innovative ways of offering services.
Generative AI is firmly on the tips of people’s tongues. While its possibilities appear limitless, its rise to prominence has led and will continue to cause debate about how far its capabilities can reach in its current form. Expect that to continue.
4. People are still the secret sauce
As exciting as new technology is, without good people your operations are doomed to fail. While there have been concerns from some sections of the space that robots are here to replace humans, DPW Amsterdam’s conversation revolved around making tech work for us and about using technology as a tool to make day-to-day life easier.
Ultimately, even chatbots require a human at the other end to make the correct inputs otherwise all the end user receives is data without direction. While discussions were had as to whether AI can help plug talent gaps, all it means is that boring, outdated data-entry tasks will be taken over by machines and allow the next generation of the workforce to focus on greater value-add work that will lead to increased efficiency for themselves and the company they work for.
5. Now is the greatest time to be in procurement
In comedian and host of DPW Amsterdam Andrew Moskos’ opening speech he reflected on procurement’s evolution and transformation. “Procurement used to be boring but now we’re all rockstars. We run the company, we’re in the c-suite, we run ESG, sustainability, risk, and 80% of the spend of a company goes through us.” It was quite the welcome – and set the tone for the subsequent two days.
With an unprecedented amount of innovation at a practitioner’s fingertips in today’s ever-evolving and transformative world, the future is what procurement makes it. Gone are the days of procurement being some boring back-office function hidden out of sight, the industry has had a sudden injection of life via digitalisation.
Matthias Gutzmann, Founder of DPW, exclusively told us: “It’s the best time to be in procurement. It’s the most exciting era to be in procurement and supply chain so it’s an amazing time that we need to celebrate and get loud about it.”
Michael van Keulen, CPO at Coupa, discusses the emergence of gen AI and whether procurement is in a golden era amid technology transformation.
SHARE THIS STORY
Generative AI, or gen AI for short, is one of the hottest topics in procurement today.
Indeed, the introduction of ChatGPT has only accelerated its prominence into wider consumption. Gen AI allows its users to quickly generate new content based on inputs. These models could include text, images, sounds, animation, 3D models or other types of data. One of its biggest draws is the ability to understand different learning approaches and allows organisations to move quickly to leverage large quantities of data.
But despite obvious benefits such as time and cost, Michael van Keulen, Chief Procurement Officer at Coupa, stresses caution should be used particularly when it comes to valuable tasks. “If you look at ChatGPT, it’s fine if you’re looking for recommendations for something low-risk. I need something for my wife’s birthday next week, you input three things that she loves and ask it to help. It’s great,” he tells us. “But it comes from data sources on the web that aren’t always governed, controlled or trustworthy. It’s whatever is out there. What about the algorithms that come with ChatGPT? I don’t know what’s influencing the search criteria. On Google, if you pay you are at the top of the search bar. But I don’t know what ChatGPT is governed by.”
Van Keulen is a passionate and seasoned procurement evangelist with a comprehensive track record of driving value through business transformation at global companies. Since March 2020, van Keulen has been the Chief Procurement Officer at Coupa, a leader in cloud-based business spend management software, where he is responsible for driving best-in-class procurement practices across the company, supporting business development and being a source for peers looking to elevate and transform procurement. Van Keulen is especially passionate about building teams, driving value, organisational transformation, CSR, and diversity and inclusion.
CPOstrategy speaks with Michael van Keulen, CPO at Coupa, at DPW Amsterdam
The rise of AI
In the case of Coupa, the firm has been conducting its community.ai platform for the past decade which has been at the heart of the company’s strategy. Community.ai analyses real-time spend data, applies AI to compare company’s metrics against others and offers ways for organisations to be more efficient, profitable and sustainable. Van Keulen believes that the biggest difference between what Coupa offers and what gen AI provides is the trust factor.
“At Coupa, we measure information based on real spend, data and suppliers that are doing real business together – the internet isn’t doing that,” he discusses. “We’ve got nearly $5 trillion of spend under management from real transactions and real suppliers. That number continues to grow as customers and suppliers join the Coupa community. Pretty much all of our customers have trusted us with access to their sensitive data which we anonymize and then share back with the entire Community. As a member of the community I know I can trust it because it comes from a source that is reliable, sanitised, relevant and well-governed. As well, we have certain standards and algorithms that we built-in all based on outcomes that our customers are looking to receive.”
Van Keulen believes there is a misconception in procurement that ready-made data sets are out there that are capable of meeting customer requirements. “The truth is most tech companies out there today don’t have access to customer data because their customers won’t let that happen,” he explains. “But at Coupa, our customers have already given us access to their data. This means we now have a real, reliable, accessible, governed and structured data set that has been anonymized. When we then apply AI, you actually get prescriptions that are meaningful and relevant to procurement. I think the misconception is that this type of data set is easily found, but it’s not, we’ve been building this for over 10 years. There’s no other company out there that has the same level of spend data as Coupa.
“It’s the same as Google Maps. The only way that Google Maps works is because everybody uses it. It allows me to get from A to B to C to D, back to A in the quickest time and with the least amount of disruption. The only way that that works is because we’re all using it. And I look at AI no differently in spend as I do with AI in my private life.”
Michael van Keulen, CPO at Coupa
Bridging the talent gap via AI
The need for fresh talent in procurement has never been so important. Procurement, like many industries, is lacking a defined path to welcome the next generation of talent, a feeling which has only been amplified on the back of COVID-19. This means the need to find ways to meet that shortage head-on, whether that’s through education, an industry rebrand or via AI. In van Keulen’s mind, he believes developing the correct tech landscape could hold the key.
“I’ve actually said this for a while,” he explains. “For too long, we brought in super smart people and then we would let them work in some antiquated old-school ERP, in Excel and run RFPs in emails. Nobody wants that, especially the current workforce because they’re used to and have been raised with Amazon, they all have TikTok accounts and are used to all these other e-commerce websites which have very seamless systems. If they come into the workforce and I let them work in some outdated ERP environment with email as the means of communication, that talent is either going to leave procurement because they think it’s boring or they’re just going to leave the overall organisation and work somewhere else. We don’t want that to happen, so you need to have the right tech landscape in place.”
Once the strategy is formed, van Keulen explains that is where the fun of procurement begins. “Then procurement’s the coolest function in the world and we will close the talent gap,” he says. “The talent is out there, they’re just not coming to procurement. They’ll go to finance, marketing, legal or IT instead. If you execute procurement properly, it’s the best because you’re right at the heart of everything. But you need the right people, operating model and operationalisation of your procurement process as well as the right technology. You need all of those elements or it’s never going to work.”
The greatest time in procurement?
Given the disruptive nature of global challenges and its ripple effect on procurement and the supply chain over the past few years, organisations are increasingly waking up to the importance of developing greater strategic relationships with suppliers. COVID-19, inflation issues, natural disasters and wars have meant today’s CPOs have been forced to firefight and think more strategically than ever before. Van Keulen recognises the turbulent nature of recent years and believes major transformation is already underway in procurement. “Historically most executives in any company would pay very little attention to their supply chain,” he reveals. “Due to recent events, companies are realising that they need to be closer to their suppliers. Perhaps in the past, the CEO would only spend a small fraction of their time with suppliers but those metrics are changing rapidly.”
As the ground lies in procurement, some sections of the industry now believe it is the industry’s greatest era given the level of possibilities. Widely considered a back-office function tucked in a corner and working in a silo, procurement is a totally different beast in today’s world. For van Keulen, he likes the variety.
“I wear so many different hats every single day,” he explains. “I always say sometimes I’m an accountant, others I’m an environmentalist. Sometimes I’m the treasurer or a finance person, but I’m also sometimes a psychiatrist. Sometimes I’m a doctor, a nurse, a lawyer, a judge, an environmentalist and yes even a wizard. I never know what my day looks like. I can plan it, but something may happen where everything goes out the window. Procurement will always be going through some type of disruption and it’s about how you drive the competitive edge and how you drive value despite that. Procurement really is the best gig in the world and it’s great that more people have started to see that now too.”
Giorgio Sarno, Senior Data Scientist at Stratio, on how AI and ML can unlock data from both internal combustion and electric vehicles to reduce their carbon footprint and hasten the transition to zero-emission transport.
SHARE THIS STORY
A single bus journey pollutes 82% less than the same journey by car.
For this reason, a small decision like taking public transport instead of driving is a big step towards lowering emissions. If we then consider the significant reduction in greenhouse gas emissions that transport operators can achieve by implementing eco-driving solutions or by transitioning to electric vehicles, choosing the bus over personal vehicles becomes an even more sustainable choice. Transport operators are already moving in the right direction in terms of minimising the environmental impact of their services, and they’re doing so by leveraging vehicle data.
The bus is essentially a black box, where vehicle technical data is locked and remains largely inaccessible to transport operators. However, by automating the collection and analysis of this data, fleet managers can rely on artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) algorithms to implement a predictive maintenance approach. This means that vehicle sensor data can be turned into actionable insights to help reduce the carbon footprint of internal combustion engine (ICE) buses, hasten the transition to zero-emission transport, and minimise breakdowns and downtime, resulting in a more reliable public transport service.
Car vs Bus
With cars representing 72% of EU road transport emissions, it’s key to make public transport the preferred form of travel. However, in order to create a push towards shared mobility and leverage the environmental benefits of public transport, operators and public transport agencies need to ensure it can live up to the promise of reliability, getting passengers where they need to be, when they need to be there. To guarantee reliability, it is necessary to turn our attention back to the most crucial component of public transport: the vehicle.
AI predictive maintenance is like a digital stethoscope for buses, enabling operators to tune in to the state of health of their vehicles’ critical systems and components. By collecting the data from built-in vehicle sensors and analysing the patterns that indicate the condition of components, maintenance managers can leverage real-time, actionable insights to inform their decisions. AI can identify tricky faults that humans could overlook – tracing leaks in the compressed air system or the wear and tear of brake pads, for example.
With such a system in place, bus operators can depend on real-time monitoring to assess whether their vehicles’ brake pads need to be replaced, meaning that parts can be ordered in bulk and that maintenance can be scheduled during off-peak periods to avoid service disruptions. Maintenance and repairs can be scheduled automatically and more accurately, contributing to better fleet utilisation and cost savings. More importantly, by preventing equipment failure, vehicle breakdowns can be pre-empted to reduce downtime and protect both revenue and customer experience.
The data on equipment behaviour, failure modes, and degradation patterns can also inform asset management strategies, including engineering decisions related to repair, replacement, or refurbishment of components and systems. By extending the useful life of assets and maximising their performance, operators can minimise waste generation, reduce the need for new equipment production, and lower the environmental impact associated with resource extraction, manufacturing, and disposal.
Moreover, early identification of sub-optimal operating conditions enables engineers to fine-tune equipment settings, adjust operational parameters or identify faulty components, reducing energy consumption and resource waste. By optimising resource utilisation, operators can function at higher energy efficiency, reduce carbon emissions, and enhance the overall sustainability of their operations.
Curbing ICE emissions
Predictive maintenance solutions can also be used to inform eco-driving strategies to further reduce the carbon footprint of ICE bus road usage. By analysing driver patterns, optimal RPM and idling time, operators can implement strategies to lower fuel consumption and put in place a range of continuous improvement processes. Arriva Czech Republic has recorded a saving of 942 litres of diesel per vehicle per year using this approach. This equates to 2.6 tons of carbon dioxide emissions avoided per vehicle, per year.
Speeding the transition to EVs
For transport operators, new EV technology poses challenges as well as opportunities. It comes with new breakdown patterns and failure modes and requires a new knowledge-set to minimise life cycle costs and optimise battery maintenance and route management. Additionally, the greater up front, maintenance and infrastructure costs of the transition mean that operators must have a detailed strategy in place to minimise the impact of the shift on their bottom line.
Just as with their ICE counterparts, by combining the granular collection of vehicle data and large-scale data processing with autonomous AI systems, public transport operators can gain valuable insights from the new EV data they have access to, creating a continuous feedback loop that constantly increases the ways in which data can be leveraged. The performance, faults, and range of EVs can be analysed and used to inform the planning of smooth, efficient, and profitable operations.
Predictive battery analytics for example can provide an accurate, comprehensive view of the battery health evolution of an EV bus, allowing for effective route planning and charging requirements, as well as usage optimisation metrics to extend the lifespan of the vehicles. This is crucial given the high proportion of the overall cost of an electric bus that the battery represents. By leveraging State of Charge (SoC) and Depth of Discharge (DoD) data, fleet managers can understand if the operation profile can be changed to maximise battery life, reducing the total cost of ownership of electric buses. This type of analysis is fundamental for an operationally successful and profitable EV fleet deployment.
The future of AI and ML for public transport
By onboarding next-gen AI and ML predictive maintenance technology, the future of sustainable, affordable, and highly efficient public transport is promising. The actionable insights on potential component failures, fuel consumption and operational efficiency offer full control over the health of both ICE and electric buses. This can be harnessed to enhance reliability, encourage passengers to move away from private car usage, curb emissions and wastage through inefficient driving and maintenance strategies, and pave the way for a smoother and faster transition to EV usage.
AI is constantly learning, picking up data about different categories of vehicle and enabling fine tuning for improved operations. It is a system that will keep on growing with huge benefits and impact, contributing to the goals of sustainable and reliable public transport. With some operators already implementing predictive maintenance, the approach will become more ubiquitous in 2023 and beyond, representing the new frontier when it comes to smoother, more efficient and environmentally friendly operations.
Matthias Gutzmann, Founder of DPW Amsterdam, discusses the conference’s rise to prominence, reflects on challenges and reveals future plans.
SHARE THIS STORY
“Our challenge is always around asking ourselves how can we make DPW Amsterdam better every year?”
It’s fair to say Matthias Gutzmann, Founder and CEO of DPW Amsterdam, doesn’t believe in standing still and resting on his laurels.
Since launching DPW in 2019, the conference has grown from strength to strength and is now widely regarded as the biggest and most influential tech event in procurement and supply chain on the planet. And despite welcoming over 1,250 procurement professionals with more than 2,500 virtual attendees watching along at home in its 2023 edition in October, Gutzmann is eyeing continuous improvement.
In 2018, Gutzmann was researching procurement conferences to showcase his then-employer, Vizibl, a startup. He was frustrated by the options. The existing conferences were prohibitively expensive for a limited startup budget, lacked investors, and failed to attract an audience of startup businesses, which is critical for the development of digital capabilities and to drive innovation. Identifying this gap in the market, Gutzmann left his job in New York, moved into his parents’ house in Germany, and invested his entire personal savings to launch DPW Amsterdam.
“As soon as one conference finishes, we’re already thinking about the next one,” he explains. “We all sit down and think about how we can improve the experience and what new technologies we can bring in next time. It really is a 12-month process to bring it all together.”
Bringing DPW to life
Held at the former stock exchange building, the Beurs van Berlage in Amsterdam, this year’s theme was “Make Tech Work” which focused on turning digital aspirations into a reality. There was a deep dive into discussions surrounding AI and machine learning in procurement, digital transformation strategies, sustainable procurement, supplier collaboration, risk management as well as innovation and disruption. The two-day event was centred on ensuring the vision of digital procurement happens now and how organisations can be challenged to deliver results instantly instead of only concepts and theories.
Despite significant success, Gutzmann maintains that there are some difficult aspects to get right in order to make the magic happen on the day. DPW Amsterdam builds client booths themselves instead of allowing sponsors to bring them themselves. “That’s a massive undertaking to get this done because we need all the design elements from the sponsors,” he says. “It’s that quality standard but we know it comes with more work instead of just allowing people to bring their own stuff. We have Simone Heeremans, Head of Production, who is amazing and oversees logistics such as catering to the suppliers.
“There is also the sales part of the conference which is selling the tickets and sponsorships. We have created this pull for the conference that we didn’t need to build a proper sales team around it. That said, there’s always a stress factor to get the numbers we want every year and grow it. So far, so good.”
The uniqueness of the conference, the problem it solves, and the timing of the launch in 2019 were the basis for today’s success and fast growth.
WHAT MAKES DPW AMSTERDAM SO UNIQUE?
Matthias Gutzmann:
1. THE AUDIENCE
Traditional procurement conferences only attract procurement professionals. But, DPW Amsterdam recognised the need for breaking this silo and for more collaboration in order to harness the potential of new digital technology, targeting an audience of procurement professionals, business leaders, suppliers, startups, data scientists, investors, and young talents No other procurement conference brings this variety of people together.
2. WORLD’S BIGGEST STAGE FOR PROCUREMENT STARTUPS
DPW Amsterdam is built to bring startups into the procurement ecosystem. In 2023, we displayed over 50 startups, giving delegates a unique insight into procurement innovation.
3. ATTENDEE EXPERIENCE I always thought procurement events felt boring – and I felt lost in a sea of guys wearing suits and ties. So, at DPW, our goal is to make procurement cool and sexy. Not an easy feat, I know. Our dress code at DPW Amsterdam is strictly “startup casual.” You’ll see t-shirts, hoodies, and sneakers from attendees, exhibitors, sponsors, and speakers alike. This dress code embodies our entrepreneurial spirit. But it also breaks down barriers– and levels the playing field between big-shot enterprise CPOs and 20-something startup founders.
Better than ever
A large focus for Gutzmann and his team has been tweaking the formula of the virtual experience. Due to the impact of COVID-19, DPW was forced to cancel its 2020 conference before offering a virtual-only event in 2021. The experience, although different, was praised for its ‘TV feel’ and still created a buzz for those watching at home. However, with day-to-day life returning to a new normal, DPW Amsterdam reverted to an in-person conference in 2022 but offered a hybrid solution for those keen to watch the action from afar. “There wasn’t really anything special about it,” he discusses. “If you run an eight-hour live stream from only one stage, you aren’t likely to keep people watching. That’s why this year we asked ourselves: what can we do to increase the virtual experience? So we did just that.”
This year, Gutzmann and his team set about creating a pop-up broadcast studio to generate a television feel with live coverage from podcaster and host of Let’s Talk Supply Chain Sarah Barnes-Humphrey, as well as a reporter conducting interviews on the expo floor. “Now we’ve got cameras moving around which helps bring the whole conference to life,” explains Gutzmann. “We’ve really ramped it up this year and turned it into a large production.”
Up until this point, DPW has run solely in Amsterdam which Gutzmann believes has acted as his organisation’s competitive advantage. It is this approach that has enabled DPW to allow it to reach the level it is today. Hosted at the Beurs van Berlage, Gutzmann is full of admiration for the historic building which was built in 1896. According to Gutzmann, he believes it is what sets DPW Amsterdam apart from other conferences operating in the space.
“We love it here, it’s unique and I feel it’s a key part of the experience,” he says. “But we’re becoming bigger and we might need to build something completely from scratch. Every year, we think about how we can do things differently. I don’t know if bigger is necessarily better, it’s also about the quality of the solutions we bring in. My goal is to map out the entire end-to-end tech ecosystem and bring in that diversity of solutions.”
Bright future
Procurement, like many industries, is suffering from a talent shortage. The need to find ways to plug that gap, whether that’s through education, industry rebrand or AI, has never been so crucial. With an eye on the future, Gutzmann believes in procurement’s workforce of tomorrow and gave out around 100 free student passes this year. “When we talk to CPOs everyone’s talking about talent shortages so we understand the need to bring in that next generation and show them that procurement could be the way forward for them,” he says. “I think in the context of digital, who better to do digital than the next generation? They are more tech savvy so we need them and it’s a great opportunity for both sides because they can meet CPOs and it’s also becoming a place for recruitment too. We are doubling down on young talent 100% and it’s a win-win.”
Gutzmann is candid about the future of DPW Amsterdam and is always open to feedback while striving for continuous improvement. He believes in the value of innovation and shaking things up in order to best meet attendee’s needs. “I always think we can always bring in new speakers, but this year’s agenda was incredibly strong,” he discusses. “It’s really about listening to the people. Ultimately how can we be more relevant around the solutions as well here? How can we better matchmake people? I was wondering about how we can work pre-event with some of the corporate attendees that are coming to the conference around mapping out their challenges to then have more meaningful matchmaking at the event because it’s an innovation showcase here as well. There’s more value to be had but we know that also comes with more work. There’s always more we can think about.”
With an unprecedented amount of technology at procurement’s fingertips today, Gutzmann is in no uncertain terms about what the next chapter of the space holds. “It’s the best time to be in procurement,” he explains. “It’s the most exciting era to be in procurement and supply chain. We need to get loud about it and celebrate that fact.”
CPOstrategy examines why replacing legacy systems could hold the key in procurement to achieve long-term success.
SHARE THIS STORY
As technology evolves, modernising legacy systems in procurement becomes essential.
Change management is never straightforward or linear. Indeed, legacy systems are familiar to an organisation and the workforce might be reluctant to embrace a new way of working, or at least at the very beginning.
But how much damage is clinging to outdated processes doing to an organisation?
Replacing legacy systems
“For many organisations, legacy systems are seen as holding back the business initiatives and business processes that rely on them,” according to Stefan Van Der Zijden, VP Analyst at Gartner. “When a tipping point is reached, application leaders must look to application modernisation to help remove the obstacles.”
People often like their routines and a preferred methodology of how something is completed. This can lead to pushback from the workforce about the purpose of ‘fixing something if it isn’t broken.’ And the point of change for the sake of change is a valid one, up until an alternative which is going to demonstrate tangible benefits. The truth is that most legacy systems don’t allow for growth with older technology often not able to interact with newer systems and processes. In ‘7 options to modernise legacy systems’, Gartner pointed out six main drivers of application modernisation with three from a business sense and three from an IT perspective.
These are business fit, value and agility as well as cost, complexity and risk. If a legacy application isn’t meeting new requirements needed by a digital business, it needs to be modernised to fit properly and should be enhanced to offer greater value to the business. Without agility, a digital business will struggle to keep pace with the latest trends or craze and put the organisation at risk of falling behind competitors. Whereas from an IT side, if the total cost of ownership is too high or if the technology is too difficult to use, then modernising could be vital.
Overcoming resistance to change
Ultimately, change management is an essential component of any Chief Procurement Officer’s role. It can range from a small swap, such as a change of supplier, to wide-scale amendments such as altering the way goods and services are acquired or implementing a procurement or software transformation. According to data from group purchasing firm Una, 70% of change management efforts fail. In order to combat this, there are three key steps to overcoming resistance to change. These are engagement, managing resistance and not neglecting training.
Market disruptions, evolving customer demands and the necessity for a digital landscape has forced businesses’ hands. They are now faced with the task of completing legacy modernisation as a matter of urgency to deliver innovative products and services quickly and efficiently. Failure to do so could lead to being reactive instead of proactive – a risk that in today’s fast paced and ever-changing world that should be taken with caution.
Erik Oberländer (DE), Manager, Procurement Advisory, PwC, discusses how to combat inflation and maximise savings through game theory.
SHARE THIS STORY
Material scarcity, rising inflation, exploding energy prices, and an unstable geopolitical situation pose procurement challenges like never before.
The right negotiation strategy is not only essential for companies to achieve cost savings but is also absolutely vital for survival.
In the current market situation, securing material availability often takes top priority. In this case, negotiations with suppliers must be based on partnership and close cooperation. On the other hand, if contract volumes have been awarded in competition between multiple suppliers with a high degree of shiftability, the use of game theory should be considered.
But what does the game-theoretical negotiation approach look like? In a classic bilateral negotiation, the focus is on convincing the other party with the right strategy and tactics, a convincing storyline, and compelling arguments for one’s own position. In contrast, the game-theoretical approach involves developing a bidding mechanism that maximises the competitive dynamics between suppliers. The design of the bidding mechanisms is based on insights from numerous scientific theories.
In fact, since the 1990s, several Nobel Prizes in Economics have awarded in the field of game theory. This scientific approach opens up new perspectives in complex negotiations and makes it possible to forecast how people tend to behave. In strategic procurement, many companies use game theory in bids and negotiations. After realising unimaginable savings results, procurement teams are electrified and absolutely convinced of the effectiveness of game theory.
Game theory in procurement
The two most relevant and commonly used bidding mechanisms in procurement auctions are the Dutch (ascending bid increments) and English auction (descending bid increments). In combination with other elements, such as qualification and ranking rounds, they can maximise competitive pressure through credible market transparency.
However, when developing any game-theory-optimised bidding mechanism, many questions should be asked. For example: How should the lots be formed to create the greatest possible competitive pressure? What decision will a supplier make if it is assumed that they want to maximise their own benefit – and how do you optimise the bidding design to take this into account? With what bidding design can you put the best suppliers under pressure?
These criteria are met:
Game theory is fascinating – with demonstrable successes that cannot be achieved through classic negotiations, with the consistency and “purity” of its systematics, and with the surprising realisation that some game-theoretical approaches have been intuitively and unconsciously used to increase strategic competition and minimise risk aversion.
Many procurement teams believe this approach only applies to certain categories of goods. This is a misconception. Generally, only three criteria will be met. We call them the 3Cs:
•Comparability: All relevant decision parameters will be taken into account and is monetised through a bonus-malus evaluation. The offers of participating suppliers are comparable, and award decision is based on total cost of ownership.
•Commitment: The award decision is completely open. All participating suppliers are released by the department, and all cross-functions can win the contract on their own. In addition, it is clearly communicated that there will be no renegotiations or vetoes in further procurement committees.
•Competition: There must be more than one supplier interested in the scope of the award. Only this way can a competitive situation be created that is maximised with the help of a tailored award design. The right incentives for suppliers must be identified, and the appropriate signals set.
Possibly, not all of these criteria are met at the beginning of the project, but they can be developed together in cross-functional teams (consisting of colleagues from procurement, engineering, quality, logistics, and sales).
How the award is carried out:
Once the 3Cs are met, suppliers must be prepared for the award event. In transparent communication, the mechanism and rules are explained, and any uncertainties are clarified. No supplier should be unsettled, because only if the supplier has fully understood the mechanism, can he behave optimally, and the award mechanism can achieve its full effect.
The award day is then carried out with suppliers on-site or virtually via eAuction tools. Especially for larger award volumes, it is advantageous to have suppliers on-site, as signals are also sent to suppliers between rounds. In addition, you can literally feel the tension level and adjust the bid steps accordingly.
Virtual implementation facilitates the scaling of the approach with multiple providers. Smaller award volumes are carried out quickly and without great coordination effort. The selection of the appropriate tool provider is crucial. Not all tools can map more complex award mechanisms and adapts to specific individual starting situations.
Here are the first steps:
It must always be considered that game theory is a complex science and cannot be simply applied. The preparation time for the design of award strategies is often underestimated and set too low. To become a good game theorist, it is not enough to attend a weekend course or read a book. In fact, the unprofessional application of game theory can do more harm than good. Therefore, it is strongly recommended to be accompanied by a coach during the first use – only with this expertise are amazing negotiation results possible.
It is not always easy to delegate final decision-making authority to a mechanism, but it is worth it. Successful awards can ignite the fire in procurement teams. It is important to generate maximum enthusiasm, support cross-functional cooperation, and institutionalise negotiating skills in procurement teams.
By Erik Oberländer (DE), Manager, Procurement Advisory, PwC
CPOstrategy compiles five ways that ChatGPT can transform procurement amid the rise of generative AI in the space.
SHARE THIS STORY
ChatGPT is seen by many as a catalyst for the next wave of technology transformation.
The technology, which was developed by OpenAI, has quickly become the buzzword of the year and one of the hottest topics on the c-suite agenda.
And its promise extends to procurement – an industry that relies heavily on the need for achieving efficiency, transparency and cost savings. Having already made its mark on a variety of industries already, procurement hopes that by embracing ChatGPT it will allow teams to make greater strategic decision-making to drive long-term value.
Here are five ways ChatGPT can transform procurement.
1. Rapid research
Through ChatGPT, time-consuming and cumbersome tasks such as research can now be completed almost instantly. Generative AI tools such as ChatGPT can analyse significant amounts of data and provide insights on market fluctuations while also searching for new suppliers, products and capabilities to secure better deals.
2. Automated procurement processes
ChatGPT can be used to discover patterns and identify trends which will allow procurement teams to make data-driven forecasts. Through leveraging predictive analytics, organisations can anticipate demand, optimise inventory levels and manage their supply chain more effectively.
3. Easier communication with suppliers
Tools such as ChatGPT can improve supplier performance tracking through automating data collection and analysis. Its focus on cooperation and transparency throughout the procurement process allows for stronger supplier relationships and more innovative thinking.
4. Enhanced risk management
A major benefit of generative AI in procurement is improved risk management and the ability to foresee potential dangers. Through identifying potential hazards such as financial instability among suppliers or non-compliance with procurement processes, ChatGPT can help businesses manage and reduce risks.
5. Cost savings and increased efficiency
ChatGPT can help organisations to save costs by automating operations, increasing stakeholder participation and allowing real-time data analysis. By reducing the amount of time and effort for tasks like evaluating bids and selecting a vendor, ChatGPT could shake up the procurement process immeasurably.
At DPW Amsterdam, Gregor Stühler, CEO and Co-founder of Scoutbee, and Karin Hagen-Gierer, CPO and Strategic Advisor at Scoutbee, discusses the rise of chatbots and their influence in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
Scoutbee was created with the idea of improving supply chain resilience through AI and big data to transform the way organisations use supplier data to discover and connect with suppliers.
The company, which was founded in 2015, offers an AI-powered Scoutbee Intelligence Platform (SIP) which uses graph technology and predictive and prescriptive analytics to deliver holistic supplier visibility that helps procurement make confident supplier decisions, drive cross-functional efficiency and optimise existing technology investments.
Scoutbee’s AI-driven data foundation connects teams to any data point, internal, external, third-party and more, as well as any data combination necessary to orchestrate a resilient, competitive and sustainable supply base.
Gregor Stühler is the CEO and Co-founder at Scoutbee. He believes that waiting to invest in AI tools and underlying data training will be companies’ greatest sustainable disadvantage of the next decade. “AI is not an off-the-shelf product, so you can’t buy AI unless it’s a pre-trained AI on a specific use case but then it’s not a competitive edge,” he tells us.
“A competitive edge only emerges when you have a clear use case and training on top of that. The companies that start using those AI solutions sooner with their data have much better training in place. As a result, they’ll always be ahead of the game quite significantly. Companies that use off-the-shelf AI products will do well, but the ones that actually take it meaningfully and start trading on their own use case and their own data will be the ones that will be accelerating.”
Gregor Stühler, CEO and Co-founder and Karin Hagen-Gierer, CPO and Strategic Advisor, at Scoutbee
AI – Changing the game?
Karin Hagen-Gierer is CPO and Strategic Advisor at Scoutbee. She explains that there are a multitude of ways in which tools such as generative AI are having an impact on procurement to change the game.
“AI is great to help with mundane and boring tasks,” she discusses. “It can help us with vendor requests that come in and can be appropriately channelled. It can help your colleagues to navigate procurement. When they have questions, they can interact with a chat solution and be guided in a much better way to find what they want much quicker. I think if we look at how it can enhance our teams’ effectiveness, it is really in market analytics, supplier searches, supplier evaluations, and ChatGPT that could help us broaden the spectrum. If you then look to more tailored solutions like Scoutbee then it’s a very different ball game that procurement professionals have at their fingertips. I’m noticing a drive on both efficiency and effectiveness in this space.”
Despite AI’s draws, Stühler is well aware of the challenges and hesitations around digital technology. As far as he is concerned, there are two waves of generative AI to be aware of. “Wave one is about having a prompt and how tools such as ChatGPT can help with that,” he says. “For example, what are 10 RFI questions for aluminium cans?
“Wave two is where I merge and synthesise all of my data into our large language model and it has reasoning to drive decision-making and scenario planning. You do have to be careful though because you have to give the system all your critical data but you don’t want to input this into an open model. This means the use case has to be that you deploy a large language model in your own infrastructure, and own your own graphic card that will never actually leave your organisation.
Gregor Stühler, CEO and Co-founder at Scoutbee
“This is the biggest concern that we’re seeing because ChatGPT has brought a lot of progress but also a lot of questions. Now, when people hear that we want them to merge their data into a large language model that’s completely private, we’re met with some resistance when we explain to them that their large language model is running on their very own graphics card that we don’t have access to. That tends to give them more comfort to put their data into it,” he continues.
Stühler adds that he believes there are some misconceptions around ChatGPT and the nature of how accurate the data it provides actually is. As is the case with any new technology, these things take time. “It’s always the same. It happened with electric cars, nobody thought that would solve the battery issue,” he discusses. “I think we are right at the peak of the hype cycle when it comes to those things and people have figured out what they can use it for. With wave one of generative AI, it is fine to have hallucinations of the model and if something is spat out that is not supported by the input.
“But by the second use case, hallucinations are not okay anymore because it’s working with accurate data and should not come up with some imaginary creative answers. It should be always supported by the data that is put in. This is very important that people understand that if you train the model and if you have the right setting, those hallucinations will go away and you can actually have a setting where the output of the model is 100% accurate,” he further emphasises.
Procurement’s potential
According to Karin Hagen-Gierer, there is an incredible opportunity to create value in procurement today. Following unprecedented global challenges over the past few years, CPOs have never been in the boardroom so often – something she’s keen to stress.
“The value of procurement through crisis has been proven,” she says. “We tend to say, it’s not a core business, but very often if things don’t go right, it becomes core very quickly and you are in the CEO’s office more than you might like. It’s the breadth of the role that allows to drive value: You impact the P/L impact, topline, and the ESG agenda to name a few. But then there is a need to future-proof your team’s skill set around how you can drive more impact from being more effective in the respective tool sets you’re using, the questions you’re able to solve solutions for. Additionally, you have to work on improving your efficiencies. Teams are not getting bigger, so you need to be enabled in a very different way to really drive all this value.”
Karin Hagen-Gierer, CPO and Strategic Advisor at Scoutbee
Stühler reflects on the past and admires the transformation procurement has undergone in the past decade since he joined the industry. “I came to procurement in 2012 and even then I remember this function being solely responsible for paying invoices and calling trucks to arrive sooner – at first glance,” he says. “Combined with the crises that now happened over the last couple of years, post-Covid has proven procurement’s value – and the impact organisations such as Scoutbee can make.
“I think two key things will happen in the future. Firstly, the tech landscape is exploding so quickly that there must be a consolidation that will happen. Secondly, when it comes to generative AI I think those pragmatic use cases will become the new normal. ChatGPT will be like Google today to get insights. Generative AI and large language models will get increasingly powerful over time and will help if you feed it the right data and connect it to different data streams that you have internally. It can become this true copilot and help you with complex scenario planning and make you aware of weak spots in your supply base while helping you to strategically take the right steps. The future is exciting,” he concludes.
Stefan Dent, co-founder at Simfoni, and Richard Martin, CEO at Thinking Machine, discuss the power of data in procurement and the future of AI.
SHARE THIS STORY
“See spend differently”.
Simfoni is revolutionising how businesses spend their money – via data. In today’s ever-changing world, everything is underpinned by data at Simfoni.
Founded in 2015, Simfoni is a leading provider of spend analytics, Tail Spend and eSourcing solutions to global businesses. Simfoni’s platform utilises machine learning and AI to accelerate and automate key parts of the procurement process which saves time and money while creating a pathway for supply chain sustainability. Its solution quickly distils and organises complex spend data to help discover opportunities and savings. It also gets up and running in days with an on-demand spend automation solution.
Indeed, Simfoni aims to take the hassle out of procurement through its automated, fluid platform that offers a unique pay-as-you-save pricing model which reduces barriers to technology adoption. Through fused revolutionary technology with AI-enabled content and deep expertise to automate, streamline and simplify procurement. Simfoni’s composable platform provides a selection of advanced automation modules that help customers sky-rocket savings and achieve sustainability objectives.
Stefan Dent, co-founder, Simfoni
Stefan Dent co-founded Simfoni and now serves as Chief Strategy Officer. He tells us his organisation was created ‘with a purpose to be different’. “A lot of customers have been working on full suite solutions for some time, which was seen as a sort of panacea for all ills that would solve everything,” says Dent. “It solved some areas such as direct spend, but these are large, mega expensive solutions that aren’t particularly agile. Ultimately, we came up with our own solution which is purposely different. We launched as a composable, agile solution that works with existing systems to boos ROI on tech spend. We apply next-gen technology to procurement that democratizes access to digital procurement tools – opening-up digital solutions to organizations of any size and across any sector. It means we can open our solution up to the masses and not just for large organisations.”
Relationship with Thinking Machine
Simfoni is powered by analytics. Its analytics solution informs spend, as well as watching how change is measured and performance is tracked over time. Now eight years old, Simfoni has fostered alliances with several younger companies offering specialist tools which have been embedded within the Simfoni platform. One such company is Thinking Machine, led by CEO and Founder Richard Martin.
Thinking Machine was founded in 2019 by Martin after he discovered the industry needed to find a better use of data to address ‘complex spend’ such as in Telecoms where you have multiple vendors, manual and frequent billing, changing tariffs and users. Martin explains that he witnessed all types of companies going through the same problems instead of only large companies. “Thinking Machine was developed as a way to give customers a single source of revenue across all services, pricing and demand but in a way that can be done at the very lowest level,” says Martin. “We would take all that complexity and be able to roll it up into actionable evidence that could be reconciled against their top-level financial numbers. It gives procurement directors the tools they need to actually be in the driver’s seat when it comes to their procurement operations.”
Developing key, strategic relationships with partners that can be depended on is an essential component to the success of any long-term business relationship. Simfoni relies on Thinking Machine to help manage its load and enable customers to go deep with Thinking Machine to extract even more value from their data. “We offer our clients the opportunity to go deep within certain domains,” discusses Dent. “We can then bring in Thinking Machine to help extract even more value from the data on complex spend.
Stefan Dent and Richard Martin speaking to CPOstrategy at DPW Amsterdam
“Thinking Machine’s application will ingest a large quantum of complex data. Their tools work like magic and allows data to be put into a readable format so they can make sense of the actual spend and quickly identify optimisation opportunities. This is part of our philosophy to work with niche technology partners because we shouldn’t do everything, so we need to put our resources where it counts. Resources like Thinking Machine work well by plugging into us, which means we offer incremental value to our clients without them going to market separately.
“It can also be very hard for a young company to work with large corporates because they’re untried or untrusted. This means for a company like Thinking Machine to connect with Simfoni is a win-win for everyone.”
Procurement’s bright future
Given the space procurement finds itself in today, the future is set to continue to be transformative. For Martin, he believes the introduction and influence of generative AI tools will help meet challenges in procurement head-on. “For the first time you see how it’s actually possible to be a unicorn with a 10-person team,” he explains. “The scales of efficiency are just out of this world. In terms of the procuretech industry, I think we’ve had a problem for a while now because there’s been all these best-of-breed solutions that are doing bits and pieces but is very difficult to stitch together into one cohesive platform that customers can make use of without having to know how to use 50 different tools.
“I think Gen AI offers a path to helping to smooth over some of those challenges and figuring out how to bring these things together. I think enterprises are going to start finding a lot more value in having all these best-of-breed solutions, such as Thinking Machine and Simfoni, while being able to use AI as a way to put this together into more of a single common layer that they can access. It is a very exciting time.”
For much of the past decade, Dent explains that he has believed that machines will take over mundane and outdated ways of working. Now, with the influence of tools such as Open AI’s ChatGPT, that digital future has only been accelerated and change the workforce of tomorrow. “Most CPOs of today are saying they need more headcount but I think they will soon be thinking very differently,” he discusses. “We predicted some time ago that Procurement departments will get smaller in headcount, maybe by even up to 50%. The procurement function of the future will be a lot smaller, leaner, and meaner. Procurement teams will be more intelligent and strategic, in terms of both the people employed, and the digital tools used to manage spend.”
While Dent believes AI and machines won’t replace every human in procurement, it will mean forward-thinking teams need to embrace new technology with humans taking on higher-value roles. “The shape and structure of the modern procurement function will change quite dramatically, and people will need to upskill,” he discusses. “A lot of the work will be taken over by the machine eventually either 20%, 50%, and then a hundred percent. But the human needs to have that in mind and then plan for that next three to five years. The procurement function of the future will be smaller, and they should purposely be doing that, to then look at solutions to find a way to enable it to happen naturally.
“This is arguably the best time for people to join procurement, as you’ve got this great opportunity to embrace digital and make it happen. Young people can question ‘Well, why can’t it be done by a machine?’ They’re coming in with that mindset, as opposed to fighting being replaced by a machine. I think for graduates coming into procurement, they’ve got the opportunity to play with digital and change the status quo which is a wonderful thing.”
Procurement is one of the leading industries when it comes to embracing new solutions and ways of working. The space is waking up to the massive value that can be created through autonomous negotiations. And making a name for itself in the procuretech ecosystem is Pactum.
Pactum is an AI-based system that helps global companies to automatically offer personalised, commercial negotiations on a significant scale. The system adds value and saves time for both the Pactum client and their negotiation partner by aligning values to determine win-win agreements via easy-to-use chat interface that implements best-practice negotiation strategies.
Scott Mars has been the Global Vice President of Sales at Pactum AI since December 2022. He explains that his organisation is always striving to grow and expand its service offering. “At Pactum AI, we’re defining the space,” explains Mars. “We’re a creator for autonomous negotiations, we work with some of the world’s largest organisations and we’re really looking to expand the pie. The name Pactum originates from the Latin definition of an informal agreement between two parties. We can do up to 10,000 negotiations at once and unlock hundreds of millions of dollars of savings for our clients. We’re typically looking at tail-end suppliers and tail-end spending that no one’s touching. In many cases, that represents 80% of the negotiations.”
Exponential savings
Mars highlights a recent example of incredible savings achieved through Pactum AI’s solutions in a short space of time. Recently, Pactum worked with a travel and leisure firm in the UK to introduce its autonomous procurement solution. “We conducted a very brief implementation over two weeks, which led to a much larger enterprise rollout,” he discusses. “The CPO was actually on holiday while we implemented the autonomous procurement solution with his team. This involved optimizing payment terms with some of his long-tail suppliers.
“When he got back from holiday, there were 50 DocuSigns sitting in his emails, all related to extending payment terms. Many of them were remarkable successes, resulting in an average extension of negotiated payment days by more than 30 days and a 3% average gain from negotiated discounts and discount periods. This means we secured an average discount of 3% on each invoice when paid within the agreed-upon discount term. Our unwavering commitment to enhancing overall value not only positively impacts our clients but also extends to their suppliers, creating a win-win scenario for all involved.”
With AI having such a transformative effect on procurement, achieving efficiency and cost-effectiveness is more streamlined than ever through digital tools. But being alert to new threats, particularly in a space that is so open to innovation, does bring data security concerns. Mars recognises the challenge of cybersecurity and affirms Pactum ensures the safety and confidentiality of sensitive procurement data remains secure in chatbot interactions.
Digital future
“Everything is hosted in a private cloud, so each customer has a private instance. It means all of our data is secure from a generative AI perspective,” he tells us. “Large language models (LLMs) are great, they’re creative but they have their problems which means we’re only using safe LLMs. All of our negotiation design is kept in-house, and we use rule-based explainable AI which means all the data is secure per each customer. We have the largest repository of behavioural science, so those learnings are shared across our customer base, but all the customer data and all their negotiations are private to each customer.”
Looking ahead, Mars is excited about procurement’s digital future and explains Pactum AI’s vision is to transform global commerce. “At the moment, we’re only doing buying, but we are looking to move into the sales side as well,” he discusses. “Large companies have a huge footprint. For example, the Fortune 500 is 66% of the US economy. The plan is for us to move into selling which will give us the scale to transform global commerce. It’s definitely a grand vision, but we do feel that we’ll move from buying into selling and transform global commerce.”
For procurement generally, Mars is adamant that the space is in its “golden age” with the magnitude of vendors within the procuretech ecosystem hitting unprecedented numbers. “I was speaking with a CPO recently and he said 10 years ago you could name the procure to pay and ERP vendors on one hand, now there’s hundreds of them and all these periphery vendors for AI and spend,” he reveals. “The most visionary procurement leaders aren’t just looking at these all-encompassing solutions, they’re bolting on niche solutions into their ecosystems to make their teams more efficient. I think we’ll start to see a consolidation in the coming years of all these little companies into a few larger players to do really an end-to-end type solution. I expect someone to come up with a solution to close the loop in procurement.”
Shaz Khan, CEO of Vroozi, discusses why AI is the great equaliser for companies to optimise procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s ever-evolving business landscape, companies are facing a multitude of challenges when it comes to managing and controlling their spending. From global supply chain disruptions, outdated technology solutions, labor shortages and much more, these challenges have an immense impact on a company’s financial health and overall efficiency. Additionally, procurement teams are regularly tasked with new responsibilities beyond spend management and purchasing, such as managing supplier risk, building, and implementing CSG and ESG initiatives, studying economic trends to determine price elasticity, finding new sources of supply, and cleaning up disparate and dirty data. Yet most companies simply do not have the human capital or bandwidth to execute these areas with quality and control.
When it comes to bridging the gap between the obligations that procurement teams are tasked with and efficiently executing on these tasks, AI may be the great equaliser to help solve these problems. While AI has turned into somewhat of a buzzword in today’s market, there’s no doubt that the technology has powerful capabilities to truly transform procurement in the foreseeable future. For those changes to take place, it is important for procurement professionals to continue to articulate the problems they are facing on a daily basis, as this will force the industry to evolve and adopt the proper solutions for better business outcomes.
Shaz Khan, CEO and co-founder, Vroozi
The problems: Unchecked spending, outdated tech, and lack of governance
Irresponsible spending can wreak havoc on a company’s financial well-being. With non-managed indirect and direct spend categories, companies experience up to a 40% increase in costs, consequently eroding their gross margins and increasing operating expenses. This usually stems from lack of visibility into non-payroll spend categories, combined with old and antiquated technology solutions within enterprise infrastructure that makes it difficult to extract data, analyse spending patterns, and generate meaningful reports on total addressable spend (sound familiar?). Poor data quality and the need for data cleansing can impede effective spending management, leading to faulty decision-making that hinders procurement efforts.
Unchecked spending can also foster a culture of mistrust and overall decreased morale among employees. When employees perceive that their hard work and dedication are being undermined by wasteful spending practices, workers begin to feel disengaged — which leads to reduced productivity. When spending is not carefully managed, there is a risk that critical projects or departments may not receive the resources they need to thrive. This not only causes anxiety about the organisation’s financial health, but it also can lead to concerns about resource allocation and fairness. Therefore, it creates broader mistrust in organisational leadership.
One of the biggest culprits in inefficient spending management comes from a lack of visibility into supplier contracts, which stifles a company’s ability to identify cost-saving opportunities. Hidden fees, price escalations, and unexpected cost structures can be buried in supplier contracts. A lack of visibility can result in unexpected cost overruns, impacting the organisation’s budget and profitability. Departments may also struggle to fully understand the terms and conditions within these contracts, including performance expectations, delivery schedules, and penalty clauses. This lack of clarity can increase the risk of contract breaches, quality issues, or delivery delays.
The long-term benefits of incorporating AI into procurement
With more at stake within procurement departments than ever before, AI serves as a turbocharged catalyst for procurement teams to optimise their processes. Procurement leaders are increasingly delegated additional responsibilities and AI offers an invaluable assistant that can process, predict, and deliver information and outcomes without exhausting human resources. For example, predictive and smart reordering can keep items that require ongoing restocking on a regular purchasing cycle. AI can also help identify alternative sources or suppliers for this item that may offer additional cost-savings and attractive incentives. As this technology becomes increasingly more capable, it’ll save procurement departments hours of time — freeing up employee bandwidth to then focus on optimising supplier relationships and other strategic tasks.
Earlier, we discussed how unchecked spending leads to mistrust and disengagement within an organisation. AI can help re-establish morale and an engaged staff by gamifying the procurement process. For example, a company can create a scenario where employees and teams are rewarded with soft benefits for complying to procurement policies, reducing maverick spend, improving supplier relationships, or negotiating a new deal with a strategic supplier. These soft benefit rewards can be programmed into the system to track and signal when teams are hitting these goals. Gamification, particularly when entire teams are rewarded together, can foster camaraderie and a dynamic culture built around the thrill of victory, aligning employees with the company’s procurement strategies.
Ensuring a smooth transition to AI-driven procurement processes
When beginning the transition towards an AI-infused process, it requires an honest assessment of existing processes, data quality, and technology infrastructure to identify pain points and areas where AI can provide the most value. Integration will require some level of customization to meet the specific needs of your business, such as custom algorithms, workflows, or user interfaces. This is an ongoing process. Optimisation requires the continuous gathering of feedback from users and stakeholders to identify which areas are working well and which features need improving. Be prepared to adapt as you go along. AI is a rapidly evolving field, and we are in the very early stages of realising the true potential of this technology.
As the AI revolution takes place in procurement, employees need to be introduced to new technologies to understand the strengths and more importantly the limitations. However, when thinking of the big picture, Procurement teams must be prepared to upskill their talent pool and recruit new talent to maximise AI’s potential including investing in certifications in data science, cloud platforms, supply chain management, and data analytics. To reap the benefits of automation, data-driven insights, and enhanced decision-making, leadership requires teams that have skills to use and interpret AI tools effectively — particularly when it comes to data management. AI solutions rely heavily on data and procurement teams must know how to effectively manage this data, including data cleansing, integration, and analysis to ensure that the algorithms receive high-quality input data and large language models for accurate results and the promise of real predictive analytics.
The promise of a brighter future
This is also why collaboration between departments is essential. For AI technology to be implemented effectively, it requires synchronisation and cross-functional collaboration between IT, data science, corporate procurement, finance, and other departments. Companies that cultivate these collaborative ecosystems within their departments gain a strategic edge in terms of stability and future growth.
It’s important to note that while AI is a productivity and enablement tool, it is not a replacement for human intellect, willpower, and execution. Therefore, it’s essential to seek knowledge and expertise from insights from companies, networking groups, and individuals with practical experience in AI and GenAI capabilities. Remember, it’s important that you do not let AI drive your business, but rather let your business needs drive AI adoption. Define the specific problem that you aim to solve and determine if AI is the right tool to boost these areas.
Ultimately, the incorporation of AI into procurement processes holds the promise of a brighter, more efficient future for businesses. Procurement departments face many challenges but if they address these pain points with a strategic approach that involves the adoption of modern technology solutions while upskilling their workforce, businesses can expect to soon see enhanced visibility into their spending and gain a strategic edge in a competitive market. One thing is certain, AI will transform the procurement professional and function into a data analytics and supplier relationship mastermind.
ORO Labs has announced it has raised $34 million in Series B funding led by Felicis with participation from existing investors.
SHARE THIS STORY
ORO Labs has announced it has raised $34 million in Series B funding led by Felicis with participation from existing investors including Norwest Venture Partners, B Capital, and XYZ Venture Capital.
The move will see increased support for ORO Labs, which is a global SaaS provider and creator of the world’s foremost smart workflow orchestration platform for procurement, as it scales international and platform growth.
This latest round closes at the one-year milestone of ORO’s launch and the company’s November 2022 $25 million Series A, bringing total investment raised to $60 million.
ORO orchestrates company spend and supplier management across siloed systems and data to improve procurement workflows, increases visibility and makes it easier for business users.
ORO Labs co-founders Sudhir Bhojwani and Lalitha Rajagopalan
Humanising the procurement experience
The innovative platform helps companies quickly create intake workflows, build an integrated and orchestrated procurement tech stack, and dramatically simplify user engagement with purchasing throughout the organisation.
“We’re on a mission to humanise the overall procurement experience, simplifying and guiding end-to-end supplier engagement for efficiency and compliance,” said Sudhir Bhojwani, CEO and co-founder at ORO Labs. “Our Series B financing is further validation, not only of our success in executing, but also the opportunities as we continue to develop and scale ORO for international expansion and a host of new use cases – bringing incredibly easy start-to-finish procurement to even more organisations for agile operations and happy employees.”
“Our 2023 CFO survey identified procurement as the top pain point for CFOs and the number one spending priority,” said Victoria Treyger, general partner at Felicis Ventures. “ORO’s platform approach to orchestrating and simplifying workflows is driving adoption with global Fortune 1000 companies across a range of industries from financial services to pharma. Sudhir, Lalitha, and Yuan share a rare combination of deep procurement knowledge with the passion and insight to transform the category.”
ORO Labs co-founder Lalitha Rajagopalan noted, “I’m personally thrilled to have a woman investor joining the ORO board. Victoria brings keen go-to-market insight and a genuine love for procurement that will help us continue to scale our business, as well as a diverse perspective that aligns with important supplier inclusivity imperatives for our enterprise customers.”
Tackling the future
In use by leading global Fortune 200 enterprises, ORO provides organisations with a next-generation platform that streamlines procurement and reduces supplier cycle time using workflow automation. From intake to spend control, and contract management to supplier relationships, ORO’s smart procurement workflows empower organizations to optimize efficiency and drive success.
“Coordinating a global procurement organisation effectively and holistically with all stakeholders involved is a constant challenge for any enterprise,” noted Matthias Dohrn, President of Global Procurement for BASF. “ORO allows us to better do our part as procurement and orchestrate and scale thousands of value-generating procurement and business measures across the globe, understanding KPIs from a global perspective to streamline our processes, better engage employees and to generate EBIT. The low-hanging fruits are gone, and to manage thousands of improvement ideas, you need a tool to deliver – this for us is ORO.”
The news comes after ORO Labs was announced as the growth stage track winner of DPW‘s DEMO 2023 competition at DPW Amsterdam last month.
At DPW Amsterdam, Ashwin Kumar, vice president at GEP, discusses procurement transformation and what tomorrow’s challenge could look like.
SHARE THIS STORY
Transformation. Procurement has witnessed quite a bit in recent years.
Given the widespread adoption and acceleration of AI and data-driven processes over the past decade, change has been a necessity rather than a nice to have.
Evolution of AI transformation
Ashwin Kumar is not unfamiliar with change. Having worked at GEP since May 2008, he has had a front-row seat to the transformation and change procurement has overseen. Now Vice President, he tells us about the evolution of the procurement function and how the landscape is shifting to meet future market demands.
“I think the way we see the industry evolve over time is because we started with web 1.0, simple ERPs that were fragmented with no easy way to connect systems,” he tells us. “Data was all behind firewalls and it was very expensive to manage or mine data. Then we had a big technology breakthrough in cloud systems where the people who were managing the storage said they had a solution. You can just simply push data out of the cloud and what we saw was a lot of that control that the CIOs had on data architecture and the software systems and solutions was being given to different functions.
“A lot of that enrichment of data happened because of the cloud platform that enabled it. Back in 2010, we made the decision to move away from a SaaS platform because even then we believed the future was cloud and that’s where data is going to be which could mean a gold mine. Our CEO made a very conscious decision to basically stop a really good product that was working and move to the cloud platform.”
Ashwin Kumar, Vice President, GEP
The GEP difference
Today, a global leader in AI-driven procurement and supply chain transformation, GEP helps enterprises take the lead and, using the power of data and digital technology, to stay ahead in the connected global economy. More than 1,000 engineers have spent the last 7 months to design and launch GEP’s new AI-native, low-code platform for sustainable procurement and supply chains, GEP QUANTUM. This new platform, launched last week, powers GEP SMART, the industry’s leading source-to-pay procurement application, GEP NEXXE, its next gen supply chain solution, and GEP GREEN, enabling companies to track, measure and achieve their ESG goals.
With the transformative power of AI, GEP enables businesses to operate with greater efficiency and effectiveness, gain competitive advantage, boost profitability and maximise both business and shareholder value. GEP helps global enterprises across industries and verticals build high-performing, resilient and sustainable supply chains.
Investing in dedicated spend analytics and solutions has become an essential part of the procurement process. Data is king and ultimately the more companies know and can predict, the better off they’ll be. However, some companies are still lagging behind when it comes to adopting digital tools created for better visibility and transparency. Kumar questions the reason for this and points to the possibility that there could be a perception that digital tools were hype or a fad – but affirms spend visibility is the real deal.
“If you look at spend data, if I’m the business stakeholder, you’re coming and showing me things that happened six months before,” he tells us. “One of the things we actively tell customers is to understand that there is a difference between spend and cost. Spend is basically the last AP data that you get, which means it’s not even current.”
Procurement’s greatest time?
Given the disruptive nature of the past few years, procurement has had to stand up and be counted. For Kumar, he reflects on global challenges such as Covid, a war in Ukraine and inflation and its knock-on effect on procurement and the supply chain. He maintains that it’s a “difficult time” to be in the industry at the moment given the hurdles procurement and the wider world has faced head-on recently.
“We started off with Covid where we went and told suppliers, sorry, I don’t have money to spend so I’m going to stop spending,” he tells us. “Two months later, you tell them there’s a supply shock and since I’m your preferred customer, can you do something for me? Make sure my products are getting to me on time. Then six months later, there was a war in Ukraine where you were testing suppliers to see which side they were on and questioning whether or not to do business with them. After that, there were inflation concerns so things are constantly changing and you’re pivoting from one problem to another.
“It now means you need to have a platform ecosystem with multiple solution options so that there isn’t a single point of failure and avoid the need for a “transformation” every two years. Given the pace at which things are changing in the macro environment, those single points of failure are quickly going from lack of supply to resilience to risk to people to visibility. It could be something else tomorrow, it could be ESG tomorrow, we simply don’t know. I could have a really good risk assessment tool, but that might not be my focus six months from now – it could be something else. So resilience in the form of digital ecosystem housing different point solutions is paramount.”
Vizibl has revealed the launch of a new sustainability target programme to help large organisations get supplier engagement for sustainability initiatives ready to launch within four weeks.
SHARE THIS STORY
Vizibl has announced the launch of its Science-Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) Framework aimed at helping large organisations get supplier engagement for sustainability programmes ready to launch within four weeks.
The new configuration will allow companies to get started with their supplier raw spend data, which Vizibl first intakes.
The move will also see data cleansed, normalised and enriched, mapped and loaded onto Vizibl’s sustainability launchpad for emissions.
Organisations can also use the launchpad to quickly visualise emissions hotspots or which suppliers have committed to a SBTi.
Companies can quickly select cohorts of suppliers to add to supplier engagement programmes and start taking action after four weeks.
The new configuration will also allow all the supplier engagement action that’s been taken to decarbonise their supplier base, in one central location using the Vizibl platform, to mitigate against the rising tide of risk from upcoming and existing ESG regulations.
The process
This process follows SBTi’s supplier engagement guidance steps and leads the organisation through the process.
It will also mean automating key steps of the framework that would otherwise be administratively intensive spreadsheets.
The programme ready to launch is aligned to a UN-backed global sustainability standard for supplier engagement in the SBTi.
It supports Vizibl customer’s evidence of the collaborative actions associated with upcoming mandatory ESG regulations around scope 3 reduction.
It is also underpinned by a library of supporting content specifically to guide the organisation further to achieving science-based targets.
Once the programme is ready to launch, the Vizibl team is ready to walk the organisation through the launch process.
The team also supports the ongoing programme rollout and maintenance, continuously monitoring progress to ensure the programme meets agreed objectives.
“With mounting ESG regulatory pressure on businesses, ensuring our customers have the tools they need to quickly and accurately assess and improve sustainability performance across their supply base is key to Vizibl,” commented Richard Hogg, CEO at Vizibl.
“Ensuring that our customers can build a body of evidence that shows the efforts they’re taking, both at speed and at scale, to engage their suppliers to decarbonise their supply chains, is critical to meeting net-zero targets.”
Koray Köse, Chief Industry Officer at Everstream Analytics, speaks to us exclusively at DPW Amsterdam and discusses the importance of leading from the front in the supply chain
SHARE THIS STORY
Everstream Analytics sets the global supply chain standard.
Through the application of AI and predictive analytics to its vast proprietary dataset, Everstream delivers the predictive insights and risk analytics businesses need for a smarter, more autonomous and sustainable supply chain. Everstream’s proven solution integrates with procurement, logistics and business continuity platforms generating the complete information, sharper analysis, and accurate predictions required to turn the supply chain into a business asset.
Koray Köse is a supply chain expert, futurist and multi-lingual thought leader, CPO, researcher, and published author. He specialises in working with CSCOs, CPOs, CIOs and other c-level executives while possessing more than 20 years of success in developing global supply chain and sourcing strategies, re-engineering and transforming business processes, and maximising financial resources. Köse is experienced in designing new business frameworks, risk and governance processes and deploying full-scale ERP and procure-to-pay systems to drive efficiencies through digital transformation. He is an expert in industries such as automotive, pharma, life sciences, IT, electronics and FMCG and has served as Chief Industry Officer at Everstream Analytics since June 2023.
Koray Köse, Chief Industry Officer, Everstream Analytics
World’s first Slave-Free Alliance
Recently, Everstream became the world’s first Slave-Free Alliance (SFA) validated modern slavery and forced labour technology provider. Everstream’s collaboration combines the firm’s multi-tier supplier discovery and AI-powered risk monitoring and analytics with SFA’s proprietary forced labour intelligence to expose unknown risks and protect global supply chains from modern slavery and exploitation.
“We’ve had issues in supply chain before, like conflict minerals for instance was a big topic,” Köse tells us. “Legislation came that was rather weak, where companies can say we can’t confirm nor deny that we have conflict minerals in our products. Modern slavery takes it to a whole different level. In essence, you may get import issues the moment that you might be suspicious, or the government import controls may say, ‘this comes from a specific region that has general exposure’. You basically have a disruption in your supply chain.
“If you forget about the business side, your business is actually promoting ethics that your own company in its statement and the way you live don’t align with and you didn’t know about it. So unknowingly you have actually incremented the issue that you are tackling on your own and within your environment. For us it was important to live up to the promise and look for an NGO that is impactful, has a mindset that is all about partnership and not blaming or shaming, it’s about changing the environment.”
Breaking down barriers
Around 50 million people worldwide are living in modern slavery. It remains a serious problem in nearly every region, with over 40% occurring in upper-middle to high-income countries. Due to the opacity and complexity of today’s global supply networks, companies are increasingly vulnerable to the risk of forced labour. According to a study cited by Slave-Free Alliance, 77% of companies expect to find modern slavery somewhere in their supply chain. Through this alliance, Everstream will actively contribute to enhancing capabilities and eradicating modern slavery and forced labour from global supply chains.
“We started that partnership to transfer our knowledge and also get insights from their end and understand what the upcoming issues were in the arenas of modern-day slavery that we should keep an eye on and how to help our clients to be informed and avoid getting exposed,” says Köse. “That’s where I started to talk with Hope for Justice and have collaborated with them during my time at Gartner as well. Then legislation is pushing the matter to the forefront of supply chain issues.
“Now, there is also financial impact and disruption and there’s the ability to do good and live up to the promise of your own vision and the way you want to conduct your business. Then I wanted to put our product to test and make sure that it lives up to the promise and if it doesn’t then we fix it. We went through a validation process and we got 90% plus accuracy in the feedback, which is important as it’s another confidence boost that we’re doing the right thing and we should continue on that path. We are the first world’s first validated modern-day slavery solution to tackle the issue – we’re very proud of that.”
The value of due diligence
In today’s fast-paced world, due diligence has become more important than ever. Companies must ensure they are generating the best value for money and that the product that they’re purchasing actually meets their needs. Köse believes companies almost have no choice in 2023.
“It’s an element that is not only preserving value, but it also creates it too,” he explains. “In the past it was more like a checkbox exercise that you conducted because everyone thought it was the right thing to do. Meanwhile, you had spillovers that you didn’t know about. It’s almost like what I don’t know, I don’t care. Since transparency requirements have been augmented significantly and the realisation of transparency as a value driver has dropped through Covid almost instantaneously in the c-level boardroom, compliance has become a value driver.
“It’s not just a checkbox exercise where you say that you are compliant. It is an affirmation of your product quality, brand and innovation that speaks to the customers and the choice they make. If you are concatenating beliefs and values to your product in that moment, you just have created a customer and that customer will be retained throughout the lifetime that you actually care about what they care about.”
Zip has been named as the most innovative fintech solution after being recognised with an award.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procuretech firm Zip has announced its platform was chosen as the Most Innovative Fintech Solution by the 2023 Tech Ascension Awards.
The awards evaluate the top innovations in fintech, judging applicants based on technology innovation, market research and competitive differentiators.
Class-leading vendors recognised by the awards deliver technology that solves critical industry challenges and produces valuable business outcomes for customers.
Zip, which delivers an industry-leading intake solution, provides enhanced spend visibility, integrations into a company’s tech stack and new AI capabilities to accelerate workflows and identify savings.
The company’s platform modernises procurement workflows with a single front-door for employee purchases.
Setting the standard
“Our intake-to-pay solution is a revolutionary approach to procurement, and we’re thrilled to be recognised,” said Rujul Zaparde, co-founder of Zip.
“Zip not only improves efficiency across every business function but contributes to a new, highly improved employee experience by solving first for employee adoption of spend controls.
“We’re on a mission to continue setting the gold standard for procurement. Zip is the only platform that seamlessly streamlines procurement processes from intake all the way through to payments.”
The Tech Ascension Awards applicants are judged based on technology innovation, market research, hard performance stats and competitive differentiators.
The awards acknowledge leaders in enterprise and consumer technology. Two panels of enterprise and consumer industry experts judged submissions based on factual company descriptions. They were also measured on relevant statistics and data points as well as distinctiveness in the marketplace.
“As AI, cloud and interoperability serve as the new driving forces, we’re honoured to recognise these leaders in innovation,” said David Campbell, CEO, Tech Ascension Awards.
“We look forward to continuing to recognise companies that hold the power to transform the financial landscape for the better, driving advancements that improve accessibility, security and simplified experiences for users.”
Georg Rösch, Vice President Direct Procurement Strategy at JAGGAER, discusses his organisation’s approach amid significant transformation and evolution
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement is at a sliding doors moment – its direction of travel could go one way or another.
The influx of new technology makes procurement a dynamic and interesting industry in 2023. Following global challenges felt around the globe, procurement practitioners have had to step up in the face of adversity. To the industry’s credit, procurement has so far come through it but now it’s about embracing the world of today and finding ways to deal with pressing issues such as ESG and the knock-on effects of a war in Ukraine while also navigating inflation concerns. Of course, all this is on the back of COVID-19, of which the aftermath is still felt in some quarters.
In a recent CPOstrategy Podcast, Georg Rösch, Vice President Direct Procurement Strategy at JAGGAER, tells us all about how spend management giant JAGGAER is helping procurement teams overcome the challenging backdrop and discusses digitalisation strategies within the space.
Georg Rösch, Vice President Direct Procurement Strategy at JAGGAER
The road in which procurement professionals end up where they do is always an interesting one. Can you tell us why procurement was the path you chose which led to your journey to JAGGAER?
Georg Rosch (GR): “I would say I stumbled into the procurement space. Growing up, I was always a technology person and had a very early interest in computers. When everyone was playing video games, I was playing around with software and started coding. Eventually, one thing led to another, and I found myself in a small procurement startup in Vienna in development. This is really where I found out that this is interesting stuff. 20 years later, it’s crazy to think I’m still doing it because I didn’t even know this field existed and I think that is felt industry wide. But I still love it and getting to combine procurement with technology is something I’m really interested in.”
In your view, how would you explain JAGGAER and sum up what differentiates it from other players in the space?
GR: “JAGGAER has been around for more than 25 years and came together through a lot of mergers and acquisitions. I came through from a branch that was local to Austria and the company has become one of the largest procurement software vendors out there. What I really like about JAGGAER is our vision of autonomous commerce. First of all, it sounds weird for a procurement software vendor not to have the word procurement in the tagline. But that’s done on purpose, because when you think about what a procurement software firm really does, it’s about communication and collaboration between buyers and sellers.
“For a while, JAGGAER was really good at the indirect procurement side which revolved around the whole P2P process. That’s really where a lot of our business came from. But this has evolved over the past 20 years into more of the source-to-contract process that’s being added which is proving so important. It’s not just the execution, but also the strategy of how you build everything and how you find the right sources. As part of autonomous commerce, we created four pillars. It’s networked, intelligent, comprehensive and extensible which spells NICE so it’s very easy to remember.”
Can you expand on the NICE strategy that JAGGAER has developed? What is its true meaning?
GR: “Networked basically means you collaborate with your suppliers, buyers, sellers, partners – everyone. It’s like the modern-day town square where the commerce happens – it’s the foundation of everything. Then it needs to be intelligent which means the question isn’t just about what data you have, but how do you intelligently use the data to drive the processes? Next, you have comprehensive. That encompasses all the functions you have starting from analytics, category management, supplier management, sourcing contracts, ePRO, supply chain management and quality management. It’s all of these beautiful things and how they work together.
“Finally, extensibility means a lot of different things. It means being open to communicating with other systems. With our platform, you can bring in a lot of external data – ESG and sustainability, risk, enriched supplier data, and more – from our partners into our solution. This allows you to make smarter decisions across the procurement cycle. Another aspect is that not every company is the same. Extensibility also means, ‘how can I tailor the solution to my needs?’ This completes the picture that we are working towards here at JAGGAER.”
The procurement space itself has undergone major transformation over the past decade and suddenly, it is so much more than just a back-office function out the way of everyone else. What has been the catalyst for its transformation in your opinion?
GR: “Procurement is really at a make-or-break moment. Supply chain and procurement have been really in the spotlight in the last couple of years. It’s been a case of ‘oh my, there aren’t any shipments coming anymore’ or ‘people are not buying the stuff that they bought before because our whole way of life changed.’ So, we were working from home, and we were not going out to restaurants or buying new clothes because we were all in our tracksuits all day. Society shifted. This meant procurement and supply chain management was really important because they needed to navigate all of this.
“This is why expectations and visibility of these functions rose during that time. But now we’re at a critical point. Can those functions deliver the value that they should? And can they continue this momentum? This is why I’m saying we’re at the make-or-break moment and there are a lot of companies that really made this transition and change to where procurement is an advisor to the business which is so critically important. Think about everything that’s not going away such as ESG with the environmental element, human rights and the governance of those different processes. Procurement is playing such a critical role of managing all these different agendas within our board level topics today.”
How is JAGGAER driving value to companies in a way that perhaps it didn’t before?
GR: “At JAGGAER in procurement, you want to cater to the most mature companies but many of your potential customers are not the most mature firms. It’s a challenge and that’s the balance that you need to strike. You have to be ahead of the curve and in front of the market, so we take this very seriously. We have a dedicated team that’s only working on what we call innovation to uncover questions like how do we use these new technologies? How can we bring this into the solution? How do we drive value for our customers with these things? We did this by coming up with what we call a maturity matrix, where you can see which step of the maturity scale you are on right now.
“It’s five steps in total but no one is at step five yet. The current technology that exists today is at step four, but the space is constantly changing. As a customer, they can measure where they are and say, ‘I might be a two at that process, but I’m a three at that’ and work out what needs attention. They can ask themselves the question, should I even do this? Does this make sense for me as an organisation? We really try to work with those maturity models because it helps us whenever we work with a customer to assess where they are and tell them this is where you can go, and this is what you can achieve by doing that.
“It helps us have the right conversations with our customers which was part of the vision of autonomous commerce. We have autonomous commerce as our North Star and know where we and the industry are aiming for, so it’s imperative our customers know the way too.”
How important is it that any technology introduced actually serves a purpose instead of being introduced for technologies sake?
GR: “People love technology, I love technology. But in business, we shouldn’t use a tool just because we like it. Tools should drive value. I won’t use something just because it sounds fancy. I’ll take whatever solution can truly solve the problem. At JAGGAER, when we evaluate solutions, we always consider what really helps us as an organisation and what drives value. At the end of the day, we are here to make our customers successful. And how is that success measured? Each customer might have different KPIs, but in the end, it’s driving valuation and value for the company. Value can look different for your organisation, whether it’s higher customer or shareholder value. We have to be very pragmatic about the means of how we help because what works for one company potentially doesn’t work for another.”
What does the future of procurement look like to you? How exciting/challenging does the road ahead look for the space?
GR: “I believe it’s continuing the path that we’re on right now which is bringing more data and market intelligence into the whole procurement process. Procurement overall has to move away from gut feeling decision-making. Success stems from bringing all the information that’s needed for procurement into a solution for data-driven decision making. What I’m seeing right now is more strategic information regarding important topics such as environmental impact and human rights. All of this should make a difference and influence the decision making in procurement. This is how procurement drives the sustainability agenda of the company and reliability across the supply chain. This is really where I see procurement going. It’s about taking in all this information, being the advisor to the business, and making the right decisions to drive the company strategy. The future is exciting.”
CPOstrategy explores this issue’s big question and questions whether procurement is in need of a rebrand in order to get to the next level
SHARE THIS STORY
Does procurement need a rebrand?
Procurement’s transformation in recent years has been exponential.
As an industry which has embraced technology at scale, there is a greater clarity in spend, expanded category coverage and increased return to shareholders. But is there enough awareness about procurement and is it doing itself a disservice? Procurement professionals aren’t often known for being great marketers. But in today’s fast-paced world, being sure an audience can understand something quickly is essential. Without strong brand potential, procurement is risking not living up to its full potential.
For example, procurement’s brand is often left to customers to work out. To many, people think that procurement is solely about purchasing or negotiating contracts. However, they are often unaware just how innovative and exciting procurement can be. From some sections, procurement is still sometimes thought of as some back-office function tucked away out of sight. But now, particularly in the face of massive challenges over the past few years, procurement has become so much more.
Solving talent shortages
In a recent CPOstrategy Podcast, Shaz Khan, CEO of Vroozi, discussed how rebranding procurement could help solve its talent shortages. He believes the space must be more strategic than just finding themselves there one day. He told us how corporate procurement is currently in a “golden age” and that by making job roles more relatable it could encourage fresh perspectives to enter the industry on purpose instead of by accident. “When you say you work in procurement, try explaining that to your family or friends because it takes a while! In reality, we as human beings in our day-to-day lives are sourcing every single minute of every day,” he explained.
“We are sourcing where our dry cleaning is, we’re negotiating at the farmer’s market for carrots. When we look at corporate procurement, we need to ask ourselves, do we need to be rebranding this function? We need to get more individuals not just falling into procurement by accident and make it more measured and predictive.”
What’s holding procurement back?
Executives “falling” into procurement has long been a common joke shared among those in the industry. But in what other line of work does such a high proportion of the workforce accidentally stumble upon their chosen industry and end up staying? It is both a compliment and an achilles heel to procurement but ultimately that method leads to periods of talent shortages which is what the industry is experiencing today. Procurement’s talent problem is not just down to one thing, given how COVID-19 impacted the industry and people’s decision to opt for a career change in the post-pandemic world. In order to address the problem, it all starts with education.
“I certainly didn’t know that this was a profession when I was at university and I don’t think I’m alone in that,” explains Pauline Potter, Director of Procurement at Evri.
“It all seems crazy to me because I genuinely think this is such a fantastic career path that people can take. It’s hugely variable with loads of paths you can go down and you can apply a similar skillset to all kinds of businesses. I think the first thing procurement can do to address the talent shortage is raise the profile when recruiting.
Nicolas Walden, Associate Principal at The Hackett Group, agrees in the importance of rebranding procurement but also believes that a lack of education could be holding procurement back. “I was talking to a CPO recently and he was saying when he looks across Europe, there’s only a small number of universities that actually offer degree level qualifications in procurement or supply chain,” he says. “I know from colleagues in the United States that there’s many more universities there that offer this level of education. This can create the entry point of a pipeline of talent for the future. This means they’ve got the skills, mindset and the training in what we need in terms of modern procurement.”
Recruitment in procurement
Khan highlights the opportunity procurement has to redefine how it presents itself to the workforce of tomorrow. It is his belief that getting rid of the misconceptions surrounding procurement could hold the key. “Higher education and the lack of programmes going forward after graduating is a real problem,” he adds. “Corporate procurement can be an incredible entry level area because it centres around data. You’re leveraging cutting edge toolsets and are making an impact on the company – your job isn’t boring. It’s not pushing paper back and forth or getting on phone calls with suppliers to talk about delivery schedules.”
And procurement roles don’t just have to apply to ‘procurement people’. Global procurement executiveFadi El Mouallem affirms that people could add their valuable transferable skills from other industries and be successful within the space. “I like to attract talent from different industries, not just procurement or finance,” he discusses. “I’ve had the likes of project managers, salespeople and engineers come into procurement and they all made a career out of it.
Success is making them feel that they belong, so they can grow into this space and make an impact. If they choose to leave procurement later, then that’s fine.”
Procurement, like many industries, has been through a tough time. But as a sector very much at the forefront of technology innovation the future looks equally exciting and bright. By rebranding procurement, being open to people from all walks of life and empowering the talent of tomorrow to emphasise that this could be the place for them to thrive, it could bring positive change that will stand the test of time.
CPOstrategy visits HICX’s first Supplier Experience Live as organisations gear up to remove friction and become a customer of choice.
SHARE THIS STORY
Supplier experience has never been such a hot topic.
After decades in the darkness, the importance of supplier experience is finally on the agenda.
Truthfully, success can’t be achieved alone. Without happy, committed and strategic supplier relationships, a business will stagnate. And now, organisations are waking up to the potential a robust supplier base could unlock.
The rise of Supplier Experience
Earlier this month, HICX launched its first-ever Supplier Experience Live the day before DPW Amsterdam. Hosted at the Tobacco Theatre in Amsterdam, it was recognised as an official DPW Amsterdam side event. The event’s vision was to help organisations use supplier experience to remove friction and become a customer-of-choice.
The half-day event began with a welcome from Ragnar Lorentzen, Chief Commercial Officer at HICX, who opened the door to the world of supplier experience and the market developments that have led the way. Lorentzen handed over to the first keynote speech from Dr. Elouise Epstein who explained that the ERP system was dead. Epstein suggested that the solution could be how well you exchange data with third parties.
Following Epstein was a panel discussion that featured Ruth Bromley, Director of Procurement Enablement at Heineken, Adam Hubbard, Senior Manager of Supply Chain, Governance and Performance at EDF which was moderated by Tommy Benston, VP of Global Client Management at HICX. The conversation advised of ways to gain a competitive advantage in procurement and supply chain through supplier experience management. Bromley highlighted three key learnings: speed, standardisation and simplicity, believing in a “single source of truth”.
Dr. Elouise Epstein
Driving supplier adoption
Later, Anthony Payne, CMO at HICX, discussed how to drive supplier adoption and engagement through supplier marketing. Payne explained the value of segmentation which is the process of dividing the market into subsets of customers who share similar characteristics. Payne equipped the audience with six recommendations to take forward and advised them to use caution with the language they use with suppliers. Following the coffee break was Duncan Jones, former Vice President and Principal Analyst at Forrester Research, who unpacked the reality of how to decide on the correct types of solutions in the new best-of-breed era amidst a transition away from the traditional database-centric approach.
The afternoon continued with a panel discussion involving Marc Bengio, Senior Director and Head of Technology Enterprise Procurement at Johnson & Johnson, Lance Younger, CEO at ProcureTech and Jacy Bassett, VP of Professional Services, to explore the topic “Demystifying the technology landscape: How do you architect for Supplier Experience?” Each speaker gave their viewpoint on how to arm the procurement function of tomorrow to meet the challenge of an ever-changing digital world. The conversation offered guidance and counsel amid an explosion of transformative solutions in the space.
Costas Xyloyiannis, CEO at HICX
Bright future
Finally, Costas Xyloyiannis, CEO at HICX, took to the stage to announce the launch of IUBN which he explained was a streamlined way to identify legal entities in a bid to create net efficiency within the supply chain. One system, one time, everywhere.
Speaking exclusively to CPOstrategy at the event, Xyloyiannis told us, “It’s pretty significant running an event like this. I’ve been in the space 23 years, and finally, I feel like the focus is shifting. Two or three years ago no one was talking about supplier experience so it’s great to see a movement starting to happen. It is very satisfying because you see people’s minds changing in the same way that it did for the customer and employee experience.
“What you have to think about is that almost every company is also a supplier so it’s in your interest to focus on the supplier experience side. In another context, you’re also a supplier and people should understand that we’re all in it together. If you don’t think about solving it, then you’re going to have that pain yourself.”
Supplier experience is just getting started. Reimagine the possible.
Global research and advisory giants Deloitte and DPW has announced a partnership to bring procurement innovation to organisations.
SHARE THIS STORY
Deloitte and DPW has announced a partnership to bring procurement innovation to organisations.
Under the terms of this strategic alliance, DPW LABS, the consulting arm of DPW, and Deloitte will work together to refine the boundaries of innovation in procurement.
From problem and strategy definition to proof of concept and deployment, through the DPW LABS innovation capabilities and digital ecosystem and Deloitte’s global transformation capabilities, the move allows for impact to be delivered at scale.
Deloitte is a global provider of audit and assurance, consulting, financial advisory, risk advisory, tax and related services.
The firm, which is a member of the Big Four in professional services, currently has about 330,000 employees in more than 150 countries and territories.
Founded in 2019, DPW stands as a global leader in procurement innovation. DPW LABS empowers organisations to identify and seize collaborative innovation opportunities with DPW’s line-up of pioneering startups, scale-ups, and tech innovation experts.
Herman Knevel, co-founder and co-CEO at DPW, said: “We are excited about this strategic partnership with Deloitte.
“This partnership will enable us to join forces and make tech work, expand and complement our impact at global scale.”
Michiel Junge, partner of sourcing and procurement at Deloitte, added: “We are united in our mission to make procurement awesome.
“The partnership with DPW will enable our clients to tap into DPW’s capabilities and ecosystem and define their procurement future.”
The move comes after DPW welcomed over 1,250 procurement professionals to Amsterdam for its annual conference.
DPW Amsterdam has quickly made its name as a hub of innovation and collaboration. It is one of the biggest and most influential tech events in procurement and supply chain.
CPOstrategy travels to the Netherlands to soak in the atmosphere of one of the world’s biggest and most influential tech events in procurement and supply chain – DPW Amsterdam 2023
SHARE THIS STORY
“You are the reason why DPW exists.
“It’s been my mission from day one to break procurement out of its silo and create what I call the end-to-end ecosystem and that is you.”
Digital Procurement World (DPW) Founder Matthias Gutzmann’s first address to the crowd gathered before the main stage had a clear tone of appreciation.
The rise of DPW Amsterdam
Today, DPW Amsterdam is one of the world’s biggest and most influential tech events in procurement and supply chain. Its exponential rise in a relatively short space of time is undeniable. Its story began with a frustrated Gutzmann having discovered a lack of procurement conferences to showcase his previous employer. This led to Gutzmann finding a gap in the market and set about solving the issue himself. He left his job in New York, moved into his parent’s house and invested all his savings to launch DPW. Months later, DPW’s launch conference in September 2019 welcomed 400 industry leaders while being praised from across procurement. Under the watch of Gutzmann and co-CEO Herman Knevel, DPW’s influence and pull has only grown since.
This year’s event was located at the historic former stock exchange building, the Beurs van Berlage. Built in 1896, the building breathes character and history. Its architecture and rich past, alongside its central Amsterdam location, showcases its sense of place and being.
Innovation
DPW Amsterdam has quickly made its name as a hub of innovation and collaboration. This year, more than 1,250 procurement professionals gathered to connect, learn and innovate, while over 2,500 virtual attendees watched along at home. The buzz and hum of chatter was audible, the sense of excitement evident. And the attendees were certainly in for a treat. This year’s theme was “Make Tech Work” which focused on turning digital aspirations into a reality. There was a deep dive into discussions surrounding AI and machine learning in procurement, digital transformation strategies, sustainable procurement, supplier collaboration, risk management as well as innovation and disruption. It was all centred on ensuring the vision of digital procurement happens now and how organisations can be challenged to deliver results now instead of only concepts and theories.
Speakers across the two days included renowned experts and visionaries including the likes of Dr. Elouise Epstein, Partner at Kearney, Yossi Sheffi, Director of Massachusetts Institute of Technology and author David Rogers, among dozens more. Sarah Barnes-Humphrey led superb virtual coverage of the event and allowed those unable to make it to still feel a part of such an important conference in the procurement calendar. There were book signings from Sheffi and Atif Rafiq, eye-catching tech innovations showcased on stage and even an appearance from F1 legend and Haas Formula One team principal Guenther Steiner.
Digital future
To sum up, in comedian and host of DPW Amsterdam Andrew Moskos’ opening speech he reflected on procurement’s evolution and transformation. “Procurement used to be boring but now we’re all rockstars. We run the company, we’re in the c-suite, we run ESG, sustainability, risk, and 80% of the spend of a company goes through us.”
Change is here and procurement holds the cards. Let’s Make Tech Work.
CPOstrategy examines 10 of the best ways to use artificial intelligence (AI) in procurement
SHARE THIS STORY
Artificial intelligence (AI) is one of the biggest buzzwords in procurement. Everyone wants to get their hands on it and introduce it into their strategies.
Particularly in procurement, AI is often talked about being the answer to all challenges. It can be used to overcome complex problems and deliver efficiency while also being introduced within software applications such as spend analysis, contract management and strategic sourcing.
In this article, we will list 10 of the best ways to use AI in procurement.
1. Machine learning spend classification
AI algorithms can help categorise, clean and classify data automatically. Machine learning spend classification helps detect patterns and uses them for prediction while allowing for better decision-making. Examples of spend classification techniques include supervised learning, unsupervised learning in vendor management and classification reinforcement learning.
2. Natural Language Processing (NLP)
National Language Processing (NLP) is the branch of artificial intelligence focused on understanding, interpreting and manipulating human language. It can be used to gain valuable data and information to streamline time-consuming processes. Information contained in legal documents can be interpreted through AI for the procurement of relevant data. It allows procurement professionals to get ahead and use an AI assist engine to receive alerts to proactively monitor progress. It also allows for compliance over the life of multiple agreements with the same or several vendors.
3. Robotic Process Automation (RPA)
Robotic Process Automation (RPA) mimics human actions to eradicate repetitive tasks. While not strictly AI in the traditional sense, RPA does provide procurement with opportunities to improve process efficiency and is part of the wider family of AI. It can assist with the likes of contract management, input identification as well as purchase request and order submission, among more benefits.
4. Anomaly detection
With AI being able to process vast amounts of data quickly, it is able to stay up to date on the latest developments and changes in the procurement space at speed. Automated notifications on things such as anomalies, new opportunities and recommended activities allows for immediate action to be taken and provide suggestions on what should be done instantly. Rapid detection will ensure risks are mitigated and resolved before they become problems.
5. Purchasing
AI can be utilised to automatically review and approve purchase orders. Chatbots can be used to check the status of acquisitions or automatically approve virtual card payments. AI can analyse data and assess the reliability and quality of suppliers based on predefined criteria. This helps the purchasing team select the best suppliers quickly and accurately.
6. Contract management
Contract management can benefit through using AI to create, store, review, index, retrieve, analyse, negotiate and approve agreements. A big benefit delivered by contract management solutions that use AI is standardised metadata reporting which eliminates the need for category managers and legal counsels to manually read contracts to gain insights into the commercial part of their supplier relationships.
7. Supplier risk management
Supplier risk management is an important part of the procurement process and is around understanding what happens if a supplier fails to meet its obligations. To combat this, AI can be used to monitor and work out potential risk position through Big Data. Millions of different data sources are screened in order to provide alerts on potential risks within the supply chain.
8. Accounts payable automation
AI can automate most manual tasks in accounting such as data entry and invoice routing. Using AI for this substantially reduces procure-to-pay cycles, minimises the need for humans to get involved and integrates multiple workflows into a seamless process.
9. Strategic sourcing
Using AI in strategic sourcing is a key tool in a procurement practitioner’s arsenal. AI can be used to manage and automate sourcing events while also leveraging machine learning for the recognition of bid sheets, as well as specialised category-specific e-sourcing bots such as raw materials and maintenance.
10. Automated compliance
AI can also be used as a valuable tool for compliance officers to help work out potential risks, monitor employee behaviour, generate reports, provide recommendations as well as educating employees about the importance of compliance. For organisations without a source-to-pay system, compliance is a useful alternative and allows procurement teams to seamlessly compare payment terms, identify duplications as well as determine non-compliance.
Nigel Greatorex, Global Industry Manager at ABB, on how digital technologies can support decarbonisation and net zero goals
SHARE THIS STORY
Nigel Greatorex is the Global Industry Manager for Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) at ABB Energy Industries. He explains how digital technologies can play a critical role in the transition to a low carbon world by enabling global emissions reductions. Furthermore, he highlights the role of CCS and how challenges can be overcome through digitalisation.
Meeting our global decarbonisation goals is arguably the most pressing challenge facing humanity. Moreover, solving this requires concerted global action. However, there is no silver bullet to the global warming crisis. The solution requires a mix of investment, legislation and, importantly, innovative digital technologies.
Decarbonisation digital technologies
It’s widely recognised decarbonisation is essential to achieving net zero emissions by 2050. Decarbonisation technology is becoming an increasingly important, rapidly growing market. It is especially relevant for heavy industries – such as chemicals, cement and steel. These account for 70 percent of industrial CO2 emissions; equal to approximately six billion tons annually.
CCS digital technologies are increasingly seen as key to helping industries decarbonise their operations. Reaching our net zero targets requires industry uptake of CCS to grow 120-fold by 2050, according to analysis from McKinsey & Company. Indeed, if successful, it could be responsible for reducing CO2 emissions from the industrial sector by 45 percent.
A Digital Twin solution
ABB and Pace CCS joined forces to deliver a digital twin solution. It reduces the cost of integrating CCS into new and existing industrial operations. Simulating the design stage and test scenarios to deliver proof of concept gives customers peace of mind. Indeed, system designs need to be fit for purpose. Also, it demonstrates the smooth transition into CCS operations. Additionally, the digital twin models the full value chain of a CCS system.
Cybersecurity leader Shinesa Cambric on Microsoft’s innovation journey to identify, detect, protect, and respond to emerging threats against identity and access
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story highlights a cybersecurity program protecting billions of users.
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
Interface showcases leaders at the forefront of innovation with digital technologies transforming myriad industries.
Shinesa Cambric is on a mission to drive innovation for cybersecurity at Microsoft. Moreover, by embracing diversity and opening all channels towards collaboration her team tackles anti-abuse and delivers fraud-defence. Continuous Improvement doesn’t just play into her role, it defines it…
“In the fraud and abuse space, attackers are constantly trying to identify ways to look like a legitimate user,” warns Shinesa. “And this means my team, and our partners, have to continuously adapt. We identify new patterns and behaviours to detect fraudsters. At the same time, we must do it in such a way we don’t impact our truly ‘good’ and legitimate users. Microsoft is a global consumer business and any time you add friction or an unpleasant experience for a consumer, you risk losing them, their business and potentially their trust. My team’s work sits on the very edge of the account sign up and sign in process. We are essentially the first touch within the customer funnel for Microsoft – a multi-billion dollar company.”
ABB: Digital Technolgies contributing towards Net Zero
Nigel Greatorex, Global Industry Manager for Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) at ABB Energy Industries, explains how digital technologies can play a critical role in the transition to a low carbon world. He highlights the role of CCS in enabling global emissions reductions and how challenges can be overcome through digitalisation…
“It is widely recognised decarbonisation is essential to achieving net zero emissions by 2050. Therefore, it’s not surprising that emerging decarbonisation technology is becoming an increasingly important, and rapidly growing market.”
CSI: How can your IT estate improve its sustainability?
Andy Dunn, Chief Revenue Officer at IT solutions specialist CSI, reveals how digital technologies can contribute to ESG obligations: “Sustainability is a now seen as a strategic business imperative, so much so that 74% of companies consider Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors to be very important to the value of their company. Additionally, we know almost three in four organisations have set a net zero goal. With an average target date of 2044, 50% of organisations are seeking more energy efficient products and services.”
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tsDaZiSO1ho
“Optimising energy use and consolidating servers and storage infrastructure form a strong basis for shaping a more environmentally friendly and efficient IT estate. It no longer needs to be the Achilles Heel of an ESG policy. “
Mia Platform: Sustainable Cloud Computing
Davide Bianchi, Senior Technical Lead at Mia Platform, explores the silver lining of sustainable cloud computing. He reveals how it can help us reduce our digital carbon thumbprint with collaboration, efficient use of applications, containerisation of apps, microservices and green partnerships.
“We’re already on an important technological path toward ubiquitous cloud computing. Correspondingly, this brings incredible long-term benefits too. These include greater scalability, improved data storage, and quicker application deployment, to name a few.”
Also in this issue, we hear from Doug Laney, Innovation Fellow at West Monroe and author of Infonomics and Data Juice. Also, we learn how companies can measure, manage and monetise to realise the potential of their data. And, Deputy CIO Melvin Brown discusses the people-centric approach to IT supporting America’s civil service at The Office of Personnel Management (OPM).
Doug Laney is Innovation Fellow at West Monroe and a leading Data & Analytics strategist. We caught up with the author of Infonomics and Data Juice to talk tech and how companies can measure, manage and monetise to realise the potential of their data
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story explores the rise of data and information as an asset.
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
Interface showcases leadersaiming to take advantage of data, particularly in a new world of AI technologies where it is the fuel…
How to monetise, manage and measure data as an asset
Our cover star is pretty big in the world of analytics… We meet the guy who defined Big Data. Doug Laney is Innovation Fellow at West Monroe and a leading Data & Analytics strategist. We caught up with the author of Infonomics and Data Juice to talk tech and learn how companies can measure, manage and monetise to realise the potential of their information. In his first book Laney advised companies to stop being fixated on hindsight-oriented analytics. “It doesn’t actually move the needle on the business. In the stories I’ve compiled over the last decade, 98% have more to do with organisations using data to diagnose, predict, prescribe or automate something. It’s not about asking questions about what happened in the past.”
Canvas Worldwide: A data-driven media business
Continuing this month’s data theme, we also spoke with Alisa Ben, SVP, Head of Analytics at full-service media agency Canvas Worldwide. Data has transformed the organisation, and what its clients do. “We look holistically at the client’s business and sometimes the tools we have might be right for them, sometimes not. It’s more about helping our clients achieve their business outcomes.”
TUI Musement: from digital transformation to digital pioneer
At travel giant TUI, handling data effectively is paramount when communicating consistently and meaningfully with up to 25 million customers annually. David Garcia, CIO for TUI Musement, talks about the tech evolution driving the travel giant’s provision of experiences, transfers and tours. It’s a big part of its operational shift from local to global. “As a CIO, I’ve always been interested in how the tech innovations we drive can support the business and add value.”
Hiscox: making cybersecurity more accessible
Liz Banbury, CISO at Hiscox and president of (ISC)² London Chapter, talks to us about how cybersecurity can become a more accessible, realistic career path for almost anybody. “When I was at school, topics like computer science didn’t even exist,” Banbury explains. “In one of my first jobs, over in Hong Kong, we were still using a typewriter! A lot has changed. My key point here is that there’s a lot of cybersecurity professionals who are really good at their job. They are inspiring, and have come from all walks of life. Crucially, they don’t have a maths, computer science, or technological background at all. But they still make great cybersecurity professionals.
Portland Community College: Risk vs Speed in Cybersecurity
Reet Kaur, former Chief Information Security Officer at Portland Community College, discusses the organisation’s transition to the cloud amid a digital transformation journey. “I don’t want to work with people who just say yes all the time. I want my ideas challenged to help forge the excellence in the security programmes I help build.”
DBHDS: Cybersecurity in healthcare
The Virginia Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental Services (DBHDS) exists to create ‘a life of possibilities for all Virginians’ and transform behavioural health. Its focus is on supporting people across the entire commonwealth. It helps them get the support they need in order to take wellness and recovery into their own hands. In an area like healthcare, sensitive information is all over the place, meaning cybersecurity is a priority – and this is where Glendon Schmitz, CISO at DBHDS, comes in. “The security team exists to help the wider organisation achieve its objectives with data. We’re there to protect the business, not the other way around.”
Also in this issue, we schedule the can’t miss tech events and get the lowdown on IoT security from the Mobile Ecosystem Forum.
Pauline Potter, Director of Procurement at Evri, discusses her firm’s drive to delivering sustainability and offering best-in-class solutions.
SHARE THIS STORY
Today, Evri stands as the UK’s biggest dedicated parcel delivery firm and is armed with more than 18,000 couriers.
It has over 8,500 local one-stop ParcelShops and lockers and a growing network of best-in-class hubs and depots. Founded in 1974, Evri has undergone significant transformation over the years, most recently a successful rebrand with Hermes UK in March 2022. And overseeing the company’s procurement function is Pauline Potter. A Cornell University graduate in the US, Potter trained as an engineer before moving into consulting at KPMG and Efficio.
Indeed, setting the standard in procurement isn’t easy. It takes hard work, dedication and a drive to consistently deliver and meet customer demands, particularly in today’s world. However, to companies like Evri, they take challenges in their stride.
In our recent CPOstrategy Podcast, Pauline Potter, Director of Procurement at Evri, discusses her firm’s driving sustainability while at the same time delivering best-in-class solutions while maintaining its position as the UK’s biggest dedicated parcel delivery company.
This month’s cover story sees us speak with Brad Veech, Head of Technology Procurement at Discover Financial Services.
Having been a leader in procurement for more than 25 years, he has been responsible for over $2 billion in spend every year, negotiating software deals ranging from $75 to over $1.5 billion on a single deal. Don’t miss his exclusive insights where he tells us all about the vital importance of expertly procuring software and highlights the hidden pitfalls associated.
“A lot of companies don’t have the resources to have technology procurement experts on staff,” Brad tells us. “I think as time goes on people and companies will realise that the technology portfolio and the spend in that portfolio is increasing so rapidly they have to find a way to manage it. Find a project that doesn’t have software in it. Everything has software embedded within it, so you’re going to have to have procurement experts that understand the unique contracts and negotiation tactics of technology.”
There are also features which include insights from the likes of Jake Kiernan, Manager at KPMG, Ashifa Jumani, Director of Procurement at TELUS and Shaz Khan, CEO and Co-Founder at Vroozi.
Melvin Brown, Deputy CIO at the Office of Personnel Management, explains the organisation’s ‘sprint to the cloud’ and its determination to modernise at every level.
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story highlights the Office of Personnel Management’s ‘sprint to the cloud’ with technology.
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
Interface hears from leaders who champion a people-first approach driving successful technology transformations.
Culture Modernisation at the Office of Personnel Management
The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) is a government entity which manages America’s civil service. This month’s cover story explores how an organisation that prioritises people is taking a human approach to IT. Deputy CIO Melvin Brown oversees a portfolio of $500m in programs and a growing workforce of around 300 federal employees and contractors. OPM is undergoing a major cloud transformation… “We want to be cloud-first and cloud-smart as we move forward,” he explains. “So, we created a two-year sprint to the cloud plan where we take all our major applications and move them to the cloud in order to take advantage of all the benefits that brings, from both a security and a utility perspective.”
International Trade Administration: A strategic vision for technology
The International Trade Administration (ITA) strengthens the competitiveness of U.S. industry, promotes trade and investment, and ensures fair trade through the enforcement of trade laws and agreements. We hear from its CIO Gerald Caron who is passionate about involving all stakeholders in ITA’s transformation… “We’re introducing different ways of thinking to drive innovation at the International Trade Administration (ITA). What is the art of the possible? We’re looking to explore possibilities with technology across our business units and build simple foundations for the development of more complex approaches.”
Irwin Mitchell: Technology with a human touch
Also espousing the importance of a people-centric approach, Graham Thomson, Chief Information Security Officer at Irwin Mitchell, discusses his firm’s transformative legal solutions. “We’re far more than just a law firm,” he says. “I think what sets us apart is that we’re very people focused and an organisation that genuinely cares about not only our customers but our people too. People are your biggest asset, and you have to look after them.”
State of Vermont: Using AI for good
We spoke with Shawn Nailor, Secretary and CIO at State of Vermont, about IT modernisation, tackling cybersecurity state-wide, and how AI is being used for the good of Vermonters. “We’ve got to be practitioners in order to give good guidance on how to use advanced technology and where… We want to establish a practice by which we can lead by example and show good applications or AI tools to advance services and the delivery of products.”
Also in this issue, we round up the must attend tech events; get game-changing AI, Metaverse and ‘moonshot’ insights from Lenovo, and learn why people are at the heart of the decision-making process at energy company newcleo.
This month’s exclusive cover story features a fascinating insight into the procurement function at lighting giant, Signify.
A forward-thinking enterprise constantly reevaluating and adapting its operations against an ever-changing landscape, Signify has recently transformed its procurement function. And so we join Luc Broussaud, Global Head of Procurement/CPO and Arnold Chatelain, Transformation Program Director for Signify’s Procurement Organization to see why, and how, they have evolved procurement at the company.
Signify is a global organisation spread over all continents and Luc heads up the procurement function. According to Luc, he and his team no longer engage in traditional transactional procurement, but instead leverage digitalisation to deliver competitive prices as well as what they call ‘concept saving’, “Which is how we redesign or improve our product; leveraging the knowledge of our suppliers to make it cheaper, more efficient, easier to manufacture and install, and more sustainable for the planet.”
Luc joined Signify in 2018, after being the CPO of Nokia (based in Shanghai) and has always been working within procurement. He joined Signify with a broad skillset and a wealth of experience. “I joined because the people I talked to, from the COO to the CEO and CFO were all incredibly knowledgeable and passionate about procurement,” he reveals. Read the full story here!
Not only that, but we also have some incredible insights from procurement leaders at Heijmans, Datadog, HICX, DPW, ProcureCon Asia and SourcingHaus Research! Plus, the very best procurement events of 2023.
Dominic Fitch, Head of Creative Change at leadership development specialist Impact International, outlines five forward-looking skills for the next generation of leaders.
SHARE THIS STORY
There is no denying that the world of business is evolving at an incredibly fast pace. With the constant launch of new tools and innovative tech, workers are required to embrace a wide range of modern equipment on a regular basis.
As employees continue to up their game, it is only natural that the next generation of leaders will need a set of updated skills too.
Dominic Fitch, Head of Creative Change at leadership development specialist Impact International
Here, with some insights from Dominic Fitch, Head of Creative Change at leadership development specialist Impact International, we take a look at some crucial future requirements that business owners and managers will have to nail to guide their team in an efficient, successful fashion.
1. Technological inclination
In the same way that youngsters jump at the latest technology at the first opportunity, it is important for future leaders to emulate that same drive and curiosity.
The world is becoming increasingly digitalised, and the business sector is no exception. This is why company owners and managers should have a basic understanding of today’s technologies, exploring how modern equipment can actively aid their business. From cloud computing to artificial intelligence and UX development, there are many different tools that can increase your organisation’s chance of success.
Of course, nobody expects you to be an expert in computing coding or programming. But getting precious digital and tech skills under your belt can provide you with more than one ace up your sleeve.
2. Empathy and emotional intelligence
Just like an experienced, Michelin-star chef, future leaders have to juggle and balance several different aspects to create a perfect menu. Yes, technology will play an essential role in developing and driving your company forward. But software and robots have not yet mastered emotional intelligence, which means they cannot help on the more human side of things.
A business owner or manager should always strive to harness their relationship with colleagues and team members. Empathising, sympathising, supporting, and understanding the necessities of your employees is crucial, as this can inspire confidence and a sense of belonging in your people. If workers feel appreciated and cared for, there is a good chance they will go the extra mile to spur the growth of your business.
Hence, taking an interest in your team’s well-being and nurturing a shared feeling of unity is a fundamental attribute to possess.
3. Openness to diversity
One of the most prominent advantages of modern technology is that it’s abating boundaries and favouring connections with people worldwide. Hence, as time goes by, it is becoming more and more important to collaborate with colleagues from all over the globe. This means that, on a daily basis, you are working with teams from different cultures and who may even speak another language.
Engaging with people from all walks of life and with diverse backgrounds can open the doors to endless opportunities. Not only will you benefit from a vast range of experience, knowledge, and expertise, but you will also learn precious lessons on how to enter and succeed in global markets. Therefore, as the world becomes increasingly connected, future managers need to embrace diversity and make the most of its invaluable benefits.
4. Clarity and communication
Clarity and effective communication are timeless features of strong leadership. Managers need to build bridges between their team members and outline the company’s missions in a concise, transparent manner. In this respect, leadership development training is an excellent place to start when it comes to learning how to deliver messages and strategies that are straight to the point.
Future leaders have to be able to identify the right channels to carry this out in a smooth, effective way. With the many digital platforms at our disposal, it is important to choose one that can keep people on the same page at all times. What’s more, as innovations and possibilities arise, future managers need to communicate the essence of the question at hand in a digestible fashion.
Simplifying a complex situation or task is a crucial skill, and it is one that can aid both your team’s productivity and your business’ efficiency.
5. Foresight and adaptability
As technology evolves, artificial intelligence progresses, and the business sector continues to mutate, future leaders need to be flexible. Business owners and managers have to be ready to adapt and make sure they are not fazed by what the future holds. They should monitor trends and look at how to welcome change with a positive attitude.
How can you prepare for upcoming possibilities? One effective way is to run through various scenarios and start outlining all possible outcomes. What’s more, engaging with new circumstances and journeying out of your comfort zone can be an important learning curve. In fact, it will teach you how to deal with unfamiliar situations. If an unexpected opportunity comes about, you will have both the skills and confidence to respond to them with confidence.
To keep in step with the times, business leaders of the future will need to polish their set of skills. From emotional intelligence and adaptability to clear communication and openness to diversity, there are many aspects that will strengthen your leadership. By showing an interest for new software and technological developments, you can make sure your company is expanding its reach and exploring new, successful paths.
In EY’s January 2023 European CEO Outlook Survey, it was discovered European CEOs expect short-term challenges but have reason for optimism.
SHARE THIS STORY
Today’s CEO faces unprecedented challenges like never before and is tasked with navigating choppy waters.
Amid global uncertainty caused by a potential recession and on the back of war in Ukraine and disruption caused by COVID-19, it can feel overwhelming for even the most experienced leaders.
A positive horizon?
Despite this, consulting giants EY has discovered reason for optimism in its January 2023 CEO Outlook Pulse survey which includes 390 responses from CEOs across Europe. While the survey found 98% of respondents are indeed expecting a global recession, the majority of European CEOs (52%) anticipate it to be temporary and not a persistent one. These figures are a greater percentage than CEOs worldwide (48%) who point to more long-term optimism for the global economy among European CEOs.
According to the survey, 47% of European respondents believe this recession will be different from previous slowdowns. The recent crisis is more driven by myriad geopolitical challenges and an ongoing fallout from the COVID-19 pandemic compared with previous recessions primarily as a result of financial and credit market factors. Many CEOs are aware of this difference and acknowledge the necessity for new and sustainable approaches that build resilience in uncertain times.
In EY’s last survey in October 2022, ongoing pandemic-related concerns such as supply chain issues were the most important topics. However, since then supply chain pressures have eased to some extent with data from S&P Global Purchasing Managers’ Index (PMI) showing improvement. Only 32% of European CEOs now cite supply chains as the key issue which is down from 41% in October. Given inflationary pressures and the upward movement in interest rates, European CEOs are increasingly focusing on the policies and steps they believe European governments should take to help businesses mitigate the downturn.
About 35% of European respondents, in comparison to 32% globally, consider uncertain monetary policy and increasing cost of capital as the biggest challenge to growth. With inflation beginning to decline in November 2022 after 17 months of upward trajectory, CEOs are closely following central bank activity for potential course changes.
A strategy change
In response to the current recession, EU policymakers are considering more dovish economic recovery proposals instead of top-down austerity rules seen during the sovereign debt crises a decade ago. This includes rethinking debt rules to help countries navigate this downturn. Alongside this, EU governments now face pressure on how to handle the discontent of people protesting against the rising cost of living crisis and questions still remain on how extensively they will intervene. In particular, governments are reluctant to pursue austerity measures as a result of protests from the crisis 10 years ago. Meanwhile, for CEOs, financing will continue to be a challenge as a result of increased capital costs that are set to persist which disrupted growth plans.
European CEOs have learned from previous financial crises and recognise that it is essential to think of new and sustainable strategies to capitalise on the opportunities.
What is the way forward?
According to EY, there are five directives which are worth exploring over the next few years.
Investing in operations European CEOs identify investing internally to boost operations as extremely important. Risk isn’t only about extraordinary events; day-to-day operational failures can also lead to losses, regulatory action and reductions in share prices. Operations such as finance, accounting and supply chain have emerged as the top priority area of investment for European CEOs (41%).
Recognising disruption and accelerating digital transformation
Amid ongoing global pressure to embrace new technologies and a digital transformation, COVID-19 further accelerated a trend toward digitalisation. Around 38% of European CEOs (in line with 37% globally) are looking to invest in digital transformation, data and technology to emerge stronger from this downturn.
Developing a strong environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy
Businesses need to ensure ESG processes are moved to the centre of business strategy. Sustainability, including net zero and other environmental issues, as well as societal priorities, is one of the key areas that European CEOs identify as a need for more investment.
Nurturing talent
Despite the recession, the labour market remains tight in Europe. European CEOs are weighing cost management options, with 37% considering a move to contract employment and 38% planning on reducing learning and development investments. About one third are also considering a restructuring of their workforce compared with global and Americas CEOs (36% and 42%) considering the same approach.
Portfolio transformation
Looking ahead, portfolio rebalancing is expected to be a key theme as CEOs will be compelled to make bold decisions regarding their business portfolio. During a recession, companies must critically assess what their core businesses are, what their focus should be and where they can create value by spinning out or selling non-core assets. Some 93% of European CEOs consider prioritising restructuring opportunities as an important initiative in the next six months.
We explore the transformation of sustainability in procurement & visions of a future where sustainability & procurement are fully integrated.
SHARE THIS STORY
Dr Carsten Hansen, Founder of SourcingHaus Research and Consulting Group, explores the transformation of sustainability in procurement and envisions a future where sustainability and procurement are fully integrated and mainstreamed.
Our exclusive cover story this month features Alan Rankin, Chief Procurement Officer at STADA, who discusses his company’s journey to offering a best-in-class procurement function.
Few industries can say that statement with certainty. But for the pharmaceutical industry during the COVID-19 pandemic, finding a solution quickly was non-negotiable.
Indeed, Alan Rankin, Chief Procurement Officer at STADA, acknowledges the role his sector played in helping to combat one of the biggest health crises of all time. He says the COVID-19 period made him “extremely proud” to be part of the industry. “The pharmaceutical industry worked hard to come up with a solution during a time when governments struggled to cope with what happened,” he recalls. “The industry had a real impact on the world being able to handle the situation and not going into financial meltdown. That alone makes me so proud to be in this space.”
Today, STADA stands as a renowned manufacturer of high-quality pharmaceuticals. The firm operates with a three-pillar strategy consisting of consumer healthcare products, generics and specialty pharmaceuticals. Its consumer healthcare brands such as Hedrin, Nizoral, Grippostad and Zoflora are among the top sellers in their respective product categories…
Not only that but we also have fascinating discussions involving all the hot topics around the procurement function at the moment, with George Schutter, Former Chief Procurement Officer at the District of Columbia, Noemie Chetty, Director of Procurement of the Seychelles’ Public Utilities Corporation (PUC) and Trevor Tasker, CEO at EMCS Industries. Plus, Bob Booth Senior Partner, Finance & Supply Chain Transformation at IBM Consulting details how AI could affect the procurement function. “We are now witnessing a tipping point in the application of AI at real scale, and CPOs are wondering how this impacts them and their colleagues. This article aims to equip CPOs and their teams with some ideas to consider and some pointers on applying AI in a professional capacity to their company,” he reveals.
Mike Randall, CEO at Simply Asset Finance, discusses how to build a people-first strategy that enables growth.
SHARE THIS STORY
As the UK economy continues to balance on the edge of a recession, employee retention is quickly being pushed to the top of CEOs’ lists. Over the past couple of years, the job market has shifted dramatically with previously unheard terms such as ‘the great resignation’, ‘quiet quitting’ and ‘hybrid working’ becoming commonplace. People are rightly prioritising their working situation and job satisfaction levels, questioning whether they believe in the organisations they are committing so much time to.
Consequently, there has been a power dynamic shift in favour of the workforce. Reportedly in the third quarter of 2022 businesses witnessed over 365,000 job-to-job resignations across the UK. In similar fashion, the phenomenon of ‘quiet quitting’ – doing the bare minimum required of a job – has become a growing concern but its rise is prompted by a growing number of employees feeling disengaged in their roles.
Against this backdrop of a highly turbulent job market, and increasingly difficult macro-economic pressures, it’s vital for CEOs to prioritise a people-first strategy to ensure healthy growth for their business in 2023. Data from Deloitte has even revealed that experts believe how engaged a workforce feels can directly correlate to overall business output, with 93% of HR and business leaders in agreement that building a sense of belonging is crucial for organisational performance.
Mike Randall, CEO at Simply Asset Finance
However, creating the right environment and recruiting, maintaining and nurturing the right talent to ensure a people first approach can be daunting. With this in mind, here are four learnings CEOs might want to consider when approaching this challenge:
1. Define your beliefs
Before CEOs and founders can hope to attract the right talent, it is critical to first distil and translate the business vision into something that can be understood by employees. Put simply, this means defining the business’ beliefs.
Some business leaders may already refer to this as an ‘employer brand’, and it can be key to not only securing better talent, but also saving a business money in the long-term. Data from LinkedIn for example, recently found that a strong employer brand can help to reduce employee turnover by as much as 28% and cost-per-hire by 50%. Defining these beliefs – or the tenets a business does and doesn’t stand for – is therefore the perfect exercise to put a vision onto paper, and clearly communicate it to its prospective talent.
2. Build a solid culture
Once these beliefs have been defined, they must be reflected, and built into a strong culture. A business’ beliefs should permeate through the whole organisation – from customer communications, to how staff are treated, to how leaders run the business. Culture should essentially be a representation of a business’ beliefs being put into practice.
Building a strong culture in a business, however, is not solely about these beliefs but also extends into how employees are equipped with the tools they need to succeed. Companies that invest in learning and development for example, have been found to benefit from a 24% higher profit margin than those that don’t, according to the Association of Talent Development. Training and development should therefore be seen as a worthwhile and necessary investment that can solidify your culture and ensure profitability, not just an unavoidable cost.
3. Invest in retention
With research from Oxford Economics estimating the average turnover per employee earning £25,000 a year to be £30,000 plus, there is an evident cost to businesses that fail to invest in retention. Tackling this will mean regularly taking the time to truly understand what makes employees tick – and more specifically, understanding their motivations, attitudes, behaviours, strengths and weaknesses.
As the past few years have evidenced, individuals are no longer deciding where they work solely based on salary, but are also thinking about employer values, flexibility, and benefits. To avoid employee churn, businesses should regularly take time to understand what drives their employees and implement retention strategies to address these drivers. Gathering and analysing employee data will play an important role here over the coming years, and should be built into a long-term strategy to optimise employee satisfaction.
4. Build for the future
A common challenge encountered by modern businesses and startups wanting to take a people first approach, can be their ability to stay committed to it. As a business grows in size and becomes successful, it can be all too easy to let external factors dictate its purpose and for it to lose sight of what it initially stood for. The reality is that when this happens, a business is in its most vulnerable state – as its beliefs become increasingly distant, and worse, employees no longer understand what it stands for.
When creating a people-first strategy its therefore important to think long-term. If there are external factors that will potentially put this strategy at risk in future, it’s crucial to identify them, and put in practical steps to mitigate them where possible. The pandemic, for example, is a prime example of an external factor that interrupted the status quo of many businesses – disrupting employees, customers and operations in general. While they can be unpredictable in nature, having a plan to get through these times can help to get you back on track and reassure talent that a solution is in place.
In this economic climate, defining beliefs, building a solid culture, and retention plan should be at the core of every business’ strategy. It’s only when these things are in place that a business can hope to attract and retain talented people that exude the same passion and values built into the heart of a business. As while a business’ growth may be defined by its leaders, it is delivered by its people who are putting that vision into practice.
Welcome to the launch issue of CEOstrategy where we highlight the challenges and opportunities that come with ‘the’ leadership role
SHARE THIS STORY
Our first cover story explores how Vodafone is leveraging strong leadership to drive the collaborations enabling businesses to champion change management and better use technology.
Welcome to the launch issue of CEOstrategy!
Tasked with accelerating business growth, while building the synergies across an organisation that can drive innovation to meet diverse customer needs and keep revenues on track, the modern CEO must be mentor, marshall and motivator on the journey to success.
“Leadership is purpose, it’s why do you do the things you do…”
Our cover story throws the spotlight on Vodafone US CEO David Joosten; also Director for Americas & Partners Markets at Vodafone Business, he talks to CEOstrategy about leading from the front and setting the standards to deliver growth while keeping employees and customers happy.
“People follow leaders that are honest about themselves. If you can reflect on what you’ve done well, but also where you need to improve it can inspire others to do the same.”
EMCS Industries Ltd: How a CEO can navigate change management
“Why hire talent and then tell them what do? You have so much to learn from the great people you hire. Micromanaging is not management, and it’s certainly not leadership. Let your people thrive!”
Read our interview with EMCS Industries Ltd CEO Trevor Tasker for more thought-provoking insights on leadership from the shifting tides of the marine industry in this maiden issue.
How to be an authentic leader
“At the most basic human level, everyone knows what it’s like to feel heard by another person, and how that changes our behaviour. It can help anger and sadness subside and enable us to start seeing things differently. So, when employees are being listened to by their leaders, it can only help how an organisation operates.”
Dr Andrew White, director of the Advanced Management and Leadership Programme at the University of Oxford’s Saïd Business School and host of the Leadership 2050 podcast series, explores transformative approaches to leadership for the modern CEO.
How can CEOs drive forward culture change around diversity and inclusion?
Diane Lightfoot, CEO of Business Disability Forum, explores the changing the narrative around diversity and inclusion in the workplace.
“Disability is still often parked in the “too difficult” box when it comes to Diversity, Equity and Inclusion. Employers are often afraid of doing or saying the wrong thing and as a result, do or say nothing. As a CEO, the stakes feel (and often are) higher. That high profile platform can feel daunting at the best of times; when tackling an unfamiliar topic, it can feel positively overwhelming. But what we do and say as senior leaders has a huge impact. Indeed, it is critical in driving change.”
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g-TRCm1dv6o
Also in this launch issue, we get the lowdown on agile ways of working from Kubair Shirazee, CEO of Agile transformation specialists Agilitea. Elsewhere, we speak with Nirav Patel, CEO of the consultancy firm, Bristlecone – a subsidiary of Mahindra Group and a leading provider of AI powered application transformation services for the connected supply chain – who discusses the challenges facing CPOs and supply chain leaders in our uncertain times. And we analyse the latest insights for CEOs from McKinsey and Gartner.
Standard Bank CIO Bessy Mahopo on the challenges of operating in a fractured market and how the company overcomes them
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story highlights how technology is helping Standard Bank overcome the challenges of a fractured market to both drive business growth and improve services for customers.
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
“Time may change me, but I can’t trace time…” sang David Bowie. Changes can be challenging to manage with the path to positive disruption not always a smooth change management journey.
Interface dives deep for insights on understanding, planning, implementing and communicating change across industries.
Standard Bank CIO (CIB – Transactional Banking) Bessy Mahopo explains how one of South Africa’s largest banks is using its own digital transformation successes as a template to support the country’s ongoing technological evolution by overhauling IT from the inside out. “I believe that once we start moving the curve to fifth and sixth generation technology, we’re going to become even more of a value-producer.”
The art of change management with SAP
Maria Villar, Head of Enterprise Data Strategy and Transformation at SAP, talks about the importance of driving change in the technology space and helping businesses thrive with data from the perspective of one of the world’s leading enterprise resource planning software vendors. “My job is about finding out what a good data strategy looks like and continuing to spend time with customers to look ahead…”
Talent transformation journeys with TUI
We caught up with Cerstin Lang, Director for HR Group IT at TUI. She reveals how it’s global For:ward program is driving digital transformation as the travel giant works with training partner Udacity to upskill IT talent. “Our IT goals are focused on developing a structure that supports new ways of working with the right balance to innovate and grow in the future.”
How TransUnion is enabling consumer trust
Alejandro Reskala, CIO Canada, LATAM, Caribbean at TransUnion, about technology transformation at a leading consumer credit reporting agency, its dedication to people, and how it makes trust possible. “TransUnion has always blazed a trail to use technology and data to generate insights that help support financial inclusion.”
Also in this issue, we ask what the birth of ChatGPT means for businesses leveraging tech and learn from Rivery why organisations need to rethink their data strategy with robust operational analytics.
Mark Weil, CEO at TMF Group, discusses the rise of staff attrition in the industry
SHARE THIS STORY
At the start of 2023 many companies are still struggling to find employees. The job market favours the applicant far more than before Covid-19 across many sectors. Higher interest rates and lower economic growth so far haven’t reduced the pressure on labour availability.
High staff turnover isn’t just a matter of the cost it creates. The disruption from running with a lot of open roles and with less experienced staff can disrupt client service, increase error rates and lead to more serious compliance and reputation damage.
Mark Weil, CEO at TMF Group
Examining the data
A lot of commentary on the situation has been based on surveys of employees’ intentions rather than their actual decisions. By managing our clients’ financial, legal and employee administration we have access to large volumes of data. This provides insight on the overall recruitment and resignation levels across workforces, from several hundred thousand employees, covering a broad range of sectors and job levels in more than 90 countries.
As a starting point, the data tells us that there was indeed a significant global increase in staff resignation during and after the pandemic. Across the 90 countries, average company staff attrition rose from around 15% annually in mid-2020 to 25% at the end of 2021. That’s a dramatic 67% increase in just 18 months.
Global annualised employee attrition trend
Digging deeper reveals a much more nuanced picture by company and country. In 2021, staff attrition averaged around 20% across the 90 countries but was below 10% in a small number, with Argentina the lowest at 6%. Of those above 20%, India, the UK and Poland topped the list with a rate of 26%. Both India and Poland are now major destinations for companies establishing regional service centres – locations that are supposed to be low cost, stable hubs that support many other countries. So rising staff turnover there will be particularly painful.
2021 average employee attrition by country
When examining the data at company level, annual attrition levels vary even more widely, from a low of around 5% to a high of 40%. Some of that will be a result of challenges in specific industries and companies. Some will arise from the underlying attrition in the labour market of the countries they operate in. To disentangle how much is company versus country, we compare in the chart below the attrition a firm is seeing with the average attrition it should be seeing given the mix of countries where it operates. The wide spread in the data shows that that country averages matter far less than individual company factors. For example, looking at companies whose country mix should give them expected attrition of around 15-20%, we see many at 30%-40% and others at just 5%-10% attrition.
Company actual 2021 attrition versus average for the countries where they operate
Staff attrition is a problem at any time, but becomes a significant threat to a business if it gets too high. How high is a matter of judgement and depends on the particular company. In professional services, for example, when staff attrition is above 20% it starts to impact client service and above 30% it can pose a risk to regulatory and reputational integrity.
The rise in global staff attrition, coupled with big spikes by country and company means that multinational firms will have an increased number of locations where attrition is high and potentially well beyond manageable levels. From 2020 to 2021 the number of employees in company locations experiencing more than 20% attrition nearly doubled, from around 15% to 27%. Looking at where the levels were highest, employees in countries experiencing more than 35% attrition rose from 1% to 7%. That means there’s an increasing number of hotspots, where extremely high staff attrition means companies need to intervene quickly to avoid staff resignations spiralling due to increased workload.
Factoring in country complexity
An important additional factor is the complexity of a particular country to operate in. Many countries have onerous business rules which are enforced vigorously. High staff turnover in complex countries is particularly dangerous because of the added risk of compliance breaches.
We can look at country complexity using TMF Group’s Global Business Complexity Index. It ranks countries annually based on 292 criteria, covering the fiscal, legal and employment environments for doing business in each location.
Procurement is in a state of flux. Against a backdrop of economic uncertainty, the procurement landscape is volatile and requires…
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement is in a state of flux.
Against a backdrop of economic uncertainty, the procurement landscape is volatile and requires agility to navigate turbulent waters. But, despite significant disruption could there still be opportunity?
Simon Whatson, Vice President of Efficio Consulting, is optimistic about the future of digital procurement and despite a challenging few years he is confident of a successful bounce back. He gives us the lowdown on the direction of travel for digital procurement in 2023.
As an executive with considerable experience in the space, we’d love to learn more about your background and how you ended up in procurement. Why was this the specialism for you and how did you get involved to begin with?
Simon Whatson (SW): “I think the one-word answer of how I came into procurement was accidental. I studied maths at university, with a year in France, before I began looking for different roles to apply for.
“Eventually, I was offered a position with a big plumbing and heating merchant with global operations. I worked in that supply chain team for two and a half years. Although it was called supply chain, a lot of the work was procurement, which involved negotiating with suppliers. It was after that stint there, that I discovered consulting and joined a boutique procurement consultancy. Now I am onto my third consultancy and I’m very happy here!
“In terms of why I’ve stayed, one of the success factors in procurement is being able to work cross-functionally. Procurement doesn’t own any of the spending that it is responsible for helping to optimise. It must work with other functions and the spend owners. I quite like the people side of that, building relationships, almost selling internally to bring teams together. That really appeals to me and is a key reason why I’ve been very happy in procurement.”
As we move into exploring procurement today in 2023. The space is filled with challenges and complexities. You only need to look at the last few years. Covid, war in Ukraine, inflation – how would you describe the world’s recent challenges and their effect on the industry and what do you feel CPOs and leaders can do to combat these issues?
SW: “I would flip it around and say that these are not so much challenges but rather opportunities for procurement. When I started my career 18 years ago, procurement was often fighting to get a voice and there were complaints that procurement was not represented at the top table, but the war in Ukraine, inflation, COVID and ESG, these are things which are now on the C-suite agenda and procurement is ideally positioned to help companies face those challenges. If you think about COVID and the war in Ukraine, procurement is in a privileged position to help with this.
“I see some procurement functions that prefer to do what they know, which focuses on the process and transactional side. However, there are also many forward-thinking CPOs and procurement professionals out there, that have really seized this opportunity of being on the C-suite agenda and drive the thinking and the solutions to some of these big challenges we’re seeing.”
Although new technology in procurement has been around for well over a decade, digitalisation has become so much more of an important topic. How would you sum up where procurement and supply chain are in terms of digital transformation today?
SW: “It’s a bit laggard, but digital transformation is difficult, and we have to recognise there are some real trailblazers. There are some firms doing some fantastic things in digital to produce better outcomes. If you contrast your experience when you’re buying something in your private life, it’s much easier than 20 years ago. You can get access to a wealth of pre-sourced things, whether it’s food, a holiday, a car, or a book. You can see reviews of what other people think of these things.
“But when you go into your workplace as a business user and you want to buy something, it doesn’t quite work like that yet. You often have to fill in a form, send it off and wait for them to come back to you. They might come back a little bit later than you were hoping and might tell you that they don’t have that part on the supply frameworks. I think people sometimes get confused about how it can be so easy to buy something as large as a car or a holiday on their sofa at home, but when they want to buy something at work, it seems to be quite cumbersome. Digital can help a lot with that, but it is incumbent on organisations and procurement functions to figure out how to recreate that customer experience that we’ve become accustomed to in our private lives.”
With a new generation of leaders growing up with technology, some might say that it could be a key driver in helping to speed the adoption in procurement along. Is this something you would agree with or what would you point to as a key driver?
SW: “I do think that it will act as one of the catalysts for further digital transformation in organisations, because if procurement doesn’t manage to recreate that customer experience that the new generation expects, then they won’t use procurement going forward and will look to bypass it.
“The analogy that I’ve used previously in this case is one of travel agents. I remember as a child, my parents were able to take us on holiday and I remember the whole process. We would walk into town to the travel agent, and look at some of the brochures of options. They often then had to phone the various airlines or resorts on our behalf. They might not be able to get through, so we’d have to come back the next day. I remember as a child being quite excited by the whole process but actually, thinking back, it was quite cumbersome. You compare that to now, with being able to review online, and you can get instant answers to your questions. It’s not a coincidence that travel agents don’t really exist anymore.”
How much of a challenge is it to not get caught leveraging technology for technologies sake? How important is it to stay true to your approach and be strategic?
SW: “We conducted a study of many procurement leaders and CPOs a few years ago, and one of the things that we found was that about 50% of procurement leaders admitted to having bought technology just on the basis of a fear of missing out, without any real understanding of the benefits that technology was going to bring. That was a real shock and a revealing find because technology is not cheap, and its implementation is quite disruptive. If you’re purchasing a system because everybody else is using it, then there could be some pretty costly mistakes. It is really important to make sure that when buying technology, it is because the benefits are fully understood.
“My advice to companies when looking to digitalise is own your data, visualise that data, and manage your knowledge. If you can focus on getting those things right in that order, and make your technology decisions to support that goal, then that’s a much better way of thinking about it rather than just jumping in and buying a piece of technology.”
It’s clear that the procurement space is an exciting, but challenging, place to be. What do you think will play a key role in the next 12 months to push the digital conversation further to take procurement to the next level?
SW: “Looking forward, one thing that procurement needs to do and continue to do is attract the best people. Ultimately, people are what makes an organisation, and it is what makes a function successful. I think procurement has often not looked for the right skills in the people that it employs. Traditionally, it’s looked for people with procurement experience and while they are valuable and required, we also need leadership potential. People who think a bit more outside the box and aren’t so process driven. A lot of what procurement has done in previous years has been process driven, so if you’re just limiting your search of people to those that have had procurement experience, you’re inevitably going to end up with a lot of people who are process driven.
“I think being bolder and recruiting people from different backgrounds with different skill sets is the way to go. If procurement can ‘own’ the ESG space, that will help with the younger generation see procurement make a difference. I think that’s one thing that will be key to success going forward.”
Check out the latest issue of CPOstrategy Magazine here.
Paul Farrow, Vice President of Hilton Hotels’ Supply Management, sits down with us to discuss how his organisation’s procurement function has evolved amid disruption on a global scale
SHARE THIS STORY
The hospitality industry has endured a rough ride over the past few years.
Following the COVID-19 pandemic which stopped the world in its tracks and now with millions facing a cost-of-living crisis, it’s been a period of unprecedented disruption for those involved in the space and beyond.
But it’s a challenge met head-on by Paul Farrow, Vice President of Supply Management at Hilton Hotels, and his team who have been forced to respond as the world continues to shift before their eyes.
Farrow gives us a closer look into the inner workings of his firm’s procurement function and how he has led the charge during his time with Hilton Hotels.
Could we start with you introducing yourself and talking a little about your role at Hilton Hotels?
Paul Farrow (PF): “I’m the Vice President of Hilton’s Supply Management, or HSM as we call it. I’ve been with Hilton Hotels for 12 and a half years, and my role is to head the supply chain function for our hotels across Europe, the Middle East and Africa.
“Over the past few years, Hilton has grown rapidly and has now got 7,000 hotels in over 125 countries globally. What is really exciting is Hilton Supply Management doesn’t just supply Hilton Hotels and the Hilton Engine because we also now supply our franchisees and competitive flags. While we have 7,000 hotels globally, Hilton Supply Management actually supplies close to 13,000 hotels. That’s an interesting business development for us, and a profit earner too.”
You’re greatly experienced, I bet you’ve seen supply chain management and procurement change a lot in recent years?
PF: “The past two to three years have been tremendously challenging on so many industries but I’d argue that hospitality got hit more than most as a result of the Covid pandemic. Here at Hilton, supply management was really important just to keep the business operational throughout that tough time, but I’m delighted to say we’re fully recovered now.
“Looking back, it was undoubtedly difficult, and you only have to look at the media to see that we’re now going through a period of truly unprecedented inflation. On top of the normal day job, it’s certainly been a very busy time.”
Hospitality must have been under an awful lot of pressure during the pandemic…
PF: “Most of our teams as a business and all functions have worked together far more collaboratively than ever before through the use of technology and things like Microsoft Teams and Zoom. Trying to work remotely as effectively as possible changed the way we all had to think and the way we had to do. Now we’re back in the workplace and in our offices, we’re actually looking to take advantage of that new approach.”
Inflation, rising costs, energy shortages, as well as drives towards a circular economy means it’s quite a challenging time for CSCOs and CPOs right now, isn’t it?
PF: “Those headwinds have caused and created challenges of the like that we’ve not seen before. The war in Ukraine and Russia has meant significant supply chain disruption and supply shortages of some key ingredients and raw materials. China is a significant source of materials and they’re still having real challenges to get their production to keep up with demand.
“All the local and short-term challenges are around energy and fuel pricing, so throughout the supply chain that’s been a major factor to what we’ve had to deal with. On top of that is the labour shortages. We rely heavily throughout the supply chain and within our business to utilise labour from around the world. In my region, particularly from say Eastern Europe as well as other businesses all fighting for a smaller labour pool than we had before. We are fighting with the likes of the supermarkets, Amazon’s, not just other hotel companies to capture the labour pool we need both in our properties but also within our supply chain supplies themselves.
Hilton operates a rather unique procurement function, doesn’t it?
PF: “We trade off the Hilton name because our brand strength is something that we are able to utilise and we’re very proud of, but we’ve also got additional leverage by having that group procurement model.
“We’ve got essentially two clients. We’ve got our managed estate which is when an owner chooses to partner with Hilton, they’re signing a management agreement because they want the benefit and value of the Hilton engine. That could be revenue management, how we manage onboarding clients and customers through advertising, as well as the other support we give in terms of finance, HR, marketing and sales as well as procurement.”
HSM is a profit centre and revenue driver through its group procurement model but how does this work?
PF: “Our secret sauce is our culture. It’s our people and that filters across all of our team members and indeed all of our functions. The key strategic pillars are the same for health and supply management around culture, maximising performance and so on as they are across the overall global business.
“Across our 7,000 plus hotels, the majority are actually franchised hotels because that’s the legacy of what still is the model in the US. When I joined Hilton 12 and a half years ago, the reverse is true where nearly all of our hotels in Europe, Middle East and Africa, and indeed in Asia Pacific, were and are managed. In the Europe, Middle East and Africa regions right now we’re building up close to a 50/50 split between managed, leased and franchised.”
What has pleased you most about the roll-out of the HSM?
PF: “It’s certainly not been easy because we’ve got 70 countries that sit within our region here in EMEA and Hilton’s penetration in those individual countries is very different. We may have 100 hotels in one of those markets and only one or two in specific countries. Our scale and our ability to get logistics solutions is different by market.
“Getting everyone on board to what we want to achieve to our guests and to our owners means we have to pull different levers. We have very effective brand standards. If you’re signing up to Hilton, you’re signing up to delivering against those brand standards that we believe are right for our organisation.”
What kind of feedback have you had from your clients?
PF: “Integrity is in our DNA, and we work very closely with our suppliers who we value as partners. These are long-term relationships, and we work hand in hand because we have to see that they’re successful so that we can be successful – it’s really important to what we do and we constantly look for feedback.
“With our internal and our external customers, we’ll have quarterly business reviews and so we’ll get that feedback through surveys where we are asking them to tell us what we do well and what we could do better. Our partners are now asking what additional value can you do to bring support to our organisation through ESG? So that’s what’s on the table now when it wasn’t before. But it’s not just that – it’s about the security of supply competitiveness, competitiveness of pricing, and a whole bunch of other very important things as well.”
Looking to the future, what’s on the agenda for the next few years?
PF: “We’re out there meeting and greeting people in person and there’s always new opportunities that make things exciting in what we do and how we work. Innovation’s very high on our agenda and we’re very proud of what we do in food and beverage. In non-food categories, it’s about how we support our owners and our hotel general managers to find that competitive edge and do the next big thing ahead of our competitors.”
Anything else important to know?
PF: “One thing we’ve been able to take full advantage of is how we’ve been able to grow our business by bolting on new customers. I think it’s fantastic that our competitors choose to use Hilton Supply Management because they benchmarked what our capabilities are and how competitive we are.
“Another key part of the agenda is environmental, social and governance (ESG) sustainability. Responsible sourcing and everything that sits within that is front and centre of what we do. Within that you’ve got human rights, animal welfare, single use plastics as well as general responsible sourcing like managing food waste. The list is very long, but they’re all very important.”
Check out the latest issue of CPOstrategy Magazine here.
CPOstrategy catches up with Sam de Frates, who has been leading procurement transformation at Mars, Incorporated, to discover how one of the world’s largest enterprises has put people at the heart of its plans…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our exclusive cover story this month, sees us catching up with Sam de Frates, Vice President, Commercial – Europe, CIS & Turkey at Mars, Incorporated, and the leader of procurement transformation at the company, to discover how one of the world’s largest enterprises has put people at the heart of its plans…
Talk of technological change and digital transformations often excludes the most vital tools in delivering meaningful value within an enterprise: the people. Because new tools, processes and capabilities only truly maximise their value if they are shaped by the very people that require their services. The adoption of technology without the human touch can be an expensive opportunity missed.
An experienced procurement leader who has worked at some of the largest companies on earth, de Frates joins us for a chat from his London office to discuss how digital procurement at Mars has evolved under his guidance, whilst the company undergoes cross functional changes at scale – a hugely significant transformation with Mars Associates and its suppliers at its heart…
Elsewhere, we also we discuss the hottest topics within the procurement function, with Paul Howard, Chief Commercial Officer at New Zealand Defence Force and Manuele Burdese, Sr Director, Head of Business Insights & Analytics Strategic Sourcing & Procurement, Bristol Myers Squibb. Plus, we have some incredible insights from Efficio, Ivalua and Hilton Supply Management.
Here are 10 of the most important leadership skills that CEOs need to demonstrate in 2023.
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s world, a CEO needs to be lots of things to different people. The importance of having the leadership skill to being able to lead through unprecedented disruption was highlighted by the COVID-19 pandemic and helped to define what makes a good CEO.
Here are 10 of the most important leadership skills that CEOs need to demonstrate in 2023.
1. Clear communication
Communicating effectively with employees is one of the most vital skills any leader can have. By adopting a transparent mindset, it leaves little room for miscommunication or misunderstandings. But rather than just being eloquent, CEOs should deliver meaningful content too. A CEO needs to be able to communicate the essence of the business strategy and the methodology for achieving it.
2. Strong talent management strategy
People are the most important component of all businesses. CEOs who are able to recruit and retain key employees have a greater chance of increasing productivity and efficiency. After recruiting good people, the key to retaining them is by harnessing a positive work environment that empowers employees to succeed.
3. Decision-making
As a leader, thinking strategically to make effective decisions is vital to the success of an organisation. Making decisions is a key part of leadership as well as having the conviction to stand by decisions or agility to adapt when those decisions don’t have the required outcome. While all decisions might not be favourable, making unpopular but necessary calls are important characteristics of a good leader.
4. Negotiation
Negotiation is a fundamental part of being a CEO. In a top leadership position, almost every business conversation will be a negotiation. Good negotiations are important to an organisation because they will ultimately result in better relationships, both with staff inside the company and externally. An effective leader will also help find the best long-term solution by finding the right balance and offering value where both parties feel like they ‘win’.
5. Creativity and innovation
Being quick-thinking and ready to explore new options are great skills of a CEO. Creative leadership can lead to finding innovative solutions in the face of challenging and changing situations. It means in the midst of disruption, of which it has been increasingly prevalent, leaders can still find answers for their teams. Creative CEOs are those who take risks and empower employees to drop outdated and overused practices to innovate and try new things that could lead to greater efficiency.
6. Agility
Without agility over the past few years, businesses would have failed. CEOs were forced to embrace remote working following the advent of the COVID-19 pandemic whether they liked it or not. Now, faced against a potential recession, these macroeconomic events are unavoidable and have to be managed carefully. Effective leaders will have their fingers on the pulse and ready to respond to changes.
7. Strategic forecasting
Creating a clear path forward is essential to achieving uninterrupted success. The ability to look into the future and identify trends and issues to then react to is vital. Good CEOs are able to plan strategically and make informed decisions to set goals and plan for the future easily.
8. Delegation
CEOs can’t do everything. A leader tends to be pulled in a number of different ways every day and it is impossible to be on top of everything. This means the importance of bringing in a team of people who are trusted and skilled in their respective areas of expertise. Successful CEOs are expert delegators because they recognise the value of teamwork and elevating those around them.
9. Approachability
An approachable CEO who welcomes conversation and is an active listener will help employees feel at ease raising issues or concerns. This approach will help build strong relationships with staff and customers and encourage a healthy culture which is beneficial to employee retention. Leaders with strong, trusting and authentic relationships with their teams know that investing time in building these bonds which makes them more effective as a leader and creates a foundation for success.
10. Growth mindset
If a CEO arms themselves with a growth mindset it allows them to meet challenges head-on and evolve. This shines a light on improving through effort, learning and persistence. As others may back down in the face of adversity and upheaval, successful CEOs will strive to move forward with confidence. Those with a growth mindset are unlikely to be swayed as they have the tools needed to reframe challenges as opportunities to grow.
In McKinsey’s latest report ‘Actions the best CEOs are taking in 2023’, we examine three of the biggest trends on the c-level agenda
SHARE THIS STORY
Anyone can sail a ship when things are going well. But it takes a strong, robust and characterful CEO to steer a business through choppy waters and out the other side.
In McKinsey’s latest report ‘Actions the best CEOs are taking in 2023’, the research and advisory firm uncovered which trends are set to have the biggest impact on how CEOs lead their business throughout the year.
McKinsey’s CEO Excellence Survey surveyed 200 of the best corporate CEOs of the past 15 years. This was completed by whittling down a list of all the current and former CEOs of the 1,000 largest public companies during that timeframe. The list was subsequently filtered based on tenure, including only those who had completed at least six years in the role. From there, the CEOs were continuously shortlisted until the best 200 were determined.
Each CEO was asked to identify the top three trends that are set to determine how leaders tackle the future. Here is an insight into those findings.
1. Actions to deal with digital disruption
CEOs are targeting digital trends in three key ways: developing advanced analytics, enhancing cybersecurity and automating work. OpenAI’s launch of ChatGPT has accelerated the demand of companies looking to embrace advanced analytics for a competitive advantage. Improving cybersecurity is another key action for CEOs with the importance of guarding against external threats paramount amid strengthening and more mature cyberattacks. Lastly, automating work is another key priority to scale efficiency and eliminate boring and manual tasks which free up people’s time.
2. Actions to deal with the risk of high inflation and economic downturn
One CEO who is worried about economic uncertainty told McKinsey: “Act early to lower costs and protect the balance sheet so that you are stronger and leaner when the economy begins to turn more favourably.” McKinsey found that companies that outperformed the 2008 financial crisis cut operating costs by 1% before the downturn while the others expanded costs by the same percentage. The best performers reduced their debt by $1 for every $1 of book capital before the downturn. This can be done by reducing operating expenses, redesigning products and services as well as reassessing strategic and economic assumptions.
3. Actions to deal with the escalation of geopolitical risk
According to McKinsey, there are three actions to help manage the escalation of global and national crises. CEOs are targeting building robust compliance capabilities, creating resilience in supplier networks and investing in monitoring and response capabilities. These actions come following the challenges presented by COVID-19, the war in Ukraine and now inflation concerns. Many firms are choosing to build their trade compliance organisations and improve how they screen different customers and companies. While a defensive approach is the way forward for many, some companies see the turbulent times as an opportunity.
How Minted is leveraging digital technology to make investment in precious metals, accessible, affordable and simple
SHARE THIS STORY
Shahid Munir, co-founder of Minted, discusses how his firm is competing with larger banks for a spot at the top table of investment in fintech.
Few industries have boomed like the fintech space over the past few years. With a plethora of new technology at consumer fingertips like never before, banks are being properly challenged by upcoming startups offering an alternative solution. Among these is Minted, aiming to make the buying, selling, transferring and delivery of physical precious metals simple through flexible monthly plans and one-time purchases. The company was founded in 2018 by three close friends – Shahid Munir, Hamzah Almasyabi and Haroon Siddiq – with a shared passion for entrepreneurship, technology and the opportunities the financial industry presented. Their combined drive led to the creation of Minted.
Shahir Munir, Co-Founder, Minted
The rise of Minted
Munir, co-founder of Minted, admits the journey has been a “rollercoaster” since the trio decided to launch their venture. “It’s certainly been exciting,” he explains. “It’s been a great learning curve and was a case of taking an industry where so many people were so used to doing it one way and offering something new. This has been challenging because we have a great product, but no one understood it. We’ve had to go out and educate people first in what has been a journey of growth, but it’s a constant journey.”
A decade ago, financial technology was considered by many as ring-fenced by bigger banks. But Munir stresses he has tried to change that narrative and offer competition which provides tremendous value. “Previously, a bank was the only way you could provide financial products,” he says. “Technology has allowed more innovative and creative solutions to launch and test the bigger banks and what they became bad at which was the customer experience. Now you see bigger banks adopt a lot of the technology and some of the practices used by challenger banks which can only be a good thing. Being in London has also helped because it is one of the leading hubs for fintechs and really supports the financial technology industry.”
Armed with different skillsets, the three co-founders complement each other with a diverse range of experience. With Almasyabi bringing an operations background and Siddiq bringing business strategy, Munir completes the line-up with finance and technology know-how. “I think it’s what sets us apart and makes us different,” he says. “Our backgrounds mean we’re not tunnel visioned and can see clearly when things aren’t working. We have a great thinktank within the business which helps us come up with ideas.”
Making precious metals accessible, affordable and simple
“I recall seeing a meme about how the price of a Freddo chocolate had changed over the years, no longer being its trademark 10p, it was now 200% more expensive and also smaller in size. This led me down rabbit-hole of trying to understand why most items go up in price as years pass and rarely come back down again. I became fascinated with how the government increases the money supply and the concept of inflation – my money buys me less in the future than it does today.
“I met with the other two founders that same night and the thoughts extended from my mind into an intense conversation about quantitative easing, Brexit, cost of living – snacks were being consumed faster than the rate of government borrowing. Where could we park our money, what was better than money? That was when the penny-dropped (pardon the pun). Hamzah proclaimed: ‘What about gold, guys?’”
Digital disruption
Through Minted, customers will have full legal ownership over their gold and can also request to have their gold delivered to a verified address. The gold and silver are stored in a grade 10 vault in the UK with the highest level of security possible. The products are fully insured by Lloyds of London at the current value while in vaulted storage as well as when being transported.
As a digital disrupter, one of the biggest challenges Minted continues to face is a lack of understanding. Customer assurance is an important priority, and the organisation has established several initiatives to gain trust. Minted is registered and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) which means the firm operates to the highest financial standards and guidelines as determined by the FCA. “I feel like we need to go that extra mile,” stresses Munir. “What I think we underestimated at first was the extent to which people needed to ask questions until we launched a live chat facility on the website. This function helps build our knowledge base and allows us to hold the customer’s hand throughout the process. We’ve also found success when we’ve attended face to face exhibition events and had one-on-one interactions. It’s been brilliant to see first-hand the customer perception and look at what we can do better to meet their needs.”
Munir says he has noticed a trend of people starting with a “flutter” to test the water and check out the process. “I think it’s important that people build their confidence and recognise the value in what we offer,” he explains. “Once this is done, we often see those same customers make larger transactions. We know our difference can be a challenge for some people to accept which is why education is such an important topic to us. We have to keep doing explainer videos, use social media and hold community sessions to be there for customers.”
Scaling up
Minted recently launched its own app which offers customers an even easier way to manage their gold and silver, as well as introducing a tool to partner with businesses called Minted Connect. Munir believes the move has helped showcase an advanced, modern way for people to own physical items. “I love the app as it just makes things so much easier for customers via the platform,” he explains. “It’s been fantastic, a one-stop solution that helps stores the precious metals for free and allows them to be delivered at any time. In a world where everything is so digitally enabled it is nice to offer something physical – people don’t even buy cars anymore. Hopefully via customer feedback we can make improvements to the app that will help us develop new features.”
Munir believes gold is increasingly being seen as an alternative for savings and affirms global pressures like the threat of inflation amid economic uncertainty has helped people to realise the full potential of Minted’s offering. “In the past if you wanted to save money, you simply open a saver account and start adding money but with gold it was often a little trickier,” he says. “But with Minted we’ve simplified the process and tried to make it as automated as possible. Gold is a great alternative which has stood the test of time.”
Looking ahead, Minted is showing no signs of slowing down and is expanding into different territories. Munir remains positive for the next few years and what comes next for his organisation. “We’re working towards expanding the team because I feel like we’re at the stage now where each of our departments needs its own team of people to run each department,” he explains. “We’re scaling up and branching into new markets such as Turkey, and focusing in on developing the business to business side too.”
“Disruption should drive digitalisation and cloud uptake rather than hindering it.”
SHARE THIS STORY
Sal Laher, Chief Digital & Information Officer at global enterprise software provider IFS, reveals how a single strategy for cloud and digitalisation helps businesses maximise the rewards of growth.
Digitalisation equals transformation
Digitalisation and the business transformation projects that enable it are again on the radar for many businesses, particularly given the current macro-economics and potential recession being predicted. According to recent data from Research and Markets, The Global Digital Transformation Market size is expected to reach $1,302.9bn by 2027, rising at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 20.8% in the period 2021-2027.
This renewed focus on digitalisation is aligned to businesses accelerating cloud migration, including readily available SaaS solutions. The Flexera 2021 State of the Cloud Report finds 92% of enterprises have a multi-cloud strategy and 80% have a hybrid cloud strategy.
Sal Laher, Chief Digital & Information Officer, IFS
Both trends will go hand in hand as digitalisation and cloud migration continue to drive business efficiencies, process change and consumer service demands. Most organisations are aware of the potential rewards both business models can bring. This is because it is not the first time they are being talked about– this major transformational shift has already been in place for a decade. But some, wary of the disruptive impact of recent global events are holding back from implementing them. However, it is the wrong approach.
Disruption should drive digitalisation and cloud uptake rather than hindering it. Even in isolation, either moving to the cloud, or undertaking digitalisation, will enable faster decision-making, supported by greater compute power and more agile processes, generating faster output and enhancing customer service. Yet, to drive competitive edge, organisations need to combine cloud migration with business transformation and look to maximise those benefits. To do this, they must develop a single strategy covering both elements and move forward with a common approach.
Migrating to the cloud for business transformation
By digitalising, organisations have an opportunity to benefit from faster time to insight, enhanced business and customer connectivity, and operational efficiencies. It allows them to more easily collect and analyse data that they can later turn into actionable, revenue-generating insights.
Over time, they can go further and start to tap into the benefits of artificial intelligence, machine learning, big data analytics, and the Internet of Things (IoT). But it is the additional compute power and scalability of the cloud that helps them to maximise these benefits and fulfil the potential of digital technologies.
Cloud migration also includes adopting evergreen application (business process) solutions in the cloud with the many SaaS solutions that are available today. That’s why it is important that they adopt a single plan to migrate to the cloud and drive business transformation all in one. This tandem approach also avoids unnecessary customisation, making a business much more agile to change based on actionable data insights.
Adopting a single plan will, in itself, drive up efficiencies and drive down costs. But critically, the two must be linked to ensure that businesses maximise the benefits of the migration process.
It is cloud, after all, that helps businesses adapt to the new digital world, enabling them, for instance, to leverage out of the box business applications, digital analytics tools and low code platforms that deliver informed decision-making and reduce costs. But cloud doesn’t just maximise the benefits for businesses, it also accelerates them. Cloud has become the fulcrum of digital transformation, mainly due to its ability to enable innovation at scale and allow businesses that have digitalised to rapidly launch enterprise-ready products.
Without cloud, businesses will struggle to drive through timely updates to systems and processes. The costs of stakeholder management may ramp up. Moreover, moving to the cloud without doing it within the step-by-step structure of digital transformation risks mistakes being made, increasing the likelihood of data loss and security breaches through misconfigurations.
Optimising the benefits of digital transformation in the cloud
We have seen how important it is to adopt a single strategy for cloud migration and digitalisation and to execute them in tandem. But organisations also need to maximise the benefits of the combined approach. So how can they best do this?
First, they need to avoid procrastination and delay. The benefits of digitalisation and cloud migration working together are compelling – and senior leaders need to seize the initiative and kickstart the transformation. To get the ball rolling, they need to conduct a benchmarking exercise to better understand where their business stands in terms of its capabilities or gaps. This will help to decide where efforts and resources should be focused.
They then need to align their business processes with IT. That’s key as modern business models increasingly emphasise the digitalisation of processes.
Cloud computing and network security concept, 3d rendering,conceptual image.
They should begin by determining their goals and the systems, technologies, and processes currently in use to achieve them. Next, they need to brainstorm and document core business objectives before developing a cloud and digitalisation migration roadmap to guide their implementation. Measuring performance will also be crucial to optimising results. In choosing which metrics to analyse, organisations should concentrate on those that will most positively impact their bottom line or user experience.
Ensuring employees buy into the process of cloud-based digitalisation will also be key. Organisations should use cloud-based digitalisation as an opportunity to strengthen business processes and help employees switch to new ways of working which maximise the potential of the new technology.
Digital readiness
Given all this, it is vital businesses don’t delay on their journey to digital and the cloud. Unfortunately, CIOs often struggle to know where to start with a cloud and digital migration strategy.
Before they begin, they often look to put a complete strategy in place up front. The truth is that it is not necessary. Instead, they need to get going and prioritise what’s most important. Pick one area, settle on a use case, digitalise, and move it to the cloud, demonstrate results – and then repeat incrementally. That will enable the business to showcase value and create momentum. Over time also, this single coordinated approach, will allow it to tap into a wide range of cloud and digitalisation related benefits – and ultimately to maximise the rewards.
Ian Povey, CIO – Head of Payments Services & Technology, on the strategic transformation taking place at NatWest benefitting both the bank and its customers
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story reveals how innovation is at the core of change for payments processes at NatWest.
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
Charles Darwin famously said: “It is not the strongest of the species that survives, nor the most intelligent; it is the one most adaptable to change.” Technology is helping us to evolve. And that evolution is being driven by innovation.
“It may be a cliché, but a transformation journey really has no end… If you fixate on a constant end state without ‘checking in’ you can, and likely will, fail in your objectives.” A wise outlook from a CIO with three decades of change management experience across banking’s payments panorama.
Ian Povey, CIO – Head of Payments Services & Technology, discusses the strategic transformation taking place at NatWest and how that journey of change and innovation is benefitting both the bank and its customers as it evolves to become a relationship bank for a digital world. “Our environment is always changing – we must be on the back of the ‘Change Dragon’ and steering/influencing as a leader and always learning from our teams for new ideas.”
Customer-Centric transformation at FedEx
We also check in with logistics leader FedEx… Custom Critical CIO Cheryl Bevelle-Orange reveals a “technology-forward yet flexible company” embracing innovation and “paving the way for customers to get more relevant information faster about their packages while delivering with excellence”.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=galaZZlrEn0
Continuous Improvement in IT at Mazars
Mazars CIO David Marcelino explains his approach to innovation and leading on a successful IT transformation program at one of the world’s largest audit and advisory firms aiming to improve the digital experience for all its stakeholders. “Change Management, adoption, training and awareness are at the core of every single business technology project we deliver.”
Tech innovation at speed with the US Air Force
We also caught up with George Forbes, Director of Digital Operations Directorate at the United States Air Force, who outlines the importance of innovation within the federal government.
Digital Transformation in healthcare at Avellino
Nancy Selph, Global Head of IT at Avellino Lab, discusses how technology is creating new opportunities to improve health outcomes and the importance of leadership in the industry.
Also in this issue, we round up the key tech events and conferences across the globe; we learn how Minted are making it easy for everyone to invest in gold; and we feature the latest on cloud digitalisation from IFS.
What does today’s CEO need to do to accelerate an organisation’s digital transformation journey?
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital transformation journeys are no one-size-suits-all. There is no singular way to welcome a new wave of technology into operations.
Since the turn of the century, digitalisation has had an increasingly influential impact on the way CEOs make decisions. Today’s world is full of disruption and potential risk. And with technology growing in complexity it can be challenging to lead such a revolution against a backdrop of economic uncertainty.
Embracing digital
According to KPMG 2022 CEO Outlook, which draws on the perspectives of 1,325 global CEOs across 11 markets, 72% of CEOs agree they have an aggressive digital investment strategy intended to secure first-mover or fast-follower status.
Advancing digitalisation and connectivity across the business is tied (along with attracting and retaining talent) as the top operational priority to achieve growth over the next three years. This digital transformation focus could be driven as a result of increasingly flexible working conditions and greater focus on cybersecurity threats.
However, the prospect of recession is threatening to halt digital transformation in the short-term. KPMG research found that four out of five CEOs note their businesses are pausing or reducing their digital transformation strategies to prepare for the anticipated recession.
This is reinforced further when 70% say they need to be quicker to shift investment to digital opportunities and divest in those areas where they face digital obsolescence.
When a company’s digital transformation ambition is mismatched to its readiness, it is the CEO’s responsibility to close the gap. According to Deloitte, in order to do this successfully, the CEO must assess the current level of organisational readiness for change.
This covers four key pillars that are mixed together to work out an organisation’s overall readiness: leadership, culture, structure and capabilities.
How CEOs can close the gap
Leadership: CEOs need to ensure their c-suite and other key executives are motivated and equipped to execute the vision. CEOs interviewed by Deloitte in a recent study emphasised the importance of the leadership team supporting the transformation vision and having a positive attitude and willingness to transform.
Culture: A large potential barrier to readiness in the organisation is down to culture. Low cultural readiness takes the form of bureaucratic, reactive and risk-averse ways of working that are at against the collaborative, proactive learning mindset needed for ambitious transformation.
Structure: If a company hopes to operate differently, it could mean the need for organising in an alternative way. CEOs will often need to lead the reorganisation of teams, assignment of new roles, revision of incentives, strategies to collapse organisational hierarchies or layers to increase agility.
Capabilities: CEOs need to equip their organisation with four key capabilities to harness digital for a superior capacity for change. These are nimbleness, scalability, stability and optionality which are often enabled or supercharged by digital technologies which are critical factors for competing in an increasingly disrupted world.
For now, one of the CEOs most important roles when steering the ship through disruption is to be ahead of the latest trends and tackle change head-on. By embracing a new digital future that will provide the company with long-lasting benefits, it will help create a brighter and future-proofed firm for years to come even after the CEO is gone.
Sara Malconian, Chief Procurement Officer at Harvard University & Jim Bureau, CEO of JAGGAER explain how ESG & the Circular Economy is changing the evolution of procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
We speak to Sara Malconian, Chief Procurement Officer at Harvard University and Jim Bureau, CEO of JAGGAER to see how ESG and the Circular Economy is changing the evolution of procurement…
Sara, how have you seen your role evolve as a procurement leader over the years as ESG and supplier diversity come into focus?
Procurement leaders have gone from ‘cost cutters’ to ‘problem solvers’ within their organisations. Our core mandates used to be to drive cost savings and efficiency. We were hyper-focused on getting the most out of the organisation’s spend and supplier relationships. Those priorities haven’t gone away, especially in today’s inflationary environment, but the expectations of the procurement function are significantly higher and broader today.
Procurement functions saved their companies during COVID and the confluence of disruptions that followed. We showed we are a strategic linchpin. We are now looked upon to drive value and impact and strategically guide our organisations to achieve broader goals, including diversity and environmental, social, governance (ESG). Internal stakeholders realised the benefits of procurement and sought help with advancing their department’s agendas or solving their challenges. We listen to their needs, allocate the right resources, and ultimately enable them and the overall organisation to be successful.
I’ve been in procurement for over 20 years, and I can honestly say you’d be hard-pressed to find a more rewarding and exciting career. Procurement professionals have a real opportunity to make a tangible difference within their organisations, communities, and the world through the way we source products and services.
What is Harvard doing to have a positive impact on society? Can you share some examples, Sara?
Across the Harvard community, students, alumni, faculty, and staff are advancing scholarship and teaching on the world’s most significant challenges, and everyone wants to do their part to address inequities. Supplier diversity and inclusion have been a priority for Harvard for years, but we wanted to make even more of an impact and really invest in the growth and development of diverse businesses, especially as the pandemic highlighted inequities and disparities within our communities.
In 2021, we formed the Office for Economic Inclusion & Diversity (OEID), which is dedicated to reaching out to diverse suppliers, giving them opportunities, and providing them with tools, training, and resources to be successful. The office also encourages the use of underrepresented business enterprises (UBEs) in the purchasing of all goods, services, and construction at Harvard and standardises procurement practices with these businesses across the university.
We’re proud of the work this office is doing. We’re actively training suppliers on Harvard’s policies and how they can work with us. We’re creating a central location for them to access bid and RFP opportunities. UBEs can also apply to be mentored by Harvard Business School students.
We’ve created a dashboard to track and analyse spend with diverse suppliers across all of Harvard’s schools and measure progress over time. Everything we’re doing is aimed at increasing spend with our existing diverse suppliers, as well as the number of diverse suppliers that work with Harvard, and helping these suppliers grow their businesses.
Jim, why is prioritizing ESG and supplier diversity important and what steps can companies take today to progress in their journey?
Beyond being the right thing to do, investors, boards, regulators, customers, and employees now expect organisations to prioritise ESG and diversity initiatives and walk the talk. There’s also a clear business impact. Supplier diversity drives competitive bidding processes that lead to cost savings. Working with partners who are sustainable and have different ideas and perspectives fuels innovation and creates a competitive advantage. Sourcing from a sustainable and diverse supplier pool also reduces risk by broadening organisations’ access to multiple resources for various materials, products, and services.
One of the most critical steps companies can take to progress on their ESG journey is to make it clear to suppliers that environmentalism is a priority for their organisation. They will attract suppliers with higher levels of ESG maturity and provide suppliers who are earlier on in their ESG journey with sustainability toolkits and training to help educate them on eco-friendly best practices and sustainability innovations.
This step avoids having to overhaul their supply chain to account for ESG. Strategically managing suppliers by leveraging third-party data, scorecards, and supplier audits are crucial for understanding the ESG risks that suppliers pose and minimizing disruptions by working with them to correct these issues.
Successful supplier diversity programs start with a top-down culture shift. If a company’s culture isn’t diverse, inclusive, and supportive for all its stakeholders, they won’t be able to drive supplier diversity in a meaningful way. Supplier diversity strategy should map back to company goals and include an executive-level champion to sponsor the program internally and help bring in the resources they need.
Outside of leveraging technology to identify diverse suppliers and build a program, businesses can talk with people who have been in their shoes. They can collaborate with like-minded companies at industry events, engage in relevant LinkedIn groups, and connect with organisations such as the National Minority Supplier Development Council.
Once diverse suppliers are on board, organisations can create a supplier diversity policy that clearly outlines how many diverse suppliers need to be invited to bid for each event to ensure teams are executing on the strategy. Leading supplier diversity programs go beyond simply spending with diverse suppliers to providing mentorship and training them on how to respond to RFPs correctly, as well as creating environments where it’s easier for them to engage.
Jim, what role does technology play in helping organisations achieve ESG and supplier diversity goals?
Technology is a key enabler of ESG and supplier diversity initiatives. One of the biggest obstacles to supplier diversity and ESG is a lack of reliable supplier data. Suppliers don’t always keep their information up to date in self-service portals. The data procurement teams have isn’t always enriched to the level they need, with insights on diversity status, certifications, and proof of ESG compliance.
Researching and assessing suppliers is tedious and time-consuming, which leads many organisations to skip the verification step. Without this information, organisations don’t have a true picture of the inclusivity and sustainability of their supplier network, which makes it impossible to identify the right partners to source from to meet their ESG and supplier diversity goals and make an impact.
Technology addresses this challenge by automatically collecting, enriching, validating, and integrating the supplier data needed to obtain this level of supply base visibility and make decisions that drive ESG and diversity. AI-powered tools are available to match buyers with specific diverse suppliers who also have the capabilities to help drive ESG objectives and meet broader procurement criteria.
Software that segments the supply base and helps visualise spending with small and diverse suppliers across a variety of classifications is critical for setting benchmarks and measuring progress and ROI.
Jim and Sara, how do you expect the ESG and diversity conversation to shift and where should procurement leaders focus for the future?
Sara: I expect we’ll see the conversation shift to emphasise measurement. It’s not enough anymore to say you’re committed to ESG – you need to prove it and show demonstrable progress and ROI. Maintaining the momentum on ESG initiatives is hard. Technology is key for setting benchmarks and goals, ensuring accountability for hitting key milestones, and measuring progress and return in a credible way.
Jim: In a declining economic environment, choices inevitably need to be made. I expect the conversation around ESG will center around where companies can focus to maintain progress on ESG initiatives as financial and economic pressures come to the forefront. While some companies may need to scale back in some areas to preserve cash and resources to navigate a downturn, I’d advise them to be careful about slowing ESG down too much as it will be much harder to catch up to current levels after the economy bounces back.
I’d argue that when ESG is done right it can be a strategic lever for navigating a down economy, saving organizations money and resources, driving innovation, and helping them achieve broader business objectives and resilience.
Here are five of the biggest procurement events happening during 2023 that chief procurement officers won’t want to miss.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement Futures
London, UK | 1-2 February 2023
Held at the QEII Centre in central London, Procurement Futures is a new conference, launching in 2023. It promises delegates the chance to find out how to make supply chains more resilient, with thought-provoking and presentations and discussions designed to inform and inspire.
There is a flexible programme of content that can be tailored to attendees’ preferences, with networking opportunities throughout and a huge variety of sessions to attend and take part in.
This CIPS event has three streams of content: Insights, Ignite and Interact. Insights will showcase presentations and panel discussions from leaders, Ignite will consist of hands-on workshops to help delegates optimise their procurement strategies and Interact will be smaller groups taking part in interactive roundtables and debates.
Speakers across the two days will include Ross Grierson, Director of Procurement, Primark; Patrick Dunne, Director of Group Property, FM & Procurement (CPO), Sainsburys Plc; Rebecca Simpson, Procurement and Supply Chain Director, Balfour Beatty; and Nick Jenkinson, Chief Procurement Officer, Santander. In addition, delegates are ablew to book a one-to-one career workshop, where they’ll get advice on professional development from coaches covering a variety of specialisms.
Tickets are £795 for CIPS member, £995 for a non-member and £2240 for a supplier/solution provider, and there is a discount of 30% for tickets purchased before 30 November 2022.
The third World Digital Procurement Summit is aimed at procurement directors, VPs, managers and other industry specialists. The two-day event will focus on accelerating procurement processes, adopting emerging technologies, finding the right talent, overcoming the barriers to progress and embarking on a journey of transformation. It’s a hybrid event, bringing together procurement experts from various industries, which will maximise knowledge exchange opportunities. The event organisers list five key learning points for delegates:
Exploring the latest advances in data and cognitive technologies to gain greater insights and improve procurement processes
Overhauling the procurement ecosystem with new technologies and strategies to drive business value
Sharing the best practices of monitoring and managing a range of risks to hedge against future disruptions
Developing capabilities and skillset required for the digital transformation of procurement
Defining ESG metrics of the procurement strategy to ensure business continuity
Speakers will include Paul Harlington, Group Procurement Director at TUI Group and Patrick Foelck, Head of Strategy and Transformation Procurement at Roche.
Click here to check out a video from a previous event. Tickets cost €1495.
Returning for its 8th annual event, Women in Procurement & Supply Chain will deliver two days dedicated to leadership and the future of procurement. The event will feature a series of exclusive panel discussions and keynote addresses examining career development, overcoming imposter syndrome, working with confidence, developing an unbeatable talent pool, mentoring, diversity and inclusivity.
It will also address risk mitigation, digital disruption, ESG, sustainability, economic development, ethical sourcing, category management, cultural diversity, strategic sourcing, supplier relationships, procurement with purpose, and supply chain resilience. There are two pre-conference masterclass options on 6 March – that can be booked separately – covering either contract law or leadership skills.
Some of the reasons to attend include:
Discover the path to taking your procurement career to a new level while elevating your organisation with dedicated days on leadership and the future of procurement
Learn best practice strategies to facedown supply chain vulnerabilities and reduce risk exposure
Get ahead of the game with insights into the future of procurement and the impact of globalisation on modern supply chains
Put yourself at the cutting edge of ESG and procurement with the latest updates and trends in procurement with purpose
Speakers for the main two-day conference include Michelle Richard, Director of Procurement, Thales; Karina Davies, Chief Procurement Officer, icare NSW; and Kylie McKinlay, Procurement Partner – Property and Business, Australian Broadcasting Corporation.
Tickets start at $3,495 with discounts available until 25 November 2022.
The Americas Procurement Congress will feature the region’s most progressive CPOs sharing their expertise
With a focus on what makes CPOs tick, the Americas Procurement Congress will feature the region’s most progressive CPOs sharing their expertise in keynote presentations and working groups.
Giving delegates the tools to stay on the cutting edge of procurement developments, there are also sessions aimed at those with responsibilities over governance, procurement capabilities and quantifying data. Unsurprisingly, sustainability will also be a key theme in 2023, and attendees will hear from a diverse range of sustainability leaders about how to transition from traditional metrics to a purpose-driven function.
The agenda for Americas Procurement Congress 2023 will include:
Sustainability of the future
How to transition from traditional metrics to a purpose-driven function
Harnessing the power of digital transformation
Utilizing data as a driver of sustainable value, supply continuity and transparency Agile procurement
New approaches and skills that facilitate speed and agility
Frictionless procurement
Removing friction from the procurement process to support high-velocity sourcing
Beyond Just in Time
Designing future-fit supply networks for an age of chaos and conflict
Gartner Supply Chain Symposium/Xpo 2022 addressed the most significant challenges that chief supply chain officers and supply chain leaders face as they mitigate risk and navigate uncertainty in an increasingly dynamic and challenging environment.
At the conference, the top 5 sessions that CSCOs and supply chain leaders met on included:
Signature Series: The Future of Supply Chain
What the Pivot to Sustainable Profit Means for Procurement Leaders
The Art of the New Age One Page Dashboard: Why Your Current Perfor-mance Measures May Be Doing More Harm Than Good
Manage Supplier Risk With Technology
Procurement Role Redesign: Stop Fitting Square Pegs Into Round Holes
Here are five of the best procurement schools in Europe.
SHARE THIS STORY
As procurement becomes an increasingly vital and strategic function within many organisations, people are beginning to realise the full potential of turning it into a career for themselves.
This has subsequently led to many universities noticing the demand in the industry and offering courses which equip students with the relevant qualifications and skills needed to succeed in the supply chain space.
With this in mind, here are five of the best procurement schools in Europe.
1. CIPS
Course: Various Where: Across England
Run by Oxford College of Procurement and Supply, there are 10 Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply centres in England offering several different qualification levels to choose from. The courses are recognised throughout the world as harnessing leading edge thinking and professionalism across the procurement and supply chain management space.
CIPS offers courses such as level three, four, five and six in procurement and supply with each qualification created to reflect current, emerging and best practice in procurement and supply chain management. Classes focus on exploring legacy purchasing and supply methods as well as techniques and theory to the application in a business environment.
CIPS doesn’t just offer in-person studying as courses are designed to suit individual lifestyles with virtual classrooms, part-time and weekend options to choose from.
2. Politecnico di Milano
Course: MSc in Supply Chain and Procurement Management Where: Milan, Italy
Renowned as being one of the best scientific and technological universities in the world, Politecnico di Milano offers an extensive portfolio of programmes in a variety of different spaces. Its supply chain master’s degree is a 12-month course aimed at equipping students with vital knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the industry.
The course also includes a number of practical activities in the programme such as lessons with international lectures, workshops on soft skills, company presentations, projects with companies, company visits and an international study tour in Rotterdam.
According to Politecnico di Milano, 86% of students were employed three months after graduation while 55% were also working abroad during the same period.
The course was ranked third in the TOP 2021 Eduniversal Best Masters Ranking (Global) and eighth in the QS Supply Chain Management Masters Rankings for 2023.
3. SKEMA Business School
Course: MSc (and MS) Supply Chain Management and Purchasing Where: Lille and Paris, France
Skema offers two supply chain management (SCM) and procurement masters: The premium international MSc Global Supply Chain Management in Lille taught in English, and the MS in SCM and Purchasing in Paris and Lille mainly taught in French. France’s highly-rated supply chain and procurement program has been designed with a progressive shift from theory to practice. The degree covers the entirety of supply chain activities from planning, purchasing, receiving, production, storage to delivery through nine compulsory and six elective courses.
The global MSc has a new cooperation with the leading prestigious business school, MIT in the US, plus another cooperation with Politechnico from Milano. The MSc master’s degree provides soft skills in supply chain and purchasing management as well as going into future trends in digitalisation, AI, sustainability, ethics, globalisation, risk management and agility. The course’s primary goal is to find future leaders who are seeking to make a positive impact on the world of supply chain management and procurement. The MSc is a full time program, complemented by paid internships in the area of the student’s choice, while the MS alternates weeks of classes with professionals at the forefront of their fields.
4. Audencia Business School
Course: MSc in Supply Chain and Purchasing Management Where: Nantes, France
Created in 2009, Audencia Business School’s programme will cover topics such as procurement, global sourcing and supply chain strategies. Other topics to feature includes green logistics, Big Data, digital transformation, negotiation and commercial law. The course will provide expertise from industry insiders as business executives visit and share professional insights during the programme.
The school works closely with the corporate world and is recognised for its responsible management practices. Audencia is triple-accredited, highly ranked and internationally oriented and according to its website, 79% of course graduates are employed before graduation. The course is available as a one-year or two-year master’s programme.
In autumn 2024, the course is set to be renamed to the MSc in Responsible Procurement and Supply Chain Management.
5. Cranfield School of Management
Course: MSc in Procurement and Supply Chain Management Where: Cranfield, United Kingdom
Cranfield School of Management provides students with specialist knowledge and skills in procurement needed to progress their careers
Cranfield’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management course has been co-designed with senior industry executives. This purchasing postgraduate course provides students with specialist knowledge and skills in procurement needed to progress their careers. Possessing one of the largest facilities in Europe, the course places considerable emphasis on how to overcome real-world challenges.
Students will gain an in-depth understanding of supply chain strategy and sustainability, procurement strategy, supplier selection and evaluation, negotiation and contact management. They will also be taught how to use data, models and software to solve problems and inform decisions, inventory and operations management and how to design effective supply chain operations.
Students will have the opportunity to attend a study tour and experience a different supply chain perspective elsewhere in Europe.
The course was ranked 11th in the world on the QS Supply Chain Management Masters Rankings for 2023.
Our exclusive cover story this month features Sangram Bhosale, CPO at Xcel Energy.
SHARE THIS STORY
Our exclusive cover story this month features Sangram Bhosale,Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer at Xcel Energy. Sangram Bhosale is a highly experienced CPO with an impressive track record of delivering procurement excellence within the energy sector for some of its biggest names.
When the former TransAlta and Husky Energy CPO joined Xcel Energy as Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer (CSCO) in 2020, he wasted no time devising a procurement transformation plan to advance the function to the top quartile. One that would capacitate the rest of the organization to meet and overcome the many technical and tactical challenges to meet current and future needs.
What attracted Bhosale to Xcel Energy was its visionary leadership team and an opportunity to catalyze the profound shift in how energy is generated and consumed.
“One of the things that I love, and a big part of why I joined Xcel Energy, is that we are a purpose-driven organization with a bold vision of being an industry leader in clean energy. The fast-evolving and innovation-driven utility industry also attracted me,” he tells us from his Denver office.
“Today, utilities are no longer the stodgy beast of yesteryears where not much had changed for decades. New technology is being explored and adopted, with billions invested in grid expansion and strengthening to meet reliable, cleaner, and increased energy demand. To be at the forefront of and lead that clean energy transition aligns closely with my values and beliefs and makes my role at Xcel Energy very exciting.”
Elsewhere, we also feature exclusive interviews with Vice President of Procurement, Anna Barej, and Director, Procurement Center of Excellence, Shawn Calabrase from Best Buy, Alessandro Gaiati, CPO at Fedrigoni, Norian Wasch, Director Procurement at EuroFiber, David Latten, Head of Global Indirect Procurement at Logitech, as well as Heath Nunnemacher, VP Global Electronics Sourcing, TTI and Mark Brady, Global Supply Chain Director at McPherson’s. It’s a bumper issue!
Expert analysis of the tech trends set to make waves this year
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital transformation is a continuing journey of change with no set final destination. This makes predicting tomorrow a challenge when no one has a crystal ball to hand.
After a difficult few years for most businesses following a disruptive pandemic and now battling a cost-of-living crisis, many enterprises are increasingly leveraging new types of technology to gain an edge in a disruptive world.
With this in mind, here are what experts predict for the next 12 months…
1. Process Mining
Sam Attias, Director of Product Marketing at Celonis, expects to see a rise in the adoption of process mining as it evolves to incorporate automation capabilities. He says process mining has traditionally been “a data science done in isolation” which helps companies identify hidden inefficiencies by extracting data and visually representing it.
“It is now evolving to become more prescriptive than descriptive and will empower businesses to simulate new methods and processes in order to estimate success and error rates, as well as recommend actions before issues actually occur,” says Attias. “It will fix inefficiencies in real-time through automation and execution management.”
2. The evolution of social robots
Gabriel Aguiar Noury, Robotics Product Manager at Canonical, anticipates social robots to return this year. After companies such as Sony introduced robots like Poiq, Aguiar Noury believes it “sets the stage” for a new wave of social robots.
“Powered by natural language generation models like GPT-3, robots can create new dialogue systems,” he says. “This will improve the robot’s interactivity with humans, allowing robots to answer any question.
“Social robots will also build narratives and rich personalities, making interaction with users more meaningful. GPT-3 also powers Dall-E, an image generator. Combined, these types of technologies will enable robots not only to tell but show dynamic stories.”
3. The rebirth of new data-powered business applications
Christian Kleinerman, Senior Vice President of Product at Snowflake, says there is the beginning of a “renaissance” in software development. He believes developers will bring their applications to central combined sources of data instead of the “traditional approach” of copying data into applications.
“Every single application category, whether it’s horizontal or specific to an industry vertical, will be reinvented by the emergence of new data-powered applications,” affirms Kleinerman. “This rise of data-powered applications will represent massive opportunities for all different types of developers, whether they’re working on a brand-new idea for an application and a business based on that app, or they’re looking for how to expand their existing software operations.”
4. Application development will become a two-way conversation
Adrien Treuille, Head of Streamlit at Snowflake, believes application development will become a two-way conversation between producers and consumers. It is his belief that the advent of easy-to-use low-code or no-code platforms are already “simplifying the building” and sharing of interactive applications for tech-savvy and business users.
“Based on that foundation, the next emerging shift will be a blurring of the lines between two previously distinct roles — the application producer and the consumer of that software.”
He adds that application development will become a collaborative workflow where consumers can weigh in on the work producers are doing in real-time. “Taking this one step further, we’re heading towards a future where app development platforms have mechanisms to gather app requirements from consumers before the producer has even started creating that software.”
5. The Metaverse
Paul Hardy, EMEA Innovation Officer at ServiceNow, says he expects business leaders to adopt technologies such as the metaverse in 2023. The aim of this is to help cultivate and maintain employee engagement as businesses continue working in hybrid environments, in an increasingly challenging macro environment.
“Given the current economic climate, adoption of the metaverse may be slow, but in the future, a network of 3D virtual worlds will be used to foster meaningful social connections, creating new experiences for employees and reinforcing positive culture within organisations,” he says. “Hybrid work has made employee engagement more challenging, as it can be difficult to communicate when employees are not together in the same room.
“Leaders have begun to see the benefit of hosting traditional training and development sessions using VR and AI-enhanced coaching. In the next few years, we will see more workplaces go a step beyond this, for example, offering employees the chance to earn recognition in the form of tokens they can spend in the real or virtual world, gamifying the experience.”
6. The year of ESG?
Cathy Mauzaize, Vice President, EMEA South, at ServiceNow, believes 2023 could be the year that environmental, social and corporate governance (ESG) is vital to every company’s strategy.
“Failure to engage appropriate investment in ESG strategies could plunge any organisation into a crisis,” she says. “Legislation must be respected and so must the expectations of employees, investors and your ecosystem of partners and customers.
“ESG is not just a tick box, one and done, it’s a new way of business that will see us through 2023 and beyond.”
7. Macro Trends and Redeploying Budgets for Efficiency
Ulrik Nehammer, President, EMEA at ServiceNow, says organisations are facing an incredibly complex and volatile macro environment. Nehammer explains as the world is gripped by soaring inflation, intelligent digital investments can be a huge deflationary force.
“Business leaders are already shifting investment focus to technologies that will deliver outcomes faster,” he says. “Going into 2023, technology will become increasingly central to business success – in fact, 95% of CEOs are already pursuing a digital-first strategy according to IDC’s CEO survey, as digital companies deliver revenue growth far faster than non-digital ones.”
8. Organisations will have adopted a NaaS strategy
David Hughes, Aruba’s Chief Product and Technology Officer, believes that by the end of 2023, 20% of organisations will have adopted a network-as-a-service (NaaS) strategy.
“With tightening economic conditions, IT requires flexibility in how network infrastructure is acquired, deployed, and operated to enable network teams to deliver business outcomes rather than just managing devices,” he says. “Migration to a NaaS framework enables IT to accelerate network modernisation yet stay within budget, IT resource, and schedule constraints.
“In addition, adopting a NaaS strategy will help organisations meet sustainability objectives since leading NaaS suppliers have adopted carbon-neutral and recycling manufacturing strategies.”
9. Think like a seasonal business
According to Patrick Bossman, Product Manager at MariaDB corporation, he anticipates 2023 to be the year that the ability to “scale out on command” is going to be at the fore of companies’ thoughts.
“Organisations will need the infrastructure in place to grow on command and scale back once demand lowers,” he says. “The winners in 2023 will be those who understand that all business is seasonal, and all companies need to be ready for fluctuating demand.”
10. Digital platforms need to adapt to avoid falling victim to subscription fatigue
Demed L’Her, Chief Technology Officer at DigitalRoute, suggests what the subscription market is going to look like in 2023 and how businesses can avoid falling victim to ‘subscription fatigue’. L’Her says there has been a significant drop in demand since the pandemic.
“Insider’s latest research shows that as of August, nearly a third (30%) of people reported cancelling an online subscription service in the past six months,” he reveals. “This is largely due to the rising cost of living experienced globally that is leaving households with reduced budgets for luxuries like digital subscriptions. Despite this, the subscription market is far from dead, with most people retaining some despite tightened budgets.
“However, considering the ongoing economic challenges, businesses need to consider adapting if they are to be retained by customers in the long term. The key to this is ensuring that the product adds value to the life of the customer.”
11. Waking up to browser security
Jonathan Lee, Senior Product Manager at Menlo Security, points to the web browser being the biggest attack surface and suggests the industry is “waking up” to the fact of where people spend the most time.
“Vendors are now looking at ways to add security controls directly inside the browser,” explains Lee. “Traditionally, this was done either as a separate endpoint agent or at the network edge, using a firewall or secure web gateway. The big players, Google and Microsoft, are also in on the act, providing built-in controls inside Chrome and Edge to secure at a browser level rather than the network edge.
“But browser attacks are increasing, with attackers exploiting new and old vulnerabilities, and developing new attack methods like HTML Smuggling. Remote browser isolation is becoming one of the key principles of Zero Trust security where no device or user – not even the browser – can be trusted.”
12. The year of quantum-readiness
Tim Callan, Chief Experience Officer at Sectigo, predicts that 2023 will be the year of quantum-readiness. He believes that as a result of the standardisation of new quantum-safe algorithms expected to be in place by 2024, this year will be a year of action for government bodies, technology vendors, and enterprise IT leaders to prepare for the deployment.
“In 2022, the US National Institute of Standards and Technologies (NIST) selected a set of post-quantum algorithms for the industry to standardise on as we move toward our quantum-safe future,” says Callan.
“In 2023, standards bodies like the IETF and many others must work to incorporate these algorithms into their own guidelines to enable secure functional interoperability across broad sets of software, hardware, and digital services. Providers of these hardware, software, and service products must follow the relevant guidelines as they are developed and begin preparing their technology, manufacturing, delivery, and service models to accommodate updated standards and the new algorithms.”
13. AI: fewer keywords, greater understanding
AI expert Dr Pieter Buteneers, Director of AI and Machine Learning at Sinch, expects artificial intelligence to continue to transition away from keywords and move towards an increased level of understanding.
“Language-agnostic AI, already existent within certain AI and chatbot platforms, will understand hundreds of languages — and even interchange them within a single search or conversation — because it’s not learning language like you or I would,” he says. “This advanced AI instead focuses on meaning, and attaches code to words accordingly, so language is more of a finishing touch than the crux of a conversation or search query.
“Language-agnostic AI will power stronger search results — both from external (the internet) and internal (a company database) sources — and less robotic chatbot conversations, enabling companies to lean on automation to reduce resources and strain on staff and truly trust their AI.”
14. Rise in digital twin technology in the enterprise
John Hill, CEO and Founder of Silico, recognises the growing influence digital twin technology is having in the market. Hill predicts that in the next 20 years, there will be a digital twin of every complex enterprise in the world and anticipates the next generation of decision-makers will routinely use forward-looking simulations and scenario analytics to plan and optimise their business outcomes.
“Digital twin technology is one of the fastest-growing facets of industry 4.0 and while we’re still at the dawn of digital twin technology,” he explains. “Digital twins will have huge implications for unlocking our ability to plan and manage the complex organisations so crucial for our continued economic progress and underpin the next generation of Intelligent Enterprise Automation.”
15. Broader tech security
With an exponential amount of data at companies’ fingertips, Tricentis CEO, Kevin Thompson says the need for investment in secure solutions is paramount.
“The general public has become more aware of the access companies have to their personal data, leading to the impending end of third-party cookies, and other similar restrictions on data sharing,” he explains. “However, security issues still persist. The persisting influx of new data across channels and servers introduces greater risk of infiltration by bad actors, especially for enterprise software organisations that have applications in need of consistent testing and updates. The potential for damage increases as iterations are being made with the expanding attack surface.
“Now, the reality is a matter of when, not if, your organisation will be the target of an attack. To combat this rising security concern, organisations will need to integrate security within the development process from the very beginning. Integrating security and compliance testing at the upfront will greatly reduce risk and prevent disruptions.”
16. Increased cyber resilience
Michael Adams, CISO at Zoom, expects an increased focus on cyber resilience over the next 12 months. “While protecting organisations against cyber threats will always be a core focus area for security programs, we can expect an increased focus on cyber resilience, which expands beyond protection to include recovery and continuity in the event of a cyber incident,” explains Adams.
“It’s not only investing resources in protecting against cyber threats; it’s investing in the people, processes, and technology to mitigate impact and continue operations in the event of a cyber incident.”
17. Ransomware threats
As data leaks become increasingly common place in the industry, companies face a very real threat of ransomware. Michal Salat, Threat Intelligence Director at Avast, believes the time is now for businesses to protect themselves or face recovery fees costing millions of dollars.
“Ransomware attacks themselves are already an individual’s and businesses’ nightmare. This year, we saw cybergangs threatening to publicly publish their targets’ data if a ransom isn’t paid, and we expect this trend to only grow in 2023,” says Salat. “This puts people’s personal memories at risk and poses a double risk for businesses. Both the loss of sensitive files, plus a data breach, can have severe consequences for their business and reputation.”
18. Intensified supply chain attacks
Dirk Schrader, VP of security research at Netwrix, believes supply chain attacks are set to increase in the coming year. “Modern organisations rely on complex supply chains, including small and medium businesses (SMBs) and managed service providers (MSPs),” he says.
“Adversaries will increasingly target these suppliers rather than the larger enterprises knowing that they provide a path into multiple partners and customers. To address this threat, organisations of all sizes, while conducting a risk assessment, need to take into account the vulnerabilities of all third-party software or firmware.”
19. A greater need to manage volatility
Paul Milloy, Business Consultant at Intradiem, stresses the importance of managing volatility in an ever-moving market. Milloy believes bosses can utilise data through automation to foresee potential problems before they become issues.
“No one likes surprises. Whilst Ben Franklin suggested nothing can be said to be certain, except death and taxes, businesses will want to automate as many of their processes as possible to help manage volatility in 2023,” he explains. “Data breeds intelligence, and intelligence breeds insight. Managers can use the data available from workforce automation tools to help them manage peaks and troughs better to avoid unexpected resource bottlenecks.”
20. A human AI co-pilot will still be needed
Artem Kroupenev, VP of Strategy at Augury, predicts that within the next few years, every profession will be enhanced with hybrid intelligence, and have an AI co-pilot which will operate alongside human workers to deliver more accurate and nuanced work at a much faster pace.
“These co-pilots are already being deployed with clear use cases in mind to support specific roles and operational needs, like AI-driven solutions that enable reliability engineers to ensure production uptime, safety and sustainability through predictive maintenance,” he says. “However, in 2023, we will see these co-pilots become more accurate, more trusted and more ingrained across the enterprise.
“Executives will better understand the value of AI co-pilots to make critical business decisions, and as a key competitive differentiator, and will drive faster implementation across their operations. The AI co-pilot technology will be more widespread next year, and trust and acceptance will increase as people see the benefits unfold.”
21. Building the right workplace culture
Harnessing a positive workplace culture is no easy task but in 2023 with remote and hybrid working now the norm, it brings with it new challenges. Tony McCandless, Chief Technology Officer at SS&C Blue Prism, is well aware of the role organisational culture can play in any digital transformation journey.
“Workers are the heart of an organisation, so without their buy in, no digital transformation initiative stands a chance of success,” explains McCandless. “Workers drive home business objectives, and when it comes to digital transformation, they are the ones using, implementing, and sometimes building automations. Curiosity, innovation, and the willingness to take risks are essential ingredients to transformative digitalisation.
“Businesses are increasingly recognising that their workers play an instrumental role in determining whether digitalisation initiatives are successful. Fostering the right work environment will be a key focus point for the year ahead – not only to cultivate buy-in but also to improve talent retention and acquisition, as labor supply issues are predicted to continue into 2023 and beyond.”
22. Cloud cover to soften recession concerns
Amid a cost-of-living crisis and concerns over any potential recession as a result, Daniel Thomasson, VP of Engineering and R&D at Keysight Technologies, says more companies will shift data intensive tasks to the cloud to reduce infrastructure and operational costs.
“Moving applications to the cloud will also help organisations deliver greater data-driven customer experiences,” he affirms. “For example, advanced simulation and test data management capabilities such as real-time feature extraction and encryption will enable use of a secure cloud-based data mesh that will accelerate and deepen customer insights through new algorithms operating on a richer data set. In the year ahead, expect the cloud to be a surprising boom for companies as they navigate economic uncertainty.”
23. IoT devices to scale globally
Dr Raullen Chai, CEO and Co-Founder of IoTeX, recognises a growing trend in the usage of IoT devices worldwide and believes connectivity will increase significantly.
“For decades, Big Tech has monopolised user data, but with the advent of Web3, we will see more and more businesses and smart device makers beginning to integrate blockchain for device connectivity as it enables people to also monetise their data in many different ways, including in marketing data pools, medical research pools and more,” he explains. “We will see a growth in decentralised applications that allow users to earn a modest additional revenue from everyday activities, such as walking, sleeping, riding a bike or taking the bus instead of driving, or driving safely in exchange for rewards.
“Living healthy lifestyles will also become more popular via decentralised applications for smart devices, especially smart watches and other health wearables.”
The digital landscape is changing day by day. Ideas like the metaverse that once seemed a futuristic fantasy are now…
SHARE THIS STORY
The digital landscape is changing day by day. Ideas like the metaverse that once seemed a futuristic fantasy are now coming to fruition and embedding themselves into our daily lives. The thinking might be there, but is our technology really ready to go meta? Domains and hosting provider, Fasthosts, spoke to the experts to find out…
How the metaverse works
The metaverse is best defined as a virtual 3D universe which combines many virtual places. It allows users to meet, collaborate, play games and interact in virtual environments. It’s usually viewed and accessed from the outside as a mixture of virtual reality (VR), (think of someone in their front room wearing a headset and frantically waving nunchucks around) and augmented reality (AR), but it’s so much more than this…
These technologies are just the external entry points to the metaverse and provide the visuals which allow users to explore and interact with the environment within the metaverse.
This is the ‘front-end’ if you like, which is also reinforced by artificial intelligence and 3D reconstruction. These additional technologies help to provide realistic objects in environments, computer-controlled actions and also avatars for games and other metaverse projects.
So, what stands in the way of this fantastical 3D universe? Here are the six key challenges:
Technology
The most important piece of technology, on which the metaverse is based, is the blockchain. The blockchain is essentially a chain of blocks that contain specific information. They’re a combination of computers linked to each other instead of a central server which means that the whole network is decentralised. This provides the infrastructure for the development of metaverse projects, storage of data and also allows them the capability to be compatible with Web3. Web3 is an upgraded version of the internet which will allow integration of virtual and augmented reality into people’s everyday lives.
Sounds like a lot, right? And it involves a great deal of tech that is alien to the vast majority of us. So, is technology a barrier to widespread metaverse adoption?
Jonothan Hunt, Senior Creative Technologist at Wunderman Thompson, says the tech just isn’t there. Yet.
“Technology’s readiness for the mass adoption of the metaverse depends on how you define the metaverse, but if we’re talking about the future vision that the big tech players are sharing, then not yet. The infrastructure that powers the internet and our devices isn’t ready for such experiences. The best we have right now in terms of shared/simulated spaces are generally very expensive and powered entirely in the cloud, such as big computers like the Nvidia Omniverse, cloud streaming, or games. These rely heavily on instancing and localised grouping. Consumer hardware, especially XR, is still not ready for casual daily use and still not really democratised.
“The technology for this will look like an evolution of the systems above, meaning more distributed infrastructure, better access and updated hardware. Web3 also presents a challenge in and of itself, and questions remain over to what extent big tech will adopt it going forward.”
Storage
Blockchain is the ‘back-end’, where the magic happens, if you will. It’s this that will be the key to the development and growth of the metaverse. There are a lot of elements that make up the blockchain and reinforce its benefits and uses such as storage capabilities, data security and smart contracts.
Due to its decentralised nature, the blockchain has far more storage capacity than the centralised storage systems we have in place today. With data on the metaverse being stored in exabytes, the blockchain works by making use of unutilised hard disk space across the network, which avoids users within the metaverse running out of storage space worldwide.
In terms that might be a bit more relatable, an exabyte is a billion gigabytes. That’s a huge amount of storage, and that doesn’t just exist in the cloud – it’s got to go somewhere – and physical storage servers mean land is taken up, and energy is used. Hunt says: “How long’s a piece of string? The whole of the metaverse will one day be housed in servers and data centres, but the amount or size needed to house all of this storage will beentirely dependent on just how mass adopted the metaverse becomes. Big corporations in the space are starting to build huge data centres – such as Meta purchasing a $1.1 billion campus in Toledo, Spain to house their new Meta lab and data centre – but the storage space is not the only concern. These energy-guzzlers need to stay cool! And what about people and brands who need reliable web hosting for events, gaming or even just meeting up with pals across the world, all that information – albeit virtual – still needs a place to go.
“The current rising cost of electricity worldwide could cause problems for the growth of data centres, and the housing of the metaverse as a whole. However, without knowing the true size of its adoption, it is extremely difficult to truly determine the needed usage. Could we one day see an entire island devoted to data centre storage? Purely for the purposes of holding the metaverse? It seems a little ‘1984’, but who knows?”
Identity
Although the blockchain provides instantaneous verification of transactions with identity through digital wallets, our physical form will be represented by avatars that visually reflect who we are, and how we want to be seen.
The founder of Saxo Bank and the chairman of the Concordium Foundation, Lars Seier Christensen, argues, “I think that if you use an underlying blockchain-based solution where ID is required at the entry point, it is actually very simple and automatically available for relevant purposes. It is also very secure and transparent, in that it would link any transactions or interactions where ID is required to a trackable record on the blockchain.”
Once identity is established, it is true that it could potentially become easier to assess creditworthiness of parties for purchasing and borrowing in the metaverse due to the digital identity and storage of each individual’s data and transactions on the blockchain. However, although it sounds exciting, there must be considerations into how it could impact privacy, and how this amount of data will be recorded on the blockchain.
Security
There are also huge security benefits to this set up. The decentralised blockchain helps to eradicate third-party involvement and data breaches, such as theft and file manipulation, thanks to its powerful data processing and use of validation nodes. Both of these are responsible for verifying and recording transactions on the blockchain. This will be reassuring to many, given the widespread concerns around data privacy and user protection in the metaverse.
To access the blockchain all we will need is an internet connection and a device, such as a laptop or smartphone, this is what makes it so great as it will be so readily available. However, to support the blockchain, we’re relying on a whole different set of technologies. Akash Kayar, CEO of web3-focused software development company Leeway Hertz, had this to say on the readiness of the current technology available: “The metaverse is not yet completely mature in terms of development. Tech experts are researching strategies and
testing the various technologies to develop ideas that provide the world with more feasible and intriguing metaverse projects.
“Projects like Decentraland, Axie Infinity, and Sandbox are popular contemporary live metaverse projects. People behind these projects made perfect use of notable metaverse technologies, from blockchain and cryptos to NFTs.
“As envisioned by top tech futurists, many new technologies will empower the metaverse in the future, which will support the development of a range of prolific use cases that will improve the ability of the metaverse towards offering real-life functionalities. In a nutshell, the metaverse is expected to bring extreme opportunities for enterprises and common users. Hence, it will shape the digital future.”
Currency & Payments
Whilst it’s only considered legal tender in two countries, cryptocurrency is currently a reality and there is a strong likelihood that it will eventually be mass adopted. However, the metaverse is arguably not yet at the same maturity level, meaning cryptocurrency may have to wait before it can finally fully take off.
Golden Bitcoin symbol and finance graph screen. Horizontal composition with copy space. Focused image.
There is no doubt that cryptocurrency and the metaverse will go hand-in-hand as the former will become the tender of the latter with many of the current metaverse platforms each wielding its native currency. For example Decentraland uses $MANA for payments and purchases. However, with the volatility of crypto currencies and the recent collapse of trading platform FTX indicating security lapses, we may not yet be ready for the switch to decentralised payments.
Energy
Some of the world’s largest data centres can each contain many tens of thousands of IT devices which require more than 100 megawatts of power capacity – this is enough to power around 80,000 U.S. households (U.S. DOE 2020) and is equivalent to $1.35bn running cost per data centre with the cost of a megawatt hour averaging $150.
According to Nitin Parekh of Hitachi Energy, the amount of power which takes to process Bitcoin is higher than you might expect: “Bitcoin consumes around 110 Terawatt Hours per year. This is around 0.5% of global electricity generation. This estimate considers combined computational power used to mine bitcoin and process transactions.” With this estimate, we can calculate that the annual energy cost of Bitcoin is around $16.5bn.
However, some bigger corporations are slowly moving towards renewable energy to power their projects in this space, with Google signing close to $2bn worth of wind and solar investments in order to power its data centres in the future and become greener. Amazon has also followed in their footsteps and have become the world’s largest corporate purchaser of renewable energy.
They may have plenty of time yet to get their green processes in place, with Mark Zuckerberg recently predicting it will take nearly a decade for the metaverse to be created: “I don’t think it’s really going to be huge until the second half of this decade at the earliest.”
About Fasthosts
Fasthosts has been a leading technology provider since 1999, offering secure UK data centres, 24/7 support and a highly successful reseller channel. Fasthosts provides everything web professionals need to power and manage their online space, including domains, web hosting, business-class email, dedicated servers, and a next-generation cloud platform. For more information, head to www.fasthosts.co.uk
Todd Salmon, Executive Advisor for Strategic Services at GuidePoint Security, on the cybersecurity challenge of keeping up with the pace of the ever-changing digital world
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story explores how GuidePoint Security, an elite team of highly trained and certified experts, cut through cybersecurity chaos and confusion to put control back in customers’ hands.
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
Interface welcomes in 2023 with a need-to-know list of what we can expect from technology this year and how it can allow enterprises to gain a competitive edge in a disruptive and increasingly digital world. Faced with everything from process mining and AI to quantum-readiness and the metaverse we cut through the hype to bring you the facts.
GuidePoint Security: digital transformation in cybersecurity
“Cybersecurity is in such a reactive mode because of the sheer volume of risks and vulnerabilities an organisation faces,” says Todd Salmon, Executive Advisor for Strategic Services at GuidePoint Security. “We see a lot of copycats and repeat attacks happen, but at the end of the day it’s all about creating solutions to help combat those problems.”
GuidePoint’s elite team of highly trained and certified experts, cut through cybersecurity chaos and confusion to put control back in customers’ hands. Helping them make the smartest, most informed cyber risk decisions, and choose and integrate the best-fit solutions to build the most effective cybersecurity program, Salmon discusses the challenge of keeping up with the pace of the ever-changing digital world.
bp: a strategic reinvention
“We are investing in digital to drive process efficiency and improve insights; but also to develop our people with the skills we need for now, and the future at bp. This means we are playing to win while caring for our people through investing in their personal development,” says Head of Strategic Transformation Nick Hales.
“After setting the right foundations through various remediation and compliance initiatives, we embarked on our digital transformation journey,” adds Strategy & Transformation Manager Emmanouela Vlachantoni. “There was a clear opportunity to standardise and streamline our controls environment to reduce complexity and increase insight.”
Fairfax County: winning the IT war with cybersecurity
Meanwhile, across the pond, we learn how Fairfax County in the State of Virginia is reaping the rewards of a cybersecurity program enabling government services and keeping citizens safe. “My role is to educate our leadership to ensure they understand the business value of cybersecurity as it relates to government services. Being accountable for the security of their systems and data is a key factor in developing a successful cyber program,” explains CISO Michael Dent.
Also in this issue, we round up the key tech events and conferences across the globe and, with the help of the experts at Fasthosts, take a deep dive into the metaverse… Can virtual reality become our reality? Read on to find out.
This month’s cover story is an exclusive and compelling insight into the procurement strategy at Vodafone New Zealand.
“For me, the future of procurement is two things: digital and sustainability,” says Rajat Sarna, Chief Procurement Officer and these two themes are the thread that runs through everything he’s put into place since he took over the reins of the procurement function at Vodafone New Zealand in October 2020.
The role was a huge one to take on, too – the telco employs 2,000 people, serves 2.4m customers and is a $2bn revenue company. The scale of its operations is huge with customers consuming over 3 billion minutes, 4,500 terabytes of mobile data and 55,000 terabytes of fixed line data every month. A key part of his mandate was to transform procurement into a market-leading operating partner to the business that would “ultimately improve the value that we deliver to our customers”.
Sarna went back to basics initially, thinking about what the future capability of Vodafone New Zealand would look like, and what its procurement operation needed to be to support this. He says: “It was very critical for me to have a purpose and it cannot just be better savings or improved cost position. That’s not purpose; purpose is: what are we doing in terms of how we align with the future of procurement?”
Elsewhere, we have exclusive interviews with procurement strategists Lawrence Kane, a SIG Sourcing Supernova Hall of Fame member and Nirav Patel, CEO of Bristlecone. Plus, a ProcureTech exclusive and a guide to the best procurement events over the next 12 months and much, much more.
Nick Hales, Head of Strategic Transformation and Emmanouela Vlachantoni, Strategy & Transformation Senior Manager, on the journey to reinvent business processes that are reimagining bp
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story reveals how bp’s Strategic Transformation leaders are on a journey to reinvent business processes that are reimagining the energy giant.
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
Our final issue of Interface for 2022 covers some of this year’s hot tech topics: digital transformation, cybersecurity, data & analytics, customer-centricity and more…
“We are investing in digital to drive process efficiency and improve insights; but also to develop our people with the skills we need for now, and the future. This means we are playing to win while caring for our people through investing in their personal development,” says Nick Hales.
“After setting the right foundations through various remediation and compliance initiatives, we embarked on our digital transformation journey,” adds Emmanouela Vlachantoni. “There was a clear opportunity to standardise and streamline our controls environment to reduce complexity and increase insight.”
Fairfax County: winning the IT war with cybersecurity
Meanwhile, across the pond, we learn how Fairfax County in the State of Virginia is reaping the rewards of a cybersecurity program enabling government services and keeping citizens safe. “My role is to educate our leadership to ensure they understand the business value of cybersecurity as it relates to government services. Being accountable for the security of their systems and data is a key factor in developing a successful cyber program,” explains CISO Michael Dent.
Piedmont Healthcare: data & analytics at the heart of growth
The power of data cannot be under-estimated… At Piedmont Healthcare Mark Jackson, Executive Director of Business Intelligence is building a data strategy driving speed to insight at scale. “Tool selection has played an important role in our ability to scale the BI program and deliver rapid insights in a dynamic environment.”
Also in this issue, CalArts CTO Allan Chen explains how an IT strategy based on coordination and collaboration is supporting six schools; Information Tech VP Fausto Sosa de la Fuente reveals the people-centric transformative IT process at construction industry giant CEMEX; and we take a look at the latest insights from McKinsey highlighting the lessons CEOs can learn from successful digital transformations.
John MClure, CISO at Sinclair Group – a diversified media company and America’s leading provider of local sports and news – talks about the evolution of cybersecurity and the cultural shift placing it at the forefront of business change
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story explores how Sinclair Broadcast Group is embracing the evolution of cybersecurity and placing the role of the CISO at the forefront of business transformation.
Welcome to the latest issueof Interface magazine!
Communication, secure and at speed, is a vital component of the transformation journey for both the modern enterprise and its relationship with stakeholders, be they customers or partners. Putting the right building blocks in place to deliver successful change management is at the heart of the inspiring stories in the latest issue of Interface.
Our cover star John McClure progressed from a career in the military and work as a consultant in the intelligence industry to fight a new kind of foe… As CISO for Sinclair Broadcast Group, a diversified media company and America’s leading provider of local sports and news, he talks about the evolution of cybersecurity, the battle to meet the rising velocity and sophistication of cyber-attacks and the cultural shift of the role of CISO placing it at the forefront of business change.
“Sinclair is unique in terms of its different business units and how it operates. It’s my job as CISO leading our cyber team not to be an obstacle for the business; we’re here to help it move faster to keep up with market forces, and to move safely. We’re here to engineer solutions that work for the enterprise but also help us maintain a positive security posture.”
State of Florida: digital government services
We also hear from CIO Jamie Grant who is leading the State of Florida’s Digital Service (FL[DS]) on its charge to transform and modernise the way government is accessed and consumed. He is building a team of talented, goal-oriented and customer-obsessed individuals to drive a digital transformation with innovation at its heart. “Leadership is really about developing the team and investing in the people. And it turns out that when you get their backs, they appreciate it and then you can achieve anything.”
ResultsCX: putting people first
Jamie Vernon, SVP for IT & Infrastructure at AI-powered customer experience solution specialist ResultsCX, discusses what drives customer care in the 21st century, and the part technology has to play.
“We are the custodians of our customers’ customers,” says Vernon. “In this increasingly tenuous relationship with their customers, they trust us. My leadership takes that responsibility very seriously, and charges each of us with doing everything we can to provide a perfect call, or email, or chat, every time, thousands of times a minute, around the clock and around the calendar.”
Jamie Vernon, SVP for IT & Infrastructure at AI-powered customer experience solution specialist ResultsCX, discusses what drives customer care in the 21st century, and the part technology has to play.
“We are the custodians of our customers’ customers,” says Vernon. “In this increasingly tenuous relationship with their customers, they trust us. My leadership takes that responsibility very seriously, and charges each of us with doing everything we can to provide a perfect call, or email, or chat, every time, thousands of times a minute, around the clock and around the calendar.”
Also this month, Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Stripe in Southeast Asia, talks about how the fast-growing payments platform is driving financial inclusion across Asia and supporting SMEs with end-to-end services putting users first, and we get expert advice for the modern CEO from the University of Oxford’s Saïd Business School.
The evolution of procurement into a true strategic business enabler is fuelled by technological advances. The ability to dig deep into data with true visibility into an enterprise’s entire spend and supplier network has been provided through ever-evolving platforms, such as Coupa’s highly successful Business Spend Management (BSM) platform. In BSM, Coupa has created a digital ecosystem that brings suppliers, vendors, and partners together in the same room with a single ‘source of truth’.
Elsewhere, we discuss how strategic procurement is the way forward at a rapidly growing enterprise, with John Butcher, Group Procurement Director Just Eat Takeaway.com. Plus, we grill Maximillian Tan, Director Business Procurement Asia at FrieslandCampina, one of the largest dairy companies in the world with a cooperative tradition going back 150 years, on how he is unlocking value at the enterprise.
Our cover story this month reveals how Dr Roman Salasznyk, Senior Vice President at Booz Allen Hamilton, and his team are driving innovation at the IT services specialist to deliver digital solutions supporting federal agencies in their quest to drive mission-critical programs
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story charts how IT services specialist Booz Allen Hamilton is delivering digital solutions to support federal agencies in their quest to deliver mission-critical programs.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Technology is changing lives; from banking to transport and manufacturing to healthcare, the scaling of digital transformation journeys across global industry sectors is enabling and enhancing our lives… Harnessing the power of tech, to manage everything from the evolution of our supply chains to our response to medical emergencies like COVID-19, is changing the game.
Our cover story this month reveals how IT services specialist Booz Allen Hamilton is delivering leading edge solutions to support federal agencies in their quest to deliver mission-critical programs.
“We’ve made a concerted effort to invest and provide leading-edge capabilities to support some of our client’s most pressing public health challenges across the federal government space,” says Salasznyk. “Technology must add value, solve a business problem, and deliver measurable improvements in efficiency and effectiveness.” That efficiency is driven by over 29,000 experts around the world driving digital journeys, developing analytics insights, engineering, and cybersecurity solutions while working shoulder-to-shoulder with clients to choose the right tech to realise their vision and transform.
Nuffield Health: digital transformation for a healthier tomorrow
Nuffield Health is the UK’s largest healthcare charity (independent of the NHS) operating 37 hospitals and 114 Fitness & Wellbeing Centres. IT leaders Jacqs Harper and David Ankers describe the organisation’s incredible digital transformation and how its people-first attitude runs deep. Nuffield’s beneficiary-centric approach means “driving experiences” to be optimal and best-in-class is paramount. “What was really compelling when I joined Nuffield was how much of a difference this business can make to the nation in terms of improving its health,” says Ankers. “And equally, how we as a team can make the lives of practitioners so much easier. There’s a huge amount of value IT can add.”
Also in this issue, we hear from Celonis on why process mining can help companies stop wasting money on tech they don’t need, and we present the latest analysis from consultancy giant McKinsey’s Technology Council highlighting the development, future uses and industry effects of advanced technologies across 14 key trends.
CPOstrategy’s cover star this month is procurement transformation expert, and CEO and Co-Founder of Tropic, David Campbell…
SHARE THIS STORY
Right now, procurement excellence is blooming. Experts determined to create change are coming to the fore and aligning procurement with SaaS to bring an end to the do-it-yourself way of working that decimates technology budgets. Tropic is one such game-changer, providing the tools to navigate software procurement’s complexities for competitive advantage.
The CEO and Co-Founder of Tropic is David Campbell, a born entrepreneur. He grew up on a cattle ranch in California and has always had at least one side-hustle on the go. Even as a child, he was running some form of money-making venture at any one time – but he didn’t necessarily consider that entrepreneurial pursuits were his calling until later.
CEO and Co-Founder of Tropic, David Campbell
Campbell studied English at UC Berkeley, and on graduating assumed he’d go into the arts. He’s a lifelong musician and writer, and he moved to a cabin in the woods to write the ‘next great American novel’. This venture, while it didn’t have the exact results he had hoped for, planted the seed in his mind that perhaps entrepreneurialism was for him because he loved setting his own hours and vision, creating a strategy, and executing that…
Elsewhere, we have exclusive interviews with supply chain and procurement leaders at the City of Edmonton and QSC, as well as the results of our first Sustainable Procurement Champions Index. We also have some exciting news from DPW too, ahead of its conference later this month.
Our cover story this month investigates how Fleur Twohig, Executive Vice President, leading Personalisation & Experimentation across Consumer Data & Engagement Platforms, and her team are executing Wells Fargo’s strategy to promote personalised customer engagement across all consumer banking channels
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story follows Wells Fargo’s journey to deliver personalised customer engagement across all its consumer banking channels.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Partnerships of all kinds are a key ingredient for organisations intent on achieving their goals… Whether that’s with customers, internal stakeholders or strategic allies across a crowded marketplace, Interface explores the route to success these relationships can help navigate.
Our cover story this month investigates the strategy behind Wells Fargo’s ongoing drive to promote personalised customer engagement across all consumer banking channels.
Fleur Twohig, Executive Vice President, leading Personalisation & Experimentation across the bank’s Consumer Data & Engagement Platforms, explains her commitment to creating a holistic approach to engaging customers in personalised one-to-one conversations that support them on their financial journeys.
“We need to be there for everyone across the spectrum – for both the good and the challenging times. Reaching that goal is a key opportunity for Wells Fargo and I have the pleasure of partnering with our cross-functional teams to help determine the strategic path forward…”
IBM: consolidating growth to drive value
We hear from Kate Woolley, General Manager of IBM Ecosystem, who reveals how the tech leader is making it easier for partners and clients to do business with IBM and succeed. “Honing our corporate strategy around open hybrid cloud and artificial intelligence (AI) and connecting partners to the technical training resources they need to co-create and drive more wins, we are transforming the IBM Ecosystem to be a growth engine for the company and its partners.”
Kate Woolley, IBM
America Televisión: bringing audiences together across platforms
Jose Hernandez, Chief Digital Officer at America Televisión, explains how Peru’s leading TV network is aggregating services to bring audiences together for omni-channel opportunities across its platforms. “Time is the currency with which our audiences pay us, so we need to be constantly improving our offering both through content and user experiences.”
Portland Public Schools: levelling the playing field through technology
Derrick Brown and Don Wolf, tech leaders at Portland Public Schools, talk about modernising the classroom, dismantling systemic racism and the power of teamwork.
Also in this issue, we hear from Lenovo on how high-performance computing (HPC) is driving AI research and report again from London Tech Week where an expert panel examined how tech, fuelled by data, is playing a critical role in solving some of the world’s hardest hitting issues, ranging from supply chain disruptions through to cybersecurity fears.
Our cover story this month reveals how Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Stripe in Southeast Asia, and her team are driving financial inclusion across the region and supporting SMEs with end-to-end services putting users first
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story reveals how Stripe’s payments platform is driving financial inclusion across Asia.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Opportunities for innovation and growth via the adoption of new technologies are everywhere. However, organisations are faced with a bewildering array of choices to help them transform and choosing the best option to drive positive disruption is a tough call. We take a look at some of these fascinating journeys…
Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Southeast Asia, Stripe
This month’s cover story explores the genesis of fast-growing payments platform Stripe. Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Southeast Asia, leads a team driving financial inclusion across the region, supporting SMEs with end-to-end services putting users first.
“We’re building products and the financial infrastructure to help our users go cross-border, beyond their domestic boundaries, to widen their markets and drive efficiencies within their financial services infrastructure. With Stripe under the hood, businesses are able to focus on what they do best without wasting time researching, purchasing, integrating, and maintaining dozens of payment technology point solutions because Stripe is a platform that offers all of them, and is already integrated.”
IAG: tech procurement linked to purpose
We speak with IAG’s CPO & VMO Claire Ledder, who reveals the transformative approach to technology procurement being deployed by an Australian market leader home to several leading insurance brands. “We’re now able to tackle sourcing and contracting with an end-to-end approach capable of measuring the value delivered.”
Portrait Photography
U.S. Department of State: facilitating diplomacy with tech
Todd Cheng Director of IT Customer Service at the U.S. Department of State, talks about the ever-evolving relationship between technology and diplomacy. “We’ve been through the process of updating the IT model at State to a new, more customer centric version of the Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL).” By his calculations, these changes have benefited the organisation by reducing network disruption by some 400,000 hours of diplomacy every month.
Afni
Afni’s CISO Brent Deterding explains how breaking down the traditional and perceived barriers between security and the boardroom can transparently position cyber effectiveness as a critical enabler of improved business outcomes.
Afni’s CISO Brent Deterding
Also in this issue, we hear from Zoom on the future of work and report again from London Tech Week where an expert panel gave advice for businesses on anticipating and preparing for cyber risk against a backdrop of geopolitical uncertainty.
There is an urgent need for the digitalisation of the procurement function, according to a new report from leading smart sourcing solutions organisation Globality
SHARE THIS STORY
There is an urgent need for the digitalisation of the procurement function, according to a new report from ProcureTech and leading smart sourcing solutions organisation Globality.
The report, which can be read in full here, states that 9/10 of global procurement leaders are committed to the urgent transformation of their operations and processes to become more resilient, agile and future-proofed in these uncertain and volatile times.
The report, which surveyed 170 global procurement leaders, claims that innovative and emerging technologies are being harnessed in order to better arm CPOs as they face global inflation, COVID-19 and geo-political crises such as the war in Ukraine.
Those surveyed also cited the growing need to fully digitalise operating processes in order to improve efficiency and boost cost reduction, while enhancing agility, resilience and value. 90% expected operational transformations within the next three years.
The report covers:
Digitalisation drivers
Future procurement operating models
Digital work in the future
Procurement process digitalisation
Digital supplier management
Challenges to progress
Value of digital adoption
Change manifesto
“Everyone recognises this shift, 99% of companies plan to make changes to their operating model over the next three years,” says the Globality report. “In 2020 and 2021, change has been thrust upon us all. In 2022 and beyond companies are owning the shift. In our research, we have seen the procurement leaders outperform their peers through a focus on resilience and cost in the short term. However, to maintain this competitive advantage in the long term, they need to adopt a new digital-led operating model.”
That said, 81% cited a lack of organisational support with regards to digitalisation, indicating a need for further engagement at some enterprises. 68% say that digitalisation will continue to increase business self-service, while 50% of organisations aim to move to a business procurement-centric organisation, acting as advisors and business partners versus executing transactional processes.
This month’s cover story reveals the cycles of transformation, being led by CDO Lucho Torres, which are driving the disruptive digital journey at Peru’s second largest financial services group
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story reveals reveals the cycles of transformation driving the disruptive digital journey at Scotiabank Peru, the country’s second largest financial services group.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
A customer-centric vision is often an important factor in the journey towards a digital transformation where a commitment to continuous improvement can bring scalability and lasting growth. Interface taps the brains behind some of the biggest tech successes happening across the globe today…
Lucho Torres, SVP & Chief Digital Officer at Scotiabank Peru is on a mission to leverage the trust in a global banking leader founded in 1832 and lead a transformation to create “the most relevant, simple and fast digital bank for consumers and businesses” across Peru. “The challenge was to build a digital bank with scalability and sustainability. We have created a customer-centric value proposition by building and taking to the market our own digital platforms and financial products to deliver personalised and intuitive customer experiences.”
IBM
We speak with IBM’s AI & Data guru Jean-Philippe Desbiolles who gives us a fascinating overview of his book AI Will be What you Make of It: The 10 Golden Rules of Artificial Intelligence. “I am passionate about the fact that at IBM we are transforming businesses by leveraging technologies in a broad sense of the word. And one of those key technologies is Artificial Intelligence.” Listen to our podcast with Jean-Philippe here or you can watch it below…
Digital Transformation in healthcare, education and telecomms
Also in this issue, Michael Haenelt, CIO at the Weed Army Community Hospital tells us the story of the development of a state-of-the-art medical facility at Ft Irwin, in California’s remote Mojave Desert, where a commitment to digital transformation is at the beating heart of the organisation.
This month’s cover story explores the customer-centric digital transformation journey of leading insurer AXA being led by UK & Ireland CIO Darrell Ryman
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story this month explores how leading insurer AXA‘s customer-centric digital transformation journey is refining the art of the possible to unite business with technology.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
The opportunity to leverage data & analytics to transform organisations seeking to sharpen their digital focus and better connect with internal and external stakeholders is at the forefront of a revolution in connectivity driving both operational efficiency and growth. In this issue we bring you some inspiring stories that reflect the impact today’s innovations are having on shaping the business journeys of tomorrow…
This month’s cover story explores the customer-centric digital transformation journey being led by AXA’s UK & Ireland CIO Darrell Ryman. “It’s both a challenge and an opportunity for the insurance industry,” he reflects. “Many of the legacy systems firms use are now outdated and based on the nine-to-five business operating model – they’re not designed for the modern digital experience.” Ryman’s IT team is driving that transformation pivot by focusing on three key pillars: developing a digital backbone, becoming a digital business and creating a digital ecosystem.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i6wxgQ2gAmI
XGS
Today’s on demand transactions require custom logistics solutions. We discover how flooring supply chain specialist Xpress Global Systems (XGS) is combining existing data with employee experience to deliver technology solutions that form the core of the company’s humanised approach to digital transformation.
EY
Also in this issue, Ken Priyadarshi CT AI leader of EY Technology, explains how the leading professional services network is developing Digital Twins to deliver big-data and low-latency scenario planning models for financial services: “It’s time for the digital twin to become a mainstream tool for the C-suite and go beyond the traditional manufacturing or operational use-cases.”
Data management driving efficiency and growth
Elsewhere, we learn how specialist insurance broker Howden is achieving success in Asia by establishing a structured, data-driven, engagement and distribution strategy; and reveal the way America’s leading critical infrastructure damage prevention firm, Stake Center Locating, is future-proofing by transferring its expertise from legacy systems to the cloud.
Our cover story examines how Microsoft is accelerating innovation for sustainable growth by providing specialised solutions supporting financial health for enterprises and their customers in the Azure cloud
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story this month reveals how Microsoft is supporting future-first financial services in the cloud.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Digital transformation can take many forms, powering the strategies to achieve goals across a diverse range of sectors from education and manufacturing to business development and health. In this issue we explore some of these compelling success stories.
Gracing this cover of Interface is Bill Livezey, Director of Financial Services for Intelligent Cloud at Microsoft. Bringing a quarter century of experience at the tech giant to his latest role, he explains how it is accelerating innovation for sustainable growth by providing specialised solutions supporting financial health for enterprises and their customers. A broad set of data models and tools in Microsoft’s Intelligent Cloud work together and allows for its partners to join in quickly building differentiated experiences in an industry-compliant and secure public cloud.
Virtusa
Today’s businesses require change at a scale and speed that defies traditional ways of working. By delivering deep digital engineering and industry expertise through client-specific and integrated agile approaches, we learn how Virtusa, in conjunction with key partners like Pega, is driving digital transformation with the pace and passion of a startup delivered with expert execution on a global scale.
Bossard
Also in this issue, we hear from Bossard, a leading global provider of product solutions and services in industrial fastening and assembly technology. Chief Information Officer Georg Meyer reveals how IT is supporting its efforts to achieve ‘proven productivity’ while working towards its 200th anniversary strategy goals.
Digital Transformation supporting Sustainability
Elsewhere, we discover how the School District of Oconee County has transformed the lives of its teachers and students through the pursuit of digital transformation; and reveal the way SodaStream is leading the fight against plastic pollution, aligning its operational and digital goals with sustainable solutions and products that truly help to preserve our planet.
Our cover story investigates how the latest cybersecurity technologies ensure the Commonwealth Bank and its customers are protected from cybercrime
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story this month charts how the Commonwealth Bank is strengthening its cybersecurity posture to protect 16 million customers
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Cybersecurity, and the need to share data safely and securely, goes beyond the day to day requirements of one organisation, it’s about enterprises at all levels collaborating to develop an ecosystem for the greater global good.
Our cover star Memo Hayek, General Manager Group Cyber Transformation & Delivery at CommBank, is leading a team on such a journey while executing the technology transformation required to fortify cybersecurity for CommBank. Leveraging the latest cutting-edge technologies from partners including AWS and Palo Alto Networks – in demand as the global attack surface grows – Hayek is flying the flag for women in STEM careers and delivering the strategies to ensure the bank, its Australian community and the wider global economy are protected from cybercrime.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jQNXY2duLZs
Philip Morris International
Also in this issue, we learn how Philip Morris International (PMI) is instigating a digital revolution in the travel retail sector, merging the physical and online worlds by implementing a number of CX-driven initiatives framed around PMI’s IQOS brand which is helping smokers to non-smoke products.
Valtech
We hear again from global business transformation agency Valtech on its efforts to embrace diversity across the length and breadth of its organisation to make it better able to provide solutions that touch all of society. Una Verhoeven, VP Global Technology, gives her perspective on the diversity debate and how that’s further supported in the technological evolution with the rise of composable architecture.
Digital Transformation
Elsewhere, we discover how biotech firm Debiopharm’s digital transformation journey is ushering in a new era for drug development and clinical trials. We also reveal the innovative global IT transformation plans of market-leading tile manufacturer Terreal.
Procurement transformation is at the heart of our chat with Tod Cooper, Director Procurement at the Department of Corrections in New Zealand
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s exclusive cover story features Tod Cooper, Director Procurement at the Department of Corrections in New Zealand, who reveals all regarding the strategic restructure of the procurement function.
Procurement transformation is at the heart of our chat with Tod Cooper, Director Procurement at the Department of Corrections in New Zealand
Most of us like to think that if we were presented with the chance to do something positive and societally significant for our country and its indigenous people, in particular, we would.
And that’s exactly the opportunity Tod Cooper, Director Procurement at the Department of Corrections in New Zealand, has grasped with both hands, with the department’s dedication to supporting Māori.
Business transformation through leadership has been a major part of Cooper’s working life, preparing him for the challenges he’s faced at the Department of Corrections.
“It’s a big personal passion for me,” he says. “I’m not a guy who likes to sit still. Continuous improvement is a big thing. I’m always asking myself how we can make things better, looking at new ways of re-engineering, and getting good people around me who can enact my vision of things.
I’m a typical extrovert who’s easily distracted by the next thing, so it’s really important to have a good leadership team around me that understands the vision and can pull me back in.”
Elsewhere, we also speak with Dean Bennett, VP of Procurement, and Mike Cowling, VP of Global IT at BeiGene, about the benefits of a strong collaboration between procurement and technology, and what makes the company so special. Plus, we have an exclusive ‘provenance in the supply chain piece’ from IBM’s Blockchain Leader, Winston Yong.
Our exclusive cover story this month explores how IAG Firemark Ventures is disrupting insurance to reimagine the customer journey today…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our exclusive cover story this month explores how IAG Firemark Ventures is disrupting insurance to reimagine the customer journey today
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Technology with the capacity to enhance customer journeys and evolve in line with our changing needs is the holy grail that the companies featured in this packed issue of Interface are on a quest to deliver…
Our cover star Scott Gunther, General Partner at IAG Firemark Ventures, embodies that pioneer spirit. Leading the investment arm of Australia and New Zealand’s largest insurer to think like a startup and drive innovation in the FinTech & InsurTech space, Gunther’s vision is being realised… “We not only provide staple financial services but the solutions that can make the world a safer place by reacting to everything from natural disasters to life-changing events.”
Trusted by 95% of Fortune 500 companies, Microsoft Azure is delivering transformative cloud journeys for organisations at all levels. Laurent Pierre Jr, General Manager for Azure Customer Experience Engineering Support (CXP), reveals how by creating a high trust environment, the speed at which you and your team can execute and perform becomes a force multiplier.
Keeping with the theme of transformative tech, BSI talk us through the innovation behind the extraordinary world of immersive auditing, outlining its advantages and the potential for a continuous wave of disruption set to provide deeper client value and change the dynamics of assurance forever.
Also in this issue, we hear from Lockton Re on how its global reinsurance business is benefiting from the deployment of smart solutions that leverage new technologies; speak with the CIO at the Office of Inspector General (a part of the US Department of Health & Human Services); discover advances in the digital approach to identity validation with Okta and get the lowdown from Vodafone on how blockchain has the potential to disrupt telcos.
Our exclusive cover story this month takes a drive down the information superhighway with Auto Club Group and the Automobile…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our exclusive cover story this month takes a drive down the information superhighway with Auto Club Group and the Automobile Association of America.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
A customer centric approach to the creation and deployment of digital services is something that unites the business transformation journeys we explore in this issue of Interface.
Our cover story examines how one of the oldest organisations in the US – the Automobile Association of America (AAA) – and Auto Club Group, among its largest affiliates, are building trust in technology through cybersecurity to support more than 14 million members with a range of digital services. Chief Information Security Officer, Gopal Padinjaruveetil, explains: “Cybersecurity can be the brake in the information vehicle so a business doesn’t have to slow down, enabling it to accelerate change with confidence without putting the organisation, and its members, at risk.”
Elsewhere, we discover how insurance giant Generali is leveraging analytics and AI on a global scale for a structured approach to insurance services delivering long term security and peace of mind for its customers as a lifetime partner.
Delivering innovation on a global scale, SAP’s customer-centric business technology platform currently serves 91% of the organisations making up the Forbes Global 2000, while a staggering 70% of all global transactions touch an SAP system. We find out more…
Also in this issue, we hear from Insider on why Apple’s iOS15 update will impact ecommerce and data gathering; we get the lowdown from EY on the four key steps organisation should take to accelerate their digital transformation and learn from Pulsant how to identify and achieve your business transformation goals.
IT heads say data leaks in the home will cause the biggest security headache over the next two years as…
SHARE THIS STORY
IT heads say data leaks in the home will cause the biggest security headache over the next two years as hybrid working arrangements see employees buying and installing their own technology, according to new research by Brother UK.
More than a third (34%) of the respondents cited the issue as their top concern as more decentralised purchasing decisions for devices such as laptops, printers and scanners are creating more data vulnerabilities.
The research, which surveyed 500 IT leads working for UK businesses, found that just 13% expect employees to be in the office full time over the next two years.
Work to minimise security risks was signalled by almost a quarter (23%) of respondents anticipating that office technology would be centrally procured with employees purchasing home tech from approved supplier lists over the next two years, up from 19% that currently have this procurement model.
However, 11% of IT leads said they expect all office and home technology to be procured by employees on their own over the same period, compared to 5% that currently operate in this way, which could signal some additional challenges for security in the future.
Other top concerns included data security in the office (27%), network security for remote workers (13%) and accountability (12%).
Mike Mulholland, head of services and solutions at Brother UK, said: “The immediate challenge for IT leads in managing people working from home is ensuring that the technology connected to business systems is secure.
“This is part of a wider opportunity for the channel, as they help customers respond to new challenges from the workforce becoming more dispersed, by providing new solutions and services.
“But it’s important that suppliers consult with clients on balancing the efficiencies gained from decentralised procurement against the security and integration that’s more assured from centralised decision making.
“Helping customers to build lists of approved technology for employees to procure from may pay dividends in productivity and security benefits.
“It will also be important for IT vendors and partners to advise when managed services can offer the best outcomes for businesses. Managed print services, for example, gives IT managers full oversight of print fleets wherever they may be, enabling them to manage security settings, firmware updates, and diagnostics from afar.”
Overall, the research found security to be the top priority for IT heads. Almost two-thirds (63%) saw the issue to be as being ‘very important’ over the next two years, compared to 52% that said the same for productivity, 50% for cost-efficiency and 48% for sustainability. Nearly half (49%) associate security with business resilience, while two-thirds (66%) said they are currently working towards improving their IT security in order to underpin resilience.
Martin Riley, Bridewell Consulting’s Director of Managed Services, explains why a cyber security strategy can future proof your business and provide the platform for a successful digital transformation
SHARE THIS STORY
Regardless of sector, digital transformation has become a business necessity for organisations in 2021. Described as the most important trend in business today, 65% of the globe’s GDP is expected to be digitalised by the end of 2022. And with promised benefits including improved operational efficiency, agility and employee productivity, it’s no surprise that businesses are going digital.
However, while there’s no denying the importance of digital transformation, different levels of organisational maturity can lead to different approaches and this is particularly apparent when it comes to security. Many organisations often take a reactive approach, whereby business and technology transformation are the priority and security is only considered afterwards. However, the risks from putting security on the backburner can be numerous, including higher costs and extended timelines to retrofit crucial security fixes.
Martin Riley
More mature companies have a different approach – one that puts security transformation first, ahead of digital transformation, to ensure the best possible future-proofed outcome. Their success is now providing a valuable proven blueprint for other firms to follow. So, to reap the benefits of this approach where should you start?
Shift your mindset
Before embarking on any transformation, it’s imperative to get your strategy right. Move away from thinking purely about digital transformation and cyber security as separate strategies and instead develop a cyber security transformation strategy. This will ensure that you can reduce risk and improve your cyber resilience, even as your attack surface grows.
It may be that security transformation becomes the driver of your digital transformation. For example, if you have identified vulnerabilities within your legacy IT infrastructure that necessitates a need to move critical data to the cloud.
Take critical national infrastructure as an example… The convergence of IT and Operational Technology (OT) as well as increased legislative requirements, such as the Network and Information Systems (NIS) Regulation, is driving a clear need for cyber security transformation. Organisations need to adapt to gain a holistic view of cyber security across physical OT and cloud systems before transformation can take place.
Understand your risks
Digitalising your business ultimately introduces new risks. For example, new digital channels can broaden your attack service, while poorly configured cloud-based infrastructure can pose easy targets for cyber attackers. There’s also risks from the internet of Things (IoT) which increases sensitive data proliferation (and by association, vulnerabilities), as well as authentication and access risks posed by remote working and connected supply chains. Before embarking on a transformation plan, you need to understand the security implications of any changes.
Assume zero-trust
In order to ensure that security is front of mind in your transformation you need to adopt a philosophy of a zero trust, where no individual or device is trusted. This involves verification by authenticating and authorising based on all available data points, utilising just-in-time and just-enough-access to limit user access and using analytics to drive threat detection. Not only does this help businesses to be prepared for cyber threats, but also articulates the value of security transformation to other departments.
Embed security from the outset
It can be tempting to simply keep investing in a growing number of security technology tools as and when your transformation takes place. However, all too often there is little integration, overlap and there are gaps in the coverage these tools offer. And while a well-configured set of security tools can provide coverage, many drive threat alerts that are false positives or benign positives, leading to fatigue and alert blindness. Instead, ensuring security is a critical part of the initial design of your transformation strategy.
Use security intelligence to your advantage
Move away from a focus on prevention to response and make security intrinsic throughout the business by implementing proactive measures such as Managed Detection and Response (MDR). By combining human analysis, artificial intelligence and automation to rapidly detect, analyse, investigate and actively respond to threats, MDR can encourage alignment of security transformation with digital transformation.
Cyber Technology Security Protection Monitoring
An adaptive and customisable security model, MDR can be deployed rapidly and cost-effectively as a fully outsourced service or via a hybrid SOC. It helps develop a reference security architecture that enables you to safeguard on-premise and legacy systems, cloud-based infrastructure applications and SaaS solutions, whilst also protecting and responding to new security and user identity threats as well as reducing cyber risk and the dwell time of breaches.
Engage third party support
Finally, don’t neglect to seek help from outside your organisation. By engaging a security architect early on in your project lifecycle, you can benefit from robust and detailed analysis and expertise to ensure the correct decisions are made, tracked and traced from beginning to end. They can also help you understand the interdependencies across your IT estate, identify risks and suggest best practice, as well as legal and regulatory obligations to ensure you continue to be able to withstand a range of cyber attacks throughout your transformation.
Reaping the rewards of cyber security transformation
Every business is on a digital transformation journey, regardless of size or objectives. However, as organisations transform, so do technology and cyber threats. Those that fail to adopt a more proactive and efficient system for mitigating risks and handling, responding, detecting and learning from cyber security attacks will find themselves falling behind and the security function unable to keep up.
Ultimately, cyber and digital security should be thought of as inseparable – and those that can plan and integrate both into their transformation projects from the very beginning will be in the strongest position to succeed and future-proof their business.
By implementing a robust cyber security transformation process and proactive security measures, such as MDR that can support secure digital transformation, you can reap the benefits of a stronger, structured system for managing, isolating and reducing threats and continue to pivot, transition and serve in the new digital economy without leaving security on the side-lines.
Bridewell Consulting
Bridewell Consulting is a specialist cyber security and data privacy consultancy. NCSC Certified and CREST accredited, it provides reliable, high-quality security and risk consulting services; helping its customers protect not just their data, but their reputation, customer trust and bottom line. Providing four core service areas: cyber security, data privacy, penetration testing/red team assessments and managed security services, Bridewell’s expert team of professionals possess specialist industry experience and proven capabilities. They can deliver effective cyber security and data privacy services across financial services, pharmaceutical, manufacturing, technology, retail, media, government, aviation and 24×7 critical services. As a vendor agnostic business, Bridewell is able to effectively and honestly engage with business executives and provide advice, guidance and services in a way that is most appropriate for each organisation, ensuring that proposed solutions are aligned with its clients’ strategy, business objectives and the wider IT architecture.
Learn more about emerging trends across the tech panorama in the latest issue of Interface
This month’s exclusive cover story focuses on how global digital agency Valtech is on a mission to inspire organisations to…
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s exclusive cover story focuses on how global digital agency Valtech is on a mission to inspire organisations to embrace inclusivity, supporting everyone to succeed in tech…
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Technology and its ability to transform the human experience for all the stakeholders of any business, from customers to employees to partners, is the defining theme of this issue of Interface.
At the heart of this line of inquiry, our cover story reinforces why technology should be for everyone. Valtech, a global digital agency focused on business transformation, is on a mission to encourage organisations to embrace inclusivity, “inspiring everybody to have an authentic voice” by supporting women and people of all walks of life to succeed in tech-based careers. Our interviewee, Sheree Atcheson, Global Director of Diversity & Inclusion, pledges: “We are trying to do something that leaves the world better than we found it.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4W25hWRdDMA
Elsewhere in this issue, we explore the rise of AI in banking and learn how solutions are being deployed by UnionBank of the Philippines. Dr. David Hardoon, Senior Advisor for Data & AI, explains how the bank is better leveraging data to drive financial inclusion with the delivery of services to the underserved and unbanked. We also speak with Alexandre Kozlov, Head of International IT at Kelly Services, and discover how the staffing giant is embracing business relevant IT with tech that puts people – clients, candidates and recruiters – first.
Also in this issue, we.CONECT tell us how they are using technology to bring people together for virtual live events; we explore AI’s influence on data centre management, and discover why security can future-proof your digital transformation journey.
Welcome to a very special edition of Interface Magazine!
There are few enterprises with a heritage and scale enjoyed by Carrefour. The 63-year-old global grocery and retail giant is undergoing enormous change across its numerous territories and grocery formats, and not before time. Sitting, as it does, at a pivotal moment in its history, Carrefour is facing, and meeting, the challenges of size and legacy as it leverages tech and data to transform into a company ready for the challenges ahead. We caught up with Carrefour’s leadership team across its numerous territories and divisions to find out how it’s transforming its operations on a global scale…
Carrefour has embraced a widespread ongoing transformation, as the retail landscape experiences monumental shifts in behaviour. And the person Carrefour looked to, to deliver this incredible programme of change, was the then rather youthful 45-year-old Alexandre Bompard who joined the Group as Chairman and CEO in July 2017. Bompard has a proven track record in delivering change having been at the helm of French retail chain Fnac-Darty. Bompard’s “Carrefour 2022” transformation plan “embodies the goal of bringing eating well – healthy, fresh, organic, local food – to within everyone’s reach”, said Bompard upon its launch. “To become the world leader in the food transition for everyone”.
Elsewhere in this issue, we speak to Cesar Augusto Dos Santos, Director of IT and CIO of giant Brazilian Communication Service Provider Claro, regarding its digital transformation at scale, as the company enters an exciting new phase of its evolution. Plus, we have some fascinating and insightful content covering digital transformation, business goals versus business purpose and a guide to new working practices that could change your company overnight!
Featuring… Swisscom, State of New Jersey and Cementos Pacasmayo, plus much, much more…
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome to another packed issue of Interface Magazine!
Following the success of an exciting B2C portal, we revisit the dynamic partnership between Swisscom and Accenture to find out more about the follow-up: a brand new B2B offering…
In June 2020, Interface Magazine published an in-depth feature on telco giant Swisscom’s new omni-channel platform – created in conjunction with Accenture – which transformed Swisscom’s B2C offering. Accenture delivered the framework for this digital omni-channel platform (DOCP) and, over time, Swisscom was able to run it independently. In the story, we mentioned that the company was also planning a B2B transformation. At the time, the plan was in its infancy.
Now – again, hand-in-hand with Accenture – Swisscom has launched this exciting new element of its business. We spoke with three people directly involved with this next step – Stephan Schneider, MD of Accenture; Anne-Thérèse Morel, Head of Capability Management at Swisscom Business Customers; and Matthias Piller, Solution Train Engineer at Swisscom – to gain a broader insight on what has changed since our last catch-up.
Elsewhere, we sit down with Luis Miguel Soto Valenzuela, CIO of Cementos Pacasmayo, to discuss the company’s digital and customer experience transformation, and its dedication to improving Peru. And we catch up with Poonam Soans, Chief Data Officer of the State of New Jersey, who explores how she is overseeing a data-driven revolution to better serve its citizens.
We take a look at 5 apps that have underscored the new necessities of remote work: collaboration, security, employee engagement… and a well-equipped home office, as identified in Okta 2021 Business at Work report.
SHARE THIS STORY
Many of us have adapted seamlessly to working from home over the last 12 months. Technology, and the way software organisations have stepped up to the plate to supply the tools we needed most, has been key to this. We take a look at 5 apps that have underscored the new necessities of remote work: collaboration, security, employee engagement… and a well-equipped home office, as identified in Okta 2021 Business at Work report.
While it now feels utterly normal to join a professional video chat and see the inside of people’s home offices, kitchens, or sheds, the fact is that it’s only been normal for less than a year. Many people thrive on home working, although some did struggle with the shift, and numerous reports have explored the clear benefits of a more flexible working situation than most of us had pre-pandemic.
One of the main reasons why many of us have adapted so seamlessly is the role technology has played, and the way software organisations stepped up to the plate to supply the tools we needed most. ‘A shakeup in our top apps underscores the new necessities of remote work: collaboration, security, employee engagement… and a well-equipped home office’, states the Okta 2021 Business at Work report.
As well as a rise in the use – and choice – of tools that enable us to better work with our colleagues, clients, and peers, remote workers have required additional protection that their employers would normally take responsibility for, hence the rise in security-related apps. Additionally, HR teams are busy investing in whatever will give them the best employee engagement, in order to ensure staff feel happy and supported at a time when they’re separated from their co-workers.
Interestingly, the Okta report shows that 90% of the fastest-growing apps are brand new to the top 10 – the first time in the report’s history. ‘Companies needed to enable remote work, which means supporting at-home workspaces and virtual collaboration, and these apps helped them do it. Also, for the first time, security tools claim four top spots in the fastest growing category, and an HR-centric tool appears for the first time since 2016’.
Microsoft 365
The real heavyweight app of 2020/21 was Microsoft 365, which is no surprise considering most office workers need to use at least one element of the app every day, and many of them haven’t invested in it for their personal computers. In the words of the Okta report, ‘Since our first report in 2015, Microsoft 265, Salesforce, and Google Workspace have held three of our top four spots. They may have rebranded once or twice, but they are embedded in our desktops and our work lives’.
AWS
Amazon Web Services is a cloud computing service that works on a pay-what-you-use basis – it’s not surprising, then, that it’s such a popular choice, particularly at a time when the way we work has changed so drastically. ‘We’ve seen some exciting changes in out top rank’, the report states. ‘Cloud platform AWS has risen steadily from sixth place five years ago to become this year’s second most popular app by number of customers’.
‘The new second-place global rank for AWS is driven by its strong growth in EMEA and APAC, where it has seen over 25% growth since April 2020, compared to 16% growth in North America during the same time period’.
Salesforce
A CRM platform and cloud computing service, Salesforce’s popularity has remained steadfastly near the top of the list. This is thanks, in part, to its usage in the US: ‘Salesforce and Zoom’s global ranks are underpinned by their popularity in North America’, the report states. In APAC and EMEA, Salesforce is several spots lower, but this hasn’t affected its appreciation elsewhere.
Google Workspace
Formerly known as G Suite, Google Workspace combines collaboration and productivity tools, and cloud computing. Its broad appeal has brought it to the top four spot, regardless of how it overlaps with other apps. ‘While companies may splurge on a few best-of-breed apps, we might expect they would tighten their belts where they see clear redundancy. However, 36% of Okta’s Microsoft 365 customers now also deploy Google Workspace, the largest jump in the past three years. Top collaboration tools have never been more important for productivity’.
Zoom
Zoom is no longer simply a name – it’s a verb. “Shall we Zoom later?” is the latest “Google it”, thanks to the video call app’s usability, stability, and business-friendly features like the ability to record meetings and set a photo of the Taj Mahal as your background. ‘Tools enabling collaboration, including Zoom, have jumped in the ranks’, the report states.
‘[It] had only joined the top apps by unique users for the first time in 2019, ended this current data period in sixth place. In our Businesses at Work (from Home) report in April, when we highlighted apps that had seen significant growth in numbers of corporate and personal users in March, Zoom was our fastest growing app by number of unique users. While unique users dipped a bit over summer, by the end of September they were reaching new highs, likely related to Zoom’s extensive efforts to support distance learning’.
It sounds like a strange parallel to draw, but when it comes to the implementation of a digital transformation project – specifically the automation of business processes – Chief Technology Officers (CTOs) and their senior counterparts could learn a lot from the Great Britain Cycling Team.
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital transformation, big data and Artificial Intelligence and like phrases used before them, ‘automation’ has grown to become quite the buzzword in the world of business. In fact, there’s now so much talk about the use of technology to ‘streamline operations’, that automation is almost an unattainable panacea in the eyes of many – even in the tech sector where organisations should perhaps know better.
Yes, at an enterprise level, there are some corporate giants thinking big and really nailing it. Likewise, there are some vast organisations with dedicated project teams and six or seven-figure budgets, that become so shackled with scope creep that their automation aspirations remain nothing more than pipedreams.
There are also smaller – and often nimbler – businesses that would be ideally placed to implement automation-led initiatives large and small, but they simply don’t know where to start. Their CTO may have an articulate vision and the ‘toolkit’ to achieve it, but the all-important buy-in from the wider management team – if not the rest of the organisation – doesn’t exist.
It’s certainly a mixed bag, but it needn’t be such a minefield. This narrative will be ‘preaching to the converted’, for many CTOs. So what’s the answer and what will finally stop holding digital transformation projects back?
The aggregation of marginal gains
Organisations embarking, from scratch, on a quest for greater automation, need to stop worrying about moving mountains from day one. Instead of focusing on the entirety of what’s possible, there is arguably more value in breaking the job down into actionable and achievable component parts.
In this respect, much can be learned from Sir Dave Brailsford, head of British cycling, who took the long-suffering team from winning only one gold medal in 76 years, to seven at the 2008 Beijing Olympics – an achievement mirrored in London four years later.
Aware that aiming for gold felt like a daunting and perhaps even impossible plight, he applied the theory of marginal gains to the sport. In other words, he deconstructed everything to create a checklist of micro tasks and concentrated on improving each element by just 1% to secure a significant aggregated performance increase. The mentality centred on progression, not perfection.
Likening this to automation in business may seem like a stretch, but the same principle applies. The possibilities that automation can unlock are almost endless, so to cover everything will probably never be feasible. But by making individual systems and processes more ‘joined up’ with digital transformation – as well as quicker and slicker to execute, with an eye on best practice throughout – means even 1% efficiency gains will soon add up.
Removing digital silos
Some businesses may have far to travel on their automation journey, whereas others may have already made a start by ‘thinking digitally’.
This is something at least, because the digitisation of processes represents an important step. But what happens if these tools and technologies continue to exist on ‘digital islands’, with varying degrees of customisation and few – if any – ‘bridges’ between them to enable the data to do what it needs to. If someone must pull all the strings to make multiple products work together – with a questionable degree of effectiveness – there remains much to do.
The key to automation is to define the process that will spontaneously enable widget A to press buzzer B that activates application C and produces data point D – and so on – digital transformation!
Everything needs to work together, much like a team. And it’s OK to start small.
In simplistic terms, a business may decide to outsource its mailing so it’s saving time – and money – that would otherwise be spent licking stamps! This soon outweighs the cost involved.
But automation can be far more sophisticated too, of course. An email marketing platform can talk intuitively to a CRM tool as a sales pipeline advances, for example, before auto-updating a billing engine when a deal converts and triggering a conversion report to better understand ROI.
Without this automation, people involved in any one part of the process would still have confidence the data existed in there. However, the time otherwise required to uncover it, and then manually push it through the system, could mean the insight soon becomes obsolete and the associated opportunity is consequently lost. The real-time nature of the intel is where the value lies – much like the of-the-moment performance of the GB Cycling Team – hence the beauty of triangulating these multiple elements to create a truly integrated eco-system.
Is Digital Transformation only for big players?
In saying all this, one of the most important points to perhaps note is that automation shouldn’t be feared. Digital transformation is not necessarily a complex process that lies only within the reach of gigantic corporations with equally large budgets. Yes, data volume makes an investment in automation easier to justify. And a degree of technical competence is needed to orchestrate the integration of tools that lead to a super-slick outcome. But it needn’t cost the earth. For senior professionals who have perhaps worn the t-shirt a couple of times over, it’s better to communicate that – making it relatively easy to move forward as a result.
Secondly, automation is not trying to rid people of their jobs and replace them with ‘robots’ – a fear that seemingly shows no sign of fading. On the contrary, at a time when employees are becoming increasingly discerning about their workplace fulfilment levels, it can liberate them from burdensome, administration-centric tasks, and free up their time to focus on activities that make better use of their skills – boosting both productivity and engagement as a result.
Thirdly, the benefits associated with automation aren’t isolated solely to staff motivation and workplace efficiencies. Automation – or certainly, an automation-savvy mindset – can become the lifeblood of a firm’s scale-up strategy, which empowers the business to grow at speed, with a constant eye on cost control and service levels too. In the current economic climate, this agility – not to mention bottom line protection – has arguably never been so important.
by Terry Daniell, Operations Director at Trenches Law
The new update gives all users tailored access to relevant market research and reports based on their role in their organisation. The update was implemented to prevent an ‘information overload’ from deterring workers and teams from utilising market research – something which can be a real problem for large enterprises who have vast amounts of data and insights available for different teams spread across business units, countries and product lines.
Workspaces & Teams also allows organisations to create separate Workspaces (for example, one for the B2C business unit and one for the B2B business unit) within their Stravito platform. This helps large enterprises give employees direct and easy access to relevant insights, while limiting improper use of the wrong insights, leading to time savings and improved decision-making across business units.
Within each Workspace, organisations can also create Teams to further fine-tune access and relevancy of insights within their business unit, enabling enterprises to customise their experience and access to information in the platform.
In addition to improving user experience, Workspaces & Teams makes it easier for administrators to tailor confidentiality for sensitive research documents.
Thor Olof Philogene, CEO of Stravito, commented: “We are always looking for new ways to combine insights relevance and security to enhance customer engagement with our platform. This Workplace and Teams update is purpose-built for large organisations with distributed units and branches, but as the business landscape continues to change against the backdrop of the pandemic, we also see increased demand for this type of services to suit organisations of all sizes.”
The Workspaces & Teams update follows another recent development targeted towards enterprise customers: ISO 27001 certification.
Stravito’s ISO 27001 certification recognises that the development and delivery of the Stravito SaaS are done in accordance with global information security best practices.
To receive the certification, an in-depth audit testing all security processes and frameworks was undertaken. This included incident management, risk management, employee management, secure software development, and the management of information from third parties – giving customers full peace of mind that their data and information is secure.
Notable aspects of Stravito’s security, which was commended, include its information security policy, which covers all aspects and employees of the organisation, an incident management process, which allows Stravito to triage and resolve any incidents promptly, a secure software development life cycle, ensuring they deliver secure and bug-free code, and a solid risk management framework, which is used to identify and mitigate risk throughout the organisation.
Marcus Södervall, head of Security at Stravito, commented: “Receiving the ISO 27001 certification is a huge accomplishment for Stravito, reinforcing our commitment to implementing best-in-class security that truly protects our customers and their data.”
“Not only does ISO 27001 test the maturity of Stravito’s processes, but it also embeds security into our company’s DNA, shining a light on the trusted and reliable platform we have built.”
By doubling down on essential capabilities for enterprises, like customisation and security, Stravito aims to continue its mission to simplify knowledge discovery for global organisations.
Google, BT and DCMS among over 1,000 organisations offering free mentorship to independent organisations through Digital Boost
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital Boost, a new platform connecting organisations with digital skills founded by serial entrepreneur Sherry Coutu CBE, has today set out a bold ambition to digitally upskill 500,000 women from female-led organisations by January 2022, with 200,000 of those from BAME backgrounds. This comes as recent research revealed that 97% of charities feel insecure about their command of digital skills, while a survey conducted by BT and Small Business Britain found that 63% of small businesses lack confidence in future-proofing their business.
Digital Boost helps small organisations access digital skills through unlimited free one-to-one mentorships delivered by volunteers at some of the world’s most respected organisations including Google, DCMS, Visa, BT and The Big Lottery. Digital Boost is also working with its partners to offer specialised workshops and access to short online courses to its learners.
Since its launch in June 2020, Digital Boost has mentored more than 2,000 small businesses and charities. It currently has 1,600 partners listed on the platform and has successfully delivered multiple one-to-one mentoring sessions.
Sherry Coutu CBE, founder of Digital Boost, said, “We’re proud to work alongside our valued partners to mentor at least 1 million people who work for small businesses and charities by 31st January 2022, of which 20% will identify themselves as BAME and 50% will identify themselves as female. With our enhanced digital platform that offers unlimited mentoring support as well as commercial partnerships for potential corporates, we believe we can significantly boost the revenues of female-led businesses”.
As a beneficiary of multiple mentoring sessions, Amanda Mann, founder of Mann’s Cookies, said: “Mine is a Covid-19 business. I couldn’t imagine I would have so much fun and meet such amazing people but I didn’t have any business experience so I am so grateful I found Digital Boost. They were brilliant on our mentoring calls and they were great at helping me get to grips with the mechanics of business, showing me how to deliver great customer service and sharing tips on keeping up my social media presence.”
Three years on from Open Banking launched in the UK, let’s look at what we’ve done and where we can go from here…
SHARE THIS STORY
Earlier this year, UK Open Banking celebrated three years. Since 13 January 2018, regulated third-party providers have been able to integrate with bank APIs to access customers’ financial data, in an effort to break down the barriers standing in the way of seamless data sharing.
The overarching goal of this new regime was to give consumers and businesses greater visibility and control over their finances, with technology at the forefront of this mission. Specifically, the pioneering Open Banking initiative was created to enable financial technology (fintech) providers to bring innovative new propositions to the SME and consumer market.
By extension, the users of Open Banking would benefit from products that were better suited to their unique financial situation, enabling them to compare available products in order to find the best deals on the market. So, as we reflect on three years of Open Banking, the question is: how much progress has been made, and what’s in store for the future?
Increasing collaboration through innovation
The introduction of a new requirement for all UK-regulated banks to allow customers to share their financial data with authorised third-party providers introduced a new era of collaboration within a previously segregated market.
Joined by one overarching mission – namely, to drive innovation and deliver the best possible customer experience – large banks and fintech startups began forming valuable partnerships. Thanks to more efficient data sharing, incumbents, for instance, have been able to integrate propositions developed by fintechs into their own platforms, in an effort to better meet the evolving needs of the customer.
The benefits to the customer are evident: a more interconnected and open financial ecosystem, which enables them to browse available products and access the right services for their needs.
Since its inception, Open Banking has served to shift the power to the customer and increase competition within the sector. By utilising new apps and digital platforms, banking customers now have access to a fuller and clearer view of their finances. This allows individuals to budget more effectively, switch products more easily, and generally make more informed decisions.
Increasing uptake
Since the initiative was launched in 2018, Open Banking adoption among UK consumers and businesses has surged. While generating awareness about its benefits has been a slow process (a recent PwC study found that only 18% of consumers were aware of what Open Banking means for them), the COVID-19 pandemic has driven Open Banking usage.
Today, over two million users utilise Open Banking-enabled applications and services. This number has doubled since January 2020, with the pandemic likely having a strong influence on the rate of uptake.
As disruption took hold and personal finances took a hit, many people turned towards online banking and money management apps, in search of tech solutions that could bolster their financial confidence. Since the first lockdown in March 2020, almost one in five (17%) of UK adults have started using an online banking service to help with their money management goals, with this figure rising to 45% among 25-34-year-olds.
Without the advent of Open Banking, the accessibility and value of such solutions would be questionable. After all, many of these fintech solutions use Open Banking to connect directly to users’ bank accounts to provide a more tailored service.
At the same time, it has also enabled financial services providers to obtain an accurate and up-to-date view of an individual’s financial situation, as well as their past and present behaviours, in order to deliver more personalised guidance.
How will Open Banking develop?
Open Banking today generally covers personal and business current accounts, credit cards and online e-money accounts. In the future, the concept will extend to cover all financial markets – from pensions to investments and insurance.
Now that we have built the underlying infrastructure, it will become easier to build on top of this. More complicated use-cases of Open Banking will begin to develop, with competition from non-traditional players such as fintechs and challenger banks stepping in to provide a range of new services – particularly within industries that previously strayed away from large scale digital transformation.
As the ability to let information flow between applications continues to improve, new products and iterations of existing offerings will be built, integrated and modified at a much greater speed than before. We will shift away from a closed banking system to one that encourages new aggregators, service partners, and payment providers to add value to existing businesses models, and in doing so, create a range of new customer-centred financial services.
Examples of innovations that we are already seeing include services that provide personalised advice to banking customers looking to improve their credit score, and applications that enable employees to save directly from their salary.
We’ve come a long way in the Open Banking revolution, giving consumers and businesses greater control over their financial lives and the ability to choose products and services that work best for them. As we progress further towards Open Finance, this initiative will give customers greater influence over a wider range of their financial data, and offer access to enriched financial services.
Ammar Akhtar is the co-founder and CEO of Yobota, a London-based technology company. Founded in 2016, Yobota has built a fast, flexible, cloud-native core banking platform, which allows clients to create and run innovative financial products. You can follow Yobota on LinkedIn and Twitter.
With 2025 deadlines looming for ambitious corporate public pledges around sustainability, this should be top of the business agenda for enterprises in 2021. However, are organisations acting fast enough?
SHARE THIS STORY
Worryingly, every five weeks that passes represents 1% of our decade. Aspirations of operating more sustainably at some point in the future are now becoming a much closer reality, which means organisations have targets that they need to meet over a relatively short time frame. This is especially true when it comes to ‘net zero’ emissions pledges – perhaps the most pressing climate concern the planet is facing. For example, by 2030, Unilever has committed to halving the greenhouse gas emissions of their products across the lifecycle, while Heineken has set an 80% target reduction. BP is facing an even bigger challenge as an energy company, leaning away from fossil fuels and committing to net zero carbon from their operations by 2050. Written by Mark Perera, CEO, Vizibl
Therefore, with only a few years remaining until some of those deadlines, clearly now is the time for enterprises to take decisive action.
Many organisations still don’t know how they’re going to achieve these targets. However, given the urgency of the issues, they’ve launched their efforts regardless, anticipating the discovery of further solutions along the way.
Sustainability delivers more than just the environmental benefits
Alongside the need to protect our planet, hitting these targets is actually key for the survival of some of these businesses. Strong sustainability performance pays dividends in opportunities for growth, increased returns on capital, and in managing threats to the business, with McKinsey finding that the value at stake from sustainability risks can be as high as 70% of EBITDA.
Given that 50% of the Standard & Poor’s 500 will likely be replaced within the decade, companies must look beyond business as usual towards the strategies that will shore up their own survival – especially in our post-COVID environment where many will face stiff competition. With record private equity, a robust M&A market and the growth of many startups with billion-dollar valuations, not to mention the impact of the pandemic and an economic decline, there will be plenty of turbulence in the road ahead.
We recently hosted a webinar around sustainability, which featured speakers from Unilever, Heineken and BP, where we discussed all of these issues and more. Interestingly, all three organisations were in agreement that consumer relevance will be key to organisational longevity and the ability to attract talent will also be central to business success. Consumers are very much driving the sustainability agenda, therefore setting and meeting sustainability targets will be key driver for business continuity.
Enterprises are driving towards stakeholder capitalism
This focus on doing right by consumer and employee values corresponds to a wider movement towards stakeholder capitalism. This drive advocates shifting away from a sole focus on maximising shareholder value towards a company strategy which creates value for all its stakeholders – from customers and employees, to suppliers, communities, and the environment.
Along with making themselves accountable to a broader set of stakeholders, organisations should also be drawing from these stakeholders to meet sustainability targets. Likewise, leveraging from a wider ecosystem will also help to meet these goals; partnering for value to increase the bottom line will be a key procurement trend in 2021.
Seeing as 80% of company emissions and up to 90% of their impact on biodiversity and natural resources originates in the supply chain, it is not surprising that companies are looking past internal operations when pursuing ambitious sustainability targets. Given also that 50-70% of company innovations originate externally, it makes sense to look beyond the boundaries of the organisation and to the broader ecosystems of suppliers to source new solutions.
Working with a broader ecosystem of suppliers to foster innovation
One great example of this kind of partnership is an initiative that BP is spearheading. As the company works towards net zero for its tech and IT estate, BP is moving away from high-power data infrastructure in favour of forging deep partnerships with cloud providers. The cloud providers also have net zero commitments of their own, which they can support using renewable energy sourced from BP. This partnership presents a win-win situation where both companies can hit their targets in tandem.
What we are also seeing is that this is changing the role of procurement. Instead of being viewed as a function that ‘protects’ the company from its suppliers by continuously driving down costs, procurement is now looking to collaboration and partnerships to find the innovation that will help the organisation continue to grow.
And as procurement moves away from a single-minded focus on cost-cutting, it will facilitate relationships which in turn deliver on key business strategies like sustainability and growth.
How procurement can drive initiatives to meet sustainability goals
To this point, procurement has a great role to play in helping an organisation meet its sustainability targets, given that the function has historically been curious and hyper-diligent when it comes to costs. Moving forward, enterprises need to apply that same rigour when it comes to sustainability by asking searching questions about energy and water usage, emissions impact, and how we are affecting our communities both locally and on a global scale if we bring that level of curiosity and collaborative problem-solving into supply chains, we’ll have a big impact on business longevity and help to meet those lofty sustainability goals that are closer than we all feel comfortable with right now.
Our exclusive cover story this month is an in-depth look behind the scenes at Cisco…
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome to issue 20 of Interface Magazine!
Our exclusive cover story this month is an in-depth look behind the scenes at Cisco; the company that helps its clients adapt to an ever-changing world by providing the building blocks of a digital ecosystem that allows more agile and efficient communication alongside operational prowess. But what about Cisco itself? What does transformation look like inside this Silicon Valley giant, and how does itsuccessfully harness data-driven, digital technologies to improve its own operations to boost growth and profitability?
We caught up with Dr. Christian Vogt, Cisco’s Chief Innovation Officer of Data & Analytics at his Silicon Valley office. Christian’s mission is to drive the adoption of digital, advanced analytics, and artificial intelligence at Cisco, and to incubate and scale the capabilities needed to accomplish this, both inside his organization and across the company. Some of these technologies are developed by Cisco’s own engineers, while others are the result of partnering. To achieve the latter, Christian has established an open-innovation arm that partners closely with world-class startups and venture capital firms in Silicon Valley and beyond. “My goal is to make us a more data-driven, digitally enabled, and AI-powered company,” Christian explains.
Elsewhere, we also meet up with Aviva Italy to see how a cloud-native ecosystem will help the company address the new paradigma of insurance. Plus, we look at the past, present and future of Open Banking and examine how CTOs could learn so much from the GB Cycling Team!
Research reveals that millennials would be willing to take a pay cut to work in a nicer office; and also consider quitting if their workplace is either outdated or inefficient…
SHARE THIS STORY
Today, smart buildings are becoming more dynamic and tailored to individual requirements, specifically within the office space. And with Gartner predicting that the greatest source of competitive advantage for 30% of organisations over the next few years will be their ability to creatively exploit the digital workplace, the pressure is on for businesses and building owners alike to invest in the latest technologies and techniques to provide even better user experiences.
Employee Expectations
Research reveals that millennials would be willing to take a pay cut to work in a nicer office; and also consider quitting if their workplace is either outdated or inefficient. Employers need to keep up with the rapidly changing demands of employees in order to stay competitive when attracting and retaining talent.
To achieve this, workspaces are now becoming more ‘aware’ through an ecosystem that allows buildings to dynamically adjust to the requirements of users through the convergence of IT and Operational Technology (OT) such as building management systems, energy and space management. There is an expectation in place that facilities and building management firms will adapt to meet employee expectations; if not, then they will fall behind.
Collaboration and Productivity
Many companies are leading the way with shared office facilities and hot desks on a part-time or multi-lease basis. With desk layouts developed by algorithms, companies are responding to the demand for mobility and flexible consumption in the modern digital workspace. By configuring open and closed spaces through noise-absorbing fabrics and glass doors, buildings are providing the privacy of individual offices within an open plan setup, meaning that staff no longer need to be confined by physical walls.
Furthermore, data can be collected about user movements, machinery condition, energy usage and other activities within the building that can be used to optimise the user experience and enhance collaborative processes further. For example, mobile phone controlled AV screens, wafer-thin sensors that can detect occupancy and trigger the air conditioning system, ongoing measurement of internal environmental conditions including temperature, humidity and CO2, and indoor mapping and navigation platforms.
Sustainability
With 72% of office workers revealing that a sustainable environment is important to them, embracing this new movement has become a competitive necessity. Through clever environmental design which optimises space, consumption and resources, smart offices can reduce the overall environmental impact and save money and resources along the way. From autonomous energy systems that shut off heating and lighting when rooms are vacant to systems that monitor and optimise the use of water and electricity, these offices can identify their most wasteful aspects and also lessen the pressure on the national grid.
Making the Business Case
Smart buildings in themselves are opening up new revenue streams. But the cost of IoT implementation may be perceived as a barrier to its adoption and development. Many smart offices are built from scratch so existing workplaces need to be retrofitted with technology. And although there is an upfront investment or cost to retrofit an existing building, once installed, additions such as optimised lighting make running these spaces much more cost-effective to the building owner.
The Role of the MSP
Managed Service Providers have a valuable potential role to play beyond providing Digital Communications and collaborative infrastructure including high speed internet lines, Wi-Fi and cloud based collaboration technology such as Microsoft Teams. The MSP can work with an emerging ecosystem of expert IoT infrastructure, device and applications companies to deploy IoT sensor devices, capture and flow data to cloud based applications for insight and action. The MSP can become the agent of new efficiency gains for buildings and their users, generating new income streams and increasing user satisfaction.
Conclusion
People are the largest investment of an organisation, and as new technologies evolve to make their lives easier and safer, it is important to look at which technologies, strategies and approaches will create the most positive, productive and efficient impact for your office and users. IoT technologies, effectively overlayed and combined with existing digital infrastructure and collaboration initiatives, potentially deliver new data insight to further improve and enhance the intelligent workspace and productivity. An ecosystem of expert IoT companies working with incumbent MSPs can be an effective design, deployment and management mechanism for tapping into the intelligent workspace opportunity.
A business that’s fully and passionately dedicated to ¨promote beauty to achieve personal fulfilment¨, Belcorp is creating something new for itself that’s not a cultural reset, per se, but a cultural reboot. The message behind this Latin American beauty corporation, which operates across 14 countries, remains the same – but it’s now better, stronger, even more deeply ingrained in each and every fiber of the business. What is, on the face of it, a digital transformation for Belcorp has actually been a full people-centric makeover from the inside-out – it just happens to have been driven by technology. With his hand on the tiller is Venkat Gopalan, Chief Technology, Data & Digital Officer for Belcorp, who stepped in 18 months ago to help push the digital plan, resulting in a hard press on the fast-forward button for the company’s development.
Elsewhere, we catch up with Lori Snyder CIO, Information Systems & Technology at the State of Nebraska for the Department of Health and Human Services, to see how the state is using digital strategies to battle COVID-19. Plus, we have exclusive interviews with former Apprentice winner Mark Wright, Director of Climb Online and James Shanahan, CEO Revolut Singapore. We also list 5 essential tips to building an intelligent workplace.
According to the latest ONS figures, the impact of Covid-19 restrictions on the physical retail sector has been mixed. Stores…
SHARE THIS STORY
According to the latest ONS figures, the impact of Covid-19 restrictions on the physical retail sector has been mixed. Stores selling hardware, paints and glass, for example, saw a 13% increase in the value of retail sales compared to last year. Others have been hit particularly hard – with clothes store sales down by more than a quarter (26%) in the same time frame.
The forthcoming wave of vaccinations promises to restore the UK’s economy to a more stable position. Nonetheless, we must consider the possibility that changes in consumer behaviour may linger even when lockdowns and social distancing are a thing of the past, as well as how different sub-sectors within the industry will be affected.
Let’s therefore look at two opposing, but equally possible scenarios on the road ahead.
Scenario A – Opening the floodgates
After months of being cooped up at home, customers flock to town centres, industrial parks and shopping centres to exercise their freedom to purchase goods in-person. Sales volumes increase, but supply chains become stretched due to spikes in product demand and store inventories become more difficult to effectively manage.
In addition, disruption to both the need and availability of workers in the months prior leaves stores understaffed, leading to long queues and disgruntled customers. Finally, customers who for months have been encouraged to go cashless are now making far more card and contactless payments, leaving some POS systems struggling with the uptick in data traffic and leading to more frustration for staff and customers alike.
Scenario B – The high street ghost town
For many, shopping online during the pandemic switched from something people wanted to do to something people needed to do. As a result, those who were previously sceptical or unfamiliar with technology (or who simply preferred shopping in-person) had to familiarise themselves with the process. Of course, although many within this group may still be averse to e-commerce today, we must assume that at least some will use their newfound familiarity to continue shopping online in the post-Covid era.
In this scenario, customers new to e-commerce have been swayed by the user-friendliness, low prices and fast delivery on offer online. As a result, footfall on the high street struggles to recover to pre-pandemic levels, creating a tough environment for the small independent retailers who compete with the online giants.
Preparing for every outcome
While these two scenarios are diametrically opposed, the Internet of Things (IoT) could help address some of the issues described in both situations. Comprising a dynamic network of sensors, devices and equipment, the IoT makes it possible to view and interact with physical objects as easily as files and folders on a computer. In other words, the IoT creates a digital overlay that sits across the physical infrastructure of retail stores, effectively facilitating the agility of online shopping in a physical space.
It will require investment, but securing the future is a goal that pays dividends. Here we look at the solutions the IoT has to offer in these two scenarios.
Solution A – Unlocking efficiency at every stage of the supply chain
Preparing to mitigate the negative outcomes in this scenario requires retailers to take a hard look at the systems they have in place, identify areas in urgent need of greater efficiency, and implement new IoT tools to address them:
Real-time supply chain – inventory sensors and POS data are integrated into a direct communication system with supply chain partners, triggering automated manufacturing and production systems and adjusting stock delivery schedules accordingly.
Data-driven decisioning – capacity sensors linked to data analytics platforms not only track the number of customers in-store, but analyse seasonally-adjusted data relating to the length of time customers spend in the aisles and predict where and when staff will be needed.
Robotic process automation (RPA) – from processing supplier deliveries to quarterly stock counts, RPA systems automate time-consuming tasks that happen behind the scenes, freeing up staff time for better workforce scheduling and more focus on customers.
Solution B – In-store customer experience unmatched by online retailers
Innovations such as live product tracking and same day delivery have recently tipped the customer experience race in online retailers’ favour. To attract new customers and retain their business, brick-and-mortar stores must emulate the dynamic, digital and personalised experience offered by their online counterparts:
Interactive digital displays & kiosks – positioned at the store entry, customers can benefit from an optimised in-store journey and a highly personalised experience by viewing commonly bought items, their location within the store and in-the-moment marketing offers based on purchase history.
Roaming POS – queuing is eliminated as tablets carried by staff process customer payments anywhere in the store. In addition, RFID scanners built into trolleys and baskets can total large volume purchases in real-time, without needing to take a single item out to scan.
Customer application integration – in-store geotargeting systems can link via Bluetooth to customer-facing smartphone applications to help locate specific items and provide other useful pieces of information, such as stock levels, current offers and the location of staff.
LTE & SD-WAN branch networking: laying the foundations for the future of physical retail
Regardless of which scenario becomes a reality, any subsequent IoT strategy must begin with a reliable, secure and agile network. The first step is cutting the cord with fixed broadband connectivity and setting up a private in-store network running on LTE. Also known as wireless WAN (WWAN), this solution offers retailers greater levels of flexibility thanks to out-of-the-box connectivity and unparalleled reliability through multiple network channel management.
The second foundational requirement for retail IoT is SD-WAN. With the sheer quantity of network applications running in most branches, cloud monitoring and troubleshooting features – including automated alerts – SD-WAN enables retailers to cost-effectively manage WAN conditions at widespread locations. Crucially, SD-WAN also allows secure VPNs to be established in a matter of minutes, providing robust protection for devices and sensitive information, such as customer payment data.
Survive and thrive in the future of retail
The past year has been an uphill struggle, not least for retailers contending with limited footfall in their physical stores. Investing in new technology may not be top of mind for all retail businesses in the immediate future. But for those who are able and willing to make small adjustments to innovate may find they are able to unlock efficiencies in their supply chain, improve their in-store experience and attract and retain new customers once lockdown restrictions start to ease.
74% of businesses are boosting their marketing and consumer research budgets this year, to better reach potential customers.
SHARE THIS STORY
74% of businesses are boosting their marketing and consumer research budgets this year, to better reach potential customers, according to new research from Stravito, a leading provider of knowledge management software for insights.
The research, which was conducted by independent polling company Censuswide, surveyed 200 business decision makers in large and medium sized UK companies in the last week of December 2020.
It revealed that 76 per cent of business are set to overhaul their customer engagement strategy in response to the disruption and dispersal caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, suggesting that many companies are already anticipating 2021 to be the year that they ‘bounce-back’ from the difficult period caused by the crisis.
Interestingly, 82 per cent of surveyed decision makers agreed that data-driven insights are a top priority for them in 2021, and a whopping 83 per cent agreed that improving communication and relationships with customers will be critical to their business growing this year.
Similarly, 72 per cent of business decision makers agreed that their company needs to improve its knowledge and research sharing capabilities in order to improve sales in 2021.
Thor Olof Philogène, CEO and co-founder of Stravito, commented:
“In this pandemic era, connecting to consumers on a ‘human level’ is more important than ever, and demonstrating empathy and understanding with customer concerns and needs is imperative.
“This process must start with comprehensive market and consumer research to help inform business strategy and understand exactly how consumer behaviour and expectations has adapted over the course of the very eventful last 12 months. With workforces still distributed, and remote working here to stay for the foreseeable future, it is essential that research and business insights are made available to all departments and workers in a given company, so that there is no misalignment in knowledge or customer acquisition strategies. Getting instant access to all available market research at the touch of a button will also go a long way to preventing knowledge silos developing between already distributed workforces and departments.”
Connected technology is of critical importance in this process, and is likely to be one of the key economic drivers going forward.
SHARE THIS STORY
Although we have bid a grateful farewell to 2020, the disruption and uncertainty we experienced are spilling over into 2021. If there is one thing that we learnt last year, however, it’s that we need to accelerate the pace of transformative change. Connected technology is of critical importance in this process, and is likely to be one of the key economic drivers going forward.
The digital and physical world continue to converge
2020 symbolises a turning point of adaptation to digital interactions in everyday life, be it working from home, ordering groceries or online schooling. Consumers in 2021 and beyond expect to experience a seamless blend of intertwined in-person and online interactions along the customer journey.
In the manufacturing world, we can expect the rapid growth of AI, IoT and other industrial automation technology, especially since human resources become less accessible and reliable.
Technology’s place in the boardroom
In 2020, technology proved to be a competitive advantage for some companies and a threat to the survival of others. In particular, the failure to have a genuine eCommerce presence cost many companies dearly. As a result of this, the lines between technology strategy and corporate strategy are beginning to blur. In order to survive and thrive, organisations need to assess their current tech capabilities and expand on future possibilities.
Data-driven decision making
To prepare for current changes and an unknown future, corporate and technology strategists need to have access to accurate data to analyse, identify trends, reduce wastage and inform their strategies.
The first step in this process is accurate data collection. This is enabled by Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and networks that are able to report on virtually anything, 24/7. The next step is the ability to analyse this data. Again, technology platforms with advanced analytics capabilities, automation and artificial intelligence (AI) are making meaningful analytics a possibility. By using tools such as cloud-based dashboards, organisations have the ability to:
– Identify internal and external strategic forces
– Inform decisions
– Monitor outcomes
– Develop strategies continuously and dynamically
Information technology accessed by everyone, but trusts no-one
Cloud-first, cloud-only
One of the first steps in digital transformation is modernising legacy enterprise systems and migrating them to the cloud. The adoption of cloud-based applications became particularly important in 2021, with a large proportion of the office-based workforce operating from home. In order to continue with business as usual, employees needed access to critical software and collaborative working. In 2021, organisations will adopt a cloud-first mentality when it comes to building or upgrading technology infrastructure.\
Zero trust is a must
In an increasingly digital world, cybersecurity is high up on the list of organisational risks. Zero trust security (which involves security measures that require everything to be verified) is shaping cybersecurity initiatives. In a zero trust architecture, there is no inherent trust, and every access request should be validated based on:
– User identity
– Device
– Location
– Any other variables that provide context to each connection
Access to data, applications and workloads is provided based on the principle of least privilege.
For most companies, the creation of a zero trust architecture will require third-party assistance from digital transformation experts in IoT spheres.
Supply chains move to the front office
Supply chains were once seen as ‘behind-the-scenes’ necessities. When COVID-19 hit, it quickly became evident that even the most resilient and agile supply chains were only as strong as the weakest links.
A recent survey of supply chain professionals found that 97% of respondents said that their organisations experienced disruptions related to COVID-19. The same survey found that 73% of respondents are now planning major shifts in the way they approach procurement and supply chain management.
In 2021, more and more organisations are realising that the way they conduct their supply chains can actually become a competitive differentiator. Accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic, customers are increasingly looking for more streamlined supply chains, fast, contactless delivery and greater traceability. In addition, organisations are realising the value of data extracted through the supply chain network.
There is a growing trend to fit products with IoT-enabled sensors that provide 24/7 asset visibility from the source to the hands of the consumer. The ability to capture larger volumes of real-time data allows supply chain operators to mine this data for operational insights.
In addition, the use of drones, condition monitoring, robots and image recognition are making physical supply chains more effective, efficient and safer.
Contactless customer service
Delivery and shipping
Born out of customer desire to minimise physical contact, contactless delivery options will continue to develop in 2021. Contactless delivery is made possible by artificial intelligence-based applications and robotics.
Telemedicine
To minimise the risk of COVID-19 exposure in the healthcare sector, practices have started implementing more telehealth offerings. These include:
– Remote/video consultations
– A.I-based diagnostics
– No-contact medication delivery
Autonomous vehicles
Autonomous driving technology is set to make significant progress during 2021, with major manufacturers such as Honda and Ford announcing plans to mass-produce autonomous vehicles and launch autonomous driving ridesharing services.
Zero food waste
Food security came to light in the midst of supply and demand challenges brought about by the coronavirus in 2020. In 2021, reducing food waste is moving higher up the agenda.
The UN’s Food and Agriculture Organisation reports that more than 30% of the world’s food is lost or wasted every year. Smart technology can be used to reduce food waste, increase food security, and assist with better distribution of food resources worldwide. For example, automated, sensor-based inventory management and replenishment ensures that the correct quantities of food are ordered at the right time, completed without human intervention and inaccuracies.
Blockchain
And, finally, no series of predictions would be complete without a quick comment on blockchain technology. For the most part, the application of blockchain tech is overshadowed by its “poster boy” application—Bitcoin and other crypto currencies. However, as we move into a smarter age, the process accountability distributed ledger technology guarantees will ensure that 2021 will see greater transparency on ordering, delivery and workstream management, along with a host of tradable asset ledgers coming online. All of which will improve efficiency across operating lines and help cut waste.
Technology and transformation 2.0.2.1
These trends predicted for 2021 are connected by the thread of digitalisation and connected technology. The need for this transformation was accelerated by the ‘new normal’ necessitated by the coronavirus pandemic, which set the world on a course towards powerful new digital capabilities. Daunting as this may seem, having the right technology partners on board helps organisations take advantage of the critical technology trends of today.
Two-thirds of accounting departments still process invoices manually: only 15% are fully paperless
SHARE THIS STORY
Despite the increasing need to process invoices remotely as more employees are urged to work from home, the majority of companies are still lagging behind in automation implementation. Accounts payable departments are still largely processing invoices manually, according to a survey of accounting and finance professionals released today by Ephesoft, Inc.
The survey gathered responses from 200 accounting and finance professionals from 26 countries. Key findings include:
Distributing or processing paper documents
Businesses are shifting to automation of their processes – especially for high-value, high-volume documents such as invoices. However, the survey results indicate that companies are slow to change when it comes to digitally transforming invoice processing and other financial documents.
● Only 15% of respondents said that their organisation is fully paperless, which means the majority of businesses (85%) are not.
● Of those who are not, just slightly over 50% are actively pursuing a paperless environment.
● One-third (33%) of companies are predominantly paper-heavy, still far from intelligent automation.
With an average cost to process per invoice at about £11, a lack of automation is likely to keep company growth limited, leaving room for a significant increase in productivity. Modern automation has been proven to cut costs significantly, often by 80% or more, which can be reinvested in other areas.
Current technologies
When asked whether their businesses currently have document management, workflow, AP automation, RPA or artificial intelligence technologies in place, a majority of companies report having some type of document management and workflow tools system in place, but AI applications are still under-utilised. Here’s the breakdown, further showing a lack of current automation tools:
● Less than one-third (30%) employ accounts payable automation.
● Only 12% utilise RPA tools and just slightly less (11%) report using AI.
While these findings are understandable and relatable, Ephesoft predicts that new AI-powered low-code/no-code, cloud technology, which is evolving at a rapid pace, will remove barriers to entry into AI.
The AI Journey
When the question was posed, “What is your organisation’s location on the AI journey?” responses were split, with 42% saying they were in the planning stage and 40% saying they were not planning on implementing AI tools at all.
We can conclude from the data that AI has still not been widely adopted, but many organisations have plans to invest in it.
“This survey confirms that the accounting profession has lagged in adoption of newer technologies such as AI/ML, cloud and low-code/no-code architecture likely impacted by traditionally long implementation cycles and complex integrations,” said Naren Goel, chief financial officer, Ephesoft. “The accounts payable space is an ideal example where manual steps like entering invoices into an ERP system can greatly impact efficiency, so it’s exciting that we are finally starting to see innovation in this space with point solutions that are up and running in hours, eliminate manual tasks and allow accounting professionals to focus on higher value-add functions.”
The survey on digital transformation, AI, technology and automation was conducted on Nov. 5, 2020, by Accounting Today on behalf of Ephesoft. Responses are from 200 accounting and finance professionals from 26 countries, including CEOs, CFOs Partners, CIOs, CTOs, CPAs, accountants, controllers, auditors and consultants in a variety of industries, including banks, energy, government, healthcare, technology, accounting services, airlines, auto, education, large global consultancies and many others.
Industry experts say that INSTANDA’s no code platform and ADROSONIC’s insurance domain expertise will empower insurers with the agility to price risk in ways that meet the client’s needs in a changing post-Covid-19 world.
SHARE THIS STORY
In a significant development to accelerate the ongoing digital transformation in the insurance industry, INSTANDA, a UK-based SaaS Insurance software platform has entered a partnership with ADROSONIC, a digital consulting firm. Industry experts say that INSTANDA’s no code platform and ADROSONIC’s insurance domain expertise will empower insurers with the agility to price risk in ways that meet the client’s needs in a changing post-Covid-19 world.
Delighted over the tie-up, Tim Hardcastle, the CEO & Founder of INSTANDA, said: “Partnerships play a key role in the insurance industry, not merely for the growth and expansion of the business involved, but also for the transformation of the industry. The new partnership with ADROSONIC is exciting as it provides capability to new markets in North America, India, Middle East as well as Europe.”
Mayank, CEO & MD, ADROSONIC, said that the tie-up would provide insurers with innovative digital product and customer propositions for new markets as well as liberate insurers from inflexible legacy tech and from high-risk, high-cost and multi-year change programs.
“Given the paradigm shift that the market is undergoing, partnership models need to demonstrate not just agility and flexibility but to do so with high quality execution. ADROSONIC and INSTANDA have an outstanding track record of delivery so I am excited at what we can offer insurers to realise their ambitions and bring new ideas to market.” Hardcastle added.
“An unprecedented event like Covid-19 has left a sudden yet profound impact on the Insurance Industry and their IT Systems, as they are now subject to rigorous scrutiny following the rapid shifting of entire workplaces online that was forced due to the pandemic,” Mayank said.
“As the key decision-makers respond to the new market demands and opportunities, they are starting to question the limitations of their existing processes and legacy systems, they also had to reassess the cost base turning to a more cost-effective and agile platform which enables them to provide quicker and more responsive service to their customers and clients. In such a scenario, INSTANDA’s no code platform coupled with ADROSONIC’s domain expertise along with a wide range of digital accelerators including RPA, Data Analytics, & CRM are key in liberating insurers from inflexible legacy technologies.
These accelerators will power transformation across organisations looking at improving their ROI by dramatically reduced product launch times, underwriting and distribution costs and an unrivalled customer experience,” he concluded.
INSTANDA works with the leading carriers, MGAs and brokers in UK, Europe, North America, LATAM, Africa, Middle East and Australia. INSTANDA is the Insurance Industry’s first no-code business platform and allows insurers to break into new markets as well as overcome the drawbacks of legacy IT systems and embrace the benefits of digital transformation.
Significant Investment Growth of 200% over the Next 5 Years
SHARE THIS STORY
A new study from Juniper Research has found that network operator spend on MEC (Multi-access Edge Computing) will grow from $2.7 billion in 2020 to $8.3 billion in 2025, as operators invest heavily in upgrading network capacities and infrastructure to support the increasing data generated by 5G networks.
The study also revealed that by 2025, the number of deployed MEC nodes will reach 2 million globally in 2025, up from 230,000 in 2020. These devices, which take the form of access points, base stations, and routers, will play a vital role in managing the vast quantities of data generated by connected vehicles, smart city systems and other emerging data-intensive services.
The new report, Edge Computing: Use Cases, Innovation Opportunities & Market Forecasts 2020-2025, notes that this increase in investment is a result of network operators enhancing key network functions, by moving infrastructure used for processing data from core network locations, to base stations at the edge of their networks. It anticipates that the capabilities of 5G technologies, such as high throughput, low latencies and high device densities, will necessitate roll-outs of MEC nodes in urban areas.
The research identified smart cities as a key industry that will benefit from MEC node roll-outs, as operators and planning authorities identify how best to install 5G-compatible edge nodes. It suggests that these parties explore utilising existing city structures, such as street lighting and sidewalks, to mitigate issues of space limitation inherent to densely-populated areas.
Consumers to Benefit from Operators’ Take-up of Edge
The research forecasts that over 920 million individuals will benefit from edge‑enhanced Internet connectivity by 2025; rising from 100 million individuals in 2020. Services, such as music streaming, digital TV services and cloud gaming, will be the biggest beneficiaries of the ultra-low latency provided by operators’ increasing roll-outs of MEC nodes over the next 5 years.
James McLeod, EMEA Director, Faethm, the article looks at how AI and automation have come to be perceived as a threat to human employability much more than any other revolution-driving technology
SHARE THIS STORY
Technology, AI and societal change are the two major hallmarks of industrial revolutions. It would be remiss to discuss the first industrial revolution, for example, without reference to steam power and the migration of the workforce from the country to the city, or the third industrial revolution without reference to the internet and rapid globalisation.
Today, as AI/automation and the decentralisation of labour push the world toward the fourth industrial revolution, a core characteristic of these changes has become clear: an acceleration in the speed at which specific skills rise and fall in demand. Over the past 100 years or more, the length of these cycles has dropped from decades to just a matter of years, creating one of the biggest employability challenges for businesses and individuals alike moving forward.
To stay abreast of change, companies must fundamentally change the way in which they look at skills, training and career development. This isn’t just another story about technology and AI creating as many jobs as it invalidates, but rather a need to consider how existing roles will evolve and how people in at-risk jobs can easily transition into roles where they continue to add value on top of technology:
– What needs to happen? Career development must no longer be seen as horizontal (i.e. whereby individual workers refine a particular set of specific skills over the course of their careers and/or lives). Instead, careers must also follow a lateral trajectory, expanding not just upward, but outward into new skill areas.
– How can this be achieved? Each role will have a set of transferable and non-transferable skills. By identifying which skills sit across different roles, employers can corridor existing employees into new roles lessening the need to search for brand new talent.
– Why should employers do this? Trying to keep abreast of demand for new skills by constantly hiring new talent is a costly and unsustainable strategy. Moreover, by looking at how individual processes translate to value can help eliminate bloated processes and release capacity, making roles not only more relevant, but more efficient.
The ‘Financial Sector, Threat Landscape 2020’ report revealed five top security challenges that the financial sector are currently facing, the risks of future threats, and how to spot these risks before it is too late. Here, CPOstrategy takes a closer look…
SHARE THIS STORY
We are no stranger to the notion of cyber security, but one industry that suffers the most from cyber security threats is the financial secretary. Key security measures within the sector have evolved dramatically with the likes of key codes, two factor authentication, voice ID, behavioural analysis, one-time passcodes, protective messaging and digital fingerprinting.
1. Ransomware
Amazingly, the term “ransomware” was only added to the dictionary three years ago. In that time however, ransomware has increased dramatically in terms of the frequency of incidents and the range of methods used to conduct them. Let it be known that the attackers are extremely sophisticated. Once they have your data, who’s to say that your data will be given back or decrypted even if you pay up. Worse still what’s stopping them coming back to attack you again? The report found that once an attack is made, the bad actor will sell the details on to their associates to go after the victim again after deployment, because the payload can still be there, activated and deactivated.
2. Internal Threats
The report takes a look at the Verizon, 2020 Data Breach Investigations Report (DBIR) where it shows that ‘employees’ mistakes account for roughly the same number of breaches as external parties who are actively attacking’ the organisation. Now isn’t that terrifying? Misdelivery within the company, by which information has inadvertently been sent to the wrong person, stands tall as one of the most common issues when it comes to the notion of insider threats. Next time you forward an email or send one to the wrong person/recipient, click on the wrong mailing list, that’s a misdelivery. In the interests of fairness, misdelivery is almost always accidental and non-malicious, but the effects can be devastating. Especially if sensitive data is inadvertently shared to the wrong recipient.
3) App Developments
There’s an app for that. There really is. Apps in the investment and finance space have grown substantially in 2020 which is of course a good thing, as the ability to invest online is quick and easy, and accessible to all. But, with demand comes rushed development. Many of these apps were developed quickly and quite frankly are not ready for cyber-attacks. So that means no two-factor authentication, no protection from appropriate regulations, are not patched or maintained properly, and do not have contingency plans in place to mitigate the effects of a cyber-attack. What that means then is personal information of app users is relatively easy to steal and sell. This can be done by creating duplicate fraudulent apps to trick the user. On these duplicate apps, the imagery and language of the genuine app is mirrored. Once the personal information is supplied, all the money involved (real and virtual) is up for grabs. And so begins the circle of ransomware life.
4) Third-Party Risks
Few organisations work on their own. Quite rightly too. Think about third parties that they use. Vendors, partners, email providers, service providers, web hosting companies, law firms, data management companies, subcontractors. The list goes on. They are all essential to business operations and a lot of these third parties share IT systems and even sensitive information through legal teams so it goes without saying that third parties may very well be an open backdoor into your financial systems for attackers to infiltrate.
5) COVID-19
Yep, even cyber crime has been affected by COVID. It is that unavoidable. Cyber criminals are continuing to target the financial sector even during the pandemic. There has been quite the spike in cyber attacks on banks, financial organisations and the third parties connected to them. Going back to simpler times before COVID-19, if an attacker wanted to sabotage a company or steal data, they would target the business itself. They’d aim their sights at the website, the social accounts, the logins and all their vulnerabilities. In response, organisations had counter measures in place. But now, you just need to target a single remote worker and the house of cards comes tumbling down.
With virtually all companies looking at AI, what are some of the key risks they need to consider before implementation?
SHARE THIS STORY
Today virtually all companies are forced to innovate and many are excited about AI. Yet since implementation cuts across organisational boundaries, shifting to an AI-driven strategy requires new thinking about managing risks, both internally and externally. This blog will cover “the seven sins of enterprise AI strategies”, which are governance issues at the board and executive levels that block companies from moving ahead with AI. by By Jeremy Barnes, Element AI
1- Disowning the AI strategy
This is probably the most important sin. In this case, a CEO and board will say that AI is a priority, but delegate it to a different department or an innovation lab. However, success is not based on whether or not a company uses an innovation lab—it’s whether they are truly invested in it. The bottom line is that the CEO and board need to actively lead an AI strategy.
2- Ignoring the unknowns
This happens when companies say they believe in AI, but don’t reach a level of proficiency where it’s possible to identify, characterise and model the threats that emerge with new advances. Even if it is decided not to go all-in on AI innovation, it’s still important that there is a hypothesis for how to address AI within a company and an early warning system so the decision can be re-evaluated early enough to act. Being a fast follower requires as much organizational preparation and lead time as leadership.
3- Not enabling the culture
The ability to implement AI is about an experimentation mindset. That and an openness to failure need to be adopted across the company. Organisations need to keep in mind that AI doesn’t respect organisational boundaries. Most companies want high-impact, low-risk solutions that could simply lead to optimising, rather than advancing new value streams. It is hard to accept increased risk in exchange for impact but it will come as part of the continuous cultural enablement of an experimental mindset.
4- Starting with the solution
This is the most common sin. It’s important to be able to understand the specific problems you’re trying to solve, because AI is unlikely to be a solution for all of them, and especially not blindly implementing a horizontal AI platform. Have the conversation at board level to ensure that an overarching AI strategy, and not simply quick-fix solutions, is the priority.
5- Lose risk, keep reward
As mentioned in the third sin, it is natural for companies to want to implement AI without any risk. But there is no reward without risk. A vendor motivated to decrease risk will also decrease innovation and ultimately impact by making successes small and failures non-existent. AI creates differentiation only for companies that are willing to learn from both their successes and their failures. A company that doesn’t effectively balance risk in AI will ultimately increase its risk of disruption.
6- Vintage accounting
Attempting to fit AI into traditional financial governance structures causes problems. It doesn’t fit nicely into budget categories and it’s hard to value the output. The link between what you put in and what you get out can be less tangible or predictable, which often makes it harder to square with existing plans or structures. Model the rate of return on AI activities and all data-related activities. This demands that these activities affect profit (not just loss) and assets (not just liabilities).
7- Treating data as a commodity
The final sin concerns data and its treatment as a commodity. Data is fundamental to AI. If data is poorly handled, it can lead to negative impacts on decision-making. Data should be treated as an asset. The stronger, deeper and more accurate the dataset, the better models that you can train and more intelligent insights you can generate. But, at the same time, when personally identifiable information is stored about customers, it can be stolen, risking heavy penalties in some jurisdictions. You need to build towards data from a use case rather than invest blindly in data centralisation projects. So, now you know what not to do. Here are some of the simple things that you can do to move ahead. First, talk to your board about how long it will take to become an AI innovator, modelling it out, rather than simply discussing it conceptually.
Second, prepare for change and put in place monitoring. AI shifts all the time, so you’ll want to regularly check in to adjust and pivot your strategy. It’s important to develop a basic skill set so you can redo planning exercises with your board. Third, model out risks in both action and inaction. But don’t model them in a traditional approach, which is to push risk down to different business units and then compensate those units for reducing risk rather than managing trade-offs. Instead, view those trade-offs in terms of risks and rewards, and start to think about how you are accounting for the assets and liabilities of AI. Ultimately, you want to start to model what is the actual rate of return for all these activities that you are doing. Then benchmark it against what you see in other companies from across the industry, and that will give you a good picture of the current situation and where to go.
With a rise in immersive training and workouts on demand, connectedness matter most…
SHARE THIS STORY
In what is almost a redundant statement, due to the very obvious nature of it, technology has taken over every facet of the modern world. From the way we eat (ordering a takeaway or watching a YouTube cooking tutorial) to the way we purchase the very clothes on our backs (via H&M, Zalando etc.), technology is right there as an enabler. In fact, in 2020, global retail sales are projected to amount to around $26.tn dollars, with an estimated 1.9bn people worldwide purchasing goods (including food) or services online.
Go back just one year to 2019, and e-retail sales surpassed $3.5tn worldwide. The fact of the matter is, technology has made this possible and it will continue to drive these numbers to almost unimaginable levels. The really fascinating thing about this however, particularly in a year beset by lockdowns and restricted movement outdoors, is how many of these transactions were made from home and how much of that $3.5tn has been spent in the palm of our hands?
In all the talk of global markets and industry being disrupted and revolutionised by technology we often focus on those trillion dollar ones because they are the traditional ‘big hitter’ industries. Over the past decade however, one industry sector has seen incredible growth all over the world and technology (to no surprise) has seen that growth take on a whole new level. In 2019, the global fitness and health club industry exceeded $96bn. There are more than 201,000 health and fitness clubs worldwide and more than 174mn global members. It’s clear to see; the health and fitness space is not to be sniffed at. One of the biggest, if not the biggest, ways in which technology has redefined the fitness industry is through on-demand services. Like everything else in our lives, we want it and we want it now. But for Jean-Michel Fournier, CEO of Les Mills Media, it’s important to remember what people want with their fitness experiences before getting lost on working out how to provide that to them through technology.
“We are more and more connected,” he says from his home gym in San Francisco. “Connection in fitness is very important. Being able to be part of a community and believing in something bigger than you is way more motivating than exercising by yourself and not being able to share what you achieve or what you’re doing. It’s about trying to connect with people who have the same objective, or same experience or someone who can advise you. So that community is very important and with technology now you’re able to be engaged and supported by your community, anywhere, anytime.”
That sense of a shared community, through health and fitness, defines the very core of Les Mills. Headquartered in Auckland, New Zealand, Les Mills is on a mission to create a fitter planet not by making people work out but by helping people fall in love with fitness so that they want to work out.
Les Mills provides workouts that are licensed by 19,500 partners in 100 countries around the world and has a tribe of 135,000 certified instructors to deliver the likes of BODYPUMP, BODYCOMBAT and GRIT workouts to millions of members. With the future of fitness merging between physical and digital, the company has led the charge in delivering immersive training and workouts on demand. This is where Fournier, a fitness fanatic and a student of Silicon Valley, looks to continuously drive engagement with members and it starts with that sense of connectedness and love affair with fitness.
“Actually, I don’t really care about technology. Technology for me is an enabler. Technology’s here to help improve the life of our community,” he laughs. “It’s really my very first company where I’ve seen how we help people to live a better life. To feel better when they wake up in the morning, and do the exercise and fall in love with our classes, where people are doing body pump and body combat on a daily basis and they share their pictures, their achievements through the community. It’s so exciting when I see that and that’s what feeds me, honestly.”
The health and fitness space is notoriously costly and often seen as a luxury, pricing people out entirely. So surely technology and on demand services would simply follow suit? Fournier recognises this, recalling the unfortunate passing of his father over the past few years and how that had made him rethink the role of technology in fitness. “Before my father passed away, he told me that he wished he could go back and be in shape and feel proud of his physical fitness,” he says. “That really impacted me. It made me ask one question; how can we help people get better access to fitness services. The answer is through technology.”
Fournier believes that technology is the key to democratising fitness services, making it truly available to everyone. Les Mills offers all of its fitness programs and workouts, together with advice and FAQs, through a simple and easy to use mobile and tablet app. This app will capture all kinds of data from its members and their activity and feed it back to them in a way that is personalised to each user. While we are competitive by our very nature and we do crave the shared community that Fournier speaks of, we all have our own personal goals and our own achievements that we strive for. But how can an app provide personalised experiences for well over a million users all over the world? The answer is, again, technology. Specifically Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning.
“The technology allows us to think about things that are perhaps within our subconscious that impact our exercise,” says Fournier. “When are we most motivated to exercise? How does our sleeping habits impact our performance? At what point during a day am I going to get the best results? These are all things that AI and Machine Learning will allow us to think about and understand better. It’s really opening everyone’s eyes and making that process of falling in love with fitness that little bit more seamless.”
Machine Learning, while not a new concept, is still in its infancy in terms of global implementation. Fournier believes that we are “at the beginning of a tsunami” when it comes to Machine Learning and that when it does become a norm, personalisation will come naturally. He compares the concept of personalisation in fitness to that of other streaming on-demand services like Netflix. Personalisation in those platforms can only stretch as far as presenting films that you like based on your activity, or personal lists you create. In fitness, the variables are so sparse and unique to each individual that a “one service to many” approach simply will not work.
“Technology in the fitness spaces creates a sense of accountability with both the community and the coaches” says Fournier. “You are starting to see more and more coaching platforms out there and we are doing some experimentation with this at Les Mills, where people have a coach in their pocket. Now they are connected with the coach and the coach is going to communicate directly and check on your performance. They look at the data and see that you’ve done the workout and congratulate you for it. Then you feel good about it.”
Fournier admits that it also works both ways, thanks to those extremely different variables; “Say you haven’t done it, the coach can ask you why. It’s because you’re tired, or you’ve hurt yourself. The coach can then work with you to adapt the workout. So that’s going to create this accountability and technology is going to help to create this connection between your data and your community. There’s going to be this golden triangle of information here.”
The benefits of technology are clear to see; the personalisation of the user experience comes directly from it, so Les Mills should just go ahead and throw all of its eggs into the technology basket right? Wrong. Les Mills, since the very beginning back in 1968, is a business built on the foundations of family and community. Right from the top with Phillip Mills himself, to his wife Jackie and children Diana and Les Mills Jr, there is a culture that looks at fitness services and exercises and marries that with technology that can spread that culture all over the world. The technology will never drive the business, the community will. This in itself brings an interesting challenge to the table, yes Les Mills wants to serve the world and help each and every one of us, but it’s also a business and a business will also be driven by revenue and bottom line results through innovation. “So how do you innovate? You need to be sure you have a good understanding of the mission,” says Fournier. “At the end of the day if there are people out there fleeting the next best tech thing in fitness and they’re being more successful, good for them. At the end of the day the mission for Les Mills is not to conquer the world, or to be a dominant company. At the end of the day, we are here to really help people.”
Les Mills is driven by people, for people. That is abundantly clear. Personalisation is one challenge that the company faces and for the most part succeeds in, but what about the actual user experience? How easy is it for someone to log in to the CMS, search through the copious amounts of workouts and then stream those workouts in a truly seamless experience? Les Mills, like many businesses right now, works to provide an omnichannel experience for users so they can indeed access it anytime and anywhere. But omnichannel is a word that has fallen into the trappings of many other keywords in technology right now. How does the company look to move away from simply following a trend and offer a true omnichannel experience?
“It’s hard,” laughs Fournier. “Not everybody has an internet connection at 100 or 200 megabytes. Not everyone has the same bandwidth and capabilities to stream. These days there are a number of successful platforms out in the world, which makes it easier. Having streaming capabilities and adding a strong architecture while working with the best CMS platform out there is critical. Around four years ago, coinciding with when I came into the business, we laid down a very strong and robust platform that can support millions of recurrences and millions of subscribers, to be sure we can provide the quality that our users need regardless of their situation.”
The lines between health and fitness and digital are increasingly blurring and reaching a point as to where we may not be able to think about exercise and fitness without a livestream, at home experience. As with any technological shift, there is also a generational shift running alongside it. It isn’t simply a case of older generations of gym users and fitness professionals suddenly pivoting to digital or being alienated as the world around them becomes an increasingly digital one. As we have seen in many other industries, it is not that black and white and it comes as no surprise that this is something that Les Mills understands more than most.
“If someone wants to enjoy our content on an app, they can. If they want to enjoy our content in a live streaming class, they can. If they want to enjoy our content in a live class with a real instructor they can do it as well,” says Fournier. “At the end of the day we are a content provider. What we do is create amazing fitness choreography linked to music and we do so in a way that is truly accessible to all and for all.”
In 2020, the world was forced to stand still as it became gripped by the coronavirus pandemic. With lockdowns and restrictions put in place to protect the lives of people the world over, this closed a lot of doors for the likes of restaurants, retail stores and yes; gyms and fitness centres. One could be forgiven for thinking that Les Mills, pioneers in the streaming on demand space for fitness, were well prepared for this and suffered minimal impact from this. “Our customers are those fitness clubs and the community centres that provide Les Mills classes to their communities,” reflects Fournier. “So we were hurt there. Everybody moved to digital, which was great and thanks to the great work we did in previous years in building a robust platform we were able to absorb the millions of recurrences into our platform and keep the right level of stability.”
For Les Mills, it has always been about the community and when that community is forced to stay indoors and to stay away from the physical connectedness, the focus changes slightly. Connected community has always been a cornerstone of Les Mills, but in these difficult times the company changed tact and became much more connected to its community than ever before. “I’m very proud of the Les Mills team because we really focused on what was important. The focus was really on responding to the customer needs,” beams Fournier.
“People wanted more connection, so we generated some live streaming classes. They wanted to talk with their instructors live, so we did a lot of live Q&As that were pretty amazing.”
Fournier points to one example where the Program Director, Glen Ostergaard, presented a live streaming class to over 25,000 people worldwide. Just a few short years ago, this would have been unprecedented even for Les Mills and yet here it was, leading one of the largest live streaming fitness classes in the world and exceeding all expectations.
Elsewhere, in the absence of being present in classes and under the watchful eye of a trainer, Les Mills needed to think about how it could leverage the 140,000+ fitness instructors around the world and enable them to connect with the people. “These people aren’t just the faces you see on our apps and workouts, they are the community who run the classes in centres and in gyms,” says Fournier. “They understand fitness, they understand health and wellness and they are a part of the whole community so we started to connect and to create a networking effect, connecting the expert to the community that has a need. It has been quite amazing to see this level of engagement and communication with instructors and seeing how they can exercise better.”
Right, the future and what it will look like for many remains uncertain. The last year has taught us to rethink our perceptions of how industries can and should operate and has forced a lot of businesses to rethink their operations. In some cases, this has created great opportunities and change for good. For fitness and exercise, which as we know was already going through it’s own evolution prior to 2020, this evolution and convergence of fitness and technology will continue at an incredible pace. As we talk of new norms, what does that actually mean for Les Mills? Can it ever go back to what it was before? “Some people enjoy exercising from home. Some people are enjoying working out more outdoors and hiking or going to the park and doing their exercise routines there. And you will always have people missing their fitness club,” says Fournier. “Human nature will always go back to convenience and people will want to go back to the convenience of a fitness club or a class.”
“I firmly believe that club operators need to evolve and they need to focus on their members.There are an increasing amount of members who are outside the club as we’ve discussed. You see the evolution right now, more and more are embracing digital, creating some challenges and motivating people to exercise outside of the club. It’s a pretty big shift and one that’s going to continue, so we have to continue to look at our offering and how we can continue to serve our community in the best way possible.”
By failing to involve more general staff, company leaders hinder DX progress
SHARE THIS STORY
While businesses are doubling down on digital transformation (DX), new research from Futurum Research found that organisational leaders are leaving many of their employees behind in the process. The study revealed that 94% of all employees want to be more involved in DX, and almost half (44%) of the general staff say they simply don’t know how to help. This not only disenfranchises some employees, but it can also slow the pace of DX success.
The global study, sponsored by Pegasystems (NASDAQ: PEGA), surveyed executives, technology leaders, and general employees from over 500 enterprises in North America and Europe on the role company culture plays in driving DX success.
As company leaders accelerate the pace of DX in the wake of the pandemic, the research revealed many employees are eager to be part of the solution. But despite this enthusiasm, only 10% of general staff strongly agree they know how to contribute to their company’s digital transformation efforts. Interestingly, there is also still confusion at the top: even 14% of CEOs report they don’t know how to get involved.
The research also uncovered three additional insights on how leaders should infuse DX into the fabric of their business:
Barriers to success must be addressed holistically: A majority of business decision makers (68%) believe improving customer experience is the most important DX driver, followed closely by automating existing processes (67%) and improving or updating processes (65%). While most agree on the ultimate goals, decision makers face a wider variety of roadblocks to reaching them, namely a lack of adequate skills (42%), partnerships (36%), and budget (36%). These holistic operational issues must be addressed – starting with training or hiring for these skills – to ensure DX success at scale.
Effective DX leadership drives top-down results: Who usually leads the DX charge? Only 18% of respondents believe it’s the CEO compared to 47% who identify the CTO or CIO. But when employees cite the CEO as the DX leader, employees report a more positive perception of DX, which can be helpful in building a stronger DX culture. For example, 67% of respondents from organizations with CEO-led DX expect to be ‘very effective’ in technology leadership compared to only 51% in CIO-lead organizations and 34% when the CTO leads.
Digital transformation is a journey on which no one should be left behind: Leaders need to find ways to bring all employees on the DX journey so they feel vested in the outcome – even in the smallest of ways. Respondents cite helping to train others on new technology (50%), being open minded about using new tools (40%), and voicing positivity about DX (35%) as the top ways they believe they can help – which are all relatively achievable. Broader employee participation at any level helps the DX culture permeate through an organization so businesses can ultimately better serve their customers.
ServiceNow research highlights opportunities for organisations to boost productivity as today’s new pace of working creates the perfect environment for innovation
The Work Survey gathered opinions from 900 C-suite leaders and 8,100 employees across 11 countries, including 100 C-level executives and 1,000 office workers in the UK. It found that, despite 96% of UK leaders and 87% of UK employees stating that their company transitioned to new ways of working faster than they thought possible during the initial lockdown, many departments would not be able to implement new digital processes within a month in the event of another major disruption, such as the one we are facing now. Only a minority of UK leaders believe that customer service (37%), finance (38%) and IT (39%) could introduce new workflows within 30 days.
This challenge is exacerbated because most businesses still have a digital disadvantage, with 98% of UK C-level leaders admitting to still using offline processes. These include:
“Organisations innovated rapidly, and initial sprints enabled them to react to the immediate COVID-19 challenges,” said Chris Pope, ServiceNow’s VP Innovation. “Some decisions made were knee-jerk and rapid, but at what cost? There may be good short-term gains, but are they ‘match fit’ for our new ways of working? For organisations still struggling to integrate and implement a fully integrated workflow system, the future of work will not arrive, and soon they’ll fall behind.”
Worker safety is paramount
The survey also showed there are doubts when it comes to workplace safety from both UK leaders and UK employees.
“The critical challenge for UK organisations will be balancing the immediate need for business continuity with the personal needs of their employees,” said Pope. “2020 has been a difficult year for a lot of people. Many have seen restrictions over the past several months, which look set to continue through the winter. Businesses need to lead with compassion and combine empathy with meaningful action to help their employees navigate the months to come. In this distributed working environment, how organisations handle the moments that matter, from when a hire joins to when they leave, not only determines talent retention but will also contribute to overall business continuity and success.”
Business leaders split on return to office preferences
UK business leaders are also divided on how to keep their company most productive. While 49% want to maintain new ways of operating once the crisis subsides, 51% are keen to return to business as closely as it was prior to COVID-19, indicating a divide in approach.
Despite 57% of UK employees feeling they now have a better work-life balance, both UK leaders (99%) and UK employees (80%) have concerns about how remote work will impact their business moving forward.
The research indicates that leaders are prioritising speed of business while staff care about the human side of working. In terms of the largest challenges posed by remote work, UK leaders are most concerned about extended timelines for new releases or innovations (48%). Conversely, UK employees see reduced collaboration (48%) as their largest worry.
More information about The Work Survey can be found by accessing the survey findings slide deck and infographic.
Survey Methodology
Wakefield Research fielded an online quantitative survey in September 2020 to 900 C‑level executives and 8,100 office professionals (employees) from companies of 500 or more employees in the following countries: United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Ireland, Netherlands, India, Japan, Singapore, Australia, and New Zealand. While Wakefield surveyed across industries, the findings highlight meaningful differences from employees in the following five key industries: financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, telecommunications, and public sector.
iland research reveals hidden pitfalls of hyperscale cloud and low confidence in key features of cloud services, while a lack of resources is holding back cloud migration projects for 83%
SHARE THIS STORY
iland, a leading VMware-based cloud services provider for application hosting, data protection and disaster recovery, today released the findings of its research into customer confidence in cloud services. It found that despite the increase in cloud adoption due to the pandemic, three quarters of organisations surveyed say hyperscaler IaaS instance types may not meet their cost and performance needs for mission-critical applications, while more than one in five are not satisfied with key features of cloud provision such as security, performance, availability and support.
The research also found that a lack of migration resources is delaying or preventing cloud projects for more than 80% of organisations surveyed.
The research: The Hidden Pitfalls of Working with Hyperscale Clouds was conducted among 501 senior IT executives, including CIOs, CISOs and CTOs, in the UK and US by independent research organisation, Opinion Matters, in June 2020. Participants were asked for their views on security, performance, compliance and their overall level of confidence in the cloud services they have invested in.
Key research findings include:
83% say lack of migration resources and/or time has delayed cloud migration. Among those, 12% say it has entirely prevented migration.
75% say a T Shirt size or hyperscaler instance type does not meet all their performance and cost requirements.
24% are not confident that hyperscale clouds can meet performance and availability requirements for specific applications.
23% are not confident that production data is protected via backup or disaster recovery in the event of data loss with their cloud service provider.
24% are not confident they can get the support they need from their cloud service provider.
53% say security is the top factor in cloud supplier selection.
76% agree CSPs should assist or actively manage customer data compliance.
Commenting on the research findings, Researcher Charles Moore said: “While cloud adoption has seen a significant uptick due to the pandemic, the lack of migration resources for many customers has delayed or prevented deployment. Customers need to choose a cloud vendor that can fill the internal resource gaps that can hinder success.”
Justin Giardina, iland Chief Technology Officer, added: “The business benefits of moving to the cloud are indisputable, but with 83% of those surveyed saying that migration resources are necessary to achieve those benefits it’s clear that customers need to look beyond just the cloud platform and ensure their vendor can offer the supporting services that can reduce risk and improve time to value.”
“Hyperscale cloud services are missing the mark for a significant proportion of the organisations surveyed,” continues Giardina. “Having trust in critical cloud features is fundamental to realising its benefits, so with more than one in five respondents lacking confidence in aspects such as performance, availability, backup and support points to the hidden pitfalls of hyperscale clouds.”
Security, management, visibility, and control are priority customer requirements for cloud solutions
The study also found that key requirements for cloud service provision include common or unified management across all services; this is a priority for 73% of those adopting multi-cloud solutions. Similarly, infrastructure visibility and control are must-have features for 71% of respondents. Many were looking to the future, with 89% saying it was important or critical that they can write to their CSP’s API for future software development and deployment.
Security is a primary criterion for cloud provider selection, with 53% saying it is the leading consideration and a further 43% saying it is a major factor. Three quarters of customers also want to see cloud service providers helping manage data compliance.
The survey found that the majority (74%) of respondents felt it was important that CSPs preserve their company’s existing networking environment when they move to the cloud. This reflects the current landscape, where many organisations are being forced to accelerate their cloud adoption programmes due to the pressures of supporting large-scale remote working. Giardina notes: “When organisations are being rapidly pushed out of their comfort zones and forced to shrink deployment schedules to the absolute minimum, being able to maintain the familiar networking environment in the cloud is an advantage that is appealing to under-pressure IT departments.”
We catch up with digital strategist Dr Paul J Bailo, who reveals the third part of his digital transformation masterclass…
SHARE THIS STORY
I believe that our final chat within the Digital Transformation Trilogy is based around culture…
The first of our trilogy into what constitutes a successful digital transformation centred around leadership and this was followed by planning. But the glue to keeping this all together is the culture. And culture’s very hard to define for a lot of people, but it’s really the essence of what your organization is about.
It’s truly understanding what your value systems are. When we think of who we are and what we believe we bring to an organization – our beliefs, our religions, our upbringing and what mom and dad taught us – we bring in our feelings of how we see the world. These are basic perceptions, deep, embedded thoughts in our minds, shared beliefs, and even unconscious feelings, right? Who we are and what we are as human beings have developed through where we lived, what zip code we lived in, our friends, our family, religion and background. And these are the values we bring into an organization, which are fundamental to this idea of culture. So, you’re mixing all these different values in order to drive a digital culture, in order to set the right mindsets and behaviors that could be shared with all the members of the organization.
When we talk about digital culture, it’s usually about organizational change and transformation…
Historically, organizations talked about siloed use of digital, but now we’re talking about how every department needs to be digital. When you start talking about keeping everything in a small group and collaborating, we’re saying, “No, digital is everywhere in every aspect of the business.” These are traditionally very hard things for organizations to develop in their culture. And it’s rooted in this idea and belief of who this organization is and what they stand for. And this digital culture needs to be reinforced on a daily basis from the executive leadership down to the frontline people. The culture is the foundation for the business’ success in digital. It’s this stable environment in which organizations behave and hold everyone accountable. I think of culture almost like baseball in a sense.
Baseball? How so?
So, baseball is a set of rules and every player knows that these are the rules. There’s a first base man, second base person and third base person. There are rules and regulations on how you behave in the game of baseball, so when people, the players go out in the field, everyone knows what to do. With our digital culture we need to know the norms that we believe in, and the values we hold true, and the actions we expect. These actions have rituals and behaviors and routine processes that are digital, and there’s a digital culture, which basically serves their structure. These structures are a digital structure of org charts, and products, and mission statements that build the digital culture, in order for organizations to be very successful in the execution of digital initiatives. It’s this idea of the digital culture driving the actions, the mindsets, and driving the mindset at the root of the cultural change that must exist, in order for organizations to be successful in this current world that we’re living and the constant change.
The focus of digital is not just about the actions alone, it’s about the actions and the change that must happen in our heart, minds, and souls in these organizations that are transforming to be digital. It’s who we are and what we stand for, and consistently reminding ourselves and the employees, and the team members, and the shareholders of what we stand for in this digital culture. It is the mindset and behaviors that we agree to. and police, to hold everyone accountable. Understand that by doing this in our culture, they will reap the benefits of this digital change and digital landscape by agreeing that this is how we’re going to support each other in our overall digital culture: the values, the behaviors, how we talk to each other, how we behave with each other, how we execute as a team together.
What are the tangible benefits to this cultural approach?
It’s through minimal disparity and a sharing of the high risk of failure. Support is built into the culture. Taking a massive risk is built into the digital culture. It is extremely hard to change the culture because you’re truly trying to rewire people’s minds. And in legacy organizations, most people hate change, so you have to think about the power structure in this idea of digital culture, and this idea that decisions need to be made quickly, efficiently, very fluidly, and to constantly evolve in this idea of continuous improvement, which means that the culture will be evolving with it also. It’s the values and beliefs that the organization hold as one. It also is the emotional piece. It’s truly, how do you want to work? Is this a place that you want to belong to? Are your personal values aligned with the digital values of this organization? What are the values, right? The values that this organization holds true in this digital arena, are a critical part of the culture, absolutely critical.
Digital is forefront and the lifeblood of these organizations that must have a digital culture in order to survive. There’s no way companies are going to survive – banks, financial institutions, insurance companies – if they continue to behave in the way they’re behaving. Clients will not come to them, and will leave them in droves, if they are not bleeding edge digital organizations that have a culture pushing the envelope in transformation and change. Even the idea or ideas of decision-making, in a digital arena, are fast and furious. It’s not this big, long, legacy type of committee, in order to say these are now the decisions. It’s fast and furious in order to keep up with the marketplace. It’s the idea of strategy on a continuous, unending basis. It’s the idea that digital will change the way organizations conduct business.
It’s seeing the power shift within an organization?
Right! This digital culture is driven by the outcomes. And it’s this idea of digital culture which causes this power shift in the organization. And this is very egotistical, right? This idea of digital culture is a power grab for some people. It’s a mindset rewiring. It’s a behavioral rewiring. It’s an adjustment of values and behaviors. It’s a way of policing each other in a way that might make some people very uncomfortable. When we’re thinking about this, it’s this idea of culture which is one of the core pillars of a digital organization, and looking at these digital organizations in order to be much more efficient and effective in this brutal environment we’re currently in. It’s also building relationships, understanding that the idea of digital culture is a never-ending learning environment.
Apple doesn’t have the best products or the best services, but they react to the market extremely quickly. They react to it because they have a culture of learning, both on the soft skills and the hard skills. They understand the challenges of digital technology very quickly because their culture supports this idea of never-ending learning. A true digital culture within the organization is a learning institution. A digital culture in an organization is an organization that takes care of its employees and upskills them. It identifies the skills that employees need to be competitive, identifies the skills that organizations need in order to drive cultural digital change.
When we talk about digital culture, we’re discussing a massive shift in the way organizations think and behave as well as the organizational structure, the power structure, and executive mindset change. It’s really this idea that digital skills are required in every level of leadership, that training is necessary and the best practices of digital are required.
The new issue features exclusive content from Marsh UK, HPE, and Rim of the World Unified School District…
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface Magazine!
This week’s cover star is Alistair Fraser the CEO of UK Corporate at Marsh who has given us an exclusive insight into the massive transformational change at the insurance brokerage, that seeks to help enterprises survive and thrive during a global pandemic…
The COVID-19 pandemic’s economic and social impacts are driving significant shifts in global political risk — introducing new dynamics and accelerating existing geopolitical megatrends, such as trade protectionism and the transition to a multipolar world order.
“We segment our service delivery to clients based on their size and needs around risk and insurance,” explains Fraser, from Marsh’s Bristol office. “Our role is to advise our clients on their insurance and risk requirements so that they can manage risk in a more controlled way, helping them to protect their business, roll out new products and services, and continue to thrive.”
Elsewhere, we speak to Erik Vogel, Global Vice President, Customer Experience at HPE to see how the global, edge-to-cloud Platform-as-a-Service company is transforming the customer journey with GreenLake to provide an ‘everything-as-a-service’ offering…
Plus, we have the third and final instalment of digital strategist Paul Bailo’s Digital Transformation masterclass, and an exclusive with Mads Fosselius, CEO and Founder, Dixa who reveals the secrets to succeeding in this ‘new world’. And we speak to Michelle Murphy, Superintendent of Rim of The World Unified School District, who explores how a digitalisation of the classroom begins and ends with the success of the student in mind.
Data revealed as Tech Nation and Dealroom launch the Impact & Innovation database…
SHARE THIS STORY
New research from Tech Nation and Dealroom reveals that investment into UK impact startups increased 9.5x between 2014 and 2019. UK impact startups have raised €1.4B so far in 2020 with Cleantech and Climate tech companies raising the most capital of all UK impact startups.
The biggest rounds for UK impact startups in 2020 include Octopus Energy, Arrival, Connexin (Hull), Tokamak Energy (Abingdon), Compass Pathways, Cera, Highview Power, FiveAI (Cambridge), The Meatless Farm Company (Leeds).
It comes as Tech Nation and Dealroom launch the Impact and Innovation database, that catalogues 4,939 startups and scaleups, 7,472 funding rounds, and 232 exits of innovative companies addressing the world’s most pressing challenges.
George Windsor, Head of Insights at Tech Nation, commented: “UK impact tech firms have come on leaps and bounds over the last six years – with nearly 10x more investment made into groundbreaking companies in 2020 than 2014. UK tech must continue to play a key part in tackling some of the world’s toughest challenges, including climate change. This revolution is happening right across the country. Tech Nation is pleased to work with some of the leading companies in this space through our world-first Net Zero programme – ensuring that companies working in this sector can scale to have the greatest impact.”
The data also reveals that European startups are more impact-focussed than their global peers. €6B was invested into European impact startups in 2019, making up over 15% of all VC investment in the region. This research shows that what was once fringe investment and innovation activity is finding traction and proven success in Europe, becoming a core part of European innovation ecosystems.
Climate tech startups, which includes electric vehicles, have attracted the most investment within the Impact sub-sector, with European players emerging as global market leaders. European companies working to tackle climate change and its impacts have attracted €9.8B in VC investment in the last five years.
Impact innovation startups are also fueling growth and job creation. Crucially, these startups are actively hiring, the Impact & Innovation database lists over 2,100 jobs in impact startups that are currently hiring in Europe – over 390 of these are in the UK.
The Impact and Innovation platform will bring together startups, investors, non-profits, governments, and corporates in one open-access data-driven platform. The new mapping of the global impact and innovation ecosystem will facilitate data-driven policy and decision making, the sharing of cross-industry knowledge, and will foster the partnerships required to help next generation innovators succeed on the global stage.
While the virus has presented many challenges, it has also opened up opportunities for increased industry security and customer relationships. Agnė Selemonaitė, Deputy CEO at ConnectPay, explains.
SHARE THIS STORY
1. Increased industry security
Banks and other financial institutions have been a major target for scammers since the beginning of the pandemic; in fact, cyberattacks between February and April alone spiked an astonishing 238%. The increased volume of threats has encouraged companies to face the situation head-on and implement new safeguards.
“Putting more safeguards in place will benefit market players long after the crisis has blown over, as market players will be better equipped to deal with the constantly evolving digital threats,” says Selemonaitė.
2. Growth of digital payments market
Alongside the World Health Organization encouraging us to go cashless, the crisis has stimulated the growing amount of e-payments. Selemonaitė notes Sweden’s example: amidst the uncertainty, Sweden’s central bank signed an agreement to gain access to EU TIPS platform, which will act as the basis for the country’s own platform for instant payments.
“Sweden’s approach shows that in order to be in a better spot to satisfy increasing demand for faster, more convenient services – you need to be proactive,” Selemonaitė explains. “We follow this approach too; having realised our clients’ needs for greater options amidst quarantine, we integrated more payment methods into our Merchant API.”
3. Accelerating digital banking development
As banks had to severely limit their working hours during the lockdown, digital banking picked up the slack to accommodate the financial needs of people working from home. “As the new wave of customers sieged the system, faster development of banking services took precedence,” says Selemonaitė. In the US alone, over 45% of people have changed the way they bank amidst the crisis, and according to a European customer survey by McKinsey, there has been a 20% increase in digital engagement.
4. Enhanced customer experience
The aforementioned McKinsey survey showed that people who are highly satisfied with their digital banking experience are two-and-a-half times more likely to open new accounts with their existing bank than those who are just just satisfied. The aftermath of COVID-19 is expected to continue down the path of developing simplified UX to attract and retain clientele.
“Although requiring meticulous work, constant UX evaluation can greatly benefit product credibility and client retention, for instance, our first UX update led to doubling our monthly conversions,” says Selemonaitė. “It is likely that we will see a more customer-focused approach in the post-crisis industry too.”
5. A catalyst for fintech companies
The ’08 financial crisis gave a boost for the fintech industry, as, at the time, people were losing trust in the system, and in legacy financial institutions. In the aftermath, some entrepreneurs parted ways with the concept of traditional banking, aiming to present the market with a more technologically sophisticated solution.
“This time, the crisis could have an even greater impact for fintechs, as well as regtechs, as they rely on solutions fintechs can develop,” adds Selemonaitė. “Unfavourable circumstances drive the need to innovate across interconnected sectors.”
Marius Galdikas, CEO of ConnectPay, explains the role of digital finance during a pandemic, and how it has changed society forever…
SHARE THIS STORY
Could you tell us a little about your background?
I originally come from the field of technology. I’m a physicist, and I’ve always marveled at engineering and technology – digital technology, specifically. Through the years, I shifted into products and then into fintech, which was very exciting to me, because fintech is about people and technology. It’s about good people that understand regulation, understand business and understand technology. I am now the CEO of ConnectPay.
Data shows that cyberattacks on financial institutions spiked enormously between February and April this year – why is that?
I think the main reason it happened is actually at the core of the pandemic; the pandemic means people are locked up at home, so you end up with many more users of digital financial services than there usually are. Cash is unusable at this time, when you’re locked up, so you have a lot of new customers in digital finance – some of them are tech savvy and others are not. There’s a lot of people that never used digital financial services, and now they must. So you have this influx of customers into the market, that’s number one. Number two, governments reacted and we had these stimulus programs released, which means there’s a lot of funds being distributed through different programs. And many of those funds are meant for relieving the consequences of joblessness.
So you have a lot of new funds moving around and, because all of it is happening in the digital finance area, I think that stirred up the whole fraudster community. Fraudsters are working hard, now, to try and use the situation to steal funds from people, which results in information security threats and cyber attacks. Cyber attacks are means of achieving the goals for fraudsters.
How has cyber security adapted to combat this issue?
It’s a very big challenge to tackle. Number one is, all of the financial services providers that already operate online, they have their assets online, they have the required technology and so on. Could that have been changed so fast? No. Information security requires a lot of work and insight, and it’s a lengthy process to deploy specific tools to combat that. So I don’t think much has changed, but I think a realisation came that fraud prevention is now a very important area.
As well as increased security, what have been some of the digital baking trends since the emergence of COVID-19? How have people changed the way they handle money?
The stride towards a cashless society has obviously been accelerated, forcefully. Some countries and some companies will do better than others, but I think majority of the change is yet to come, because the pandemic will result in economic hardship and economic hardship will result in changes, in innovation, just like we had in the 2008 crisis. That gave birth to Bitcoin crowdfunding, sharing economies – all of that was an outcome of financial crisis, and I think we will see something come up that we cannot even imagine right now. What is the driver for those changes? Previously in 2008, there was a huge loss in trust towards financial institutions. The financial sector was the reason behind the crash, and so trust was lost, and all of these instruments – crowdfunding, sharing economy, blockchain technology – were targeted specifically at, “Hey, we don’t trust financial institutions anymore; what can we do to exclude them from the economy altogether?”
So what will happen now, I think, will be the same, depending on the size of the downturn. I’ve been hearing that in the Western and European developed markets, countries have been hit very hard, financially, by the pandemic. This will continue; there will be financial problems. It’s different because, previously, everybody lost jobs and salaries went down. Now, there’s a different aspect to what the hardship will be like, and it will result in something new.
What are your thoughts on a cashless society? Do you think it’s inevitable or are there barriers? And if it does happen, how far away do you think it is?
I do think it’s inevitable. I think the entire world is going towards a cashless society at different speeds; for example, the Nordic countries are the biggest cashless societies in the world, whereas the UK is probably five years behind them. In the US, cash is still very important –people love cash in the States – so they’re about 10 years probably behind the Nordics. However, the direction is the same. It’s all going towards cashless. The reasons for it is obviously internet penetration and mobile phone penetration – those are the key factors towards how fast will we get to cashless society, country-by-country. But also, what we need to understand is that cashless society also sort of puts a strain on the society as a general, because elderly people might be excluded from this market or might have trouble or problems adapting to the cashless environment. However, sometime, we will all be there.
The push towards the cashless society is driven by two things: one is the new consumer. These are new people, the new generation, and exchanging funds should be as simple as messaging or using social media. So one driver is this new generation that drives the digital economy and the cashlessness, because they live in the digital world. The other part is the actual financial institutions that drive the cashless society, but their reasoning is different – it’s efficiency. They want to cut costs. They don’t want to have physical retail locations. Nobody wants to transport or count cash. There’s fraud issues related to cash, so the financial institutions are driving it from another perspective.
Do you think it’s safe to say that digital banking is no longer a luxury, but a necessity?
Absolutely. We see that the world is much more fragile than we thought. We are all forced to go online, work from home, access our financial instruments from home, shop online, get government funding and stimulus online without going anywhere, and so on. It is a necessity, it is definitely not a luxury and everybody will have to adapt to that. I just hope it becomes less painful for everybody to transition, and that people don’t lose out on their money through fraud.
We spoke to Carlene Jackson, CEO of Cloud9 Insight, about the transformative power of both technology and company culture…
SHARE THIS STORY
What led to you launching your business, Cloud9 Insight?
I started Cloud9 about 10 years ago, and it was an opportunity to support small businesses to deploy CRM in the cloud for the first time, because I saw a trend of more and more clients moving to the cloud. There’s an opportunity to help clients with making the most of their data in the SME space, plus they’re able to use Microsoft technology to get more insights – hence the name Cloud9 Insight. At the time, most of my competitors were still looking to sell on premises-software, but I saw a gap in the market.
Historically, what I’d seen with enterprise clients I had worked with, is that CRM projects had been at least a year long, and often you’d question whether the business had moved on since the definition stage of the project, and if it was still fit for purpose. I think projects these days need to be a lot more agile to support clients with business transformation; for me, working with cloud technology allows that agility.
There’s a quote on your website where you say you have a love of change and disruption – what does that mean to you, as a tech leader and expert?
I think it comes naturally to me. I’m moderately dyslexic, and some say that dyslexics are quite creative people. I find it hard to read anything without having a pen and paper in my hand, because I always got lots of ideas, and I think part of the reason that entrepreneurs have often been so successful as dyslexics is that we often think differently. If you look at tackling problems the same way they’ve always been tackled before, then you’ll probably come up with the same answers – but if you can address things differently, then maybe you might come up with a better opportunity.
When I started my business, I moved almost immediately to the Alps; I hadn’t worked in the Microsoft channel, and I had no preconceptions about what did a Microsoft partner selling CRM did. That meant my business model turned out very different to a lot of others. I also recruit a lot of young people into my business – which is why I’ve set up an apprenticeship programme, called Vantage Academy – and having them involved in the business has helped maintain that creative, disruptive model.
So is company culture very important to you?
Definitely. I used to work at IBM, and it was quite normal to travel around different offices around the country, visit your clients and just pop in and hot desk. Depending on which office you went to, some people were a bit more chatty and you got to hear a little bit more about what they’re doing. But what I noticed about my business, as it was growing, was it was becoming departmentalized and siloed in the same way that many of my clients complain about. I didn’t want that; I don’t want the salespeople not working with the support people, or projects people, and so on. There’s so much opportunity to learn when you have conversations with colleagues across different parts of the organisation, and I really wanted to make sure that we worked as a team.
I know you’re a big advocate for diversity in the workplace, and in the general realm of technology – what are some of the benefits diversity can bring?
First of all, organisations need to make sure that the demographics of who they employ reflects the demographics of who you’re selling to, because it’s difficult to understand them otherwise. Certainly in a B2C market, having representation across age groups in your workforce is really important. What I’ve found is that what really motivates the older generation is the ability to be a mentor and a leader to those that don’t yet have the experience. They want to give back.
As for younger people, they have energy, ambition and hunger to pass on to across the workplace, allowing great things to happen, and I think it increases the performance of my overall team. Diversity could also be gender; certainly in many sectors like tech and oil and gas, it is heavily biased towards males, and a lot of my staff do tell me that it’s nice to have a more balanced workplace.
I’m a lot more people centric than maybe a lot of my peers might be; I like to embrace the people and the value of people in businesses, both within my clients and within my own team. That’s really important to me.
You wrote a piece about how working from home is changing attitudes to work, specifically citing children gatecrashing video calls and how that represents how the life part of work-life balance can no longer just be hidden away – with technology supporting people really successfully to work from home, will things ever go back to ‘normal’?
I think there’s no going back to ‘normal’, for sure. The old way is not going to exist at all. There’s two types of businesses: those who are probably kidding themselves and just about surviving, and those who are probably a lot more agile and forward-thinking, who are going to look at the trends that have been happening, jump onto those trends and allow a lot more flexibility around people working from home.
The other great thing about this mobility of the workforce, is that maybe your team don’t even have to be in the vicinity of your office – maybe not even the vicinity of the UK. Maybe we can tap into where the best talent is.
How do you think female entrepreneurship can be encouraged in tech, and other STEM industries?
I love that question. One of the exciting things about me being able to set up an apprenticeship business is I’m definitely going to use my voice and position to be a great advocate for younger females to come into the tech sector. I think there might be a perception that you need to have technical skills, but having great leadership skills, having creative skills are also very important and greatly valued in the sector. It’s just trying to open the younger generation’s mind, especially for young females, as to the skills that they have inherently, in great abundance, how are they valued, and how can they use those skills to make a difference.
And for me, technology is a great enabler of change and making a difference. I’d like to see schools working more with younger people to help them feel confident about working with technology. When I hire people that are fresh out of school, I’m absolutely dismayed by how few skills they have in using technology. That crosses all genders, but it’s really sad to see the percentage of females attending degree courses that are highly attended by males. However, when you look overseas at places like Poland, they have a much greater balance, so I think we have a lot to learn about what is it that overseas countries are doing that we’re not. I suspect that starts at a young age in school, and if we could create more entrepreneurs, then our economy will be much more successful.
So it’s about encouraging STEM topics in schools, full stop, not just for girls but all genders, in order to fill that skills gap.
Yes, absolutely. I think that if there’s more integration between businesses and their involvement in schools, and that opportunities to learn entrepreneurship and problem-solving using technology exist, that might open their eyes.
Ray Stanley, CIO and VP of Marian University, tells us how an IT strategy empowers the student to unlock their true potential.
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story this month is an exclusive look behind the scenes at Indianapolis’ Marian University to see how its unique technology strategy puts the student experience front and centre. Ray Stanley, CIO and VP of Marian University, tells us how an IT strategy empowers the student to unlock their true potential.
“In higher education, we have many different groups of customers. We have the staff, faculty and students and so being a driver of technology is critical,” explains Stanley. “But you also have to make sure that you’re listening to your entire customer base as a whole and that you’re understanding and aligning with the trends in higher education.”
“In higher education, the industry kind of forces you to go where it needs to go in its offerings,” Stanley explains. “You also cannot force technology and expect adoption. You’re not here to support a business to make a profit, your goal is to support the faculty to instruct a student for successful graduation and it’s a completely different mindset and a completely different model.”
Elsewhere, this month, we spoke to Carlene Jackson, CEO of Cloud9 Insight, about the transformative power of both technology and company culture. Marius Galdikas, CEO of ConnectPay, explains the role of digital finance during a pandemic, and how it has changed society forever. Plus, AgnėSelemonaitė, Deputy CEO at ConnectPay reveals five opportunities that COVID-19 has created for the digital banking sector…
deVere Group reports that enquiries for Vault, its global money app and card service, has experienced a jump in enquiries of 67% in Quarter 3.
SHARE THIS STORY
Growing demand for green, paperless banking and fears over post-Brexit rule changes have triggered a “monumental surge” in enquiries for money and challenger bank apps, reveals one of the world’s largest independent financial advisory and fintech organisations.
deVere Group reports that enquiries for Vault, its global money app and card service, has experienced a jump in enquiries of 67% in Quarter 3.
The cutting-edge app allows users to deposit, store, transfer and exchange money in most major currencies. The deVere Vault Prepaid Mastercard®️ can be used online, in-store and at any ATM location across the globe where Mastercard®️ is accepted.
Nigel Green, CEO and founder of deVere Group, which launched Vault in 2017, comments: “The monumental quarter-on-quarter surge for banking-style apps is, we believe, attributable to two main drivers.
“First, individuals and companies are increasingly embracing and expecting green, paperless banking.
“This is partly fuelled by the pressing need for us all to drastically reduce waste and better protect the environment – something the pandemic and issues such as raging wildfires has collectively focused minds on – but also because a paperless system is, typically, a more convenient and efficient one.
“Traditional banks have a long way to go to catch-up with tech-driven challenger banks and fintech [financial technology] firms, which are intrinsically much greener and are leading the charge to a paperless future.”
He continues: “The other major point driving engagement with e-money apps in Europe specifically is that many of the UK’s banks are set to abandon their customers, by closing their accounts and stopping use of their services across Europe within weeks unless they have a valid UK address.
“Under post-Brexit rules, it becomes illegal for UK banks to service customers living in the EU without applying for new banking licences.
“This will cause significant disruption for many individuals, families, businesses and other organisations.
“As such, people are flocking to firms that already operate under pan-European rules.”
The massive jump in enquiries, says Mr Green, underscores that “fintech is the future of finance” – not only for clients’ convenience and efficiency but also, in a large part, because it is more environmentally sustainable.
The deVere CEO concludes: “For Millennials and Gen Z clients especially there’s been a radical shift toward ‘less stuff, more impact’ in banking and financial services.
“And this is just the beginning of this global and far-reaching trend.”
…but just 15% think the Government encourages innovation, research from GovGrant reveals
SHARE THIS STORY
Just 15% of UK SMEs think the Government is creating an economic environment in which they are encouraged to innovate, according to new research by GovGrant, the R&D and IP specialists. This is despite the fact that over three quarters of these businesses consider innovation to be important for recovery from Covid-19, reaffirming the disconnect between businesses and the Government support schemes available.
The survey collected the views of over 500 SME decision-makers across seven different sectors. The findings show that whilst 85% of respondents acknowledged the importance of innovation, just 26% felt their current activity was highly innovative.
Luke Hamm, CEO, GovGrant, comments:
“Despite the Government’s R&D Roadmap outlining its commitment to R&D and innovation, our research shows the need for further support when it comes to recognising innovative activity. SMEs urgently need clarity and a common definition of innovation that transcends sectors, geography and generations if we’re going to plug the gap between the support that’s available and how SMEs make use of it. This is particularly true when it comes to IP.”
This might be the result of confusion around the definition of innovation, with respondents split across three different definitions – 42% of respondents said they viewed innovation as tiny and continual changes that happen daily, with the rest saying that it either happened rarely (but made a considerable impact) or occurred sporadically. This disconnect may well be the reason that many SMEs are failing to claim valuable tax credits for their R&D, with nearly a quarter stating they had never done so.
GovGrant’s research also revealed that 43% of UK SMEs do not have anyone in charge of the commercialisation of intellectual property and innovation at Board level. As a result, only a quarter of respondents (24%) thought the main purpose of a patent was to add commercial value, and one fifth said they had no strategy in place to track their IP.
Luke Hamm concludes:
“Innovation has never been more important for creating a resilient and productive economy post Covid-19, especially with Brexit and the end of the transition period also fast approaching. We need to be taking intellectual property much more seriously. The Government must do more to improve awareness and accessibility of its support schemes, including the Patent Box, if SMEs are going to invest in their R&D and thrive. We urgently need to review the patent process and make it attractive on the global stage.”
Nell Walker talks to James Shanahan, CEO Revolut Singapore, regarding a new dawn of digital banking
SHARE THIS STORY
“By re-conceiving the infrastructure of a bank, the way that a bank delivers its services, you can take an order of magnitude off the cost and you can bring a level of experience to the customer that’s not hamstrung by old tech, by old thinking, by siloed approaches…” James Shanahan, CEO of Revolut Singapore
We spoke to Carlene Jackson, CEO of Cloud9 Insight, about the transformative power of both technology and company culture
SHARE THIS STORY
Interface Magazine hooks up with Carlene Jackson, CEO of Cloud9 Insight, who reveals the transformative power of both technology and company culture…
What led to you launching your business, Cloud9 Insight?
I started Cloud9 about 10 years ago, and it was an opportunity to support small businesses to deploy CRM in the cloud for the first time, because I saw a trend of more and more clients moving to the cloud. There’s an opportunity to help clients with making the most of their data in the SME space, plus they’re able to use Microsoft technology to get more insights – hence the name Cloud9 Insight. At the time, most of my competitors were still looking to sell on premises-software, but I saw a gap in the market.
Historically, what I’d seen with enterprise clients I had worked with, is that CRM projects had been at least a year long, and often you’d question whether the business had moved on since the definition stage of the project, and if it was still fit for purpose. I think projects these days need to be a lot more agile to support clients with business transformation; for me, working with cloud technology allows that agility.
There’s a quote on your website where you say you have a love of change and disruption – what does that mean to you, as a tech leader and expert?
I think it comes naturally to me. I’m moderately dyslexic, and some say that dyslexics are quite creative people. I find it hard to read anything without having a pen and paper in my hand, because I always got lots of ideas, and I think part of the reason that entrepreneurs have often been so successful as dyslexics is that we often think differently. If you look at tackling problems the same way they’ve always been tackled before, then you’ll probably come up with the same answers – but if you can address things differently, then maybe you might come up with a better opportunity.
When I started my business, I moved almost immediately to the Alps; I hadn’t worked in the Microsoft channel, and I had no preconceptions about what did a Microsoft partner selling CRM did. That meant my business model turned out very different to a lot of others. I also recruit a lot of young people into my business – which is why I’ve set up an apprenticeship programme, called Vantage Academy – and having them involved in the business has helped maintain that creative, disruptive model.
So, is company culture very important to you?
Definitely. I used to work at IBM, and it was quite normal to travel around different offices around the country, visit your clients and just pop in and hot desk. Depending on which office you went to, some people were a bit more chatty and you got to hear a little bit more about what they’re doing. But what I noticed about my business, as it was growing, was it was becoming departmentalized and siloed in the same way that many of my clients complain about. I didn’t want that; I don’t want the salespeople not working with the support people, or projects people, and so on. There’s so much opportunity to learn when you have conversations with colleagues across different parts of the organisation, and I really wanted to make sure that we worked as a team.
I know you’re a big advocate for diversity in the workplace, and in the general realm of technology – what are some of the benefits diversity can bring?
First of all, organisations need to make sure that the demographics of who they employ reflects the demographics of who you’re selling to, because it’s difficult to understand them otherwise. Certainly in a B2C market, having representation across age groups in your workforce is really important. What I’ve found is that what really motivates the older generation is the ability to be a mentor and a leader to those that don’t yet have the experience. They want to give back.
As for younger people, they have energy, ambition and hunger to pass on to across the workplace, allowing great things to happen, and I think it increases the performance of my overall team. Diversity could also be gender; certainly in many sectors like tech and oil and gas, it is heavily biased towards males, and a lot of my staff do tell me that it’s nice to have a more balanced workplace.
I’m a lot more people centric than maybe a lot of my peers might be; I like to embrace the people and the value of people in businesses, both within my clients and within my own team. That’s really important to me.
You wrote a piece about how working from home is changing attitudes to work, specifically citing children gatecrashing video calls and how that represents how the life part of work-life balance can no longer just be hidden away – with technology supporting people really successfully to work from home, will things ever go back to ‘normal’?
I think there’s no going back to ‘normal’, for sure. The old way is not going to exist at all. There’s two types of businesses: those who are probably kidding themselves and just about surviving, and those who are probably a lot more agile and forward-thinking, who are going to look at the trends that have been happening, jump onto those trends and allow a lot more flexibility around people working from home.
The other great thing about this mobility of the workforce, is that maybe your team don’t even have to be in the vicinity of your office – maybe not even the vicinity of the UK. Maybe we can tap into where the best talent is.
How do you think female entrepreneurship can be encouraged in tech, and other STEM industries?
I love that question. One of the exciting things about me being able to set up an apprenticeship business is I’m definitely going to use my voice and position to be a great advocate for younger females to come into the tech sector. I think there might be a perception that you need to have technical skills, but having great leadership skills, having creative skills are also very important and greatly valued in the sector. It’s just trying to open the younger generation’s mind, especially for young females, as to the skills that they have inherently, in great abundance, how are they valued, and how can they use those skills to make a difference.
And for me, technology is a great enabler of change and making a difference. I’d like to see schools working more with younger people to help them feel confident about working with technology. When I hire people that are fresh out of school, I’m absolutely dismayed by how few skills they have in using technology. That crosses all genders, but it’s really sad to see the percentage of females attending degree courses that are highly attended by males. However, when you look overseas at places like Poland, they have a much greater balance, so I think we have a lot to learn about what is it that overseas countries are doing that we’re not. I suspect that starts at a young age in school, and if we could create more entrepreneurs, then our economy will be much more successful.
So it’s about encouraging STEM topics in schools, full stop, not just for girls but all genders, in order to fill that skills gap.
Yes, absolutely. I think that if there’s more integration between businesses and their involvement in schools, and that opportunities to learn entrepreneurship and problem-solving using technology exist, that might open their eyes.
Sarah Doherty, Product Marketing Manager at iland discusses how a cloud-based infrastructure can accelerate IT initiatives.
SHARE THIS STORY
There’s no doubt about it, we are living in a cloud enhanced world. No matter what is happening in life, whether it’s uploading pictures of the family, keeping track of friends on social media, or working remotely, the fact remains that the cloud is a part of our everyday lives in one way or another.
So why are organisations so hesitant to adopt a cloud infrastructure? From speaking with customers, the reason extends across infrastructure, business as well as, let’s face it, an overall new way of thinking about what is the best way to mitigate risk.
When we talk to business leaders, the idea of moving from a CAPEX model to an OPEX model is appealing for pretty much everything but IT. They still look at IT assets and think about budget cycles and performance/capacity per the pound or dollar. This can put them into situations where they are purchasing hardware on three to five-year cycles, subsequently discovering after two years that the hardware they have invested in isn’t doing what it needs to do. However, at that point, the business is committed.
They may be locked into a certain vendor or platform and the pain of moving seems overwhelming or they may have concerns about moving to the cloud in general. In a nutshell, this approach is not compatible with the flexibility and scalability that many businesses need in their toolkit.
The tangible business benefits of using a cloud-based infrastructure have been heavily publicised of late, with the onset of COVID-19 necessitating a quick and efficient move to the cloud, in order to keep businesses moving. However, implementing a cloud strategy to future-proof an organisation can, not only have top-line operational benefits such as data security, business continuity, resilience, scalability, and accessibility – it can facilitate wider digital transformation strategies.
This will prove crucial to maximising business efficiency and time-to-market of these initiatives, in the event of another worldwide event where physical access to a building is not possible. After all, an organisation’s end users have become accustomed to receiving a faultless service – even during a global pandemic – and would have expected businesses to have learnt their lessons from COVID-19.
Organisations wanting to implement a range of IT initiatives have unarguably accelerated cloud adoption. However, when choosing a cloud partner, they normally express the following concerns around adaptability to the cloud, which cloud providers need to tackle head-on.
Security and Compliance
While it may not be the first thing that springs to mind for IT professionals looking to quickly enact digital transformation strategies, such as building applications that will streamline internal business processes, security practices must adapt as data moves to the cloud. While assets are normally well-locked down, it is easy to accidentally create vulnerabilities in the cloud since customers are responsible for setting many security controls around their apps and data.
All clouds have a different set of best practices and design principles. Therefore, knowing those practices up-front will help cloud admins avoid headaches later. Working with the right cloud partner to plan and then execute a cloud strategy will not only eliminate headaches now and later but will also help to grow the business for the future.
It goes without saying that vulnerabilities must also be addressed as soon as possible. Cybercriminals are currently stepping up their attacks to take advantage of remote employees. Phishing attacks are at an all-time high on small and large businesses, as well as public resources like hospitals and healthcare providers. Therefore, businesses must assign responsibility to an individual or group of individuals to look after the organisation’s data from the onset, especially during the migration period.
There is no time like the present to reinforce an organisation’s IT security and compliance guidelines, many of which include the relevance of when employees travel or occasionally work from home. This includes a refresher on password policies and how to identify and report phishing attempts. It’s important to help employees with securing their home networks, and all the other policies and guidelines they would typically follow at work to protect the company and customer data. This might also be an excellent time to train employees on document and data retention best practices.
Cloud Expertise and Management
Most IT teams are running at full throttle as it is, and the idea of learning entirely new jobs, alongside current tasks, can be daunting. Furthermore, IT managers may be wondering how to firstly move their teams to the cloud, and subsequently get them up to speed quickly and manage projects in the long run, minimising business disruption as much as possible.
A good first step is to implement a robust cloud migration strategy. This will help communicate a clear vision and change management plans to all employees within the organisation, including IT teams at the coalface, demonstrating how the move to the cloud will really help the business, and prove ultimately beneficial in the long-run. For example, key drivers are the need for greater availability, the desire to move from CAPEX to OPEX and the need for greater scalability as the company grows.
Furthermore, the progression from traditional server-based infrastructure to virtualisation and then to cloud involves several mental leaps. The cloud requires an adjustment of mindset and an ability to accept ways of doing things differently. However, this is the only efficient way to take wider business and IT strategies forward. Organisations should start their move with non-mission-critical applications, which are typically the easiest to migrate. The transition of refactoring some applications to function as cloud-native or distributed applications can take more time.
It goes without saying that organisations choosing a managed service provider to manage their cloud migration and ongoing support should lean on their partner as much as possible, especially in the first few months, to help teams get up to speed with new processes and workflows.
It’s all about short term pain for long-term gain.
Cost Control
Understanding all the factors that contribute to billing before an organisation makes the move to the cloud is a must, since cost management changes can lead to problems if they are not understood.
Cloud services are generally billed once a month or follow a pay-as-you-go pricing model. However, users must factor in hidden fees, such as data transfer costs, and additional support and training. These budget surprises can pose a challenge if not addressed proactively.
Organisations should choose the cloud partner that doesn’t spring any surprising extra fees; the best providers should have simple, easy-to-understand invoicing portals and support, where businesses have complete visibility of all costs in one place. This is increasingly crucial as businesses scale their cloud offering up and down – sometimes on a month-by-month basis – with differing costs to reflect this. When scaling in such a way, organisations need to be made aware of how these changes will be billed – i.e. immediately or on monthly terms. Not addressing the finer points of billing can unnerve an organisation who are not familiar with cloud models, or a SaaS approach.
It is important to look past the challenges and focus on the true advantages. The cloud provides a great opportunity to modernise IT infrastructure and gain operational efficiency through cloud-native design practices.
All clouds have a different set of best practices and design principles. Therefore, knowing those practices up-front will help cloud admins avoid headaches later. Working with the right cloud partner to plan and then execute cloud strategies will not only eliminate headaches now and later but will also help businesses to grow in the future through planned digital transformation initiatives that can be executed without the constraints of legacy hardware.
Gobeyond Partners and Webhelp surveyed 500 respondents at director level and above across a range of industries about the impact of COVID-19 on their businesses.
SHARE THIS STORY
New research from Gobeyond Partners, the consulting firm focused on customer journey transformation, and Webhelp, Europe’s leading provider of outsourced customer engagement services, has today revealed that over 60% of business leaders are re-evaluating how much they will be investing in change and transformation since COVID-19, yet only a third of survey respondents are committing to a higher spend in this area.
Gobeyond Partners and Webhelp surveyed 500 respondents at director level and above across a range of industries about the impact of COVID-19 on their businesses. By combining Webhelp’s expertise in customer engagement with Gobeyond Partners’ customer journey design and transformation capabilities, the two organisations were able to evaluate the impact of COVID-19 across a number of key areas and offer recommendations to businesses as they start to plan towards a post pandemic world. When it comes to the issue of transformation, the research highlights the value of an intelligent use of rightsourcing* which will be crucial for businesses to establish the most cost effective and relevant solutions to support the flexibility and speed needed during this transition period.
Change and transformation are two of a number of data points highlighted in the joint research and accompanying report by Gobeyond Partners and Webhelp which explores how consumers arenow demanding more human experiences, even in digital environments, and why organisations must balance agility and adaptability against a clear focus on maximising value from investment in transformation.
Mark Palmer, CEO of Gobeyond Partners comments on the findings: “As the urgency for change and transformation intensifies in our new reality, it raises some pivotal questions. How different willservice look and feel in the future? How will businesses and their operations need to adapt? And how can employers engage and support their colleagues to deliver on new customer promises? The engineering of an authentic human experience in the digital world will need a delicate balance, and companies will need to work hard to create service transformation that satisfies both these needs. This may expose a lack of capability and flexibility inherent in many organisations, due to a lack of investment. For brands to survive, leaders can no longer pay lip service to digital transformation and digital must be fully integrated into the overall operating model.”
Other key findings from the joint research include:
70% of businesses have seen a direct impact to their bottom line as a result of COVID-19, with more than half being negatively affected.
These financial impacts are expected to last, with more than 80% of respondents believing they will be financially impacted for six months or more and 50% expecting their finances to be affected for more than a year.
Companies that have been affected negatively by COVID-19 are twice as likely to expect cuts to their transformation budgets after the pandemic has subsided.
Craig Gibson, Chief Growth Officer at Webhelp Group continues: “Overall whilst budgets may reduce, spend on individual change and transformation programmes should not be reduced commensurately. Instead, the entire change portfolio should be reviewed and reprioritised. Now is the time to focus on and invest in a critical, clear and concise set of priorities, which the whole organisation can communicate and contribute to. This will ensure that the most critical agenda items will accelerate, without depleting vital cash reserves.”
Digital strategy is the cornerstone of any business – but how is it driven? Dr. Paul J. Bailo, Global Head of Strategy and Innovation at Infosys Digital, explores digital leadership.
SHARE THIS STORY
When it comes to digital leadership, people often become fixated on the software part of that – but you are somebody who believes that the human element is just as important.
Absolutely. I don’t see how any organisation in this current world could survive without a true digital leadership model, when digital is at the forefront of every business. With COVID-19 coming into play and people working from home, you really have to develop your digital talents in relation to digital leadership. How do you become part of an employee’s moral values? How do they hear your voice for leadership and guidance? And how do you do this without physically being next to that person? How do you actually lead in this world of digital without a physical person being there? In my experience, and my own research, one of the critical elements to being a real digital leader is to have vision.
How do I take these pieces of technology, people, and process and look towards the future, allowing us to get from point A to point B, while keeping us moving forward? Six months ago, some people were sort of thinking about digital, some organisations had digital in a box, some people had digital in the corner, and some people didn’t even have a Chief Digital Officer. Fast forward today, if you didn’t have a digital model when COVID-19 hit, you’re dead in the water. That kick in the butt is allowing businesses to see cracks and fractures in their leadership model, that they don’t have a digital leadership framework where they have a vision for digital, and that digital is everything.
What are the most important tools in a digital leader’s arsenal?
Creativity, and a great network. You have to have a big Rolodex; you have to have a big contact list in your phone. You have to have a great network of different people from different areas that you could call upon. You may need people in the artistic world, the academic world, the philosophical world. You may need high-end programmers. You need all these people at your beck and call and you need them to build these solid relationships in order to share the wealth of knowledge.
In my opinion, it doesn’t help a digital leader to network in the same area that they’re familiar with. They have to break out of their own shell and network and build deep relationships, working relationships, outside of their norm. A lot of people say, you’re in digital, so you’re going to go to the digital conference. That’s great; I love to go to the digital conferences, and I love to speak at them.
However, I also go to other conferences, which have nothing to do with digital or data. I’m interested in aerospace, so I go to aerospace conferences to see about what’s happening in the aviation space. I go to museums to see the world differently, where there might be something in that artwork that intrigues me, that gets my brain to be working and thinking about problems differently.
When we start talking about networking, digital leaders need to know that they have to expand their proficiency in networking. They need to look outside what they’re comfortable with.
The way a digital leader thinks is that the day something is successful is the day it’s antiquated, so you have to rewire your mind that it can always be better. And this is not new – this is how nature works, it’s called evolution. Everything is constantly changing for the better, depending on the environment, or depending on the conditions that we’re living in. So when you start thinking about the digital leadership, I don’t think it just comes naturally – it’s an art form. It’s something you have to work on, it’s something you have to rewire your brain for; you have to read about it, you have to be thinking about it, you have to be talking about it, and you have to collaborate with others.
What do you think are some of the pitfalls, or common mistakes people make, when it comes to successful digital leadership?
Great question. Number one is thinking you have the people’s support when you don’t; thinking you actually have the leadership and the inspiration of the people, when you don’t. Thinking that what you suggested works without testing it out and trying it first. Talking without substance or an understanding of the data, and having the ability to talk to people but not really having empathy for them. People are smart, and they want to know that you’re going to walk through fire with them.
The idea of leaders considering themselves to be in a position of power – those days are over. People don’t want that; they want a leader who’s at the front, who’s going to be with them day and night to make sure things work. They want someone to are for and love them, who has the vision, experience and knowledge to assess risks very quickly.
These qualities are not easily found; there’s a limited amount of people who can do this, but if you can communicate digital change and transformation in a way that really touches their hearts – in a way that people understand – they’re happier to take risks. I look for the pebbles in people’s shoes; a lot of people focus on the big pain points and miss the smaller ones, but as a digital leader, you need to understand. Then you can instil in them self-leadership, and show them that you’ll be there to pick them up if they take a risk and fail.
We’re hearing more and more about the advantages of failing, and that it should be seen as testing and progression.
I think we’ve all failed, right? Historically, everyone has failed, but many swept it under the rug because people weren’t rewarded for failing, and looked down upon it, but life is made for us to fail. If you have a newborn baby, as it develops, it starts to crawl. And then, eventually, it tries to stand up and immediately falls down. Then it says, wow, okay, I learned something: let me try this again. They keep trying.
This is who we are as humans. Failure is just part of how we learn; we’ve put a societal black cloud over it, but it’s how we were made. You don’t learn as much in your successes as your failures. So, in looking for a great digital leader, you want to make sure this person’s failed a lot and has been through everything, because that’s the person who sees around the corners.
What are the three most important attributes of a digital leader?
Number one, be human. Number two, have a vision that people can understand and believe in. Number three, be curious about data, technology, the world – be curious about many different things. It could shape your thinking in formulating the best digital transformation solution around.
This isn’t something you become overnight – for the best digital leaders, it’s who they are. They’re naturally curious, they already have vision, they gravitate towards technology and they love people. People have to really want to work with you, believe in you, trust you, and love you to do really great things.
Welcome to another packed issue of Interface Magazine! This month’s exclusive cover story follows the work of Chad Kalmes, Vice President Technical Operations at PagerDuty, to see how the SaaS digital operations management pioneer is supporting digital transformation across the sectors and around the globe…
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s exclusive cover story follows the work of Chad Kalmes, Vice President Technical Operations at PagerDuty, to see how the SaaS digital operations management pioneer is supporting digital transformation across the sectors and around the globe…
PagerDuty is a real-time digital operations company whose platform supports a lot of critical real-time use cases for its customers by sitting at the heart of whatever technology ecosystem that particular customer is using. PagerDuty responds to signals and data from all the different software applications and systems in that environment and helps to proactively and intelligently understand when something is not working appropriately. The platform then helps customers to focus resources in a real-time manner to solve those problems, before they actually become issues or outages. The company is on a dramatic growth curve, with a raft of big-name clients such as Netflix, Peloton, DoorDash and Amex. “I joined PagerDuty about a little over two years ago to help them on that journey of maturing their processes, thinking through what needed to change to make them more successful, and getting them on that path toward public company readiness and ultimately the IPO last year,” he tells us.
Plus, we speak to Alessandro Crisci, Senior VP of IT for Amplifon Americas, who talks digital transformation and how an aging population is more digitally enabled than ever before…
Elsewhere, we catch up with digital guru Paul Bailo, to kick off a trilogy of digital transformation masterclasses. Plus, we list the top five opportunities that COVID-19 has created for the digital banking sector…
“Thecritical piece to any digital transformation, is the planning phase – and it is truly the hardest”
Our Digital Transformation Trilogy continues with Dr Paul J. Bailo, a digital thought leader par excellence, taking us through the importance of planning to a successful digital transformation programme.
Digital transformation is laid bare with an insightful trilogy of podcasts from Dr. Paul J. Bailo…
SHARE THIS STORY
“I don’t see how any organisation in this current world could survive without a true digital leadership model.” Dr Paul J. Bailo, Executive – Digital Strategy, Data & Innovation
Dr Paul J. Bailo, a digital thought leader par excellence, takes us through the importance of leadership to a successful digital transformation programme
Over half [55%] of SMEs believe that their competitors have a better digital presence than they do, according to new research by leading creative agency, Sparkloop.
SHARE THIS STORY
The research, which questioned 500 decision makers from SMEs across the UK on how much time, budget and resource they have invested into their digital brand presence, also revealed that despite believing their competitors had a better brand presence, 45% of respondents had not reviewed the performance of their website in over 18 months.
In addition, 25% of respondents advised that they rarely, or only annually, make changes to improve the performance of their website to engage potential customers.
When questioned on the level of investment SMEs made into their digital brand, 46.3% advised they invested under £2,000, 53.7% invested £2,500 plus and 10.9% invested £10,000 plus.
However, a quarter [25.8%] of SMEs haven’t invested in their website and wider digital brand presence in over 2 years.
Other key take outs from the research include:
Only 31% of SMEs believe that they have a stronger digital brand presence than their competitors.
44.3% of SMEs have developed their website using ‘off the shelf’ platforms like Wix, Square Space or WordPress, with 31.6% opting for creative and technical input from an external agency.
A staggering 62.3% of SMEs have not taken advantage of tech features, like chatbots, blogs and feedback to increase stakeholder engagement or improve the performance of their website.
This new research comes as the majority of UK SMEs are forced to review and pivot their existing growth strategy following the impact of the current situation.
Gayle Carpenter, Creative Director of Sparkloop, confirmed: “This latest research is incredibly telling and effectively demonstrates that SMEs UK wide do not place enough value into both creating and maintaining a strong brand and digital presence, which could be damaging to their business.
Currently, SMEs are facing the significant challenge of survival following recent events. Those with the strongest brands, an engaging website and integrated digital presence will instil confidence and drive growth, both during and following this time of uncertainty.
For business owners looking to use this time to disrupt and develop, it doesn’t necessarily mean investing tens of thousands into your website and wider digital presence, but it does mean evaluating your brand by ensuring it represents your business and attracts the right target audiences. This is consistently overlooked by the majority of SMEs, as demonstrated by the research, but could be fundamental to future growth and success as we return to some form of business as usual.”
Established in 2004, Sparkloop has successfully delivered bespoke design and communication strategies for brands and businesses across the UK and overseas, with long-standing clients including Red Bull and HomeServe.
Founded by design and branding specialist, Gayle Carpenter, the firm is headquartered in Camden, London, with a South West regional office based in Bath, Somerset.
Since the outbreak of COVID-19, the agency has launched its Virtual ‘Spark-Up Sessions’ initiative, designed to help businesses quickly solve problems and identify achievable outcomes when establishing a clear and effective digital brand presence.
To find out more about this latest research, download a copy of Sparkloop’s SME Digital Brand Presence Report 2020 at www.sparkloop.com.
Chief Information Officer Philip Clayson is putting digital agility at the heart of the company’s strategic transformation plans for the future, following the recent acquisition of SSE Energy Services by OVO Energy.
SHARE THIS STORY
OVO Energy was founded in 2009 and redesigned the energy experience to be fair, effortless, green and simple for all customers. Following the acquisition of SSE Energy Services, today OVO Energy and its Retail partners serve nearly 5 million customers, all striving to deliver more affordable clean energy for everyone.
SSE Energy Services has been supplying power to millions of UK homes for decades. The technology infrastructure within the company had been built and maintained with dependability and assurance at its core.
Clayson is now empowering the 1,000 strong IT team to adopt a learn-fast, fail-fast culture and mindset, while at the same time maintaining the performance and quality of their outputs. Key to achieving this has been extending the company’s partnership with Expleo. Through the adoption of Expleo’ automated testing solutions, SSE Energy Services can now bring new products to market faster, without sacrificing quality.
With customers’ digital engagement increasing and the introduction of smart metering within homes, SSE Energy Services knew it had to focus on digital agility and innovative product offerings.
In order to accelerate this direction, SSE Energy Services appointed Philip Clayson as CIO in August 2019, bringing experience of driving fast-paced digital transformation for companies including News Corporation, BT and TalkTalk.
Clayson said: “With increasing numbers of new digital enabled products to deliver to market, at an accelerated pace, we needed to leverage technology and expertise to help us drive up our competitive advantage and increase our agility.”
SSE Energy Services formed a strategic partnership with Expleo, a leading technology and engineering consultancy. As the two companies previously worked closely together, SSE Energy Services had trust in Expleo’s expertise to help with a key part of the programme. This would help SSE Energy Services maintain performance and quality, but crucially boost agility, shortening product and system releases from several weeks to just a couple of days, by providing a pioneering approach to automation.
Automation first
Expleo was in an excellent position to advise the company on how to best move to a framework that automated the entire testing lifecycle for all of its complex and integrated retail systems.
Julie Heneghan, Client Director at Expleo, said: “Many companies use automation on low-risk, fringe applications and as a result deliver limited value to their organisation. However, our in-depth understanding of SSE Energy Services’ systems meant it was clear to us that an automation-first approach would deliver the biggest possible impact in terms of value.”
To help achieve the transformation, the relationship moved from a standard services delivery model, to a strategic and innovation-led partnership, with SSE Energy Services entrusting Expleo to deliver best-in-class testing and assurance that would reduce the cost and frequency of system defects.
Expleo helps SSE Energy Services to enable mass testing of the software deployed to customers for smart metering. This includes testing the smart meter itself before it’s installed into customers’ homes, to testing the app on the in-home display which helps customers see how much energy they are using.
“Now, instead of a traditional services supplier model, SSE Energy Services works in partnership with us to map out the future IT change roadmap safely in the knowledge that Expleo automatically delivers the quality assurance they need without any effort on their part.” says Heneghan.
Innovation to the fore
To best deliver the benefits of automation and other improvement initiatives in the future, SSE Energy Services and Expleo have created a joint innovation board with dedicated funds to formalise the creation of new ideas and concepts and ultimately put them into practice.
Combining the best of technology and engineering, Expleo is a digital partner for the future for energy and electric vehicle companies. As energy and mobility markets converge, Expleo provides clients with end-to-end expertise in the design, development and implementation of a seamless customer experience. Its track record of delivery in smart energy billing solutions, battery charging technology, electric vehicles and the wider smart grid puts it in a unique position to help its clients innovate for the future.
“Innovation is at the heart of what we do at Expleo,” says Stephen Magennis, Managing Director of Expleo’ s Technology business in the UK. “But for us, it’s about making incremental changes, on a continuous basis, to drive bigger overall gain. This also allows us to monitor and measure each innovation and work out what it’s actually achieved for our client’s business, so we can take a swift decision on whether to keep it or move onto something else that could potentially have even greater impact.”
SSE Energy Services has continuous insight into the progress of testing and innovation through Expleo’s Quality Intelligence Platform (QIP), part of its innovative AI and analytics offering. It monitors execution and results, demonstrating release on release productivity and efficiency gains by aggregating the data into a dashboard, giving a real-time and predictive view of progress, quality and velocity.
Tom Little, SSE Energy Services IT Delivery Manager, who played a leading role in the technical transformation, says: ‘’We want to get our solutions to market quickly, but we can’t sacrifice quality. There are critical journeys where customers rely on us to deliver every single day. Our automation-first approach and partnership with Expleo has helped us to deliver quality to our customers.”
Exceeding expectations
In applying the new automation tooling, SSE Energy Services is already seeing compounded benefits. These include smoke-testing new environments in near-real-time and a reduction in manual test effort of up to 65 per cent. “This enables the SSE Energy Services technology team previously involved in this area to have more time to focus on new initiatives for the company to accelerate the pace of change”, says Clayson.
The direct result for SSE Energy Services is that new customer offerings can be pushed through faster – helping it set the pace in the market. In fact, the speed of output is now 2-3 days, rather than 2-3 weeks or months with an overall cost saving of 60 per cent.
Technology + people + culture = pace
Having the right technological tools is a vital part of any digital transformation. But in order for the investment to be a success, there needed to be an internal shift within SSE Energy Services toward a highly engaged, learn-fast fail-fast culture and mindset.
To this end, SSE Energy Services invested in upskilling staff, including introducing formal accreditation in delivery management techniques such as Agile as well as technological disciplines to increase agility from the bottom up. Expleo aided this programme by providing Scrum Master training to key SSE Energy Services team members, including project managers and product owners.
Industry leading digital transformation for growth
With the acceleration of digital and agility at SSE Energy Services, it is now much more nimble when it comes to dealing with change. This proved crucial with the unexpected arrival of Covid-19. The fact that both internal and external partner teams were able to quickly pivot to operating virtually, with no impact on services, demonstrates that its transformational journey has brought additional benefit to SSE Energy Services and ultimately its customers.
“Our digital transformation means that IT is now an engine for growth and competitive advantage. It enables SSE Energy Services to swiftly respond to change. The team and our partners including Expleo should be proud of being part of what must be the biggest digital transformation the sector has seen due to Covid-19.” says Clayson.
The company’s successful digital transformation, underpinned by its pioneering adoption of automation in partnership with Expleo, means that it is continuing to set the pace of change in the industry.
Dan Jelfs Senior Vice President of Global Sales at Mobica, discusses how we are on the cusp of a connected digital revolution, making technology more pervasive and a key driver of strategic change to businesses and models
SHARE THIS STORY
Tell us about your career journey and your experience
I’ve worked in the global technology industry for about 25 years now. I landed in it so by accident, more than design, straight out of university. I’m not an engineer by trade. I went through Business School at university and my first role was at AT&T. I worked a lot in mobile communications and wireless networking in the 1990s. What I found very fascinating, and enjoyed was the way that technology changed people’s lives, usually in a positive way. I also liked the globallness of the industry and the opportunity to work with so many bright minds with different perspectives from around the world. I think fairly early on in my career, I realised I had a passion for innovation and that the large corporate culture that I was in wasn’t going to satisfy that.
I made quite a radical decision around the early noughties to leave a large corporate and move to a venture capital funded startup. It was really looking at the evolving mobile data services market, and what sort of content services could generate viable business models. I really spun through a number of other startup type businesses during the noughties and then joined a software services business in 2009.
I’ve really been doing software consultants and software services now for about 10 years. The reason I made that change is because the mobile devices world which I’ve been very focused on up until then, was to open source with the launch of operating systems like Google’s Android, most prominently in the battery. At a structural change within the mobile communications market that would drive demand for software services within that, I thought it’d be a very interesting journey to go on.
I’ve also got a huge passion for British technology companies. I think there’s not enough British technology success stories within the global technology market. So I joined Mobica about 18 months ago as a vehicle to try and do my bit to change that.
How does that make you the right person to bring about change?
What we move into now is a world of everything being connected and data science and artificial intelligence applications off the back of those things being connected. So I have that core experience around connected software, and then I’m able to help C-levels in companies in other industries that aren’t familiar with connectedness and digital, and bring all that experience to bear to help them on their transformation.
How has the technology conversation changed?
10-15 years ago, I thought the technology industry was far more discrete and defined. And in fact, some industries and many companies really didn’t need to dip any more than their toe into it. I think we’re on the cusp of a revolution now where everything’s connected, and through that the things that are connected we’ll be able to acquire artificial intelligence over time.
I just don’t think there’s any industry or there’s any company within an industry that has been great at embracing that now. I think that’s the fundamental difference for me. There were the technology industries that were more disruptive and defined. Now it’s totally pervasive and it’s a driver of strategic change to businesses and business models and industries. You just, you can’t avoid it, wherever you’re working.
How has the traditional customer changed?
There are more customers that are, as a legacy, not so technically proficient and need support to really understand the potential for strategic change the technology is bringing and how to implement that within their business.
Where does Mobica fit into this technology conversation?
We support customers in two areas, either modernization or transformation in relation to enabling technologies.
Modernization is probably not quite as strategic in context of the transformation piece. Now, a good example would be cloud applications which are quite a trend. In recent years, we’re really moving apps to the cloud. We help companies deal with the technical challenges that this new type of technology brings to the transformation. Part of the work we do is where there’s a combination of new technology that facilitates a fundamental redesign of the business model, and potentially of the structure of the company too. We help them think about the way to design that transformational change/
How do you define transformation?
In the transformation paradigm when you talk about strategic design, you look at what your brand might be in a digital environment or what the business model might be. Often the scenario is that companies are moving from tech non/digital to digital for revenue generation. That can fundamentally change the way they address the customers, the way the brand reaches out. So in many ways, the starting point for me is strategic design and non technical. The outcome of a strategic design process, though, becomes a very technical software engineering implementation.
What are the challenges?
Sometimes I can end up in a conversation and maybe the executives of the company aren’t quite sure, from a business case point of view, when to pull the trigger on a digital transformation… There’s an internal discussion that happens; maybe it’s in two quarters’. 12 months’ two years’ time. I think you could be kind of wrong. If you look at the end destination, you may as well just start into digital straightaway, don’t delay. But I think some internal wrestling around understanding the return on investment is sometimes apparent.
I also think about the cultural change within the technology environment, or the engineering environment of the company. I’m seeing the needs change from very established businesses whose technology hasn’t changed much over a couple of decades to suddenly needing speed, digital and agile. Culturally, from a software engineering point of view, like a Silicon Valley startup, that’s not easy in that it’s quite a barrier to affect change.
How do you go about changing mindsets and enabling a cultural change within a business?
We bring a lot of our learnings from the way we work with companies around the world, anonymized into the discussion to help realise that even though they don’t think they’re on the same page, they’re on a cliff edge. The future is digital, we were able to see some success stories of some really positive digital transformations as well, that you could point to that are often powerful in terms of changing the minds of executives as well.
How important is it to look outside your own industry?
It’s fundamental and there are enough of those kinds of stories in different industries to use already. It’s very helpful within that discussion to point to some very successful digital innovation stories.
It’s important to also look at where things haven’t worked to look at the failures and look at the mishaps as well, as much as you look at these case studies in the success stories.
Is tech replacing people?
Effecting that cultural change with the state in relation to the status quo is just too difficult, will take too long and costs too much. What we need to do is sort of start over and I’ve seen some companies create what are essentially new legal entities and new ventures, and build from the ground up. I’ve seen other companies create digital innovation and disruption units alongside their existing organisational structure and start to see that digital DNA move into the company, but from within what’s exists today.
I’ve also seen others who strategically partner with software services firms to bring that digital agile culture into the mix of their overall software, software engineering and technology capability to drive and effect change in the established culture and established engineering.
How has the supplier relationship changed?
We’re in a process ourselves of moving from a tactical partner to a strategic partner increasingly, and our strategic partners. The different dimension is the buyer is two or three levels higher in the organisation and therefore, either in or close to the C-suite, that they’re looking for long term collaboration and the souls of strategic challenge to their business.
What makes Mobica a partner of choice?
Within our engineering team, we create the space in terms of time invested into internal innovation projects that are really aligned around strategic technology bets that we make in regards to what’s going to be important in the future. If we do that correctly, that keeps us ahead of the curve.
Technology buzzwords?
I talked about strategic design earlier. It’s really that design and planning thing it’s really looking at, where are you and where are you trying to get to and what’s important on that journey. There’s always careful thought and planning before you scale out engineering projects.
Marketplaces change so much that it’s not going to be a straight line, so how do you account for things that aren’t going to go according to plan?
We propose an agile development process and you’re constantly iterating and constantly changing. Whilst you know the general direction of where you want to get to but you don’t necessarily take a stroll along together. So it allows for bends in the road and iterations to design as we go through.
Talk to me about the dynamic between incumbents and start-up companies?
I think enough large established companies have suffered and gone by the wayside. They’ve been cannibalised by a startup coming from nowhere. For everyone to be aware of these larger organisations, they need to create an innovation strategy of their own.
Ideally, you know, if anyone’s going to cannibalise their existing business models, they’d prefer that it was them. So I think there’s a lot more effort and thought put into that and less destruction caused by startups. It doesn’t stop the startups being acquired by some of these companies to complement their digital transformations.
What advice would you give in order to succeed?
Don’t underestimate the value of strategic design before you head out on the engineering journey that follows good design.
Welcome to another packed issue of Interface Magazine!
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover exclusive features Dan Jelfs, Senior Vice President of global sales at Mobica, who discusses how we are on the cusp of a connected digital revolution, making technology more pervasive and a key driver of strategic change to businesses and models.
“In the transformation paradigm when you talk about strategic design, you look at what your brand might be in a digital environment or what the business model might,” he tells us. “Often the scenario is that companies are moving from tech non/digital to digital for revenue generation. That can fundamentally change the way they address the customers, the way the brand reaches out. So, in many ways, the starting point for me is strategic design and non-technical…”
“Sometimes I can end up in a conversation where maybe the executives of the company aren’t quite sure, from a business case point of view, when to pull the trigger on a digital transformation… But often, when you look at the end destination, you may as well just start into digital straightaway, don’t delay.”
Elsewhere, SSE Energy Services reveals how its pioneering adoption of automation is underpinning an industry-leading transformation that is setting the pace of change in the energy sector. Plus, we have exclusive insights from business leaders at Union Bank, Radius Networks, DeKalb County and Sij Group. And we outline 5 industries predicted for growth post-Covid…
Pat Lynes, Founder & CEO at S&S, explores how the concept of transformation has redefined the workforce economy
SHARE THIS STORY
Tell us about your background and your career journey prior to S&S…
It started off with telco recruitment, working with some of the big ISP brands in the UK when there was that Internet Service Provider explosion, so I worked with the EZ net board to help them build their capability to try and make a mark in the UK. Of course it did quite successfully, and then Sky bought them out and then that turned into a big integration point programme which I resourced. Fundamentally at the heart of it was always speaking to boards, finding opportunities and problems and then connecting groups of people to solve those problems but with a recruitment angle on it.
Where did S&S come intothe equation?
I was privileged to be headhunted to come over and work for a guy called Simon Fosse. There were four of us around the table. We wanted to do something fundamentally different in the market. We are a collection of senior knowledge workers and senior recruitment. So over a sort of six and a half year period, I grew that particular business, from scratch to an eight figure revenue business and we did really well. We work with boards and help people like Burberry become a digital first organisation, working alongside their CIO and putting in different project teams to deliver their digital programmes. And I love it. That’s exactly what I love doing and I think towards the back end of that
I started to fall out of love with traditional recruitment. I think that the actual model is getting disintermediated. What I was seeing in the market is what not a lot of people are talking about right now, which is this jobs revolution at the senior end of the market.
So a lot of people talk about the gig economy, and the sort of low end of the gig economy. But there’s absolutely this explosion around this expert revolution, this interim revolution of executives and senior knowledge workers leaving the permanent world to trade via their IP and value and building a service around that and becoming independent experts. So I kind of saw a few things intersecting at once, which was this interim revolution of senior knowledge workers becoming independent experts coming into the market. That’s how I’ve always been successful in my career serving that market.
The other thing was management consulting fatigue. So if you look at the traditional route to getting consulting advisory and then delivery of big programmes or big digital transformation probes, people traditionally went for the Big Four or the Big 10. And I think fundamentally now what we’re finding is a lot of people are starting to back off from using those channels for a number of reasons. So I kind of had this idea in my mind of what if I brought all of the experts I’ve used over the years into a community based approach to consulting and working with clients. Could it be a challenger service provider to some of the Big Four, the Big 10, larger consulting providers? So it really came from that spirit of uniting my network already into a services business to fundamentally help organisations transform. I’m pleased to say we’re just out of year three coming into year four. We’ve gone from strength to strength and we’ve really hit a tone in the market
What has changed over the course of your career?
Earlier in my career, transformation was synonymous with a multi-year Big Bang approach. I think the thing that we see around the way that transformation is being perceived is that there’s a lot of fatigue about that kind of word these days. When I go into these big businesses, if you say the word transformation, you can just see the fatigue on their face, or they’ve been through so many different transformations.
I think the word transformation is just overused. People might be putting the data centre into a cloud, they call it transformation. They might be doing a desktop refresh, they’re calling a transformation. I think the word transformation probably needs to be retired. But back in the decade of 2000 to 2010 transformations were big, multi-year things where benefits were not derived until three or four years down the line. I saw a lot of businesses that would spend and invest so much money in those big initiatives for it not to work or to not deliver the intended benefits to the board. I think when you look at the decade that came after the first decade of this century, you only need to see the gradual shift in pace. One is the aggressive shift in customer preferences, the unforgiving landscape in business now. If you look at the shift from the first decade, if you said that Toys R Us or Blockbuster would be obsolete in the last decade, you’d have probably laughed. You’d have probably laughed if we said Thomas Cook would be obsolete at the end of the last decade. The other high profile casualty Carillion from a b2b perspective and more recently with Mothercare. I think the trend was absolutely more long term programmes and long term transformation.
S&S was formed based on this shift, where businesses need to break that down into manageable chunks to keep the business invigorated and aligned and onpoint, where you can actually deliver the sum of a transformation every 90 days by incremental bits of value, that give business benefit to the board, the customers, the internal stakeholders, etc.
The other shift focuses on talent and the changing work in preferences. There was this big thing to build huge permanent workforces. I don’t get that anymore. I just don’t get why you want to own your talent. Is the word permanent? Should that be retired? What does permanent actually mean? I think the new generation coming through doesn’t want to be permanent. Millennials don’t want to be permanent. The generation after that are now starting to want to become executive gigs or you know, experts where they want to have a fractional relationship with their work, they want to do gigs and fluid gigs and go into organisations and not get caught up with the company political drag and just trade value and do the stuff that they love. So they’re starting to design work around what they love doing. Baby boomers are just realising that I don’t want to retire. I think this changing workforce, this changing opportunity, this changing landscape that’s going around from the industrial way of working to the future of work is really going to accelerate this decade.
When I started, no one really designed anything around the customer. Now the companies that are winning are designing everything around the customer. You hear of great examples like giffgaff using the power of the crowd to get iterations and feedback on their products and services. So using the network effect to enhance and build their products and services right in the sweet spot of what the customer wants.
When I designed S&S I resigned from my former company and resigned as a board director. I spent three months interviewing my executive network, just asking about the current state of affairs and looking to get a capability. What do you like? What don’t you like? What frustrates you? If you had a magic wand, what would be the ideal solution? When I launched the business, the first products programme in a box that we were bringing to market was programme management in a box where we come and deliver the outcome – and we tested it first. My network said they didn’t really see themselves on that path – a commodity. I got the feedback, tweaked it and then came back with ‘teams as a service’. Teams have interim experts designed around an outcome or a problem. So it’s a mission based team to be deployed into an organisation to help them have an innovation capability. Help them have an incumbent change capability, so they can constantly reinvent themselves, turn around a failing programme, align the board, etc.
How does anyone go about defining digital transformation?
Transformation again, is synonymous with trying to transform a legacy laden organisation. So it’s an organisation that probably on the whole was born in the last century. So they’re geared for the Industrial Revolution. They’ve got higher hierarchies. They’ve got an obscene amount of technical debt, they’ve got a vendor lock in with some of the big guys and the big software packages. They’ve got legacy people skills and people in roles that might have been there for a bit too long and legacy leadership and on the whole that causes a lot of ambiguity and confusion. They’re trying to transform soup to nuts in an organisation born in the last century and decentralise it to an organisation that’s fit for purpose or designed around products and services with business agility in the core. This is incredibly hard. Some of the traditional consultancies will go in and sell you a playbook that might work in one of your competitors. But when it’s actually shoved into organisation it will not work because you’ve got cultural nuances and other nuances that are just difficult to decipher unless you’re in there and you’re trying to really get to the bottom of what’s going on.
So invariably, what we see is the older ways of consulting have not solved this problem. Because if they had done, we wouldn’t be having all these companies that are starting to die, or starting to have consecutive years of declining revenues.
Problem number one in organisations is often that the boards are under so much pressure, they’ve got so much operational drag on their time. They might have city pressures. They’ve got issues going on in their business. They’ve got failures, they’ve got burning platforms and they’ve got people issues with miscommunications going on and people leaving people joining. I could go on and, and that’s actually really hard for that level of executive to actually get some time to think about where our business should go.
We start off with getting executive groups to stop and we bring them into our workshop environment. What does the future look like for your business? Do you have the right strategy? What does the customer of your future look like? Where would you like your company to be in three or five years? What does it look like? What does it feel like? How are your customers? How are your people feeling? How do you constantly iterate in accordance to market conditions? What kind of talent have you got? What is the baggage in the old company that you never want to have again?
It’s a concept of reverse engin eering the future rather than trying to fix the past? What I find with transformations these days is that a lot of them are trying to fix the past before they can even get to the future and by then they’ve lost two or three or four years and they’ve actually got no value into the business and they’ve wasted a lot of money. The organisation is completely fatigued with transformation and change. They don’t actually have a muscle in the business of how to change after they’ve done it, because they’ve been heavily reliant on the management consulting drug. We try to turn all of that stuff upside down and actually get them to think. So if there is a discovery process, we have our IP of how we do it. At the end, there is a point of view, a solution, a roadmap and a way.
It’s getting them to come together and go through that process. They’ve all got equity in that process and they all feel like it’s their idea, because eventually, invariably it is and we’re adding points of views. We’re adding expertise and we’re facilitating. We also find that’s what actually gets the board and the leadership teams aligned. If I think about some of the problems I see in transformation, digital transformation, business transformation, it might not be the right strategy, the board might not be aligned. We’ve seen it before we get sponsored to go in somewhere and then the sponsorship dies. So the business doesn’t follow through on it. But if you get the board aligned with the right strategy for the right transformation, get them ready for change, execute outcomes every 90 days – then everyone in the business starts to get confidence that it’s moving in the right direction and can visualise the work around the organisation.
Long gone are the days where you’ve got racks and racks of people where no one’s talking to each other. As a recruiter, you could imagine that I’ve been into thousands and thousands of businesses and most people are dead behind the eyes in the middle of the company. They’re just coming in doing their nine to five, tapping their keyboard, doing a bit of work, finding a bit of politics and falling out with someone. It’s not all doom and gloom on the whole in my experience but there’s a lot of bloated organisations where it is like that. There’s too many people doing too many things. They’re not talking to each other, and then they’re not collaborating. We find if you visualise the work at board and leadership level, and bring the work to the people, and carbonise everything so you’ve got a flow of work going through and there’s collaboration and cross functional teaming that’s delivering value to a customer. Then you have a cross functional team delivering value to an internal customer, cross functional teaming, where the execs and the leaders are working with the staff, and you really get the whole organisation aligned to get into their intended state.
I have business coaches, and I’ve had life coaches before, so I’m probably the product of coaching. I made a decision when I was 28 to just try and be someone of growth and be an individual who has a growth mindset and I don’t know all the answers and I need help. I need to be on the hook sometimes for improvement and to sustain some of the gains that I’ve made. So why don’t we have that in companies? We’re starting to see now where we’ll put a board coach alongside the board. We have enterprise coaches, we put across the leadership teams can bang coaches and agile coaches and flow coaches working with the organisation. So it’s that kind of coaching concept that we see in the individual market coming into the business world and I’m a massive advocate of it.
It starts to bring in the concept of continuous improvement and continuous reinvention. And knowing that your last 90 days isn’t gonna be as good as your next 90 days, in terms of you as an individual or you as the business and in terms of how close you are to the customer in terms of the health of the organisation.
Paul Bailo, PhD, MBA with a clinical degree in social work is a graduate professor at Columbia University and an executive working on combining digital transformation, digital strategy and data analytics into one powerful solution.
SHARE THIS STORY
How would you describe your work?
I like to say 90% of my job is saying no in a very nice way (ha ha) so organisations really get to the point very quickly and understand new models in this digital world. Because what has worked in the past, will not necessarily work in the future. It is a completely different paradigm with organisations in the financial world. And in the insurance world and in the government, and in fintech and banking. They all need to actually start thinking differently. My world is really like a Venn diagram, where I have my academic Columbia University educational world, where I’m pushing really hard trying to build a future data scientist. And my executive world, where I’m trying to educate executives and help them with their corporations and companies to be more effective.
How would you describe a digital transformation?
I think we first have to define digital for a company. And I think digital really is that heart of why a company exists, and what really matters. And it’s really not about the company, but it’s how you perceive the client you’re working for. And how do you make that customer experience greater in a very transformational stage. Looking at that customer journey, and how you make the person’s life easier, simpler and better. Because I think when you start talking about digital and digital transformation, I think everyone has a different definition of it. Neither are they right, neither are they wrong. I think it really comes down to the customer, and how you use digital. And when I say digital, I mean digital data, innovation, transformation, pushing forward in order to help organisations make unbelievable customer experiences, which then makes a happy customer, which then allows the organisation to build a loyalty bond with that customer and then drive revenue. My fundamental belief is, feelings drive actions, actions drive productivity, productivity will drive revenue. And if you don’t have a happy customer then the whole system falls apart. How do you look at data digital transformation to make your customers’ lives a hundred times better?
The customer journey has become a massive buzzword in recent years and certainly influences many digital transformations…
Oh yeah. Andrew, you make a really good point. It’s all about the competition, but it’s all about the new people, your new customers. I mean you have millennials, and young people and they are transforming every industry on earth. They’re not putting up with things that maybe you and I would put up with. The minute they don’t like something, they’re gone. One extra click, one extra step. And also, if the companies aren’t loyal in making their lives easier for them, they’re gone. When you look at the data, millennials hate banks and insurance companies. It’s terrible. They would rather bank at Google, Yahoo or Facebook to have a greater allegiance to the tech companies than the traditional banking corporations. When you look at the data, these large monolithic companies aren’t really engaging in the digital arena with these digital natives. Their customer base is dying off rapidly. And the only way you’re really going to get them back is to really understand that customer and how you make their lives easier.
So legacy institutions need to start being less risk averse?
Yeah, definitely. You’re better off making a wrong move than no move. Right? You’re going to have to start thinking about it. I think you really have to start thinking about this idea of a digital leader. And the first idea is that a digital leader is a human being. And how do you make someone’s life easier and better? But now I think you have to make sure these organisations have a culture that’s really supporting this idea of digital transformation throughout the enterprise. Sometimes you may have the will and you want to have the skill. So if you have the will you could always buy the skill or get the skill, to understand the version of a digital leader and what is it going to take to mastermind this cultural transformation. Or you have the skill, and don’t have the will. And that’s what I see a lot of, where people just don’t want to do this. Because the world is tough and most people don’t want to change. And we’re talking about a fundamental paradigm shift in the thinking of how most organisations behave. If you take banks, imagine you grew up in a bank, you spent 20 years at a bank and now you’re saying why are you even building a branch? This morning, I went to the bank four times today, I never even left my office. I don’t think this idea of a bank and branches exists today. You don’t need branches to do what you need to do. And these are fundamental paradigm shifts that have to occur in the world. And millennials, mobile technology, 5G… I mean the world is shifting drastically. And the underlying business models don’t hold true anymore. The things my parents told me to do, or not do, are exactly the opposite of what people do today. My mom would say, “Hey Paul, don’t go into a stranger’s car.” And what do we do now, we use Uber and Lyft and we go into strangers’ cars. “Don’t stay at a strangers house.” What do we do now, you have Air B&B. The models have shifted drastically.
How important is the customer journey and trust?
Make it easy for the customer, and then behave in a proper manner, and then actually build the trust and be transparent. Look, you don’t have to be all things to all customers. And if you can’t do what you want them to do, the fair answer is we don’t do that. It’s just simple, just don’t do it. If you’re looking for an electrician and you’re a plumber, don’t try to be an electrician. You’re just going to get yourself electrocuted. It doesn’t pay.
Talk to me a little about your ideal digital leader…
When you start thinking about digital transformation, it’s about having the right digital leader, and having a digital leader who’s actually human. You have to understand human behaviour and embrace that, and then make a bridge between human behaviour and the digital world, that’s the first thing. The digital leader has to be this visionary. You can’t just have these ideas of where you want an organisation to be, you want them to be able to share. And grab people in the organisation to share this vision, and this belief and get people excited about it. To actually feel and taste this vision of digital. And then you have to walk the talk. You can’t just be saying, “Here’s the vision, let’s go do this.” You have to show people, and you have to define it for the organisations. And what does it really mean for people in the organisation to be a digital organisation. American Express had this model and behaviours of what they wanted for an executive and this was transcended down to every person. This is what it looks like, this is the behaviour. This is what the digital leader has to do in order to transform and get a company ready for digital transformation. And when we talk about transformation, it’s really rooted in this idea of change.
And change is really one of the hardest things in the world do…
But the funny this about digital transformation/change, is we change every minute, every day. Change is a constant in our lives, but we sort of deflect it, and we’re afraid of it, as opposed to embracing it. Obviously within leadership you have to be a change agent and understand that this is not going to be easy, and don’t sugarcoat it. You have to be with the people, understand the people and hear them out. Make sure you have their heart, minds, and souls, and then build that plan, build that vision. Share in that. Talk the talk, walk the talk. And then really inspire people and make sure that you’re holding hands and walking forward together in the dark. The simple task of harnessing this brain power, and then winding people up and letting them go is so important. Why are you hiring really good people if you’re not going to really trust them and let them do their thing.
Leadership is so important isn’t it?
Yeah, you have to be bold and get a person who sees the company differently and who has the experience as a digital leader and understands human behaviour, innovation, technology and the customer experience. And that could lead and change the organization. You have to be a change agent. If you’ve been in the company 20 years, you’re going to think a certain way. And that’s the same way you always have. You have to radically change the way you’re thinking, and deal with the fact that this will not be easy. And be clear in terms of what you want. The DNA of digital has to be part of everyone’s mindset in order to make this work. Digital’s in the corner right there. And then you have technology in the corner over there. And then you have marketing over there. They all have to be digital. They all have to be under one roof and playing the same game. And having the right objectives is integral and identifying what those objectives are. Is it the enhancement of the customer experience? Is it digital transformation business processes? Is it the simplification of a service management system? Is it the optimisation of infrastructure? Is it the insights and the analytics that will drive competitive advantage? You really have to focus in on what you’re trying to do. You can’t just paint with a broad brush; you have to have these identifiable objectives attached to your long-term vision in order to transform these organisations. The elephant in the room here, is of course, the technology… You really want to make sure you have the right technology in order to enable this transformation. And what I’ve see a lot of times, is that people are selecting the wrong technology stack. I think a lot of it has to do with the fear of change and the fear of failing. Failure is critical piece that you have to embrace. Because you will fail, you’re going to have problems, this stuff’s not easy. The quicker you can embrace this, the quicker you can get over it, and move the organisation forward.
Interface Magazine talks to Vladimir Arshinov, IT Director at steel producer SIJ Group regarding the company’s massive digital transformation
SHARE THIS STORY
Going into 2017, SIJ Group (Slovenian Steel Group) – Slovenia’s biggest steel producer and one of the largest manufacturers of stainless and special steels in Europe had typical IT structure with semi-independent IT departments on each plant. And like many modern enterprises, SIJ was at work drafting a strategy to transform its operations, systems and processes into a more unified structure in a bid to improve productivity, safety and the all-important bottom line.
Vladimir Arshinov is SIJ’s IT
Director and his initial focus in 2017 was trained on the digital
transformation of SIJ’s IT department to a more transparent organization with a
clear workflow. Previously, IT was a department of innovation with each individual
plant having its own independent function, none of which connected with each
other, often across varying geographies. “This meant that lots of efforts were wasted
solving the same issues with different solutions,” Arshinov reveals.
At the end of 2017, SIJ
established a Project Management Office. PMBOK was selected as a master
methodology and the Head of PMO received PMP certification and developed
internal regulation documents, rules and methodology. After finalizing the
initial establishment phase, hiring project managers and the organization of
the operational work, SIJ came to the conclusion that to raise the scope and
complexity of the projects program, they needed a tool. The MS Project
Management Server was duly selected and implemented allowing SIJ to simplify
observation of the progress of projects and control, while ultimately reducing
duration. Project team meetings were almost eliminated, and the distribution,
control and execution of project tasks, were assigned to the project team
members who managed and controlled projects including budget consumption. Each
project member would then be measured for effectiveness.
Turning the IT department
into a leaner function was a massive first step for SIJ as it needed a firm
foundation upon which all future innovation could sit. And so, the next step in
SIJ’s internal IT transformation was aimed at the most sensitive and critical
area: software development. As with many metallurgical companies SIJ had a bulk
of different IT systems, which were supplied or developed in the past and had
to be either permanently supported, or, due to the business requirements,
changed. One concern with the legacy system was the reliance on locally based
productive software developer engineers developing new solutions and then,
after, supporting them, resulting in a massive drop in development speed, as
development and the subsequent support increased. This situation was causing
overloading, burnout and frustration, triggering a desire to change something;
sometimes resulting in employer change. However, SIJ IT considers people as its
major asset and were determined to break the vicious circle of “one system
– one person – forever”.
“What we did from an organizational point of view was to unify all geographically distributed developers from 4 different companies into the several virtual groups in each department,” Arshinov explains. “Each group has a Team Leader role, who assigns tasks to the group members and controls the execution of each individual task.”
Development
at SIJ is now organised according to an agile approach using scrum boards and
Microsoft Project Server to control all the time sheets of the people involved
in the projects, plus their schedules and budgets. SIJ uses
Microsoft Azure DevOps Server for unified storage of inter-company source code
and Change Request Scrum board monitoring and control. Process and technical
solutions now allow SIJ to involve external software development partners into
the development process while controlling their activities, deliverables and
costs. Developers can now use the Azure DevOps Server
with the scrum board and are now able to register change requests in their
system by themselves, where they see the progress of all individual change
requests coming through the process with the integration of the IT Director
informing the exchange and updating the status of the task development.
In October 2019 SIJ revamped
and migrated its Corporate Business Intelligence system to a new MicroStategy
platform. The project took six months and provided SIJ with an extensive
corporate Business Intelligence system with more than 180 different dashboards
covering production, finance, sales, procurement, HR, Legal and investment
functional areas. The overwhelming majority of the data now uploads
automatically and the business intelligence tool has
created a unified reporting system across the group utilizing the same source
of data in order to integrate it. “There was huge involvement of the business
customers with Oracle BI and this year, we moved to this new platform,”
Arshinov explains. “The front end of the system was changed (from Oracle BI) to
MicroStrategy for usability and a unified interface. Now, SIJ has a system that
looks the same no matter the device it’s accessed from. This project allows us
to organize and develop the team that tests the trial usage and develops the
processes of the PMO (Project Management Office) inside the IT function.”
The BI System contains the
entire spectrum of corporate data and allows SIJ to move quickly and
transparently when taking a management decision, while reducing the number of
mistakes, misunderstandings and time-consuming meetings.
The next system to be unified across the group was the Salesforce CRM system, which is now fully integrated. Then, an Oracle supplier portal followed, which opened the possibility of organizing tenders, thus massively simplifying the purchasing process. Oracle Innovation Management is another successful implementation, which, although a relatively small project, has had a big influence on the business transformation and innovation through increased flexibility. “It is also used to motivate people to suggest improvements and new innovative ideas,” he says.
So,
what have been the major successes, according to Arshinov, following the
ongoing digital transformation at SIJ? “The main difference between now and
then was that each individual company was living alone, and I see now that the
IT function in this case is unifying the people and allowing them to speak in a
single language. It doesn’t matter if it’s a steel center or a big plant,” he
explains. Costs have been dramatically reduced too, outsourcing being a prime
example. In 2016, SIJ was spending more than 70%
annual budget for operational external services.
For 2020, that part of budget reduced to 40%. Meanwhile, the capital investments part of the
budget has grown from 4% in 2016 to 56% in 2020.
The
implementation of a Supply Chain Planning system (from Quintiq) incorporating
the Oracle Business Suite, has improved the delivery, safety and performance of
SIJ’s plants. “We improved Delivery Performance OTIFF (on time and in full) of
a stainless steel plant by 12.8% in six months,” he enthuses. “And we shortened
the production cycle by 15,4% from ordering to shipping, which is a brilliant
result within six months of going live.”
In
SIJ Matal Ravne has replaced the melt shop technology system and entire plant
manufacturing execution system to replace the obsolete legacy system – which
had zero planning functionality – with PSI Metals. “First of all, we’re increasing the level of understanding
and the knowledge of the internal IT team, while dramatically decreasing
project cost by involving internal specialists into the supplier team. That
allows us to save several hundred thousand Euros of project budget and it’s a
win-win situation for the supplier as well. First of all, the supplier is
receiving our team, which knows the production and the limitations and has
extensive inside knowledge. At the end of the day, the commercial value, in
this case, is the cheaper price. Cheaper than anybody else is able to receive.”
Another
and no less important project for Sij Metal Ravne is the joint development work
with Comtrade Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS). Laboratories in
metallurgy companies are complicated and highly demanding environments with
unique processes required for quality control of all products and this solution
covers and improves core laboratory processes and will be highly integrated
with the PSI manufacturing execution system from one side and Oracle ERP on the
other.
Through this massive digital transformation, SIJ has also managed to increase quality control through sophisticated AI, which has massively impacted its operations. The acquisition of scrap metal, a major influence on SIJ’s bottom line, can now be influenced through advanced detection systems that can detect impurities, thus representing huge savings when it comes to procurement. “The conservative saving is €1.4m,” he says.
The
digital transformation at SIJ is touching every aspect of the company’s growth and
is certainly an ongoing journey rather than a destination. “We are not an IT
company, that’s understood,” Arshinov says. “But we are supporting services
inside the business, and of course our main concern will always be supporting
the production of steel. But we’re not there yet.”
Leveraging Radius Networks location technology for curbside pickup, in-store order delivery, and payments.
SHARE THIS STORY
Technology has and always will be used to solve problems. At the very basic level, technology is developed and used to make things simpler. Just look at our day to day lives and the way that technology has, for the most part, made our experiences simpler and this has changed the way we as consumers engage with retailers and restaurateurs. We now expect and outright demand that the businesses we enter and purchase food and items from offer the same level of seamlessness that we experience in our own homes. The interesting thing however, is that this isn’t necessarily a new challenge for restaurants and retail stores; these businesses have been looking to enable the most seamless and effective customer service since the very beginning. The only real thing that’s changed is the tools that they have at their disposal.
“At the end of the day, I think this goes for business philosophy in general, you really need to understand the problems that your customers have, and then solve them,” explains Marc Wallace, CEO and Cofounder of Radius Networks, a location technology service provider. “In our case, customers are businesses, such as restaurants, grocery stores, retailers or casinos; so we are targeting very specific problems. In most cases, those problems are taking wasted time out of the equation.”
Picture the traditional, and maybe even stereotypical, restaurant environment, where a food order is ready to go to the table and the service staff has to locate and identify the corresponding table to that order. In some instances, more than most, they may even walk throughout the entire restaurant before arriving at the right table with the right customer. Through wireless-enabled location technology, Radius Networks has transformed the customer experience by allowing businesses to track customers, improve profit margins and ultimately increase customer retention.
Customers have, and will always, vote with their feet, and in order to retain those customers, businesses need to be able to remove the pain points. As Wallace noted, wasted time is one of the single biggest pain points in customer service. Radius Networks offers location-based curbside pickup, in-store and table service solutions, as well as mobile payment technology to remove not only the one pain point, but multiple pain points. “We’re addressing other key problems, such as payments. When you dine-in at a restaurant and are in a hurry to leave, trying to get your server’s attention to pay for your bill can be frustrating for the customer. It leaves a bad taste in their mouth at the end of their dining experience,” says Wallace.
“We’ve developed solutions for making payments remotely without contacting the server. The server is notified when the bill is paid, and they can focus their attention on real problems that other customers have instead of shuttling credit cards back and forth.”
At the time of writing, the world has been gripped by the COVID-19 pandemic, a truly unprecedented event that has completely devastated lives and economies all over the world. It has also completely ripped up the rulebook when it comes to food and retail, with lockdown restrictions forcing businesses to either close down entirely, or pivot to delivery services. Radius Networks’ FlyBuy curbside pickup solution was actually launched over 12 months ago, but it has fast become a key technology offering that is solving an unforeseen problem. By automating the curbside delivery service for customers, FlyBuy provides a turnkey, end-to-end solution that uses the customer’s location for a faster, easier order pickup experience. “There was already a pre-existing return on investment (ROI) with FlyBuy because we were reducing the wait times for customers when ordering for pickup, which results in more frequent visits” says Wallace. “Throughout this pandemic, curbside delivery has become the only channel that people can do, so the importance of it has risen dramatically. It was once within a business’s top ten things it needed to consider, and has now risen to the very top of their to-do list.”
Radius Networks is currently offering a free version of both its FlyBuy curbside and buy-online-pick-up-in-store (BOPIS) software for restaurants, retailers, and non-profits during the COVID-19 crisis.
By its very definition, location tracking technology appears to be very intrusive. It is tracking locations and using that data to inform decision making, after all, and naturally that can cause a little fear and a hesitation. Wallace acknowledges these concerns and understands them wholeheartedly. “We had a decision to make early on in the company whether we were going to harvest data and use it for marketing purposes or whether we were going to be a privacy-centric company and focus on providing a solution,” he says. “We chose to be a privacy-centric company, mostly because all of us as individuals wanted that for ourselves.”
“When it comes to us as a location company, are very transparent with our customers and our businesses, so that they can be transparent with their consumer customers about what we’re doing with their location data, what we’re using it for, and how long we’re keeping it.”
This transparency is built into the very DNA of the company. FlyBuy will only ever use the location data to alert restaurant/retail staff that a customer is on the way and onsite to pick up their order, and only after the customer has opted-in to sharing that information. After a period of time has passed, they will then delete that data entirely. Its policy dictates that it does not, and will never, share that data with any third party, giving customers peace of mind that their data is safe and used only as agreed when they opt-in. Wallace believes that, while the reluctance and fear is understandable, consumers have access to services’ policies and can ‘do some homework’ in order to allay them. “I think, given the amount of options we are given today, customers can no longer just assume every location company is tracking or doing something devious with their information. They need to be aware when they approve location usage and when they don’t,” he says. “If they can be sure that sharing their location brings value to them, whether it be to have a car service come to their exact location, or their groceries meet them at their car immediately upon arriving in the pickup zone, they will happily share their location. Once they have established a level of trust in the people that are requesting location permissions, and see the benefits it brings to their lives, there is no problem.”
Radius Networks was founded in 2011, and for the best part of a decade, it has grown from strength to strength as a business, working with the likes of McDonald’s, Five Guys, and Coca-Cola, as well as being recognized in the INC 500, the Deloitte Fast 500, and the CIO Magazine’s Most Promising Digital Experience Solution Provider. But none of these successes would have been made possible, without a solid and sound foundation within the business. “I’ve been told by people ‘wow you guys got really lucky.’ Luck had absolutely nothing to do with it. Our mission is to solve problems for businesses, and right now businesses need our help more than ever. There were a lot of really difficult times over the years where we worked hard and earned the right to stay in the game, and we are once-again earning it right now,” says Wallace.
“Take FlyBuy as an example. I’ve been asked as to whether I thought this piece of technology that we developed over the last few years would ever be as important as it is right now. Yes. Yes I did, and so did everyone else on our team, and that’s key to our success as a company. Every single person at Radius Networks is engaged and believes in what we do.”
In these times of crisis, the spotlight has shifted significantly onto those business fundamentals and Wallace is extremely proud of the business he has built and the people within it. “The business principles that we’ve been practicing over the last few years have paid off. We are a strong company with sound fundamentals and sound financials. We haven’t over extended ourselves, either from an investment perspective or from an expenses perspective and that’s paying off for us now,” he says.
“It is tough in the current environment to point to positives, because you almost feel ashamed to do so. I think we’ve done a lot as a company to help others; we’ve given our product away for free to hundreds of small businesses, thousands of locations, with no obligation, and it’s a testament to the work we have done to get to this point. A lot of companies are doing a lot of good work to help each other right now and they can do so because they are built on solid foundations.”
Those foundations start from the very top. Wallace is a key advocate in communication. Much like Radius Networks communicates in an open and transparent way with its customers, the same rules apply from within. He admits that the pandemic has, ironically, made that communication better in some aspects, but it has always been a key part of what makes Radius Networks tick. “We’re talking to our customers all the time. My team is the best team in the world. They’re working in overdrive right now, communicating at such a high level, and listening to customer needs, because their needs have changed dramatically,” he says.
“As the CEO, I try to have frequent hands-on-deck tag-ups with everybody to give them an update and try to be as transparent as possible about the status of the business and what’s happening. I do this so they can feel comfortable that they have a job today, and they’ll have a job tomorrow. We work together to come up with our team goals, and stay aligned and upfront about everything that may come up along the way.”
Listening to the customer is key. That much is no secret. But when it comes to technology, listening to customers is absolutely essential when ensuring that what you’re offering is what the customers need and what they want. Wallace’s role as the CEO is not to sit at the top of the business and leave it to everyone else. He is very much active and engaged at every level to ensure that everything Radius Networks is doing is driven by the customer. Wallace is proud of the culture within his business and often finds himself sitting on a call with a major customer and beaming at how well his team listens and understands the customer’s needs and how Radius can successfully address them. “I’m so proud that we, as a team, have a culture that takes so much pride in their work,” he says. “Our people have always been solid employees, pre pandemic, but they have become absolute rockstars today.”
The world as we know it has changed forever and we cannot begin to predict what this new world will look like post pandemic. One thing is for certain, communication, and the way in which businesses engage with their customers, will never be the same again. Radius Networks has enjoyed success after success over the past ten years, and as we all experience great uncertainty, the goal for Wallace is to continue providing valuable location technology for many years to come. The key to succeeding, regardless of such uncertainty, remains the same for Wallace and his team. “Persistence,” he says. “It’s about persisting through the bad times, just like the good times, and trusting your business fundamentals and experience. Being transparent with employees and having a good team around you is key.”
Mercedes aren’t just luxury vehicle engineers, they’re innovators. This should hardly be surprising given the fact that Karl Benz, back…
SHARE THIS STORY
Mercedes aren’t just
luxury vehicle engineers, they’re innovators. This should hardly be surprising
given the fact that Karl Benz, back in 1886, was patented with the rights to
the development of the first ever car, a three-wheel vehicle, titled
Motorwagen.
A leading car brand in
the automotive industry, the German manufacturer, Mercedes, have mastered the
art of luxury engineering. It’s unsurprising that this brand, originally from Stuttgart,
are the creators of some of the most premium models of vehicles we’ve been
graced with.
After Benz’s successes
over the years, they have certainly been on the frontline of technological
innovation which allowed them to perform better than their competitors. If
you’ve had your Mercedes A Class for example in for a service, you’re probably
aware of the main features these beasts have to offer. However, in this
article, we take a look at ways the German manufacturer has kept a distance
between themselves in and other automotive companies in the industry,
maintaining the title of tech leaders.
Popularly known as the
G-Class, the Gelandewagen is a SUV like never before. Initially built as a
military vehicle back in the late 70s, it has become synonymous with the
affluent members of society throughout the world. Sharp edges and a bold frame
sit outside the natural smooth ergonomic design of Mercedes-Benz. However,
there is no denying that this is a fan favourite —the six-wheel model even
became popular with the Pope. Meanwhile, the 300 SL model, recognisable from a
movie series featuring a certain Mr Bond, was the car that helped bring Benz
back after the Second World War.
Without a doubt the
most iconic vehicle in the Mercedes lock up, despite astounding capabilities on
the race track and an exterior design which makes it look like it belongs on
the winding roads of the French Riviera accompanying a Stella Artois advert, it
wasn’t that that made the car so memorable. Gullwing doors, opening up as
opposed to out, were a first — but, despite what one may think, this wasn’t a
style choice. In fact, the shape of the car’s chassis prevented conventional
doors being included.
When Imagination Becomes Real Life
The F200 model was
initially introduced as a concept prototype with a wide range of technological
augmentations. Helping form the basis of the design used in the S-Class and the
CL-Class, the F200 imagination, interestingly, didn’t include side mirrors or
your standard rear-view. Instead of these features that aid visibility, the
F200 included four cameras mounted in the corners of the roof, and one
additional camera fixed to the rear bumper.
Output from the
cameras was fed to a digital screen where the mirror would typically be
located. Despite the fact cars in 2019 are still using mirrors, quite
remarkably, the F200 started a revolution that would see parking cameras
included in the vast majority of vehicles. Meanwhile, ambience was high up on
the list of priorities of the F200, with an industry first lector-transparent
glass roof, which, with the touch of a button, would morph from see-through to
opaque.
Anti-lock Brakes
The concept of the
anti-lock brakes was originally created by Gabriel Voisin in 1929, which
prevents wheels from locking. However, it wasn’t until the 1970s when a joint
venture between Bosch and Mercedes saw the system introduced into production
vehicles. Now, ABS, which helps the driver maintain control of the vehicle, is
a standard feature on every vehicle following the introduction by Mercedes. The
safety in vehicles was rapidly enhanced as a result.
Creation of the Airbag
It’s hard to believe
that airbags weren’t always a necessary feature of cars. Back in 1981, after
more than a decade of development and testing, undoubtedly the world’s most
crucial safety feature was finally introduced. Becoming a common feature in all
Mercedes vehicles as of 1992, two years before the passenger side airbag was
introduced, there is no denying that the airbag has transformed automotive
health and safety.
Implementation of Touch-Sensitive
Controls
A concept which has
completely revolutionised motoring is ease of use,
Ease of use is an
increasingly important aspect of motoring, for example consider cruise control
and how this has drastically enhanced the everyday driving experience. Back in
2017, Mercedes unveiled the tech features available on their next generation
E-Class, one of which being an innovative system which lets the driver control
the infotainment system from the steering-wheel using finger swipes. Not only
is the system effortless and considerably safer than the alternatives, it was
also an industry first when Mercedes rolled it out.
It is undeniable that
Mercedes are an industry leader in the automotive industry. From innovation in
safety to amusement, Mercedes have truly thought of it all. One step ahead of
their competitors, we can’t wait to see what other advancements they have under
their sleeve.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we are witnessing an unprecedented increase in home working, which requires remote access for tools and communications to conduct our daily jobs. This disruption is putting IT infrastructures at risk, while validating much of the industry’s investment in business continuity, resilience, scalability, accessibility, data protection and security.
SHARE THIS STORY
With a global at-home workforce now entirely in place, what can IT professionals and CIOs do to ensure their private and public clouds can keep up and remain safe? And what steps and tests should they take to support a protracted change in the way we work? According to a recent Gartner survey, more than 74 percent of CFOs and business finance leaders expect at least five percent of their workforce will never return to their usual office workspace — becoming permanent work-from-home employees after the pandemic ends.
Even in the face of a global pandemic, we continue to promote a culture that requires easy and instant access to our tools, information and each other over cloud collaboration tools like Slack, Google Drive, Office 365, Microsoft Teams, as well as in-house applications.
This demand on IT requires private, public and hybrid clouds to have the agility, scalability and security to support entire workforces no matter where they are. IT leaders who have planned for this worst-case scenario are ready to scale at a moment’s notice. Likewise, they’ve already considered the impact on licensing, vulnerability and added traffic from employees working at home over personal devices and unsecured networks.
IT professionals who support an at-home workforce need to understand the difference between employees “running” applications and “accessing” applications. When technology is set up and configured correctly, it should be easy to access. That’s the whole idea of SaaS and cloud. The challenge is, how do you administer it? How do you run it?
Organisations that maintain private clouds onsite, which might not be accessible during stay-at-home orders, need a plan to make repairs physically — like swapping hard drives, replacing switches or cables — when their employees are home.
Likewise, whether at home or work, the end-user experience should be the same. If all apps and tools are optimal in an office environment, how do you make those adjustments ahead of time, so remote employees still have the same access and capabilities as if they’re working in the office? And how do you maintain your security and IT compliance obligations?
Where and how to start?
The easiest advice might be to avoid trying to boil the ocean all at once. If your applications and data aren’t on the cloud already, it’s possible to mobilise secure VPNs and encrypt applications for mobile devices. If you’re on the cloud already, you’re several steps ahead of others. But you still need to work with your cloud service provider to review your workloads, applications, and data requirements.
At the same time you’re focusing on accessibility, remember to address your vulnerabilities. Right now, cybercriminals are stepping up their attacks to take advantage of remote employees. Phishing attacks are at an all-time high on small and large businesses, as well as public resources like hospitals and healthcare providers.
Now’s the time to reinforce your organisation’s IT security and compliance guidelines, many of which include the relevance of when employees travel or occasionally work from home. This includes a refresher on password policies and how to identify and report phishing attempts. Help employees with securing their home networks, and all the other policies and guidelines they would typically follow at work to protect your company and customer data. This might also be an excellent time to train employees on document and data retention best practices.
COVID-19 will create additional security threats as attackers attempt to take advantage of employees spending more time online while at home and working in unfamiliar circumstances. Some of the biggest threats associated with the pandemic include phishing emails, spear phishing attachments, cybercriminals masquerading fake VPNs, remote meeting software and mobile apps.
Above all, you must have the same level of resilience and redundancy plans in place for home working as you do for onsite, even if you are 100 percent in the cloud. It is important to recognise that the same problems that happen on a day-to-day basis when you’re in the office can also occur when the office is vacant.
Prepare for the new normal
Going forward, all businesses should plan for an eventuality like COVID-19 happening again. This means understanding data security, business continuity, resilience, scalability, accessibility and so much more. For example, you may not need extra capacity and compute power now; but you need to know that within minutes you can get to that number. And, as I mentioned earlier, a lot of organisations have internal-only networks to manage power supply, fans, cooling and switches. What if you can’t get into the building?
Futureproof and understand the boundaries between personal and company devices and assets. Understand what you need to put into place to protect your business and your employees.
And finally, companies that are leveraging cloud services need to communicate frequently with their providers to address future needs and concerns. Make sure you know what they can do ahead of time to keep your remote workforce operating. Hopefully, these circumstances will be short-term, and life will return to some normality soon, but my advice is to always plan for every eventuality and what may now be the new normal.
Leading U.K. retailer selects Blue Yonder’s end-to-end Luminate platform to power its supply chain strategy
SHARE THIS STORY
Blue Yonder Tech, today announced that Sainsbury’s, one of the United Kingdom’s leading multi brand, multi-channel retailers across food, clothing, general merchandise and financial services, has selected its end-to-end supply chain platform as the foundation of its supply chain transformation.
Sainsbury’s will deploy Blue Yonder to power its end-to-end supply chain strategy, on a single artificial intelligence (AI)-powered platform. To support the business’s future supply chain program, Sainsbury’s will benefit from extending its current Blue Yonder solutions footprint, with powerful new capabilities. These current and new capabilities will now span AI-powered demand forecasting and replenishment, digital control tower, space management, macro space planning, range management, warehouse management, labor management and yard management.
Sainsbury’s is a leading multi brand, multi-channel retailer based in the U.K., operating more than 2,000 stores across its Sainsbury’s, Argos and Habitat brands. Sainsbury’s also operates a number of wholesale partnerships globally.
By partnering with the in-house engineering expertise of Sainsbury’s Tech, together the two businesses will create an autonomous self-learning supply chain platform with advanced machine learning capabilities. This step forward will enable Sainsbury’s colleagues to spend more time on the store floor and serving customers. Sainsbury’s chose Blue Yonder for its leading machine learning (ML) capabilities and SaaS-based solutions that uniquely power an end-to-end supply chain experience.
“We relentlessly seek to improve the way we serve the needs of our customers. Having a predictive, autonomous and adaptive supply chain powered by world class technology products and Sainsbury’s Tech engineering means we can show up for our customers whenever and however they shop with us,” said John Elliott, chief technology officer – Retail at Sainsbury’s. “Blue Yonder provided a strong balance of advanced capabilities, ML experience and a culture and value set closely aligned to our own, including a commitment to sustainability.”
By implementing Blue Yonder’s solutions, Sainsbury’s will further enhance its ability to monitor and respond to ever-changing customer needs, predicting and preventing potential supply chain disruptions. Blue Yonder’s Luminate platform includes ML-based forecasting and ordering solutions that help stores better manage fresh and perishable products. It also includes Blue Yonder’s crisis control center – Luminate Control Tower – which provides complete supply chain visibility, orchestration, and collaboration across the end-to-end supply chain and prescribing more automated, profitable business decisions.
“We are thrilled to expand upon our long-standing partnership with Sainsbury’s by offering iconic, game-changing, and customer-centric solutions that meet consumers’ daily and ever-changing needs, particularly in the critical environment in which we are all living today,” said Mark Morgan, executive vice president and chief revenue officer, Blue Yonder. “We know how important Sainsbury’s supply chain is to the company’s rich history of success and the loyalty of its customers. Our innovative AI and ML capabilities have a proven track record of real results, and our end-to-end platform is unmatched in the market. Our goal is to make AI and ML become key enablers of Sainsbury’s future digital transformation as the company expands its remarkable, trusted, multi brand, multi channel business.”
Carlo D’Alanno, Executive Creative Director at Rufus Leonard explores how the integration of your brand and your people with your technology is the secret to delivering meaningful and game-changing disruption.
SHARE THIS STORY
What makes a truly transformational
and disruptive idea? The answer is two-fold. Firstly, these ideas understand
and respond to new behaviours while leveraging new or underutilised technology.
And secondly, they often come from ambitious organisations who understand how
to integrate the right people and skills to stretch a vision and deliver on a
single, motivating purpose or mission.
In short, game-changing ideas create
real-world impact for people and businesses. And this happens when creativity
and technology come together. After all, companies that harness technology to
deliver their promise grow 4X faster than their competitors.
Carlo D’Alanno, Executive Creative
Director at Rufus
Leonard explores how the integration of your
brand and your people with your technology is the secret to delivering
meaningful and game-changing disruption.
Your brand is your difference
Brands that
dominate have a credible offering delivered in a way that others can’t (or don’t
think of first). Think Nike+ turning a footwear brand into a premium fitness
provider. Zipcar proving the sharing economy can work with real stuff. Or
Kickstarter connecting bedroom entrepreneurs with investment. Find your
distinct position and build around a mission that your people can buy into and
your customer experience can deliver on.
It’s about
identifying and investing in hero moments along the journey – specifically
where your brand could credibly provide a unique experience – which will create
a memorable experience for your customers. Let’s take a look at a few examples.
Threads – customer journey mapping and digital ecosystem design at its best
The idea: Personal, luxury fashion shopping through Instagram and
WhatsApp/WeChat.
The stretch: For a sector that’s build around appearances, Threads have
understood that so many customers now engage with brands via social and avoid
retail spaces when in ‘research mode’. They have taken a seemingly vital
channel out of the mix.
The transformation: Pioneers in chat-commerce, they’ve built a platform where
someone sees an item on social, starts a chat with an adviser and completes the
purchase in the app. This means integration into social platforms, and
retailer/manufacturer inventories, as well as secure payment technologies.
The impact: With an average transaction value of $2.5k per-spend, and a
recent funding round of $20m, they have become a significant partner in the
fashion retail mix.
Squarespace – democratising a previously closed world
The idea: A website-building tool for anyone with a computer and an idea.
The stretch: They democratised the previously closed world of website
creation, giving the tools to the people with the business idea, but not the
design and code skills.
The transformation: Building code into templates transformed the way sites can be
built without the need for training or expertise. Complete with a user
interface that champions their own principles of simplicity, and accessibility.
It’s a rare thing – a beautiful piece of software.
The impact: 2m+ subscribers, valued at $1.7bn, hosting circa 350k websites
with 22% market share (self-editing and publishing plus hosting). These big
numbers speak to their success in growing a previously untapped niche: entrepreneurs
and small-scale start-ups looking for a cost-effective and beautiful route to
market.
R2 Data Labs – from manufacturing to a data analytics powerhouse
The idea: A data innovation catalyst inside Rolls Royce.
The stretch: Improving the way customers operate by delivering untapped value
and insight from aggregating a myriad of data sources.
The transformation: Utilising new technology in Machine Learning and AI, they’ve
moved the company from a product-based to a service-based model. Working in
partnership with other Rolls Royce business units using manufacturing and
design to build a virtual environment for experimentation that will give
customers unparalleled insight and the ability to understand their data in new
visual ways.
The impact: These data analytical capabilities improve efficiency,
productivity and risk management. New data insight is impacting the ways Roll
Royce design and manufacture their products and has opened up new revenue
stream in aftersales care. R2 Data Labs is building data innovation
communities through skill sharing, accelerator programmes and partnerships.
Creating a culture of shared creative leadership
To embed game-changing thinking into
your organisation, it’s important to nurture the integration of passion and
profession, encouraging your people to be the driving force behind shaping your
business. So ask yourself and your employees these questions:
Passion: how might we help people find the ‘one thing’
that motivates their work?
Purpose: how might we identify the common goal that
brings individual passions together?
Flow: how might we create a way of working and
environment that lets a team get immersed and motivated and, be supportive
and honest?
Risk Taking: how might we make it possible,
and acceptable, to stretch our clients outside of their comfort zone?
Your key takeout
How you
answer these questions will be unique to your business, culture and sector. The
common thread that all successfully, strategic and creative brands share is a
willingness to integrate and delegate. To bring together people with diverse
talents, passions, backgrounds and skillsets and to support them to solve the
company’s biggest problems for themselves.
As UK businesses look towards the cloud to enable digital innovation, more than half (58%) say the move has been…
SHARE THIS STORY
As UK
businesses look towards the cloud to enable digital innovation, more than half
(58%) say the move has been more costly than envisaged, according to new
research from Capita’s Technology Solutions division.
However, the
research reveals that cloud migration (72%) remains the top transformational
priority for most organisations, ahead of process automation (45%), big data
analytics (40%), and artificial intelligence/machine learning (31%). This is a
further indication that organisations see cloud as a core component to
effectively enabling these next-generation technologies.
The ‘From Cloud Migration
to Digital Innovation’ report, which surveyed 200 UK IT decision
makers, cites reduced cost (61%), improved speed of delivery (57%), and
increased IT security (52%) as the main reasons for organisations to move to
the cloud. However, 90% of respondents admitted that cloud migration had been
delayed in their organisation due to one or more unforeseen factors. Issues
such as cost (39%), workload and application re-architecting (38%), security
concerns (37%), and skills shortages (35%) all point to a process that is more
complicated than expected.
“Cloud adoption is a critical foundational step towards opening up real
transformative opportunities offered by cloud-native technologies and emerging
digital platforms and services. While some forward-thinking organisations are able to keep their eye on
the goal, the complexity of the migration and application modernisation process
tends to introduce delays and cost-implications that slow down progress,” said
Wasif Afghan, head of Cloud and Platform at Capita’s Technology Solutions
division.
A more
complex and costly migration than expected
On average,
those businesses asked had migrated 45% of their workloads and applications to
the cloud. However, this did correlate to organisation size as organisations
with more than 5,000 employees have further to go, with less than a third (31%)
of workloads and applications migrated. This could be the result of having
larger, more complicated systems.
Nearly half
(43%) of respondents found security to be one of the greatest challenges they
had faced during their migration. A lack of internal skills (34%), gaining
budget approval (32%), and progressing legacy migration solutions (32%) were
other significant challenges organisations had faced.
In fact, half
of respondents found their organisation had to ‘rearchitect’ more workloads and
optimise them for the cloud than they had expected. Further, only just over a
quarter (27%) found that labour/logistical costs have decreased – a key driver
for moving to the cloud in the first place.
“Every migration journey
is unique in both its destination and starting point. While some organisations
are either ‘born in the cloud’ or can gather the resources to transform in a
relatively short space of time, the majority will have a much slower, more
complex path. Many larger organisations that have been established for a long
time will have heritage IT systems and traditional processes that can’t simply
be lifted and shifted to the cloud straight away due to commercial or technical
reasons, meaning a hybrid IT approach is often required. Many organisations
haven’t yet fully explored how they can make hybrid work for them, combining
the benefits of newer cloud services whilst operating and optimising their
heritage IT estate,” said Afghan.
A platform
for innovation
Despite some of
the challenges outlined in the report, the majority (86%) of respondents agree
that the benefits of cloud are compelling enough to outweigh its downsides. For
more than three-quarters (76%) of organisations, moving to the cloud has driven
an improvement in IT service levels, while two-thirds (67%) report that cloud
has proven more secure than on-premise.
Overall,
three-quarters of organisations claimed to be satisfied with their cloud
migrations. However, only 16% were ‘extremely satisfied’ – indicating
that most organisations have not yet seen the full benefits or transformative
potential of their cloud investments. In addition, 42% of respondents currently
believe that cloud had ‘overpromised and underdelivered’.
“It’s no longer enough to think
of cloud as simply a way to benefit from initial cost savings or just another
place to store applications and data. Today, the move to cloud is driving a
spirit of innovation right across the enterprise, paving the way for advanced
digital services to be rolled out in a highly accessible, faster and more
cost-effective way – whether that’s AI, RPA, complex data analytics or machine
learning. Only through the alignment of IT and lines of business leadership –
in terms of goals, vision, direction and mindset – can organisations fully unleash the potential of cloud to
address their key business objectives, whether that is improving business
agility, delivering an enhanced customer experience or enhancing business
efficiencies.” said Afghan.
CEO & Founder of INSTANDA, Tim Hardcastle, discusses how businesses leveraging technology are speeding up processes, increasing flexibility, reducing costs,…
SHARE THIS STORY
CEO &
Founder of INSTANDA, Tim Hardcastle, discusses how businesses leveraging
technology are speeding up processes, increasing flexibility, reducing costs,
freeing up resources and driving profits.
February 2020 brings with it the first leap
day in four years, gifting us with a whole extra day of precious time. With
this theme in mind, I asked myself: what could be achieved within the insurance
industry if only we had more time?
The greatest challenge facing insurers and
their time is inflexible technology solutions and legacy platform constraints.
Whether it is by limiting the ability of insurers to improve existing
processes, or to develop new ones, the legacy systems still used by the
industry today waste time, create congestion and frustration, and
simultaneously, stall improvement and progress.
But technology offers a solution. As we’ll
explore, we see insurers increasingly challenging the constrains of time and,
through the use of technology, they are beginning to set the path of a more
streamlined, reliable and efficient way of doing business. In this article we
show the businesses doing just that and outline the impact it’s having:
speeding up processes, increasing flexibility, reducing costs, freeing up
resources and driving profits.
Bringing products to market in record speed:
Hiscox
The ability of digital platforms to
drastically reduce time to market is not a new concept. But what speeds are we
talking? Hiscox are leading the way when it comes to distribution and
responding to market need. Hiscox’s car product in Germany for example was
built in just 10 weeks and the second product, with more channels, was built in
just 6 weeks.
Through the use of INSTANDA’s no-code
technology, Hiscox has been able to create their own ‘agile product factory’.
This means Hiscox have a team of in-house and partner configurators who are
adding more books, building new products and making changes whenever the
business requires it.
Increasing flexibility and driving
innovation: Imperium
Imperium aims to empower its customers by
making specialist products easy to purchase. This requires them to get highly
tailored products out to brokers, proactively anticipate customers’ needs and
respond to market changes – quickly.
But thanks to traditional systems, it often
takes months to make adjustments to existing products, let alone build a new
one. Implementing a digital pathway by working with INSTANDA allowed Imperium’s
trained super-users to transform to product-build mode.
In the days following a new product launch,
Imperium can now react immediately to broker feedback and make changes to their
questions and rates within the hour. And for the management team, it has
dramatically reduced the time spent with systems providers. Imperium can now
spend time developing the business and fine-tuning their offerings.
Saving customers time: Aviva
It’s not only the product teams and insurers
that benefit either, but the end consumers too. Aviva’s recent deployment of
INSTANDA’s no-code platform to introduce innovative life and health cover
offers a useful case in point. Aviva found that medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
were citing product cost and lack of staff and resources as the two biggest
barriers to managing insurance.
Using INSTANDA Aviva can deliver a solution
that offers a flexible, highly tailored, yet simplified protection insurance
for small businesses.
Driving efficiency: Top 5 global insurer
When it comes to speciality lines, time is
complex. Combined with the limits imposed by legacy IT processes, they are
additionally challenging given their complexity and diversity. As a result,
many are manually run and slow as a result.
In this insurer’s case, despite a number of
efficiency efforts their operational model was only able to assess and quote on
12-15% of the 10,000+ submissions received without increasing headcount.
However, in just eleven weeks, the team
worked with INSTANDA and Deloitte to digitise the process, enabling the
business to significantly increase the size of their book without increasing
headcount.
Speeding up the process increased the
potential for efficiency and growth by reducing costs, improving customer
(broker) experience and thereby providing an opportunity to maximise profits.
Leaping ahead: A lesson in bettering
insurance industry
The ability to free up time and resource is
integral to insurers looking to revitalise and grow their business – and the
only way that the insurance industry as a whole will be able to leap forward.
As the above examples demonstrate, we’re
helping companies make the most of their time and create more of it as a
result. Through technology, insurers are enabled to quickly build the products
they know customers want whilst development teams are freed up, so profits can
be maximised. Moreover, customers are increasingly empowered through
easy-to-purchase, personalised insurance products delivered in never before
seen timescales.
With technology, the insurance industry can
leap forward on its own, without an extra calendar day.
Airport chaos, banking glitches, cancelled surgeries, data loss; the potential consequences of IT faults are well known, far-reaching and the…
SHARE THIS STORY
Airport chaos, banking glitches, cancelled surgeries, data loss; the potential consequences of IT faults are well known, far-reaching and the subject of frequent headlines. Still, fewer than half of the UK’s SMEs are prepared to cope adequately in the event of IT disruption. This is according to the latest research* commissioned by full-service IT consultancyILUX.
The survey, which canvassed the opinions of over 500 UK-based SMEs, revealed that just two fifths (42%) of those polled had an IT disaster recovery plan in place. This is despite the fact that a significant proportion (24%) had already experienced damage or loss due to an IT fault.
Of the proportion who have experienced damage and / or loss:
• 43% experienced the loss of important data
• 40% experienced a drop in staff productivity
• 29% suffered a loss of sales / transactions
• 24% experienced data breach / GDPR implications.
Data loss can potentially have very serious consequences for companies, especially if the loss involves personal data protected under the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)[1], as was the case for almost a quarter of respondents. Failure to comply with GDPR can lead to significant financial penalties, as the recent heavy fines issued to airline British Airways and hotel chain Marriot bear out.
James Tilbury, Founder of ILUX, comments: “Although a significant proportion of UK SMEs have experienced serious problems as a result of IT disruption, it seems that the majority are still failing to take adequate steps to prevent or mitigate faults.
“This suggests that preparing for the risk of IT disruption is still treated as more of an afterthought than an essential aspect of business planning by the majority of SMEs. I would urge caution to any firms thinking in this way. Businesses today tend to be critically reliant on technology to power their everyday processes and keep operations running smoothly, securely and efficiently. Not only that, the right technology-driven processes can also set them apart, delivering innovation, improved customer experiences, a competitive edge – and ultimately growth.”
These findings are explored in more detail in the ILUX Whitepaper “Business Worries Keeping You Up At Night?” which can be downloaded here https://www.ilux.co.uk/just-relax.
Mauro Guillén Zandman, Professor of International Management, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, USA Srikar Reddy, Managing Director and Chief…
SHARE THIS STORY
Mauro Guillén Zandman, Professor of International Management, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, USA
Srikar Reddy, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, Sonata Software Limited and Sonata Information Technology Limited
Artificial intelligence (AI) relies on big data and machine learning for myriad applications, from autonomous vehicles to algorithmic trading, and from clinical decision support systems to data mining. The availability of large amounts of data is essential to the development of AI. But the scandal over the use of personal and social data by Facebook and Cambridge Analytica has brought ethical considerations to the fore. And it’s just the beginning. As AI applications require ever greater amounts of data to help machines learn and perform tasks hitherto reserved for humans, companies are facing increasing public scrutiny, at least in some parts of the world. Tesla and Uber have scaled down their efforts to develop autonomous vehicles in the wake of widely reported accidents. How do we ensure the ethical and responsible use of AI? How do we bring more awareness about such responsibility, in the absence of a global standard on AI?
The ethical standards for assessing AI and its associated technologies are still in their infancy. Companies need to initiate internal discussion as well as external debate with their key stakeholders about how to avoid being caught up in difficult situations.
Consider the difference between deontological and teleological ethical standards. The former focuses on the intention and the means, while the latter on the ends and outcomes. For instance, in the case of autonomous vehicles, the end of an error-free transportation system that is also efficient and friendly towards the environment might be enough to justify large-scale data collection about driving under different conditions and also, experimentation based on AI applications.
By contrast, clinical interventions and especially medical trials are hard to justify on teleological grounds. Given the horrific history of medical experimentation on unsuspecting human subjects, companies and AI researchers alike would be wise to employ a deontological approach that judges the ethics of their activities on the basis of the intention and the means rather than the ends.
Another useful yardstick is the so-called golden rule of ethics, which invites you to treat others in the way you would like to be treated. The difficulty in applying this principle to the burgeoning field of AI lies in the gulf separating the billions of people whose data are being accumulated and analyzed from the billions of potential beneficiaries. The data simply aggregates in ways that make the direct application of the golden rule largely irrelevant.
Consider one last set of ethical standards: cultural relativism versus universalism. The former invites us to evaluate practices through the lens of the values and norms of a given culture, while the latter urges everyone to live up to a mutually agreed standard. This comparison helps explain, for example, the current clash between the European conception of data privacy and the American one, which is shaping the global competitive landscape for companies such as Google and Facebook, among many others. Emerging markets such as China and India have for years proposed to let cultural relativism be the guiding principle, as they feel it gives them an edge, especially by avoiding unnecessary regulations that might slow their development as technological powerhouses.
Ethical standards are likely to become as important at shaping global competition as technological standards have been since the 1980s. Given the stakes and the thirst for data that AI involves, it will likely require companies to ask very tough questions as to every detail of what they do to get ahead. In the course of the work we are doing with our global clients, we are looking at the role of ethics in implementing AI. The way industry and society addresses these issues will be crucial to the adoption of AI in the digital world.
However, for AI to deliver on its promise, it will require predictability and trust. These two are interrelated. Predictable treatment of the complex issues that AI throws up, such as accountability and permitted uses of data, will encourage investment in and use of AI. Similarly, progress with AI requires consumers to trust the technology, its impact on them, and how it uses their data. Predictable and transparent treatment facilitates this trust.
Intelligent machines are enabling high-level cognitive processes such as thinking, perceiving, learning, problem-solving and decision-making. AI presents opportunities to complement and supplement human intelligence and enrich the way industry and governments operate.
However, the possibility of creating cognitive machines with AI raises multiple ethical issues that need careful consideration. What are the implications of a cognitive machine making independent decisions? Should it even be allowed? How do we hold them accountable for outcomes? Do we need to control, regulate and monitor their learning?
A robust legal framework will be needed to deal with those issues too complex or fast-changing to be addressed adequately by legislation. But the political and legal process alone will not be enough. For trust to flourish, an ethical code will be equally important.
The government should encourage discussion around the ethics of AI, and ensure all relevant parties are involved. Bringing together the private sector, consumer groups and academia would allow the development of an ethical code that keeps up with technological, social and political developments.
Government efforts should be collaborative with existing efforts to research and discuss ethics in AI. There are many such initiatives which could be encouraged, including at the Alan Turing Institute, the Leverhulme Centre for the Future of Intelligence, the World Economic Forum Centre for the Fourth Industrial Revolution, the Royal Society, and the Partnership on Artificial Intelligence to Benefit People and Society.
But these opportunities come with associated ethical challenges:
Decision-making and liability: As AI use increases, it will become more difficult to apportion responsibility for decisions. If mistakes are made which cause harm, who should bear the risk?
Transparency: When complex machine learning systems are used to make significant decisions, it may be difficult to unpick the causes behind a specific course of action. Clear explanations for machine reasoning are necessary to determine accountability.
Bias: Machine learning systems can entrench existing bias in decision-making systems. Care must be taken to ensure that AI evolves to be non-discriminatory.
Human values: Without programming, AI systems have no default values or “common sense”. The British Standards Institute BS 8611 standard on the “ethical design and application of robots and robotic systems” provides some useful guidance: “Robots should not be designed solely or primarily to kill or harm humans. Humans, not robots, are the responsible agents; it should be possible to find out who is responsible for any robot and its behaviour.”
Data protection and IP: The potential of AI is rooted in access to large data sets. What happens when an AI system is trained on one data set, then applies learnings to a new data set?
Responsible AI ensures attention to moral principles and values, to ensure that fundamental human ethics are not compromised. There have been several recent allegations of businesses exploiting AI unethically. However, Amazon, Google, Facebook, IBM and Microsoft have established a non-profit partnership to formulate best practices on artificial intelligence technologies, advance the public’s understanding, and to serve as a platform about artificial intelligence.
When Malta-based construction and property enterprise Vassallo Group embarked on a company-wide digital transformation, it looked to CIO Carlo Aquilina…
SHARE THIS STORY
When Malta-based construction and property enterprise Vassallo Group embarked on a company-wide digital transformation, it looked to CIO Carlo Aquilina to build the entire infrastructure, operations and innovations at the group…
Walk through the streets of the
beautiful island of Malta and you will not be able to escape the work of the
Vassallo Group. Property, hospitality, education and healthcare, the Maltese
construction and property company completely reshaped Malta following the
devastation caused by the Second World War. Indeed, Vassallo Group embarked on
a mission to ‘rebuild the nation’ to its former glory and beyond.
Building on its strengths, the Group carries a legacy that is over 70 years old, and over the years has diversified its operations that have brought about expansion and investment. Today, Vassallo Group, stands at the forefront of several different sectors in the local market that include property and construction, furniture and interiors, elderly and disability care, catering, hospitality, architecture and education. The Vassallo Group is a large, complex enterprise and represents a unique challenge to its IT function, which provides technological solutions and support to all of the companies and their users.
Vassallo Group talks to Interface Magazine
Carlo Aquilina was approached to take on the
role of CIO at Vassallo in 2015, having spent a while building up an IT team at
a manufacturing enterprise. “When I started in manufacturing, IT needed lots of
work. We started from scratch. We built up the whole IT department and the
whole team. When Vassallo approached me, they offered me that challenge again
as they really lacked IT. It was a real challenge, but I built my team and we
started on what needed to be done.”
Vassallo Group previously had a shareholding in
an IT company and this sister company was providing IT, but the level of
support was not sufficient for their local clients, thus Aquilina was asked to
build the IT function that would serve the 1,900-plus employees and its
extensive client base. “When I joined, I was tasked with the project: to start
from scratch. I gave the board of directors a number of options. Should we go
on premise, should we go with another hosting company, should we go hybrid,
should we go cloud? The main ambition was very simple and I was given six
months to come up with a solution where we gave our clients, our clients,
meaning our users basically, a brand new environment with zero downtime. It was
all firefighting in that first year.”
Vassallo went 100% cloud with Microsoft Azure, which Aquilina believed to be the best short-term, and long-term solution. “We’re a Maltese company. We’re not an IT focused company. IT is here to provide service to the business. Our business is not IT. We’re not a gaming company. All of our products are Microsoft, and so it was an obvious choice to move to Azure.” Vassallo agreed to go 100% to the cloud, having drawn a blank against the large capital expenditure associated with on-premise. “With cloud, you don’t invest in anything and everything is top of the range. Of course, it also helps to be paying operational costs and not capital costs. That was the way forward and then they (the board) embraced it. There was a number of partners who approached us to do this, to help us with this migration. I chose CyberSift, which was a start-up, actually.” An advantage to working with a start-up is that they’re not encumbered by a large kind backend and can move audaciously and quickly and this was certainly an appeal to Aquilina and his team. “I knew one of the technicians; a brilliant engineer and that helped. Plus, the price we were given was also from a start-up perspective.”
Vassallo Group. A Maltese institution
CyberSift viewed the chance to work with
Vassallo with similar relish and the then start-up provided a specific engineer
to be onsite with the IT team at Vassallo for the full duration of the
migration. “Whatever I was asking, I was getting,” Aquilina explains. “‘Okay,
we’ll do it for you, but you’ll have to promote us, after.’ Now I’m promoting
them. So, we had engineers working for us and I didn’t need to grow my team. In
fact, we’re a very small team.”
The key thing Aquilina and his team built in
that crucial first year was ‘trust’. “I had the trust of the board of directors
because every time they asked me something, I satisfied their request. So,
there was trust. At the end of the day, it’s a family-owned company. Trust is
very important.”
Aquilina and his team were given six months to
deliver the project and took 2-3 three months to design and implement the
infrastructure. The following three months, they contacted suppliers, before
moving the software. “If it’s on premise or on cloud, there was remote access.
It was teamwork, everyone pulling the same rope. Whenever one of the suppliers
told us, ‘Listen, we’re not available this week. Let’s do it next week. We’ll
slot in someone else. We’ll set meetings. We’ll explain what we are doing.’ All
they needed to know is that we were moving from server A to server B. They did
it for us because it was their software, their app, their solution.”
With any large-scale technological transformation there are challenges although Vassallo seemed to evade many of the pitfalls through great organisation. “I don’t think we had actually the biggest challenges because it was all planned out. We used to meet every day with the engineer who used to work for us and my team. It was a case of ‘What happened yesterday, what happened today, what is going to happen tomorrow and why? Are we on track? Yes. If not, why? What can we do?’ We worked late at night so that we could achieve it. It was all based on trust and teamwork. It was a case of open-heart surgery because the business wanted to work. The business kept on working even though we were doing open-heart surgery. We had that support from everyone. Everyone understood that this needed to be done. We had support from everyone, from all the partners, from Microsoft, everyone.”
Even though digital transformation involves technical infrastructure, software, servers and cloud, people are still integral to a successful outcome. “Yes, they are extremely important,” Aquilina explains. “There are the users, the customers and the IT team. We are a very small team and that really helped, because a huge team would require lots more organisation and more hand holding. It was me who was both sponsoring and managing the project. I had the lead engineer who was doing the actual work, remotely. They had an assistant administrator who was assisting. People are so important.”
Vassallo Group holds an annual internal awards
and in 2016, the IT department was awarded ‘Best Customer Focused Department’
even though it had been, in Aquilina’s terms, firefighting. We were there
constantly, anytime, any day of the week. The team and I were presented with
this trophy, which proved my theory that the company had move to something much
more stable.”
Now Vassallo Group is reaping the benefits of
this transformation. “IT-wise, we are working on a business intelligence
project. Now we have the infrastructure ready and a solid base or foundation, I
want to give something back to the business. We implemented an ERP solution,
which Finance, Logistics and Operations are using. I don’t want the directors
to go into board meetings with huge amount of papers. I want them to go in with
just a laptop. The data is live. We’ve already done that for one of the
companies and it’s working. You can connect to the TV to project live data.
That is business intelligence. We’re working on the other companies too. Now
that they know what they can get, everybody’s bombarding us with requests. Of
course, we’re taking our time and that is ongoing.”
From BI, Aquilina wants to harness the power of
AI in board meetings. “I want to give them the facility to project live data,
but I also want to give them the facility to change the data accordingly. They
will see the results with AI.” Recruitment could be a big beneficiary of these
initiatives too. “What if we employ 100 people? AI will work out the costs,
work out the benefits of employing that many people. Then you can take an
educated decision. ‘Should we employ 100 or 200? Let’s put in 200 more
employees. What’s the cost?’ AI will work out the costs as well as the
benefits. That’s all in progress. However, these are very sensitive tools that
we need to use and if the tool gives you the wrong information, then you will
make the wrong decision. I explained this to the board and they gave me the
time needed to do it properly. We have to be very meticulous. They understood
and told me, ‘Whenever you’re comfortable, we can start using.’ The CIO has to
have 100% trust from the board of directors, because if there’s no trust, they
keep on asking, ‘But why and how?’ That is the way forward.”
Providing technological infrastructure, new
software and cyber security for such a large company means that Aquilina’s
hands are certainly full. “We support about 1,900 employees and 500 users. I
can afford to have a relatively small team because we have a solid base, and a
solid infrastructure. I have a wonderful team. I recruited everyone from
outside the business. I didn’t find anyone here, so they all respect me. We’re
all friends at the end of the day, although I am their manager. We talk about
anything and I help when needed. So, there’s trust from them and the senior
management, which I believe is extremely important. It’s a wonderful place to
work.”
As UK businesses look towards the cloud to enable digital innovation, more than half (58%) say the move has been…
SHARE THIS STORY
As UK
businesses look towards the cloud to enable digital innovation, more than half
(58%) say the move has been more costly than envisaged, according to new
research from Capita’s Technology Solutions division.
However, the
research reveals that cloud migration (72%) remains the top transformational
priority for most organisations, ahead of process automation (45%), big data
analytics (40%), and artificial intelligence/machine learning (31%). This is a
further indication that organisations see cloud as a core component to
effectively enabling these next-generation technologies.
The ‘From Cloud Migration
to Digital Innovation’ report, which surveyed 200 UK IT decision
makers, cites reduced cost (61%), improved speed of delivery (57%), and
increased IT security (52%) as the main reasons for organisations to move to
the cloud. However, 90% of respondents admitted that cloud migration had been
delayed in their organisation due to one or more unforeseen factors. Issues
such as cost (39%), workload and application re-architecting (38%), security
concerns (37%), and skills shortages (35%) all point to a process that is more
complicated than expected.
“Cloud adoption is a critical foundational step towards opening up real
transformative opportunities offered by cloud-native technologies and emerging
digital platforms and services. While some forward-thinking organisations are able to keep their eye on
the goal, the complexity of the migration and application modernisation process
tends to introduce delays and cost-implications that slow down progress,” said
Wasif Afghan, head of Cloud and Platform at Capita’s Technology Solutions
division.
A more
complex and costly migration than expected
On average,
those businesses asked had migrated 45% of their workloads and applications to
the cloud. However, this did correlate to organisation size as organisations
with more than 5,000 employees have further to go, with less than a third (31%)
of workloads and applications migrated. This could be the result of having
larger, more complicated systems.
Nearly half
(43%) of respondents found security to be one of the greatest challenges they
had faced during their migration. A lack of internal skills (34%), gaining
budget approval (32%), and progressing legacy migration solutions (32%) were
other significant challenges organisations had faced.
In fact, half
of respondents found their organisation had to ‘rearchitect’ more workloads and
optimise them for the cloud than they had expected. Further, only just over a
quarter (27%) found that labour/logistical costs have decreased – a key driver
for moving to the cloud in the first place.
“Every migration journey
is unique in both its destination and starting point. While some organisations
are either ‘born in the cloud’ or can gather the resources to transform in a
relatively short space of time, the majority will have a much slower, more
complex path. Many larger organisations that have been established for a long
time will have heritage IT systems and traditional processes that can’t simply
be lifted and shifted to the cloud straight away due to commercial or technical
reasons, meaning a hybrid IT approach is often required. Many organisations
haven’t yet fully explored how they can make hybrid work for them, combining
the benefits of newer cloud services whilst operating and optimising their
heritage IT estate,” said Afghan.
A platform
for innovation
Despite some of
the challenges outlined in the report, the majority (86%) of respondents agree
that the benefits of cloud are compelling enough to outweigh its downsides. For
more than three-quarters (76%) of organisations, moving to the cloud has driven
an improvement in IT service levels, while two-thirds (67%) report that cloud
has proven more secure than on-premise.
Overall,
three-quarters of organisations claimed to be satisfied with their cloud
migrations. However, only 16% were ‘extremely satisfied’ – indicating
that most organisations have not yet seen the full benefits or transformative
potential of their cloud investments. In addition, 42% of respondents currently
believe that cloud had ‘overpromised and underdelivered’.
“It’s no longer enough to think
of cloud as simply a way to benefit from initial cost savings or just another
place to store applications and data. Today, the move to cloud is driving a
spirit of innovation right across the enterprise, paving the way for advanced
digital services to be rolled out in a highly accessible, faster and more
cost-effective way – whether that’s AI, RPA, complex data analytics or machine
learning. Only through the alignment of IT and lines of business leadership –
in terms of goals, vision, direction and mindset – can organisations fully unleash the potential of cloud to
address their key business objectives, whether that is improving business
agility, delivering an enhanced customer experience or enhancing business
efficiencies.” said Afghan.
Mike Dargan, Group CIO of UBS, the world’s largest wealth manager discusses how UBS is shifting its digital strategy and…
SHARE THIS STORY
Mike Dargan, Group CIO of UBS, the world’s largest wealth manager discusses how UBS is shifting its digital strategy and transforming itself into a truly digital bank through agile transformation, engineering culture and how this is changing the way UBS is delivering technology for its clients.
Can you tell
me a little bit about what’s been going on within UBS’s technology division
when it comes to that shifting of team culture?
At UBS, the focus on the culture of our
technology team has been something that’s really been huge. We see culture as the
platform on which we ultimately do everything else. If we have the right
culture, we can deliver on strategy, we can innovate, we can execute. We can
therefore deliver great products and services for our stakeholders, and
therefore for our clients. Like any platform culture needs to be tweaked,
maintained.
What kind of
challenges come from cultural shifts? No two people will respond the same way
to any form of change, so how do you factor that into this transformation?
In some ways I wouldn’t call it a transformation. I think culture is something
that is precious. The culture at UBS is good and special, but I think we’d
always look to evolve a culture. So what we’ve done over the last couple of
years is we’ve stepped up the focus on our engineers. So we’ve designed
programs to raise that profile within firm. We’ve developed a technical career
track. We’ve given them much more responsibility.
g)
How does
that approach tie into a wider vision of UBS becoming something of an
engineering powerhouse?
We’ve launched a Distinguished Engineer Program.
It has three levels, distinguished engineers, distinguished fellows, and then
certified engineers, which really lets engineers progress along a technical
career path, if you like, rather than a managerial one.
It also recognizes technical achievements with
things like badges. In the first 24 hours of launch we were really overwhelmed
by the demands. We had 600 people register on the first day, and things like
that show us that there is massive demand by our engineering talent and that
they want to focus on building things and solving problems.
Technology at UBS is critically important. It’s
a very large part of UBS overall. Now the core of UBS is and will continue to
be banking, but I think banking will transform more and more to be digital
interaction, technology enabled, et cetera. So the importance and power of what
the engineers do directly and in the background will become more and more
important.
What does
agile mean to you, and what kind of things are you doing to take this agile
approach?
In some ways, I dislike the word, but in some
ways, I love the word. So we need to, as an organization move more and more to
being agile. But what does that mean? We want to have expedited delivery done
in combination with our partners and really having teams of engineers sit with
business product owners and really drive things together. So they need to sit
together under a shared vision for that product, understand the same challenges
and opportunities and then build the best possible solution for our clients.
Now, we’re doing that in different ways. In the
investment bank we’ve got hybrid pods, which is a model that puts
co-development with business and technology together. And really, I mean I
think the way this has been launched is pretty cool. So it does away with the
concept of us in tech and them in the business, but it’s really about shared
ownership to deliver products. It’s working. Teams are happier, outcomes are
better, new products are emerging faster and driven improvements are happening
effectively all the time.
In the digital factories, which we have across the globe, these are really well established across a lot of industries, but we’re seeing a lot of success with the adoption of this model in wealth management. And the proof point is, we’ve done almost a hundred thousand releases to prod through this year, which is over 10% more than last year. So we are getting more done, better, faster, cheaper.
Group CIO, UBS, Mike Dargan
I understand
that UBS took part in a hackathon event, can tell me what exactly a hackathon
is?
The hackathon here at UBS had a little over 600
global participants as people coming together over a very short time period,
focusing on the solution, bringing the solution together, spinning up a
solution overall. Now these are done in different industries, different
environments. They can be done for hiring, they can be done for just cracking
up a solution. But these are something that I think is a really cool way to get
people focused, involved, and bring that culture, if you like, almost back to
the day to day.
How are you
working to empower your workforce and prepare for the future workforce of UBS?
the most important piece around a culture is how
it evolves and how people learn and adapt. Now that I think it’s important
almost at any age. Empowerment I think is increasingly important.
We are due to see a lot of change powered by
technology within banking overall. I mean, we’re seeing it in all areas. The
banking landscape is evolving fast and we need to make sure that our digital
strategy enables us to stay competitive.
I think the onus for every individual, for every
leader, for every participant is evolving and learning. So I think there are
many aspects where the industry will change. There are many aspects we know
about, there are many aspects we don’t know about. There will be new
technologies and/or ways to use those technologies. So I think it’s also, you
know, not to get too buzzwordy, but being very nimble and flexible is the most
important.
On a
personal and professional level, how do you continuously challenge yourself and
challenge your way of thinking so that you stay ahead of the changes in the
market?
I’m lucky and privileged that I get to meet many
people. I get to listen to many people and learn from many people, both within
UBS and in the broader market. So I think recently we’ve been obviously hiring
a number of people who have brought in new perspectives and expertise. There’s
a whole bunch of people within UBS who I think day to day bring in that
expertise from what they do, and what they do day to day, as well as market
participants that we meet
What do you
think is the key to achieving success in a transformation?
I think there’s really two parts. The first is
be curious. Find out what you can learn, what you can experience, what you can
do or you can question about how you operate and how others operate and how you
can bring that into what you do. And the second, and I give this advice a lot,
is to understand how do you continue to be a better version of yourself? Not
someone else, but yourself. Challenge yourself to question how you can
continually self-improve the person you are, and the one you want to be.
Our cover story this month features an exclusive interview with Jon Davis, CTO of Village Hotel Club, who reveals how a digital transformation future-proofs a technology infrastructure. Village Hotels is currently undergoing a major digital transformation journey in order to better serve the modern guest and offer a digital ready experience like no other. Village Hotel Club operates 30 hotels across the UK and by its own admission, its hotels are “much more than a bed for the night – they are a place to meet, socialise, work and get fit” – a clear sign that the business understands that the guest experience has changed massively.
We also have a revealing interview with Bill
Barry, Vice President of Procurement and Sourcing at Access, one of the fastest
growing paper and digital
document services and storage providers in the world. Barry, upon joining the
company in 2018, was tasked with a vision of building out a best-in-class
sourcing and procurement function, developing and implementing the policies and
procedures in order to achieve that vision.
Elsewhere, we catch up with UBS CIO Mike Dargan
and Carlo Aquilina, CIO of Maltese construction giant Vassallo Group. Plus, we
list all the top events and conferences from around the world and highlight five
top tech innovators to look out for in 2020.
Peltarion, leading AI innovator and creator of an operational deep learning platform, today announced the findings of a survey of…
SHARE THIS STORY
Peltarion, leading AI innovator and creator of an operational deep learning platform, today announced the findings of a survey of AI decision-makers examining what they see as the impact of the skills shortage, and suggestions on how to overcome it. The research, ‘AI Decision-Makers Report: The human factor behind deep learning’, presents the findings of a survey of 350 IT leaders in the UK and Nordics with direct responsibility for shepherding AI at companies with more than 1,000 employees.
The
report finds that many AI decision-makers are concerned about the business
impact of the deep learning skills shortage. 84% of respondents said their
company leaders worry about the business risks of not investing in deep
learning, with 83% saying that a lack of deep learning skills is already
impacting their ability to compete in the market. These companies are exclusively
focusing on recruiting data scientists (71% of AI decision-makers are actively
recruiting to plug the deep learning skills gap), and this is already impacting
their ability to progress with AI projects:
Almost half (49%) say the skills shortage is causing delays to projects
44% believe the need for specialist skills is a major barrier to further investment in deep learning
However, almost half (45%) say they are struggling to hire because they don’t have a mature AI program already in place
“This
report shows that companies can’t afford to wait for data science talent to
come to them to progress their AI projects. The fact is, many organisations are
already starting to lose their competitive edge by waiting for specialised data
scientists. The current approach, which relies on hiring an isolated team of
data scientists to work on deep learning projects, is delaying projects and
putting strain on the talent companies do have,” explains Luka Crnkovic-Friis,
Co-Founder and CEO at Peltarion. “In order to solve the deep learning skills
gap, we need to make use of transferrable talent that can be found right under
companies’ noses. Deep learning will only reach its true potential if we get
more people from different areas of the business using it, taking pressure off
data scientists and allowing projects to progress.”
Less
than half (48%) of respondents said they currently employ data scientists who
can create deep learning models, compared to 94% that have data scientists who
can create other machine learning models. This shortage is having a direct
impact on teams: 93% of AI decision-makers say their data scientists are
over-worked to some extent because they believe there is no one else who can
share the workload. However, with the right tools, others can make a serious
impact on AI projects.
“Organisations
need to move projects forward by bringing on existing domain experts and
investing in tools that will help them input into AI projects. This will reduce
the strain on data scientists and lower deep learning’s barrier to
entry,” concludes Crnkovic-Friis. “We need to make deep learning more
affordable and accessible to all by reducing its complexity. By
operationalising deep learning to make it more scalable, affordable and
understandable, organisations can put themselves on the fast track and use deep
learning to optimise processes, create new products and add direct value to the
business.”
Companies undergoing digital transformation need to map out the path. Responsibility for driving digital transformation across the enterprise lies with the C-suite. The CEO, chief marketing officer (CMO), chief human resources officer (CHRO) and chief operations officer (COO), among others, must work together to make the transformation happen. However, this can be difficult to achieve as certain members of the C-Suite are more proficient with technology than others. This article will look at how to overcome resistance/challenges at a senior level to any digital transformation strategy.
I find the interesting aspect of the rapid development in technology is
that it has little to do with ‘digital’ but it is instead fundamentally driving
businesses away from linear based workflows to neural programs where all parts
are interconnected.
The challenge for any business embarking on a digital transformation
project is moving away from a business culture where siloed work streams could
deliver their parts of the project at specific points in a pre-ordained project
plan. This would be mapped out using
project management techniques such as the use of visual Gantt charts which gave
clarity over the breakdown of every item required for delivery within a
transformational project with the business owner and/or team members expected
to deliver this portion of the plan at specific times.
Digital transformation has taken this well-worn methodology and crumpled
it into a ball and created change where nothing can be done in isolation and
every action has consequences on all areas of business. The result of consumers becoming ever closer
to brands and brands striving for authenticity and purpose to deliver to their
consumers means production, sales, marketing, technology, finance, human
resources and any other function within a business all need to deliver with
‘joined up thinking’ or in real terms, the same focus and goals.
As such, companies have realised that their
processes, their products and even the reason for their entire existence needs
to change in order to survive this revolution. However, the C-suite are
struggling to adapt because this isn’t a clearly defined problem and there
isn’t a historical precedent to follow.
So, what does this mean for those C-Suite executives who had their
fiefdom, where they, with their teams controlled and implemented the strategy
in order to deliver the objectives of their sphere which would feed into the
wider business objectives?
In days of old, a business problem would have
been identified and a decision would be made to implement a technological
solution. With the recommendation
approved, the C suite, usually the Chief Technology Officer, would be tasked to
deliver the project. This suited all the
C suite members as it meant that the expertise of each member of the executive
were clear and there was a clear delineation between their roles and
responsibilities.
Now any change or decision has consequences that affects other areas of
the business and similar change in other areas of the business affects
them. The fourth revolution has bought
the historical business divisions closer together, technology has meant that
when discussing strategy or plans, the decision makers need to understand the
effect across all areas of the business.
Every business needs to operate as a single collective, it could be said
they need to operate with a start-up mentality, with entrepreneurial spirit
where the focus is the end goal not immersed in the process to achieve it.
The business needs to have that drive where everyone is focussed on the
overall strategy and interested in delivering it together for the benefit of
the business, not for the benefit of their specific expertise.
The C-Suite need to understand this doesn’t mean they need to know the
answers or become far reaching experts in areas they have limited to no
knowledge of. They have to have their
personal goals aligned with the right questions and be open minded to
understand their responsibility as leaders is to create the environment where
the people within the business can deliver for the success of the business not
for the betterment of the division they are part of.
This moves the discussion at a C Suite level
away from a technological based discussion, away from a place where there might
be reticence due to an individual’s relationship with technology to either be
part of the discussion or even worse, not commit to their viewpoints as they
defer to other who they view as experts.
It moves the transformation away from digital to strategic.
But digital transformation is nothing to do
with the build and delivery of the systems, it is nothing to do with the
evolution of the business processes to work with the new transformed business, but
it is everything to do with the strategic path that the company needs to
take in this new era.
The fourth industrial revolution, where change
is happening at an ever increasing pace, requires the C Suite to have a clear
understanding of critical milestones from a business perspective, with
diversity of business views based on expertise and experience, to ensure large
scale digital transformation programs stay on track to deliver the requirements
to deliver the survival, growth and success of their business.
Now in its eighth year, the Tech Trailblazers Awards, the first independent and dedicated awards program for enterprise information technology…
SHARE THIS STORY
Now in its eighth year, the
Tech Trailblazers Awards, the
first independent and dedicated awards program for enterprise information
technology startups, has revealed its shortlist of the most innovative entrants
and concepts in enterprise technology. The shortlists, selected by the Tech
Trailblazers’ panel of
leading IT industry experts, are now open to public vote to add to the
opinions of the judging panel and help determine the winners in all categories.
To view the shortlists, and
vote for your favourites, please visit http://www.techtrailblazers.com/shortlist
before 23.59 Pacific Time on Friday, 14th February 2020.
Tech Trailblazers Awards
comprises the best startups across a wide range of enterprise tech categories
including:
Artificial
Intelligence
Big Data
Blockchain
Cloud
Container
FinTech
IoT
Mobile
Security
Storage
Firestarter
Award
Female
Tech Trailblazer of the Year Award
Male
Tech Trailblazer of the Year Award
Rose Ross, founder of the Tech Trailblazers
Awards, said “Each year the judges are faced with the increasingly difficult
challenge of selecting shortlists in a wide range of tech categories from some
of the most innovative enterprise tech startups from around the world. Huge thanks
to our judges who, once again, have taken on this difficult task. The Tech
Tech Nation, the UK network for ambitious tech entrepreneurs, today reveals the 30 companies joining its prestigious Upscale programme for…
SHARE THIS STORY
Tech
Nation, the UK network for ambitious tech entrepreneurs, today reveals the 30
companies joining its prestigious Upscale programme for the UK’s most exciting
and fastest growing scaleup tech companies.
Now in
its fifth year, the Upscale 5.0 cohort reflects the maturity of the tech
landscape in the UK with considerable growth in key company statistics. Most of
the companies on the programme have already raised a Series A round, and the
average raise has increased from £4.2m in 2017, to £7.2m in 2020. Average
revenues have also increased by 64% from £1.1m to £1.8m over three years, while
the average number of employees when joining the cohort has grown by 48% from
31 to 46.
Some of
the biggest success stories of UK tech, such as Monzo, Bulb, Improbable and
Bloom & Wild, have been through the programme, and the 30 new companies
represent the next generation of digital household names.
This
cohort reflects just a small part of the UK tech scaleup ecosystem – in total,
there are almost 5,000 UK tech scaleups which add £17.2bn to the UK economy and
employs almost 200,000 people. UK scaleups outperformed their peers in 2019,
with companies raising £10.1bn, more than France (£3.8bn) and Germany (£5.4bn)
combined, and are spread right across the UK.
The
Upscale programme is designed to support the UK’s leading scaleups by tackling
the leadership challenge in UK tech. A recent report by Zenger/Folkman found that management and leadership skills are
lacking in just over half of all leadership teams, and organisations that
invest in developing leaders are 2.4 times more likely to hit their performance
targets and almost double their profits.
Upscale
sessions include addressing how to scale yourself as a leader, and how to scale
internationally. The programme aims to create a peer-to-peer network of
companies on their scaleup journey, and includes sessions led by tech
entrepreneurs from some of the UK’s most successful companies, including Nilan
Peiris, the VP of Growth at Transferwise and Will McInnes the CMO at
Brandwatch. Companies are selected through a judging process of tech
entrepreneurs and established VCs, including Anthony Fletcher, CEO of Graze and
Cherry Freeman, CEO, Lovecrafts as well as entrepreneurs who have gone through
the programme themselves, such as Aron Gelbard, CEO of London-based Bloom &
Wild.
30% of
companies joining the programme are from outside of London, and are based in:
Manchester, Cardiff, Cambridge, Leeds, Brighton, Belfast and Newcastle.
Companies hail from all different tech sub-sectors – showing the depth and
breadth of technology in the UK today. 17% of companies on the programme this
year are in the healthtech sector, 17% are in SaaS and 17% are in E-commerce.
Cloud computing, fintech, legaltech, AI, edtech, proptech, tech for good and
adtech are also represented on the programme. While E-commerce and SaaS are
evidently still pivotal to UK tech, the makeup of the programme also represents
the rise of companies applying technology to societal issues, including
healthtech, which has seen an increase in scaling companies of over 473% over
the last decade in the UK.
Nearly a quarter (24%) of UK IT companies believe their customers are less happy in January than any other month,…
SHARE THIS STORY
Nearly
a quarter (24%) of UK IT companies believe their customers are less happy in
January than any other month, according to new research.
The
survey, by quality assurance and improvement platform, EvaluAgent, also found that 24% of IT businesses
reported their lowest levels of customer service in January.
This
reflected the responses from tech sector customer service employees themselves,
with 43% confessing that their standard of service tends to drop around the New
Year and into January.
Worryingly,
the survey also revealed that 39% of customers have come to expect the customer
service they receive from companies to drop throughout December and January.
This annual slump in customer satisfaction can be directly linked to employee
engagement, which also falls in January.
According
to the report, 35% of IT businesses find their customer service employees are
unhappiest in January, while more than two fifths (43%) believe employees are
at their least engaged.
While
75% of customer service employees said they struggled to stay motivated
throughout the year, 40% admitted to January being their least productive
month, pointing to a huge opportunity for businesses to increase employee
motivation and customer service levels.
When
asked whether they thought their business could do more to increase staff
motivation during January, 91% of those surveyed agreed. This shows there’s
scope for employee engagement and motivation to be dramatically improved during
this crucial period, in turn driving higher-quality customer service.
Jaime
Scott, CEO and co-founder of EvaluAgent, commented: “It’s very clear from the
research that employee engagement takes a severe hit throughout January.
“This
can have a really damaging impact on employee performance and explains the low
levels of customer satisfaction reported by both businesses and their
customers.
“With
so many customers now having come to expect poor customer service levels in
January, there is a huge opportunity for businesses to break the mold and
properly motivate teams, improving customer service and gaining an advantage
over their competitors.”
It’s clear that technology is evolving across every business, allowing companies to become more productive and efficient. Computer systems, such…
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s clear that technology is evolving across every
business, allowing companies to become more productive and efficient.
Computer systems, such as CRMs and warehouse management
systems, can help you plan out your workload as efficiently as possible to
increase productivity of staff, while analytics allow you to judge what updates
are needed and when.
Bodysuits
It was announced in 2017 that line workers in the plant
would pilot exoskeleton suits — wearable technology that can help support a
worker’s arms while they undergo tasks above their heads. Ford’s Michigan plant
is also using innovative technological developments to help its workforce.
These suits can also be adjusted to support different weights, depending on the
wearer’s needs.
While such suits were more likely to appear on the big
screen in movies such as Iron Man
just a few years ago, the creation is having positive feedback from its users
in the real life world.
Printing techniques
In any manufacturing company, human error can be extremely
costly. That’s where 3D printing can come into play. While it’s still early
days for the technology, digital
printing has the potential to have a massive impact on practicality. It’s
expected that this invention will transform nearly every industry as it changes
how manufacturers will do business and will impact material costs, the
traditional assembly line and product pricing strategies.
They are particularly handy as automated printers, like
those used by Voodoo Manufacturing, don’t need to be manned anymore and can
continue working 24 hours a day. The use of robotics isn’t aimed at replacing
humans, but more so making employees’ jobs easier.
Drones
Drones can impact a company massively, saving almost 12
hours on each inspection and reducing the time it takes to check the equipment
from 12 hours to 12 minutes. Not only can drones provide a quick and thorough
inspection, but they eliminate the health and safety risk of someone needing to
scale up to 150 feet to look at gantries. They have started to use drones to
help perform risky inspections on the factory’s equipment in it’s Dagenham
engine plant. The company is benefitting massively,
Another advantage of drones is that they are particularly
good at providing the company with video and still footage that can be stored
to allow the plant to compare its findings over a period of time to monitor any
changes or patterns that are noticeable. This has become an indispensable tool
for the factory, with the drones greatly improving productivity and efficiency.
What does the future have in store?
The process of quality control can’t be too reliable, as
faulty parts may well be produced in a batch and slip through after the checks.
That’s why the ever-improving embedded metrology will continue to help
manufacturers produce a better product. This quick and convenient solution is a
lot more accurate and requires little human interference.
This process can traditionally be a very time-consuming and
expensive project. There would be randomly selected machine-made parts that
would be individually tested, and if they passed the test, the batch it came
from would be validated.
To summarise, it’s anticipated that this human aspect can be
removed completely, with technology helping to provide a fully integrated and
fully automated form of quality control. While some of the public are concerned
that jobs will be lost as it keeps progressing, it can only be a good thing for
manufacturing companies as it continues to help improve productivity and
efficiency. It will be interesting to see what we welcome to factories next!
Technology is continuing to amaze us in all walks of life.
The automotive industry is no different, either, taking
advantage of new inventions. It’s not only our cars that are benefitting from
technological advances, though — the manufacturing industry is, too. Lookers, who
offer a variety of cars such as the used Ford C Max, are
an example of this too!
New research suggests the UK is at risk of widespread ‘digital amnesia’, as it revealed 23 per cent of UK…
SHARE THIS STORY
New research suggests the UK
is at risk of widespread ‘digital amnesia’, as it revealed 23 per cent of UK
employees don’t know their own mobile phone number.
The research1 by
CRM specialist Capsule found more than two thirds (69 per cent) of workers
don’t know their partner’s number off by heart, whilst 63 per cent don’t know
their best friend’s birthday, and 73 per cent don’t know their booked holiday
dates without using tech to check.
Dependence on modern
technology to carry out everyday tasks in employees’ personal lives was further
highlighted in the survey, with two thirds (64 per cent) saying they rely on
tech for directions, 45 per cent for shopping, 39 per cent to access transport,
and 38 per cent for times and dates of events.
“In an increasingly digital
age, many people are using technology to store and access information instead
of memorising it,” said Duncan Stockdill, Capsule CEO.
“Those surveyed admitted that
they reach for their devices to carry out simple, basic tasks, such as maths
calculations and spelling.
“As technology has become
more connected, accessible and easy-to-use, we have become progressively more
reliant on it to help organise our lives and remember for us – giving rise to
‘digital amnesia’. Essentially, we are storing more information and
memories in the ‘cloud’, not our brains.
“With this in mind, it’s essential to trust the software you use and
ensure it keeps your data secure like enabling two step login and using strong,
unique passwords. We know passwords are easily forgotten though – around eight
per cent of our users reset their password each month. Tools like 1password are
useful as they’ll remember them all for you.”
According to the survey,
almost one in three (31 per cent) workers describe themselves as disorganised –
and 29 per cent said this has negatively impacted their performance at work,
such as missing deadlines and arriving late to meetings.
One in four (24 per cent)
have been late for appointments in the past 12 months, 23 per cent have missed
birthdays, 21 per cent have forgotten to pay bills, and 15 per cent double
booked or missed social events, respectively.
The link between technology
and being organised was clear from the research, with two-thirds (64 per cent)
of all respondents saying they use technology, such as online calendars,
digital to-do lists and reminders, to keep their lives in order.
Stockdill added: “There has
been a significant shift in how we function and operate, and the gulf between
the past and the future is set to become more pronounced as technology becomes
even more advanced.
“Reliance on tech is showing
no signs of slowing down and the business world needs to adapt to these changes
in order to stay ahead of the curve and help their employees reach their full
potential.
“Companies should consider
taking steps to ensure that their employees have the tools they need to support
well-organised and effective working practices.”
Capsule is a cloud-based Customer Relationship
Management (CRM) software platform. The system helps businesses stay
organised, in control of their sales process and build strong customer
relationships through its simple but powerful integrated solution.
1Research conducted among
2,000 permanently employed respondents
By Luca Ravazzolo, Product Manager, InterSystems The last year has seen a gradual evolution of DevOps as the approach has…
SHARE THIS STORY
By Luca Ravazzolo,
Product Manager, InterSystems
The last year has seen a gradual evolution of DevOps as the
approach has matured and continued to be adopted more widely. Since its
introduction, DevOps has changed mindsets, encouraging organisations to be more
agile and making concepts like continuous integration and continuous delivery more commonplace. A major
reason for the popularity of DevOps is that it allows organisations to capture
all processes in an auditable and replicable way. Further to this, it adapts
quickly, resulting in a low cost of change, and allows businesses to add cross-functionality
collaborations and results in working at a much higher speed.
Thanks to a similar
evolution in the cloud world, more intelligent tools are becoming available,
allowing developers to follow up DevOps processes with more discipline and
efficiency. This has led to the next iteration of DevOps: DevSecOps.
What is DevSecOps?
The issue of security is
one aspect of DevOps that, until recently, has been largely overlooked, often
due to the underlying pressure for the rapid creation of solutions and for
these to be deployed quickly. Consequently, this has meant that security hasn’t
always been a priority as including this at development stage hinders speed. Instead,
security tended to be retrofitted after a build – an approach that makes the
process more difficult. As developers and organisations have begun to realise
that this isn’t the most security-conscious or optimal way of going about it,
we are now seeing some integrate security into DevOps from the outset. This
approach means developers can alleviate any security issues at the time of
development.
Implementing DevSecOps
Currently, DevOps breaks
down any barriers between developers and operations teams, but adding security
into the picture requires there to be greater collaboration and
knowledge-sharing across the organisation. For DevSecOps to be successful,
developers and organisations must embrace a collaborative culture and recognise
that they require input from other individuals within the business with
different expertise. This requires organisations to adopt the right mindset in
which they realise the transformative power of security in the development of
solutions and collaborate with other departments. Traditionally, developers have
been focused purely on logic and algorithms, for example, and security is an
afterthought. So, if they are to embrace a DevSecOps approach, it is crucial to
involve security experts from the beginning and for the different parties to
collaborate on the development of solutions. By doing so it will be possible
for enterprises to create secure, stable and resilient solutions which will be
hugely beneficial for both the organisation and end-users.
Further to this, DevSecOps requires
continual security reviews covering everything from compliance monitoring for
PCI and GDPR to determining what the process is if security senses a threat.
Therefore, organisations should establish a review process from the moment they
think about architecting a new solution. Then they should also determine
processes for the ongoing monitoring and management of security as the code
progresses through every stage, from the developer desk to the building of the
solution and the testing of it. It’s also critical that developers receive
adequate training to ensure they are aware of security throughout the
development journey.
What’s next for DevOps?
While what the future may
hold for DevOps isn’t clear at this time, there are two prominent schools of
thought:
Firstly, it is thought
there could one day be NoOps. This is the idea that solutions will feature everything
they are required to from the outset, such as code standards, security,
libraries and legislation protocols, and that things will be completely automated,
therefore requiring people to just monitor and raise questions as they verify
the software. Technically, as everything would be automated within the software
provisioning pipeline, there would be no need for manual, human-based operations.
This could potentially guarantee a higher level of security and resilience as
everything would meet a particular standard.
The second prediction is
that instead of DevOps disappearing altogether, different types of Ops may be
developed. This could lead to the emergence of MLOps to form a machine
learning-driven operation that would be able to certify the standards that
organisations want software to be written with and even flag issues with it.
As demonstrated by the
introduction of DevSecOps, the evolution of DevOps is underway. In time, this
is likely to mean that DevOps will begin to encompass new technologies and multiple
aspects of building a new solution. Eventually, this will lead to all of the
requirements of development being brought together and an increase in
collaboration across departments. Ultimately, the end result will be new
solutions that meet the required standards and security from the outset.
Withers tech, working with experienced VC legal teams in France, Germany and Switzerland, has carried out the first analysis of…
SHARE THIS STORY
Withers tech, working with experienced VC legal teams in France, Germany and Switzerland, has carried out the first analysis of how venture capital deals are structured across Europe. The survey has identified that with more similarities than differences in deal structures between the jurisdictions, investors should have confidence about embarking on cross-border transactions.
Withers tech worked with Schnittker Möllmann Partners (SMP) in Germany, Viguié Schmidt & Associés in France and Wenger & Vieli in Switzerland to analyse active Series A deal terms used in each jurisdiction. The research identified 53 separate terms, which can be condensed into 14 key deal terms covering the categories of economic, control, and reps, warranties and remedies.
These three categories centre around future financing; exits and IPO to control terms like founders’ vesting, founders’ non-compete/solicitation; veto-rights; and control over the group of shareholders across the four jurisdictions. Any differences in these areas can often be accounted for by the different systems of Civil (France, Germany and Switzerland) and Common law jurisdictions (UK), which still remain key considerations.
James Shaw, head of Withers tech, comments: “The most significant message this survey sends is that we all speak largely the same language when it comes to transactions and legal documentation, so investors should have confidence in deploying capital across borders, particularly in these tech-savvy jurisdictions.”
“Of course, care and expert advice is still required though, as the difference between Common and Civil law approaches to deals can cause issues. In particular, governance structures in the UK are likely to differ from other European practices, including the structure and authority of different functions on company’s boards.”
“We decided to undertake this review due to the growing volume of cross-border tech VC deals within Europe. In addition, given the large volume of overseas capital looking to invest in European tech start-ups, we also felt it would be useful to explain the nuances of these four key jurisdictions to help overseas investors better understand the risks in each jurisdiction. Our next aim is to expand this review into other tech-active European jurisdictions.”
A copy of the report, including discussion of the 14 key deal terms found across all four jurisdictions, can be found here and all 53 deal terms are set out here.
By Alistair Laycock, Custom Solutions Director at Haulmont ‘Digital transformation’ has an obvious appeal. Invest in a technological solution that…
SHARE THIS STORY
By Alistair Laycock, Custom Solutions Director at Haulmont
‘Digital transformation’ has an obvious appeal. Invest in a technological solution that has the potential to streamline your business’s operations, reduce costs, and ultimately widen profit margins. What’s more, when your competitors are undergoing such a transformation, the pressure to invest in a solution to avoid being left behind is significant.
However, more so than the technology, and even the choice of technology partner, the main priority for business leaders looking to undergo a successful digital transformation can be found internally. In a word, it’s culture.
Many continue to invest in one-off, off the shelf solutions without putting technology at the heart of their business; a company whose board is open to consider and push technological change will be the one that separates itself from the pack.
People, partners and pilots
While throwing caution to the wind is the right approach, you needn’t strip out your legacy systems overnight. Before the implementation of new technology comes selecting the technology partner to deliver on the vision, and the right choice is paramount to achieving a successful digital transformation.
When choosing a tech vendor to deliver a digital transformation project, ensure that your business’s cultures are aligned. Their ambition, communication style, attention to detail and proactivity are all key indicators, and it’s paramount that you ensure that your team can work smoothly with theirs. In the worst-case scenarios, miscommunication on deliverables and expectations leads to an increase in costs and a poor end product, undermining your original objectives.
Do also plan for the future. The right technology partner will offer more than one solution, with alternatives proactively proposed in the long term. Propose that you begin by investing in a small project first. A pilot project – that is still bespoke and easier to develop – allows your potential technology partner to prove they understand your objectives and can quickly develop an appropriate solution. Critically, it also allows you to test the profitability of the solution and whether its success can be replicated at a greater scale.
A successful pilot project provides the basis to scale operations, including the replacement of legacy systems, safer in the knowledge that the new solutions will pay dividends. The final step is to work with your partner to carefully and methodically plan the implementation of these new systems.
Becoming a technology-first company
Once you’re settled with your partner, it’s paramount that you maintain the same risk tolerance that led you to this position; technology is a continuous solution, not a one-off investment. With new technologies come potential new customers – each with their own needs – and various new data points from which you can derive greater insight. To fully take advantage of this, be sure to invest in your staff. Look to retrain existing staff or employ a network of universally tech-skilled staff who are able to work in tandem with your technology partner, assess your own internal technology, and make suggestions on what other technological improvements would best serve the business moving forward.
When it comes to recruitment, don’t be afraid to invest in youth. A recent report* suggests that 73% of B2B tech buying committee members are millennials, while under-35s make up 40% of those making the final decisions on technology purchases.
Analysing the data is key in ensuring continuous success; it’ll tell you what to automate, what to cull, and where there’s scope for growth. Getting this right will ensure reduced costs and increased growth and revenue.
Tangible impact
At Haulmont, we’ve worked with various partners to assist in a range of digital transformation projects. The Keyholding Company, providers of keyholding and alarm response services, is a prime example of embracing change and thriving as a result. Answer times have reduced drastically, their entire service has been streamlined, and in the last year alone costs of sales are down 10%, while business growth is up by 15%.
The company has evolved from its specialism in security and is now a technology company first, with 98% of its 500,000 jobs each year handled by automation; previously, a human used to touch every job. As a partner, we’ve become an extension of the business, but it’s something that wouldn’t have been possible without the forward-thinking and risk tolerant approach adopted at the outset.
The right technology is important. The right technology partner is important. But the success of a project is at risk if the teams delivering on objectives are not on the same page. A willingness to embrace change must trickle down from the top if a digital transformation is to be truly transformative.
As existing technologies reach maturity and innovations make the leap from consumer applications to business (and vice versa), it’s imperative…
SHARE THIS STORY
As existing technologies reach maturity and innovations make the leap from consumer applications to business (and vice versa), it’s imperative that we constantly seek to find those that have the potential to add value to our own business and those of our customers. As we look ahead to 2020, Johan Paulsson, CTO, Axis Communications has identified five trends that will have an impact on the physical security industry.
The world on the edge We are seeing a growing momentum towards computing at the ‘edge’ of the network[1]. More of the devices that are connected to the network require or would benefit from the ability to analyse received data, make a decision and take appropriate action. Autonomous vehicles are an obvious example. Whether in relation to communications with the external environment or through sensors detecting risks, decisions must be processed in a split second. It is the same with video surveillance. If we are to move towards the proactive rather than reactive, more processing of data and analysis needs to take place within the camera itself.
Processing power in dedicated devices Dedicated and optimised hardware and software, designed for the specific application, is essential with the move towards greater levels of edge computing. Connected devices will need increased computing power, and be designed for purpose from the ground up with a security first mindset. The concept of embedded AI in the form of machine and deep learning computation will also be more prevalent moving forwards.
Towards the trusted edge Issues around personal privacy will continue to be debated around the world. While technologies such as dynamic anonymization and masking[2] can be used on the edge to protect privacy, attitudes and regulation are inconsistent across regions and countries. The need to navigate the international legal framework will be ongoing for companies in the surveillance sector. Many organizations are still failing to undertake even the most basic firmware upgrades, yet with more processing and analysis of data taking place in the device itself, cybersecurity will become ever more critical.
Regulation: use cases vs technology Attitudes towards appropriate use technology cases and the regulations around them differ around the world. Facial recognition might be seen as harmless and even desirable. However, when used for monitoring citizens and social credit systems it is regarded as much more sinister and unwanted. The technology is exactly the same but the case is vastly different. Regulations are struggling to keep pace with advances in technology. It’s a dynamic landscape that the industry will need to navigate, and where business ethics[3] will continue to come under intense scrutiny.
Network diversity As a direct result of some of the regulatory complexities, privacy and cybersecurity concerns, we’re seeing a move away from the open internet of the past two decades. While public cloud services will remain part of how we transfer, analyse and store data, hybrid and private clouds are growing in use. Openness and data sharing was regarded as being essential for AI and machine learning, yet pre-trained network models can now be tailored for specific applications with a relatively small amount of data. For instance, we’ve been involved in a recent project where a traffic monitoring model trained with only 1,000 photo examples reduced false alarms in accident detection by 95%.
Jim Marous, internationally recognised financial industry strategist, and the publisher of the Digital Banking Report and Sonia Wedrychowicz, an experienced…
SHARE THIS STORY
Jim Marous, internationally recognised financial industry strategist, and the publisher of the Digital Banking Report and Sonia Wedrychowicz, an experienced technology transformation professional of over 25 years discuss how digital transformation is more than merely technology while exploring the leadership and cultural issues surrounding digital transformation in banking.
How
do you feel the conversation around technology has changed? Are businesses now
driven more by technology and IT than ever before?
Sonia:
First, we need to understand that,
in the last couple of years, the way people consume, communicate and commute
has changed dramatically, and is increasingly being delivered using digital
channels. In today’s world, the vast majority of our daily lives are supported
by technology. So, by definition, all companies, including banking, are
becoming technology companies. That realisation, however, is not universal yet,
and in many organisations, I can still see the business and technology running
separately. The transformation efforts focus on modernisation of the platforms
on the technology side, and the digitisation of the customer experience on the
business side, while the two functions, in my opinion, should work as one team
with the common goal, driven by customer obsession.
Jim:
Financial organisations do know what
they need to do. They do understand the technologies that have to be embraced,
but the challenge is they’re not very far down the digital transformation
process. This is a concern, given that the industry is moving so fast in the
digital space. A lot of organisations have seen digital transformation as the
purchase of technology and the implementation across different initiatives.
This is opposed to an overarching perspective of digital transformation that
really starts from the inside out, and looks at processes and programs, culture
and leadership and then builds technology against that. We’re seeing a big
challenge with regards to leadership and culture, and without that, the
implementation of technology will probably never see its full optimal
implementation.
How
common is it that across different businesses in different industries, in
different capacities, digital transformation means something different to each
and every person and organisation? And how do you go about unifying it in a way
that makes sense to everyone?
Jim:
When you’re talking about digital
transformation, and you’re combining that with the financial services industry,
it’s more difficult. You look at organisations that are going to need to
embrace change, take modified risks, and actually disrupt themselves, and
that’s not in the comfort zone of financial institutions. It’s the opposite of
the legacy culture that’s been in play before.
Sonia:
There is a lot of misunderstanding
regarding the difference between digitisation, digitalisation and
transformation, and it comes to the old rule that people have the tendency to
always see these things as the same, although they are actually different.
There is a very common misconception of digital transformation, which is
disruptive, and challenging the status quo, with change management, or
restructuring, which is basically more of the same, but more lean and
efficient.
A good example of this is centres
around the difference between the process of digitisation versus digitalisation
itself. Digitisation is all about making the current process, or product,
digital without truly reimagining it. The same process can, however, be
digitalised, rather than digitised. The digital transformation is being
trivialised by being understood as bringing new technologies into place without
truly reimagining the customer journeys, the customer experience, and actually
making it much simpler and more transparent for the customers.
What
are some of the biggest challenges and barriers to embracing digital
transformation and embracing these new technologies?
Sonia:
The emergence of efficient fintech
companies offering different banking services, not only cheaper, but mostly
through an amazing, simple and friendly customer experience. The existence of
banks is under a serious threat. Interestingly enough, the threat level varies
in different parts of the world and so banks need to accelerate on the path of
reimagining themselves, in order to keep pace with the emerging competitors who
are, these days, coming from industries that were never associated with banking
before.
Jim:
I think the biggest challenge we’re
going to see, and the reason why banks right now are starting to rethink their
complacency, is not because of the revenue, but because of the threat, while
we’ve been thinking about what’s going to happen in the future, and what’s
going to happen in the fintech banks and the challenger banks. To the large
tech companies that is the biggest challenge.
The threat is real. The consumer’s
going to start demanding more and more of their financial institutions. A
consumer can now change a financial provider, invisibly. They don’t have to
come into the branch anymore. They can do it with a click of a button on a
phone and they can change their financial relationship. What we have to do is
realise that there’s a major threat out there to financial institutions that
sit back and hope that it’s going to be business as usual.
How
important is it, during a transformation and during change, that you are
keeping the customer at the very heart of everything you do?
Sonia:
Never focus on your competition.
Always focus on your customer. For years we’ve been completely ignoring the
customers and looking at what the competition was doing in order to keep pace.
By focusing on your competition, you’re always going to be one step behind
them. Technology-enabled tools are allowing us to be much closer with the
customers without seeing them and even talking to them, but just focusing on
how they behave, what they do, how they react to the different propositions we
are giving to them, and whether it results in increased business generation.
Jim:
I think part of the difficulty with
transformation is transparency. We get updates on our mobile apps from many
organisations, updating you that changes are being made. It doesn’t happen that
frequently in the financial services space because the communication isn’t
there. There are a lot of organisations that believe: if you build it, they
will come. The reality is, that’s not the case. We need to provide more
information upfront and do a lot more research to find out what the consumer
wants. What they’re looking for is simplicity and a lack of friction, and really
what they’re hoping for is that the financial institution is going to know
them, look out for them, and reward them.
Jim,
you mention that non-financial institutions are now dominating the payment
space, how is that impacting the decision-making and the approach to
technology?
Jim:
Financial institutions are looking
at the fintech companies because those companies looked at the digital
companies and asked, “How can we take customer insight, AI, and digital
technologies to make better experiences?” In every case twe’ve seen, what
the competitors and non-traditional competitors have done is built solutions.
They take data, insight, and technology to provide a seamless experience built
on a digital platform, and that’s a very important component, because being built
on a digital platform means that they’re not building on legacy infrastructure.
The tech companies have streamlined the application process for loans or for a
credit card because it builds on a tech platform.
The case studies that we see going forward are
coming from the fintechs, and I think traditional financial institutions are
going to build more and more partnerships, because bankers can’t get out of
their own way, and they really can’t build something that they’ve never done
before.
Sonia:
When I look at the big fintech
companies and companies like Amazon, I think they’re being watched closely by
the banks for their customer obsession, delivered by technology. When it comes
to small fintech companies; it’s very interesting. They are providing solutions
on untested but interesting technologies like blockchain or AI. Once those
technologies became more established, expertise will rise. So, they are not
using the fintech start-up companies to integrate those solutions any more, but
they want to have this expertise in-house.
Talk
to me about the importance of bringing people along on these journeys, and in
these transformations, and not necessarily equipping, re-equipping them with
these new skills and new capabilities in order to drive the business forward.
Jim:
This is probably the biggest
challenge that the banking industry is going to face. We do not have a large
knowledge space of digital mind-sets in the marketplace and that includes
everything from digital applications of AI, to just how the technology and
coding works. There’s a major weakness. But just as big is how do we reach for
the people internally, because when you talk about automation, robotics and AI,
there’s going to be, if not an elimination of jobs, a transformation of jobs
into new sets. So, we’re going to have to take it upon ourselves as an industry
to retrain people across the organisation, so they’re prepared for the future.
The challenge is, not many organisations right now are doing it.
Sonia:
I also think that a big challenge of
the traditional organisations today is to attract young people. The attraction
of the old conservative companies is fading away in favour of the Apples and
Googles of this world. People are joining the new technology companies not for
free food and gym on the premises, but for the ability to constantly learn new
things. The financial institutions need to develop the leaders of the future.
They need to reimagine, not only their equipment policies, but more
importantly, change their hierarchical structures within the organisation to
ones that are powered by people who are more willing to listen, with employee
empowerment that is bringing the customer experiences of change much closer to
where the customers are.
If
you could give one piece of advice on how to be successful in these disruptive
times as a professional in the financial space what would it be?
Sonia:
Keep reinventing yourself and have
the courage to unlearn what you learnt in the past. Constantly learn new
things. Brains change, so surround yourself with young people, as they will
become your bridge between the past and the future.
Jim:
We have an industry filled with
legacy bankers that have been in this industry for a very long time and have
done very well in most cases. What we need to do is to look and say, “How
can we, as people in organisations, build a culture that will make it so that
organisations can truly be part of the future?” The future will happen
very quickly, as will the impact of not making changes. We have to do better.
Peltarion, leading AI innovator and creator of an operational deep learning platform, today released a new report discussing AI decision…
SHARE THIS STORY
Peltarion, leading AI innovator and creator of an operational deep learning platform, today released a new report discussing AI decision makers’ understanding of deep learning versus other types of machine learning practices, and examines the barriers preventing them from taking deep learning from ideal to reality. The report, ‘The Peltarion AI Decision Makers Survey: Are enterprises ready to go deep with AI?’ presents the findings of a survey of 350 AI decision makers from the UK and Nordics with direct responsibility for shepherding AI at companies with more than 1,000 employees.
Despite each respondent having direct responsibility for AI
and deep learning within their organisation, only 60% of them were confident
about what deep learning is and how it works – compared to 90% for other types
of machine learning. Other key findings of the survey include:
AI decision makers see
the potential of deep learning: 99% of AI decision makers thought that deep learning
would transform their industry, with almost a third (32%) saying it will
‘totally’ transform it, compared to 26% who feel other types of machine
learning will totally transform the industry.
Commitment to deep
learning is set to increase rapidly. Although this year only 80% of respondents had budget
allocated to deep learning projects, up to 98% of respondents are planning
to start investing part of their R&D budgets on deep learning
initiatives over the next three years.
Data science expertise
and data itself remain key barriers to investment: 70% of AI decision
makers consider deep learning tools to be too complex to tackle and 41%
felt unable to collect and segment all the different types of data needed
for their deep learning projects to succeed.
“It’s clear that deep learning is a truly transformative
technology that has the potential to change the world,” explains Luka Crnkovic-Friis,
Co-Founder and CEO of Peltarion. “But the path to reaching that potential is
inhibited by lack of familiarity with deep learning. With investment growing,
we can expect to see more industries benefiting from this under-explored, yet
incredibly powerful subset of AI. However, the barriers to adoption must be
overcome before businesses can reap the benefits.”
The need to operationalise AI has never been clearer
When asked about the most common perceived issues standing
in the way of investment in deep learning, complexity was by far the most
common problem cited, with 70% of AI decision makers in accord. This was
followed by the need for specialist skills (44%), lack of scalability (43%),
with a lack of understanding around deep learning models (41%) and a lack of
data availability tied for fourth at 41%. Making things tougher are all the
existing IT solutions/services organisations are working with, with 36% citing
integration as a setback to deep learning investment. This issue shows no signs
of slowing though as the overall adoption of new digital technologies
increases. On average, respondents said they have approximately 191 different
IT applications, systems and services in use across their organisation, a
figure they say is likely to rise in the next five years.
“In order to increase adoption of deep learning, companies
need access to the right tools and skills,” Crnkovic-Friis concludes.
“Operationalising AI, and deep learning specifically, will be key in doing
this. Not only should experts offer guidance, spreading the knowledge of how it
can be used within their companies, but deep learning should be operationalised
to increase the speed of model development and experimentation, ease
integration and deployments and make deep learning more ‘AI Ready’. Once a few
of these projects are up and running, the costs, on-site skills and
infrastructure required to keep deep learning operational and launch new
projects gets lower each time.”
In a 2018 report, Forbes identified a trend that was sweeping the world. This trend is the rise of the…
SHARE THIS STORY
In a 2018 report, Forbes identified a trend that was sweeping the world. This trend is the rise of the multi-sector innovation hub. All over the world these hubs bring together business sectors and models, infrastructures and physical resources to enable and drive true innovation. Here, we look at 5 leading industries driving the innovation hub conversation.
Biotechnology
The biotechnology space is unique in that it is
a technology designed for the betterment of human life through DNA. As
technology has advanced dramatically over the last three decades, the
biotechnology space is one that has grown exponentially as a result of it.
Naturally, cities looking to create innovation hubs have identified
biotechnology as a cornerstone of the future of innovation and the betterment
of human life. Boston, San Diego and Copenhagen house just three of the leading
biotech innovation hubs in the world. In a 2018 report, biotechnology jobs have
grown 28% over the last decade, and Boston alone has seen more BioPharma
industry jobs become available over the same time period. Known as the Cambridge-Boston. USA biotech
cluster, the hub is home to firms that have attracted more than $14bn in
investments from venture capitalists.
ICT
The Information Communication Technologies (ICT)
industry seems almost like a cheat, for it is the very backbone of modern
technology today. Innovation in ICT defines our very existence, with tablets,
television, smartphones and even the internet.
As far as innovation hubs go, San Francisco, Tokyo and Beijing are
recognised as true world leaders. Beijing in particular, has seen more than
$70bn in venture capital funding since 2015 alone. At the heart of Beijing is
the Zhongguancun Science Park, China’s very own Silicon Valley. Zhongguancun
was founded nearly 30 years ago and has since become the key driver in turning China
into a technological powerhouse. It houses around 9,000 technology companies
from all over the world, including Google, Intel, Oracle and IBM to name a few.
Medical
Science
Not too dissimilar to Biotechnology, the Medical
Science industry is one that seeks to improve the prevention and treatment of
disease and health issues. Walking hand in hand with technology and innovation,
it is an industry that an increasing number of cities around the world are
focusing their efforts as they look to build their innovation hubs. Tel Aviv,
Eindhoven and Los Angeles are three of the major innovation hubs for medical
science. Tel Aviv in particular, is home to a burgeoning digital health sector.
At its internationally recognised Tel Aviv University (TAU) sits the BioMed
@TAU. This collective of biomedical Research Hubs at Tel Aviv University
performs a vast array of research, encompassing basic to translational research
spread across several faculties and hospitals. The Hubs gather together
scientists from across the university and TAU-affiliated hospitals that share
overlapping research interests. These collaborative groups host conferences and
events related to their subject area in order to highlight advances in the
field as well as in their own research. The Hubs also provide the opportunity
to strengthen collaborative research between scientists at TAU and leverage
opportunities for collaborative research, joint grant applications and external
funding.
Nanotech
Once upon a time, nanotech was known more for
science fiction than reality but over the course of recent history, nanotech
has entered the innovation conversation and transforming the way we use
technology. Singapore, Daejeon and Lyon are but three key cities in which
research into nanotechnology has established them as key innovation hubs. Lyon,
once dubbed the “Land of Innovation” has been ranked as 8th in the world for
nanotech developments. Home to the Institute of Nanotechnology of Lyon (INL) is
a joint research unit designed to develop multidisciplinary technological
research in the field of micro and nanotechnologies and their applications.
Founded in 2006, INL sits on the campus of Ecole Centrale Lyon and supports the
overall mission statement of ensuring that the education its students receive
aligns with the needs of industrial enterprises, so that the engineering
students of today can best respond to the scientific and societal challenges of
tomorrow.
Pharma
Frankfurt is a city that lives and breathes
pharmaceutical innovation. It is home to the FiZ Frankfurt Biotechnology
Innovation Centre, a market-oriented technology centre offering small and
medium-sized businesses in the life sciences field a unique basis for
innovation and growth. In recent years, FIZ has enhanced its reputation as a
true platform for innovation networks, having entered into a partnership with
CEDEM AG Germany, a pioneering company in the healthcare sector, as it expanded
its reach into the MENA region. FIZ is working to achieve a data-based
optimization of cancer therapies through genetic profiling as it looks to adopt
this innovative approach to more than 365.000 expected cancer cases in 2020.
Welcome to the Winter edition of INTERFACE Magazine, our biggest yet! Our cover story this month centres around Lutz Beck,…
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome to the Winter edition
of INTERFACE Magazine, our biggest yet!
Our cover story this month centres around Lutz Beck, CIO of Daimler Trucks North America, who reveals its massive digital transformation into a totally connected company… Read the latest issue here!
Beck transformed Daimler Trucks Asia
– with its brands Mitsubishi Fuso and BharatBenz – into a truly connected
company, moving the IT function front and center of its operations. This work
paved the way for Beck’s move to head up transformational change in the US.
“I was given an open field to do a lot of
these innovations here within the Daimler Trucks North America Group because
they had started certain elements but there were still a few things lacking.
That’s the reason why there is a clear task: to push innovation and transform
IT into a business value adding and future oriented organization.”
Elsewhere in the mag we also speak
exclusively to c-level executives at BT, AXA Partners, SSE, ACC and KPN
in a bumper issue of B2B insight! We also feature interviews with Lisa Moyle
from VC Innovations and Digital Banking Report’s Jim Marous and Sonia
Wedrychowitz. Plus, we list all the top events and conferences from around
the globe.
Ivalua, a global leader in spend management, today announced the release of an enhanced third-party risk module, called Risk Center,…
SHARE THIS STORY
Ivalua, a
global leader in spend
management, today announced the release of an enhanced third-party risk
module, called Risk Center, available as part of its latest product release.
The latest innovations extend the existing strength of Ivalua’s Supplier
Management solution, which had already been recognised as a Leader by
Forrester Research Inc. in the most recent The Forrester Wave™: Supplier
Risk And Performance Management (SRPM) Platforms, Q1 2018.
Ivalua’s
Risk Center offers customers a holistic solution to actively monitor and
mitigate third-party risk and compliance. Customers are able to consolidate
real-time information spanning supplier performance evaluations, transactional
data, spend data, contractual information and external risk information from
major third-party data providers. This combined picture is visible in
actionable dashboards to provide a comprehensive and timely picture of risk and
the potential impact on the business.
“Organisations
are increasingly dependent on their suppliers, who can be sources of tremendous
value but also increased risk,” said Pascal Bensoussan, Ivalua Chief Product
Officer at Ivalua. “Ivalua’s Risk Center brings actionable data and insights
from across the supplier lifecycle together with complimentary external data so
our customers can effectively manage supplier risk. When combined with the
extensive supplier collaboration capabilities embedded in Ivalua’s platform,
our customers can unlock the full potential of their supply chains.”
Risk
Center’s ability to integrate with third party data providers in real time
allows it to meet the unique needs associated with various regulatory
environments, industries, and customer compliance models, in an automated fashion.
For example, Risk Center can aggregate data on supplier financial health,
sustainability, adverse media, sanctions lists, supply chain disruptions and
more. Ivalua maintains an open and rapidly expanding ecosystem, including new
and updated out of the box integrations with leading providers such as: EcoVadis – A long-time partner of Ivalua and leading provider of sustainability risk and performance ratings for global supply chains. Backed by a powerful technology platform, the industry’s most-trusted methodology and a global team of domain experts, EcoVadis sustainability scorecards provide insight and engagement tools to mitigate risk, drive improvements and create value across 198 purchasing categories globally.
EcoVadis – A long-time partner of Ivalua and leading provider of sustainability risk and performance ratings for global supply chains. Backed by a powerful technology platform, the industry’s most-trusted methodology and a global team of domain experts, EcoVadis sustainability scorecards provide insight and engagement tools to mitigate risk, drive improvements and create value across 198 purchasing categories globally.
“The global
supply chain is a breeding ground for hidden sustainability and CSR risks.
Our partnership with Ivalua enables procurement to see where they are
exposed and the steps they need to take to reduce their risk,” said
Pierre-Francois Thaler, Co-CEO of EcoVadis. “The integration of EcoVadis
Sustainability Ratings with Ivalua Risk Center brings our mutual customers a
powerful combination of insights to optimise procurement decisions, improve
supply chain performance and create value.”
riskmethods – A leader in supply
chain risk management, riskmethods empowers businesses to identify, assess
and mitigate supply chain risk. By using artificial intelligence,
riskmethods helps customers automate and accelerate threat detection,
enabling them to gain competitive advantage with a well-managed approach
to meeting customer demands, protecting reputation and reducing total cost
of risk.
“The
integration of holistic supplier risk information within the Ivalua platform is
a great opportunity for Ivalua customers,” says Heiko Schwarz, founder and
managing director of riskmethods. “With riskmethods available via the Ivalua
Risk Center, customers will be able to get a complete view of all types of
risk, giving them the tools, they need to avoid the cost of disruptions and
respond faster to risk events than their competition.”
Global Risk Management Solutions (GRMS)
– In an upcoming release, GRMS, a recognised leader providing innovative
supplier risk management solutions, will also be available. GRMS combines
highly configurable software, premium data streams, and continuous human
interventions to reduce exposure to global risk and liability. GRMS
delivers risk-management-as-an-integrated-service on fully private
networks and serves clientele covering suppliers across more than 120
countries.
Retailers know how important the customer experience is – and this can’t be forgotten around the busiest shopping period of…
SHARE THIS STORY
Retailers know how important the customer experience is – and
this can’t be forgotten around the busiest shopping period of the year. In
fact, in 2018 UK shoppers spent £4.75billion in Boxing Day sales and £1.4
billion on the last Saturday before Christmas, known as ‘Super Saturday.’ With research showing
that improving the customer experience and investing in new ways to engage
customers is critical to the ongoing success of retailers, the retailers who
are able to create a seamless, convenient experience for customers will have
the upper hand. To do this effectively, they’ll need to bring together physical
and digital while offering an amazing product selection that’s readily
available and can be delivered fast.
Philip
Hall, Managing Director Europe at CommerceHub, shares his top three tips to give
retailers an advantage during this year’s peak shopping season.
1.
Embrace the Physical and Digital for More Consumer Convenience
With the
adoption of cloud-based software and smart mobile devices, retailers’ ability
to connect their physical and digital presence has become significantly easier,
as shown by the rise of click and collect and more return options. Every
consumer has a different purchasing pattern – which is largely driven by
convenience – meaning that retailers need to focus on having the right products
in the right places.
Because
convenience plays a large role in customer satisfaction, retailers need to take
action. According to a recent survey, 68% of consumers said they preferred
click and collect when making purchases. When consumers elect to pick up their
purchases in-store, retailers are not only able to reduce their shipping costs,
but also to sell even more product, as 85% of these consumers tend to make
additional purchases once they come in-store to retrieve their orders –
something that could easily feed into holiday sale buzz.
2. Put
an End to Cancelled and Out of Stock Messages
“Right time,
right place” in today’s consumer speak actually means “right here, right now,”
– something that is only becoming more ingrained in retailers’ strategies. It’s
not uncommon for consumers to have experienced the frustration of hopping
online to purchase the perfect gift and getting hit with the “out of stock”
message – a challenge that typically ends in an abandoned cart and searching
for the product elsewhere.
Retailers stand
to miss out on nearly $1 trillion in sales because they
don’t have what customers want to buy. And while this problem stirs agitation
and causes stress for consumers, it is something that retailers can easily
avoid with the right approach. By tapping into virtual inventory enabled
through drop shipping and executing on proper resource planning and logistics
execution, retailers could potentially have no sell outs at all, enabling them
to keep customers happy and maintain their brand promise. And some retailers
are already recognising the potential, with research from CommerceHub showing that
46% of retailers value the fast shipping and delivery of drop shipping and over
a third acknowledging the better customer experience drop shipping will bring.
3. Meet
and Exceed Delivery Expectations
A final key to
success as we enter the UK’s busiest shopping period will be perfecting
shipping and delivery. Gone are the days when getting packages a week or longer
after an order is placed is acceptable. New and improving technology is giving
retailers the ability to strategically expand product ranges, fulfil
orders faster than ever before and track deliveries to better meet customer
needs and expectations. By implementing these advanced back-end processes,
communications between retailers and fulfilment/shipping centres have never
been more seamless.
Technology is
also giving retailers more visibility into fulfilment processes, which is
enabling them to create routine efficiencies and capture data to drive their
businesses forward year after year. What’s more, these insights can help drive
real-time decision making, allowing retailers to keep consumers aware of the
status of their orders and stay ahead of delays in ways that couldn’t be
managed before, which supports retailers’ growing need to stay ahead of customer
expectations.
Conclusion
Retailers need
to ensure that the customer, and their satisfaction, is at the core of every
strategy – especially in the coming months when the sales potential is so high.
Whether it is a newly implemented or enhanced approach, a retailer’s ability to
carry out a seamless crossover between physical and digital retail, minimise
out-of-stock cancels and meet and exceed delivery expectations is essential to
their success. And with this success comes happy customers, who in turn, will
only be coming back for more.
Becki Hyde, Practice Lead, Agile Practice Leadership Enablement and Sean Olszewski, Practice Lead for Agile Practice Leadership Enablement, Pivotal Software…
SHARE THIS STORY
Becki Hyde, Practice Lead, Agile Practice Leadership Enablement and Sean Olszewski, Practice Lead for Agile Practice Leadership Enablement, Pivotal Software
The benefits of a successful digital transformation project will manifest across entire organisational structures: teams make and act upon decisions faster than they have in the past, products and services are being delivered to users faster, employee morale is on the rise, operational costs are decreasing, and legacy systems are being upgraded or retired far quicker than many in the business can keep pace with. However, once change gets into full swing, it’s typical to see some employees begin to question their roles in the company, or whether they want to remain at the company at all. Things are changing fast—technologies, processes, expectations—and that can make for a difficult adjustment. Understanding why employees feel the way they do is crucial–not just to keep great people, but as a gauge to understand if the business is transforming in the right way.
There are different types of people within an organisation that are at risk of becoming alienated or otherwise unhappy during transformation periods. Here are some traits to look out for and some advice for keeping those people not just around, but also happy.
Frustrated converts
The frustrated convert gets exposure to a new way of working and is then forced to go back to the old way – to what is often perceived as cumbersome process, wasted time, dead ends, and a lack of autonomy. These blockers often occur due to senior leadership being bought into an effort but failing to cascade the intent and importance of this to middle management. Because of this breakdown in communication, middle management doesn’t allow individual contributors the flexibility they need to deliver effectively, creating frustration and ultimately causing them to leave.
To prevent turnover of otherwise engaged and excited employees, work toward support for the change at all levels of your organisation and provide air cover until that is achieved. Having one or two key allies at the manager, director, and vice president levels goes a long way toward preventing converts from ever becoming frustrated. By knowing they have direct leadership support, employees will be able to weather the challenges of introducing change for much longer than if they feel they are doing it alone.
High achievers
High achievers are employees who thrive in an agile environment, becoming so effective at what they do that they begin to be courted by other companies, or seek promotion opportunities elsewhere. Time and time again, we see this issue come up as companies undergo change, and the strongest way to combat it is to have a strong, protected culture of learning, with a fair and competitive compensation structure.
But supporting high achievers isn’t just about salary and benefits. The most engaged and motivated participants in change can become disengaged if they aren’t given opportunities that align to their interests and professional development – and have a measurable impact on the business. After seeing success on their teams, some employees naturally want to spread the principles and practices they’ve become so passionate about. This gives them an opportunity to grow professionally, and to have a larger positive influence on company culture.
Opt-outs
When people are asked to change the way they work, some will self-select out. This is especially likely in companies where employees stay in roles long-term and develop well-understood processes over years of experience. Opt-outs don’t like or aren’t convinced of how effective this new way of working will be. It’s not uncommon for people to have seen many attempts at changing their enterprise and are therefore sceptical of further change.
As you introduce change, think ahead to how you can support these potential opt-outs. Opt-outs are normally better suited for work which isn’t related to the company’s digital transformation efforts, therefore change may in fact represent an opportunity to become involved in other areas of the business. They can however prove to be effective advisors in their area of expertise, or perhaps there are other teams in the company that could benefit from their experience and knowledge. Regardless, if you don’t consider these employees’ concerns and manage their transitions, they can poison others who are interested – but nervous about the change.
Graduates
Some of your best team members will get promoted, perhaps onto a different team or into a new business unit. On the surface this is good news, however, if people leave early, or several leave in quick succession, the team leading the change may struggle to maintain maturity and momentum in their absence.
Because it is important to keep teams intact until there are people ready to backfill leadership roles, start succession-planning early — even down to the individual team level. While you can encourage people to stay in place for a period of time by providing them with interesting work and fair compensation, preparing for the future early ensures your efforts won’t stall out. When you are ready for people to move on, consider planning for graduates to seed new teams in pairs or small groups, so that they can support one another and have greater influence on others.
Final thoughts
While high turnover feels alarming, it can be a good sign. It’s evidence that you’re effecting change. Instead of feeling powerless, proactively preparing for and guiding changes in staffing can keep your transformation on track. While you may not prevent people from leaving, you can learn valuable lessons from the reasons they leave, which you can then leverage into actionable insights that help you on your journey.
Jay Weintraub, founder and CEO of InsureTech Connect explores the digital transformation of insurance, and what makes InsureTech Connect the…
SHARE THIS STORY
Jay Weintraub, founder and CEO of InsureTech Connect explores the digital transformation of insurance, and what makes InsureTech Connect the largest, most focused and relevant gathering of insurance industry executives, entrepreneurs and investors in the world. By Dale Benton
Walk us through your career journey and how you
find yourself as Founder and CEO of InsureTech Connect?
In 2008, I launched an event
series for a subset of the Internet advertising space, and it was there that I first
got exposed to the world of insurance. Towards the end of 2015, I met Caribou
Honig, who was a fintech VC in search of an InsureTech conference, and that
meeting could have gone really poorly or really well, and I’m happy to say that
it went really, really well.
What is InsureTech Connect?
We are the world’s largest
event that discusses the digital transformation happening in the world of
insurance. Insurance is one of these remarkable worlds. It’s worth trillions of
dollars in annual premiums, it connects our lives, it enables us to do everything
that we do at this moment and yet it’s something that is sort of invisible and
behind the scenes. In the last four years, the world of insurance has seen,
this groundswell of activity by entrepreneurs who are looking at this big world
and saying, ‘Wait a second, why does it work the way that it does? There has to
be a better way.” It is these entrepreneurs, the investors that fund them
and the global incumbent insurance companies that all gather at InsureTech
Connect in Las Vegas.
As technology has become more advanced, how are
the conversations surrounding tech, different today than they were say, 10
years ago?
It’s amazing how much the
conversation has remained the same, it’s the channels that are different. When
we think about customer acquisition, there are certainly going to be broad
shifts in how companies acquire customers as the access to channels. We must
remember, the core of having a great product that appeals to people may change,
but it’s the core of having something worth telling that really hasn’t changed.
Is there a challenge in understanding, and
defining, what digital and digital transformation means to business?
It’s both a challenge and
opportunity and it is what makes being in InsureTech such a fun place to be
because is it talking about product lines. How do we use insurance in a new
way? How do we take a classic product, break it into a way that is better and
necessary but also helps consumers? Digital transformation is going to depend
on what product line you’re in, what part of the value chain you’re in and what
technologies you think can actually help you serve your customers better.
There’s an immense amount of parallel transformation taking place.
What do you feel are some of the key barriers
faced by insurance, in embracing innovation?
I would love for the answer
to be technology. If we think about in the early 2000s when e-commerce was
becoming a thing and people knew that they wanted to buy online, it still took
15 years before it became mainstream, and that was a technology issue. It was
because mobile phones weren’t computers, there wasn’t connectivity, the cloud
computing didn’t exist, so the ubiquity of what could be done wasn’t actually
there. Today, we have consumers that want things and we have technology that
gets it to them. It’s a fundamental culture change in a lot of cases, and
insurance has been more incremental in nature. It’s an industry that is
hundreds of years old and thinks in terms of hundreds of years versus any
short-term trend.
How do companies stay on top of the new consumer
demands so as not to fall behind competitors?
We have a couple of
assumptions. We are assuming that over time, if it can be sold online, it will
be. We assume over time that everything will be sold and written directly. The
challenge for any business is, what is that time horizon? Personal lines are vastly
consumed both directly and digitally, but commercial lines will one day be far
more direct than they are. It’s why small commercial concerns are such a hotbed
of innovation.
You think about the next
generation of small business owner, it’s going to be somebody that has grown up
with a phone, and so when they look to purchase their insurance, they’re going
to want to start digitally versus maybe how the previous generation turned to
an individual. When we’re looking at insurance, it’s about locating the pain
point? Is the product going to be sold digitally no matter what? Or is it
something that is still going to be sold through an individual, most likely
with an advisor. How do you enable that advisor to do their job better?
How difficult is it to balance, move forward and
embrace this next generation without turning your back on the existing previous
generations?
I don’t think it’s a pure
split. I think everybody wants to speak on the phone at a certain time, and I
would say that there’s an ever-growing comfort with people who are happy to
speak on the phone or not speak on the phone. We look at Facebook, right? It
went from being students only, to almost getting a backlash for it becoming the
playground of the parents and grandparents, and it shows the comfort of people
engaging with a mobile phone as a device for consuming and inputting
information.
I think about chatbots and
other forms of conversational AI, and it’s a case of understanding how it helps
you to make the experience better versus looking at it as just a, ‘Oh the young
kids, they want to engage with their phone.’ We have to say, what does it help
us do better, faster, and at scale? We have to look at these things for very
specific performance enhancers and then always have an escalation process
knowing that if there’s a certain level of complexity, if there’s a certain
level of frustration, if there’s nuance, then there’s a trigger for people to
always speak to a human. People can be guilty of looking at tech as the box
that everything fits into. It’s like a hammer in search of a nail. Well let’s
make it a box for everything, and we see it ultimately leads to poor outcomes.
How do you work to ensure that InsureTech
Connect is relevant to the discussions of today in a time of never-ending disruption?
What is our role? Our role is
to convene. When we think about the goal of insurance, both to enable people to
live and take risks and to get people back to a pre-loss state faster, our hope
is to always keep an eye on what’s happening and look at how we reduce the
coverage gaps and say, what is actually making a difference? Who is actually
making a difference? How do we make sure they get enough time on stage? And
more importantly, how do we enable the attendees, via technology, to connect
with each other so that start-ups meet an investor they might not have?
What can organisations, and the industry as a
whole, be doing now to open the door to the next generation of skilled workers
that’ll be able to continue to innovate and continue to operate in these new
and exciting times?
It’s one of those great
questions that has horrible answers because the businesses operate at scale.
It’s about repeatable process and it’s about having the data and then acting.
What we’re talking about now is, no one knows the data. We wouldn’t have
guessed 5 years ago that having somebody who was really good with a mobile
phone and understood Instagram could be a person that is immensely valuable to
the largest organisations, and yet today, you think about some of these
competencies… People are saying, ‘Oh, we want you to know how to use social
because having our 10,000 employees engaged in social is actually one of the
best ways for us to get seen and get noticed.’ But a lot of these skill sets we
have are not obvious until they’re obvious.
The best thing is to look at
the younger generation and at how they engage. Study them as consumers first,
as this is how they consume and then look to understand what that means, every five
or 10 years. The hardest part is we can oftentimes see where the future’s
heading, but we don’t know how long it’s going to take. There’s a real
discipline that says, how do we separate out some of these new skill sets, new
future activities, how do we stay on top of it, without trying to either shift
the entire organisation or treat it as something that is not that important
today.
What would you say is key to remaining successful
in this time of opportunity and challenge?
Never underestimate the power
of relationships, because it’s the people who are ultimately the ones that are
creating the next thing and the closer you are to the creators, the closer you
are to the ecosystem itself. I think it is also being calm; you have to be calm
and stop listening to the noise as much. We think about the companies that have
dramatically changed our lives. I think about some of the big tech companies: Google,
Amazon, Facebook, Apple. There are thousands upon thousands of start-ups that
are doing interesting things, but the number of them that are going to
ultimately change the way we do business are slow in their growth, in a way,
before they fully change us.
Be a little patient and learn
about ecosystems and make sure that you have at least someone or a team that is
comfortable with these new platforms, so that when one of them becomes dominant
like Facebook or Apple there’s at least some embedded knowledge about how these
things work. Listen, but don’t overreact. Be patient. There’s usually always
time, even though it doesn’t feel like it in the get-go.
In early 2019, the Voluntary Health Insurance Scheme (VHIS) was introduced in Hong Kong by the Food and Health Bureau…
SHARE THIS STORY
In
early 2019, the Voluntary Health Insurance Scheme (VHIS) was introduced in Hong
Kong by the Food and Health Bureau to regulate indemnity hospital insurance
plans offered to individuals, with voluntary participation by insurance
companies and consumers. The VHIS was designed as a means of encouraging and
supporting customers to purchase private healthcare services and for Koh Yi
Mien, Managing Director Health and Employee Benefits at AXA Hong Kong, this
scheme represents a broader transformation of healthcare and insurance
services. “Currently, the demand on healthcare in Hong Kong in the public
sector is incredibly high with very long waiting times and waiting lists,” she
explains. “As a result, people just aren’t getting timely access to treatment.
The private sector in Hong Kong, which is world-class, has capacity. So, if we
can rebalance and shift some of the elective work from public to private, it
will free up more people to use the public service in a timely fashion.”
Yi
Mien also points to a global drive for greater transparency, accountability,
use of data and technology as well as promoting customer choice as key drivers
of change in the insurance space. “It’s no longer a case of simply providing
reimbursement to people when they need treatment,” she says. “It’s about being
the patient’s partner throughout their whole life so that when they need
healthcare, whenever and wherever they are, we are there to help and support
them in their times of need.”
The
modern-day insurance customer is very different from the customer of the past.
We live in times of greater access to information through the advent of social
media and the increasing influence of the Internet and this has resulted in
insurance customers being more knowledgeable about their conditions and asking
more questions of their doctors than ever before. As a result, the balance
between the customer and the healthcare provider is becoming more equitable.
“Customers and patients, as a result, are becoming more demanding,” says Yi
Mien. “Gone are the traditional ideas that doctor knows best. It’s not uncommon
for patients to see their doctor with a list of demands, while expecting to be
serviced.”
Running
parallel to becoming more knowledgeable and demanding is the use of smartphones
and how it has created a culture of service in an instant. When customers
purchase etiquettes or use banking services, they expect the ability to be able
to access and complete these transactions and services via their smartphone
devices. Fewer and fewer people are accessing physical bank branches and the
healthcare insurance sector, despite being still very traditional, is feeling
the effects of this instant demand. “Healthcare is a very traditional sector
sure, but asking patients or customers to book weeks in advance and telling
them they don’t really have any choice is becoming increasingly unacceptable
and so healthcare becomes a commodity,” says Mie Koh. “They, like any other
customer, vote with their feet and want 24/7 access to quality healthcare
without waiting directly from us as the insurer.”
The
informed customer and patient have also transformed the relationship between
customer and doctor. It is no longer a bilateral relationship and the entire
healthcare ecosystem works to provide services from prevention right through to
treatment. The result? Insurers like AXA work with customers before they are
sick and encourage them to maintain their health, but they also work with
clients during their illness and even afterwards AXA will continue to treat them
in their rehabilitation. “During their healthcare journey, customers want some
handholding in order to navigate the very complex healthcare system, to make
sure they get the right healthcare provider, doctor and hospitals that are best
for them in their time of need,” says Yi Mien. “This can only happen if we are
using digital so that it becomes more real time.”
AXA
has been embracing technology for a number of years to be able to serve and
effectively work with its customers. It achieves this by starting with the
definition of a product, because the product sets the rules. Yi Mien highlights
that the rules would often be how AXA would spell out the terms and conditions,
the provisions, but these rules also set the customer expectations. Throughout
late 2018 and 2019, AXA has invested in digital to enable its customers to buy
online, service online, claim online and check-up online. The company also
launched a servicing app called Emma, a ‘digital companion’ that enables even
faster service. Yi Mien describes this app as a true “health companion”. She is
also keen to highlight that the technology is only part of the story. AXA has
built a vast medical network with some of the leading hospitals and doctors and
customers simply having to log into their companion app to be able to access
this network at the touch of a button. “All they need to show is their digital
card, their e-card, and with the QR code, the provider just scans it. All of
the data is downloaded and all they need to do is sign, get their treatment,
and then when they discharge, just sign that they have received the treatment
and off they go,” she says. “The hospital will bill AXA directly so there’s no
out of pocket. The data is also transmitted to AXA which means that we have
more comprehensive and more reliable data.”
Comprehensive
and reliable data is crucial to the technology journey of AXA, but it is also
integral to the customer journey. With a customer’s entire electronic medical
records stored effectively and securely, as Yi Mien notes, why would they go
anywhere else? The data that an insurer handles is often complex in nature, but
this data is processed through artificial intelligence, with AI being used to
process claims more effectively and interpret the information to allow AXA to create
rules and algorithms to better serve its customers. AXA also utilises AI
through its companion app Emma. “Emma is our chatbot,” explains Yi Mien. “Emma
has been built up based on a multitude of Q&As that our customer services
team have recorded and collected over many months and years. As we continue to
build, and more people use Emma, then the quality of the responses she has in
her arsenal will improve.” In the first two months of operations, Emma recorded
an accuracy level of 50%. Yi Mien firmly believes that as more people engage
with Emma and as a result, the chatbot will evolve and become more of a
real-time navigator that can direct customers across the whole ecosystem.
In
the global discussion around AI, the topic of transparency is often a key point
of debate. With governments around the world shining a spotlight on exactly
what data is collected and how it is used, AXA ensures that it maintains an
open and transparent dialogue with its customers. As customers engage with Emma
and the companion app, they can at any time request their transcripts. Should
they choose to speak with a human adviser, all calls are recorded and again
they can access those recordings should they wish. Not only is this an example
of AXA complying with global governing laws, it also highlights that the
customer is at the very heart of every decision it makes and it maintains this
as it continues to implement new technologies. “If you look at banking as an
example, we all are so used to accessing our bank accounts at any time, be it
through our phones or online,” says Yi Mien. “If we want to speak to someone,
we can. If we want to go into a branch, we can. I believe this is the way to go
with insurance as well. We make it easy for our customers to contact us. We are
doing everything we can to allow that.”
“Healthcare
is quite personal, so we are doing what we can to allow customers to speak to
people, should they not wish to use our chatbot. These are very personal
journeys and digital is still in its early days, so we really have to provide
different avenues and channels for our customers to contact us.”
As
Yi Mien notes, AXA designs its customer journey by starting at the product and
going through all the way to treatment. The company makes every decision with
the customer’s perspective in mind. As a doctor by trade, Yi Mien sees that all
new products are designed by doctors because they understand how the patients
move throughout the whole healthcare ecosystem. When AXA designs new products,
it does not operate within a vacuum. It has a customer insight group, where
around 1,000 customers operate as a real-time focus group in which AXA can test
its products with. “When I think about future products, we will test with this
group of people and get feedback to see whether we are aligned with the current
customer need. So, it’s not just technology per se, but actually meets a
customer’s needs,” she says. “One other area to make sure that we are doing the
right thing, because technology also costs money, is to make sure that we are
very robust in what we do. AXA is unique in that we sell life insurance, health
insurance, employee benefits, and we also have P&C. So, being a multi-line
insurer, we have the opportunity of having one approach and cross-selling
across the business lines, which is a fantastic opportunity. We can only do
that through technology.”
Over
the course of her career, Yi Mien has been a champion of the transformative
effect of technology in becoming a greater enabler for healthcare and
healthcare insurance providers around the world. One area in particular that is
close to her heart is the mental health space. In Hong Kong, the waiting time
to see a psychologist is close to two years and if patients were to seek
private care, it is an expensive solution. “Look at a country like Hong Kong,
or Australia, they are so vast that there just aren’t enough practitioners to
cover the breadth of the geography. Digital is the solution,” she says.
“Digital enables people to seek, support and care at the time that is most convenient
for them.”
“In
the past two to three years, there has been a proliferation of digital tools.
Recent studies have shown that digital tools are as good as, if not better,
than in-person therapy because customers prefer to talk to a robot rather than
face-to-face because they feel that the robot is not judging them.”
Another
example that Yi Mien highlights is in the UK, where a VR program has been
developed by programmers that is therapy through gameification. The treatment
is consistent every time and because of its mobile platform, it is accessible.
“We can provide it where you work,” she says. “That’s just one example as to
how we can destigmatise mental health through technology.”
AXA
operates within a broad healthcare ecosystem, an ecosystem made up of partners,
providers and doctors and Yi Mien stresses that in the future of insurance, it
will be impossible for insurers to control the ecosystem. “I don’t foresee a
future where that happens,” she says. “Partnerships are incredibly important.
Things are moving so fast there’s no way we can catch up alone. We need to have
partners, collaborators, who are working together to ensure we are at the top
of our game and at the forefront of innovation.”
“Over the course of our lives, so many different
things can happen and so people will need better care and support. By having a
collection of data that represents our customer’s needs we are able to push or
suggest services that better meet those needs. In order for us to do that, we
need to have players collaborate in the ecosystem. It’s imperative.”
As
AXA continues this digital growth journey, the next few years will be defined
by improving the agility of the digital companion in order to improve the
interaction with customers. AXA will also be looking at developing a digital
marketplace in which customers can go shopping within an AXA owned digital
platform. For Yi Mien, though, the future is clear for AXA and in order to be
successful, she feels it’s down to one thing. “AXA has a clear digital strategy
for sure, where it will transform its digital system and build new IT
infrastructure to transform the customer experience,” she says. “But the
technology is only one part of the story.”
“Unless
we can transform the customer experience to deliver a service they truly value,
then technology doesn’t do anything. It’s important to recognise that
technology is enabling us to transform healthcare, to make it easier, faster,
and cheaper for people to receive care. That means in the long-term, sustainable
healthcare and health services, which fits into sustainable insurance.”
This month’s exclusive cover
story features an interview with Koh
Yi Mien, Managing Director Health and Employee Benefits at AXA Hong Kong. Koh
Yi Mien reveals how technology is only one part of the healthcare insurance
giant’s digital transformation journey.
Yi
Mien points to a global drive for greater transparency, accountability, use of
data and technology as well as promoting customer choice as key drivers of
change in the insurance space. “It’s no longer a case of simply providing
reimbursement to people when they need treatment,” she says. “It’s about being
the patient’s partner throughout their whole life… so we are there to help and
support them in their times of need.”
Elsewhere, we
have an absorbing interview with former Amazon exec John Rossman, Managing
Partner at Rossman Partners, who explores the concept of digital transformation
in his book Think Like Amazon. We also feature Jay Weintraub, founder and CEO of event InsureTech
Connect, who explains why it’s the largest, most focused and relevant gathering
of insurance industry executives, entrepreneurs and investors in the world.
Plus, we list the greatest events and conferences of the year ahead.
The uptake of artificial intelligence by industry will drastically change the UK job market in the coming years – with…
SHARE THIS STORY
The uptake of artificial intelligence by industry will drastically change the UK job market in the coming years – with 133 million new jobs expected to be created globally.
In the UK alone, up to a third of jobs will be automated or likely to change as a result of the emergence of AI – impacting 10.5 million workers.
Ollie Sexton, Principal at Robert Walters comments:
“As businesses become ever more reliant on AI, there is an increasing amount of pressure on the processes of data capture and integration. As a result, we have seen an unprecedented number of roles being created with data skill-set at their core.
“Our job force cannot afford to not get to grips with data and digitalisation. Since 2015 the volume of data created worldwide has more than doubled – increasing (on average) by 28% year-on-year.
“Now is the perfect time to start honing UK talent for the next generation of AI-influenced jobs. If you look at the statistics in this report we can see that demand is already rife, what we are at risk of is a shortage of talent and skills.”
Demand for Data Professionals
IT professionals dedicated to data management appear to be the fastest growing area within large or global entities, with volumes increasing ten-fold in three years – an increase in vacancies of 160% since 2015.
More generally speaking, data roles across the board have increased by 80% since 2015 – with key areas of growth including data scientists and engineers.
What has been the most interesting to see is the emergence of data scientist as a mainstream profession – with job vacancies increasing by a staggering 110% year-on-year. The same trend can be seen with data engineers, averaging 86% year-on-year job growth.
Professional Services Hiring Rapidly
The rise of cybercrime has resulted in professional services – particularly within banking and financial services – hiring aggressively for information security professionals since 2016, however since then volumes have held steady.
Within professional services, vacancies for data analysts (+19.5%), data manager (+64.2%), data scientist (+28.8), and data engineer (+62%) have all increased year-on-year.
Top Industries Investing in AI
Agriculture
Business Support
Customer Experience
Energy
Healthcare
Intellectual Property
IT Service Management
Manufacturing
Technical Support
Retail
Software Development
Tom Chambers, Manager – Advanced Analytics and Engineering at Robert Walters comments:
“The uptake of AI across multiple industries is bringing about rapid change, but with that opportunity.
“Particularly, we are seeing retail, professional services and technology industries’ strive to develop digital products and services that are digitally engaging, secure and instantaneous for the customer – leading to huge waves of recruitment of professionals who are skilled in implementing, monitoring and gaining the desired output from facial recognition, check-out free retail and computer vision, among other automation technologies.
“Similarly, experimental AI is making huge breakthroughs in the healthcare industry, with the power to replace the need for human, expert diagnoses.
“What we are seeing is from those businesses that are prepared to invest heavily in AI and data analytics, is they are already outperforming their competitors – and so demand for talent in this area shows no signs of wavering.”
We’re in the midst of an industrial revolution. Industry 4.0 is an umbrella term that covers a multitude of technological advances that are transforming the world’s manufacturing and production industries. This means that every individual machine, system and set of processes across the factory and throughout the enterprise will be integrated and connected to the internet. It’s as much an evolution of existing automated systems (like assembly line robots or packaging equipment), as it is a revolution. This unprecedented level of connectivity allows information to be captured at every point on the production process and throughout the supply chain. The resulting Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE) data can then be analysed and managed to make every manufacturing sequence as fast and accurate as possible.
Simply put, the Holy Grail of maximum efficiency could be realised with Coding Automation. Adem Kulauzovic, Director of Coding Automation, at Domino Printing Sciences plc, highlights the five ways in which you can achieve this through coding and marking.
Defeating downtime through proactive monitoring
Manufacturers want peace of mind that their printers will remain operational at all times, and utilising Industry 4.0 concepts, such as Integration and Cloud Computing, makes this feasible. By using an array of integrated sensors to automate system monitoring and send data to the Cloud, engineers can use this information to monitor their printers and detect any reliability issues.
With this type of technology, this can be done remotely – there is no need for engineers to go to a customer site to diagnose a fault. If a fix is required, engineers can turn up on site prepared with the knowledge and any spare parts they need. Additionally, the use of the Cloud will ensure engineers are automatically alerted of any faults and potential issues with the printers which enable issues to be managed faster and resolutions sought before they impact the production line. The data collected by the Cloud can also be used to discover trends and provide root cause analysis that can be used to determine proper preventative maintenance in the future. A proactive approach and remote management is a powerful weapon in defeating downtime.
Empowering customers through Automation and IIoT
It’s not just support teams and engineers that can monitor printers; customers also have valuable insights into their printer operations at their fingertips.
With the use of a connected online system, a customer can check the status of their printers from any location, remotely diagnose faults, plan for refills and reorders by watching ink levels and usage. They can set alerts if, for example, ink levels reach a dangerously low level – and can take action before downtime occurs – all without physically needing to be at the printer’s location. By monitoring cleaning and equipment maintenance schedules, the longevity of the printers and their components is increased. It’s also key to remember that users don’t have access to this information for just one printer, production line, or plant. The IIoT (Industrial Internet of Things) allows users to compare the performance across all lines, plants, and sites, enabling them to take a global approach to optimise production efficiency.
Eliminating recalls caused by operator error
When errors are introduced, the impact can be detrimental and significant. Consider that the average human makes one mistake for every 300 characters entered. Incorrect information entered on printers by operators results in costly recalls and reworks. It’s a significant cause of unplanned production downtime. Integrating printers with factory automation systems, such as MES (Manufacturing Execution System) and ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) systems enables labelling data to be coordinated automatically without the need for human input.
Switching from manually operating each printer to the centralised management and automated coordination of jobs, labels, and data removes the risk of human error and can prevent coding and marking errors and can provide essential production data on your factory floor.
Seamless interoperability through standardisation
Communication standards enable the seamless transfer of data between equipment and factory systems to reduce setup, support, and development costs. They provide a universal method to collect and share production information across production areas; measuring and adjusting production throughput while reducing the risk of data inconsistency across different pieces of production equipment.
If you imagine a production line in its entirety, data and instructions flow through a variety of equipment that is often supplied by different companies – devices like printers, check weighers, vision systems and PLCs, and whole packaging systems from OEMs. By adopting a common data language, setup times are reduced, and there’s no need to develop software to interface between equipment – reducing development time.
Protecting consumers through serialisation
There are several solutions for unique identification, aggregation, tracing, and verification of products to meet the challenges of serialisation. These serialisation products can generate encrypted, unique numbers, and enable multiple levels of aggregation and integration with Government databases, enterprise systems, and contract manufacturing organisations.
Online portals enable live tracking and authentication of products through the supply chain. If items are removed or changed during production, or damaged during transit, the associated serial numbers are decommissioned, and the data in the central repository is updated. Scanning products at the point of purchase gives assurance to consumers and retailers. For example, pharmacies can validate medicines before dispensing, and customers (via smartphone apps) can check food products are safe before they purchase them.
Don’t just survive – thrive!
Industry 4.0 is not just a revolution but an evolution of technology, attitudes, and techniques across every section of the world’s manufacturing and production environments. The benefits of the fourth Industrial Revolution are clear to see. From increased performance and profitability, to customer empowerment, to servitisation and serialisation, each advantage is working towards the ultimate goal for any production environment: maximum efficiency.
However, Industry 4.0 cannot be achieved overnight. Due to the breadth of changes, from both a cultural and technical standpoint, this transformation will require time to take effect. Yet this transformation is happening, and it is a truly unique opportunity for us not just to survive – but thrive as innovators and early adopters while the world’s latest Industrial Revolution steadily marches on.
Ian Moyse, EMEA Sales Director at Natterbox Limited outlines one of the most important skill sets in the modern age:…
SHARE THIS STORY
Ian Moyse, EMEA Sales Director at Natterbox Limited outlines one of the most important skill sets in the modern age: the need for acceptance and receptiveness of innovation and digitisation. The ability to be agile as a technology professional… By Dale Benton
How important is it to stay on top of, and to understand, both the speed of change and the increasing demands on modern technology?
One of the skill sets, and not just in sales or working in the tech sector, but across a lot of roles today, is the capability to be agile. Humans have this propensity to change and adapt. Otherwise, we wouldn’t be here today, right? But you’ve got to be willing to do that. A valuable skill today is acceptance and receptiveness and the ability to change, and change again, and again. We’re seeing less and less of doing the same thing day in, day out, for 30 years or so.
So, what exactly is Natterbox?
Natterbox has built, from the ground up, a cloud telephony system, which was called VoIP. The real unique thing is we’ve built the system fully inside Salesforce. We’re the most integrated telephony platform for the Salesforce platforms, whether it is service cloud, sales cloud, force.com etc., on the planet. You could say it’s a niche market, but it’s a very big niche market, enabling customers who have invested in Salesforce to also put their telephony in the cloud, and put the two together. It’s using data that you have about customers, whether it’s opportunities, cases, support, tickets, to improve and transform both your customer and your agent’s experience with telephony. To do things that you couldn’t do with old technology, and old telephony systems. Simple example, if you phone in and you had a ticket with a customer yesterday and they didn’t call you back, how transformational would it be if when you phoned them, if the phone system dynamically recognised your number, had looked you up in their system and went, “Hi Ian, thanks for calling this morning. We detect, we didn’t call you back on that ticket yesterday, if that’s what you’re calling about, press one, and we will escalate you to the right person quickly. Two, for our normal menu.”
We’re using live relevant data about the customer to personalize and transform their experience over the phone. Exactly like you’ve seen on websites for years, where you go to a website, it remembers who you are from a cookie, and starts to personalize your experience and treat you differently. We believe you should be doing that on the phone, and that’s the capability we give to customers.
Can you explore the technology that sits at the very heart of that?
We’ve seen some players try and do this by buying components, underlying components in, but we wanted to own the stack because if you’re going to do this stuff, it’s obviously important to you.You can’t do this stuff and do half a job, it’s got to be extremely resilient, because you’re setting the customer expectation, you’re setting the bar high and you’d better deliver. We architected this ourselves, and we chose Salesforce purely because we wanted to be the master of one and do it well. We decided we are going to do this to the extreme we believe the market needs.
Everything behind this has to use efficient, speedy cloud systems, because it’s real time. You have a conversation, you have an electronic voice, you want it to sound as human as possible, and it needs to be instantaneous. The customer isn’t going to wait two or three seconds as you would on websites. Our expectations are set high. It is extremely complex under the covers, but one of our goals we achieved was to make it easier for customers, to hide all the complexity in the back end, and give them an interface where they can configure this, and manage it very quickly themselves. So if they want to make a change, it’s real time. Make the change and it’s live across your whole phone system.
Data is key to what you do, but how do you ensure that data is governed?
If you look at the press today, in the past number of weeks, at the point we’re speaking now, we have seen some of the impact of data breaches like we’ve never seen before. The consequence used to be, A, we wouldn’t always necessarily hear about the story and B, the impact and cost of that business was reduced; it didn’t get much news. It was, “there’s been a breach”. If you heard about it, great, but it has diminished quite quickly. Today we live in a different world. The rules have changed.
We’ve seen these large businesses now, they’re getting fines in the hundreds of millions. So the penalty should have been there before. I don’t think the threats are getting worse. They’re getting different, but the threats have been there for years. If you’ve got data, it is an incredibly valuable asset. When I speak at schools, it’s always interesting. A question that’s come up a few times is, “Facebook and these, how do they make money?” Because they see these platforms, that they recognize cost money to build and run. “How do they make money?” The money isn’t in the membership fees, it isn’t in the logins. It’s in the data they get, what they know about us, how they can market to us and sell us… We’re their commodity, we’re their product.
With technology continuously evolving, how can companies like Natterbox be ready for the next wave of digital transformation?
What I say to people is, what is your business? What is the product or service you sell? What’s the dynamic of your customer? Now if you’re a hairdresser cutting hair, you physically have to cut hair. So unless some incredible robot comes along in the future, that’s going to continue. It’s understanding what your business is, and what the persona of your customers are and how are they wanting to interact with you? It depends on generation as well. Millennials have been born into a world where social media has always been there, and all this tech we’re seeing, and Amazon, and apps on your phone for ordering is taken for granted. I would argue, however, all of us that haven’t come from that generation have probably been dragged into it anyway, and we take it for granted as well.
Our expectation bars have been set to a peaked level. The problem for any business that isn’t in that born in the cloud model, is that the customer expects the same of you, because someone else has raised the bar. And that’s why we’ve seen the likes of Blockbuster Video fall foul of Netflix and Amazon’s LoveFilm as was. There’s nothing wrong with Blockbuster, we’re hiring a video. But someone came along and presented a faster, quicker, slicker, more flexible model. It changed the dynamic of how the customer engaged or bought that product or service.
If you’re in a market that can be transformed, or you’ve got someone coming into it, you need to start now. You need to be the ones doing it, not waiting for someone else to transform you, and then you’re on the defensive. It’s harder for you as a legacy business to transform than it is for a newcomer. A new business will buy everything in the cloud. They’ll buy all the new technology, and apply processes that fit the new world that we’re now in, and the new buyer dynamic, and the new customer persona, and the new tech world we live in. Because they can.
If you’re in a business, forget what you do today. Go in a room with the people who understand the history of your business, or the dynamic of your market. Whiteboard, spend a couple of hours with some coffee and donuts, and just chat through. If we were starting this company again today, what would we do? Imagine that your company does not exist. You have all left and gone to a start-up. You’re going to start a competitor. What would you do? You would not build what you built historically.
The reason you did that is because it was the world you were in at the time you built it. So there’s nothing wrong with what you did. It’s the nature of the beast. But today, you would do it differently. And that’s how your mindset needs to start. Then you work backwards to, “Okay, so how do we get there? What, what’s the easy win? Is there anything of these 20 ideas we’ve come up with, where we can start to … This year we could do three of them?” That’ll be hard in itself. Right? But we can start to move along the journey of trying to move towards that. Because we’ve all agreed if we started the business today, that’s what we’d do to beat our own company. If you can think of it, someone else can as well, and someone else can do it, and they can potentially do it quite quickly.
By Alistair Sergeant, CEO, Purple Consultancy Businesses are increasingly having to create and modify their organisational capabilities to adapt and keep…
SHARE THIS STORY
ByAlistair Sergeant,CEO, Purple Consultancy
Businesses are increasingly having to create and modify their organisational capabilities to adapt and keep up with the ever changing and evolving digital technology which surrounds them.
For many, their digital projects are failing; the speed of digital transformation is alienating the essential human interaction and cultural change required to make the projects a success.
Bring back the humans
According to the latest statistics, 88% of digital transformation projects fail and there is a reason for that.
The speed of digital change is something that no business can ignore but most try relentlessly and largely unsuccessfully to keep up with. We are surrounded with disruptive business models coming to market with new technology rapidly changing and it is easy to get so wrapped up by technology that we forget to consider that without the human element, the transformation process will fail.
This rapid change has resulted in a serious skills gap from a business and technology prospective for most UK organisations. As a result, both large corporations and SMEs UK wide are not as agile as they should be, not only affecting growth, but also impacting customer experience and employee engagement.
We know that (most) cars, no matter how technologically advanced they are, need a human to drive them and this is just the same when implementing digital change in your business.
Meaningful change starts with people, not technology. Your team needs to adapt to keep up with the pace by making changes to the way they have worked in the past but none of this can work successfully unless we encourage a chance in culture.
The role of the leader
To implement an effective digital transformation strategy, leadership is not only vital but critical for success. In so many cases, those implementing the strategy haven’t taken the time to understand what needs to be changed, what the strategy should aim to deliver and when, and more importantly how to correctly communicate change with staff or other company stakeholders.
It’s time to remove the digital-first approach as this method requires your entire team to buy in to it and almost forces them into a corner. To work on a new team culture in the business, which encourages your staff to embrace the changes and understand the reason for the changes, takes time. As a digital leader you need to guide and support your employees, encourage them and give them time to grow with the transformation process.
Understanding how they work, how they think and playing to their strengths is time consuming but will ultimately help to grow your successful ‘human-first’ approach.
Get to know your customers
Customers are human too. They are not just numbers on a sheet. It is vital you get to know them, get to the bottom of what they like, what they want and also what they don’t want. You are aiming to promote a human-centric approach so that you give them the solutions they actually want and not what you assume they want.
You can maximise the success of your product or brand by taking the time to get to know who your target market is and allowing them to see that there are humans behind the brand who actually care about what they want and are prepared to talk to them and listen to them.
No matter how advanced technology is becoming, in certain situations there is simply no replacement for the human touch. Empathy plays a large part in positive company and team growth as well as social skills, the power of persuasion and negotiation, and these are all done better by humans and is what your customers will relate to.
Be patient
Building a system within your business, where humans and technology can work together with more of a balance, is where successful digital transformation will be most successful. One can’t work without the other but in your quest to beat off the competition, don’t overlook the heart of your business, which is the human element and ensure you invest as much in them as the technology you use. Take time to let a new company culture evolve and ensure that your employees understand the new structure and most importantly your vision as you are the ‘human’ who is implanting the change.
Borislav Tadic, Vice President BMS & Transformation DRC, explores how a major digital transformation of Deutsche Telekom has enabled greater…
SHARE THIS STORY
Borislav Tadic, Vice President BMS & Transformation DRC, explores how a major digital transformation of Deutsche Telekom has enabled greater customer experience and significant technological advancements.
Tell us what
your role is and how it fits into the wider Deutsche Telekom strategy?
I’m Vice President at Deutsche Telekom, responsible for board member support and transformation of the board area, data privacy, compliance and legal, working here in the Bonn headquarters of Deutsche Telekom Group. We as Deutsche Telekom Group are present in 50 countries and I would say are definitely a leading European telecommunications brand. We hope, after our mergers and acquisitions in the United States that we’ll become an even bigger player on a global level.
How
important is it in your position to continue to learn?
That’s a fantastic point. One thing
I try to do is constantly improve on an individual level. That includes formal
education. I have at least 10 internationally recognised certifications and I’m
currently working on my PhD in parallel to my work and I use numerous
non-formal opportunities to expand my knowledge, both in the formats offered in
the company and outside as well as through reading and keeping up to date with
the latest developments every day, every morning.
That attitude is something I try to include in our transformation programs. For example, during the past two years, we’ve up-skilled more than 1000 employees off this board area, both in Germany and internationally, in several ways. First, offering them online learning content on our intranet platform, creating awareness about the different digital courses we have in the context of Deutsche Telekom, which are focused on their profession. We also continue to learn about global technological developments, so they can understand the new trends and developments in the industry so that they can better advise and/or support their customers.
From there we went a step forward and decided not only to offer them in a digital format, which is easy to implement and easy to offer and cost-efficient but also to enable a knowledge transfer. This is through our Digital Future Campuses in Athens and here in Germany. Several hundred people and experts from different functions of our board area were brought together and we educated them in areas such as broadband development, 5G, agile working, international collaboration, diversity and many other topics which directly or indirectly contribute to their performance and to their daily jobs. Satisfaction rate on the company level was one of the best in the recent history of Deutsche Telekom, with 96 to 99% participant satisfaction with the program.
Deutsche Telekom AG
A
transformation of any kind breeds challenge, what are some of the challenges
you have faced?
It is a challenge indeed. The first aspect of the challenge is that you have to give or convey as much knowledge as possible in a relatively short time and of course to make the knowledge current because if you prepare a course around blockchain and you prepared it two years ago, today you would need a completely different base. The pace of change with regards to the content, which you create to educate someone, is very high. It’s important that you stay up to date in the preparation and delivery of these courses.
Even that aside, you have a limited budget and this limited budget has to be approved and/or aligned with our human resources area. We are working with them closely because of course they have way more transparency about the needs of every individual employee and we have of course our professional view and vision where we want to be as a group. We basically worked with our colleagues from HR and with our expert groups in identifying which areas we need to focus on because you have hundreds of areas, especially in our fast-changing, fast-paced business around digitisation and technology.
After we finalised that, we created a program and then the next challenge was how to get the best possible lecturers and best possible experts to share the knowledge, because of course, their time is limited. There are of course budget limitations and numerous other restrictions including language barriers. We tackle that by trying to find the best in-house experts in some areas and external partners for others. They have more experience in some domains that are relevant to us. Then there is the delivery.
Even if you organise a format that consists of online courses as well as the physical presence of a course for several hundred people, that’s not an easy task. It sounds like an easy task; it’s just an event with a couple of hundred people but no, this is multi-partner, multi-party interactive session with numerous choice options because not everyone gets the same program. The people choose the modules and you have to fit all of that together. These are some of the challenges we’ve hopefully successfully tackled.
How
do you ensure that your transformation is done so with the customer experience
in mind?
That was the essence of our program and it’s a great question. First, we understood that we cannot only assume what the customer wants, we need to know what the customer wants and the only way to do that is to talk to the customer. As a governance function, we went and talked to the customers. We went out and spoke with actual private customers and business customers of Deutsche Telekom and asked them: what can we, from security, from privacy, from legal, from compliance, do differently in order to make your life better and easier?
We got our feedback. It was extremely good feedback, in the sense of many concrete, actionable points we can implement. For example, one of them was to simplify terms and conditions. When you sign a contract anywhere, for any mobile service, TV service or anything else we offer, you need to read through the pages of the contract documentation. This document is written mostly with the small letters, small font, explaining what will happen in case of some emergency escalation or conflict etc. It’s written in a language that no one understands but it was always the intention of Deutsche Telekom to make it fully understandable to our customers. We were doing our own efforts but when you speak directly to the customers, he can explain to you, which paragraphs are not easily understood or interpreted.
We used that feedback to simplify the terms and conditions for our major products. We did that within a couple of months and now we have one of the best, if not the best terms and conditions document, which is now standard. This raised the trust with our customers because they know that Telekom is fully transparent and wants them to understand what they are signing and what they are changing with their contract situation. This is only one example of numerous changes we did to the direct discussions with external customers.
How
important is transparency to a company like DT?
When you look at how you can make it more transparent and when you simplify the processes and the policies, the documents, when you’re directly communicating your goals and why you are doing certain things, this raises the trust of the customers. But of course, many digital tools can also help you to raise that transparency. For example, you can do it for ethical reasons. We have been very successful in advancing customer demands through a chatbot. It became so good that some of the customers didn’t even know that they were being served by the chatbot. Because it answered all their questions in the manner that they would expect from a live person, but we still, from an ethical perspective, decided to include the sign notification saying: “You’re speaking with our digital assistant, not with a real person.”
We’ve also introduced specialised
tools both internally and externally. As an example, we have a data privacy
cockpit that enables you to log in as a customer of Deutsche Telekom and
basically see which data you have approved or are sharing with both Deutsche
Telekom and you can also click and approve or disapprove with us sharing that
data with other parties. We are very strict with that. This is one of the parts
of our unique selling proposition; we’re extremely careful with the data of our
customers. What we want to achieve is for customers to no longer need to call or
send an email to understand which data of theirs is in the system and which can
be shared, but they also can log in with their mobile or fixed device and look
and choose and change the categories at any time, through a very useful and
user friendly interface.
Around 10 years ago, through internal experiences, we realised that this could become something we are known and recognised for, and so we decided to really invest internally into data privacy, security, compliance to strengthen our legal functions, to strengthen our audit functions. We did this in order to create a system that not only gives assurance to our shareholders but also to all of our customers. We don’t do it because we must; we believe that there is clear value in data being handled in an ethical and responsible manner for our customers.
How
difficult is this with regards to DT’s presence across 50 countries?
First is that we look at all of our footprints holistically where, if we have a high standard which is not producing a significant change in the product pricing or service pricing, we look to apply it throughout the whole footprint. In the area of compliance, security, privacy and risk management, we are applying the highest standards worldwide.
The challenge here is that you have certain local changes which happen and which of course demand us to stay on the ball in that we are always in contact with our local counterparts which are responsible for these areas where the board area is active and not only upscale them, not only to make them aware of the customer demands both locally and internationally, but also to always make sure that they’re applying the latest, leanest standard and the process to keep the high levels of these services.
How
will you continue to grow and transform? Can a transformational journey ever
really end?
There is no endpoint. You’re absolutely right; the transformation will never stop and should never stop. It’s a process of continuous improvement of the organisations and individuals and customers’ demands, markets. Everything is changing, so we need to keep changing constantly. I think it’s very important to say in the sense of the role you mentioned is that you also lead by example, not only me but also my colleagues and other senior executives. They need to be aware that if we are promoting a tool to be used or a process to be simplified, we have to start with ourselves.
They’re extremely important, these change processes, because it’s not sufficient only to upscale, to implement the customer demands and to digitise and introduce digital tools. If you want the whole organisation to have a sane and a good mix of agile projects and waterfall projects, I need to show that some of my projects in the digitization context are being run agile.
What do the next 12 months look like for DT?
We’re going to focus on new skills. Let’s say that we are going to further explore what the blockchain is bringing. We are going to further explore what the changes are, not only technologically, but also the social changes related to 5G. In addition to that, we want to further explore AI and also further explore digital ethics. We are going to be active in the corporate digital responsibility domain where we, as Deutsche Telekom, are very much pioneering some of the elements here in Europe, so this is definitely going to happen.
What
makes a successful CTO?
I would say surround yourself with extremely diverse people because diversity is not only diversity in the context of having different people with different backgrounds around yourself or different religions, different genders, different ages, etc., but also diversity in the opinion context, and the context of thoughts. And when you’re surrounded by such people, try to be like a sponge.
Try to take as much input as you can to process this and put it into the context and to continue changing because if I would apply what I learned at let’s say in the university or what I’m learning now for my PhD, that might be okay for a certain period of time, but the world, technology and the market is changing with extreme pace. So, you have to be fully aware that this will continue changing so your adaptability is the key. Your curiosity is the key and if you keep that, I’m sure that you’re basically ensuring that you’ll be successful today and tomorrow.
Welcome to a packed August issue of Interface Magazine! This month’s exclusive cover story is with a telecommunications giant. We…
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome to a packed August issue of Interface Magazine!
This month’s exclusive cover story is with a telecommunications giant. We caught up with Verizon Consumer Group’s Executive Director of Sales Experience John Walker to discuss the telco’s transformation of its customer journey…
The largest wireless provider in the US, Verizon, with its 4G LTE network, covers approximately 98% of the States. The company has transformed its customer journey, while boosting revenue in the process, in an omni-channel offering that has reshaped its sales strategy.
Verizon Consumer Group’s Executive Director of Sales Experience across those channels is John Walker and it’s his job to examine the shopping path and the process of shopping in a bid to provide a greater experience for both the customer and the sales team. “We’re moving on,” Walker explains, “from having a channel-focused distribution strategy to a customer-journey focused one. It’s a big change…”
We also speak to Neil Williams, Director of IT and Digital Transformation
at the University of Derby, who has overseen massive changes at this
progressive tech powerhouse. Plus, we have an exclusive interview with Frank Konieczny, CTO at the US
Air Force and Borislav
Tadic, Vice President BMS & Transformation DRC at Deutsche Telekom.
All the best tech events and conferences are also listed, as are
the Top 5 companies deploying blockchain.
Experts have been predicting for some time that the automation technologies that are applied in factories worldwide would be applied…
SHARE THIS STORY
Experts
have been predicting for some time that the automation
technologies that are applied in factories worldwide would be applied to
datacentres in the future. Not only to improve their efficiency but to help
gather business insights from ever-increasing pools of data. The truth is that
we’re rapidly advancing this possibility with the application of Robotic
Process Automation (RPA) and machine learning in the datacentre environment.
But why is this so important?
At
the centre of digital transformation is data and thus, the datacentre. As we
enter this new revolution in how businesses operate, it’s essential that every
piece of data is handled and used appropriately to optimise its value. This is
where the datacentre becomes crucial as the central repository for data. Not
only are they required to manage increasing amounts of data, more complex machines
and infrastructures, we also want them to be able to generate improved
information about our data more quickly.
In
this article, Matthew Beale, Modern Datacentre Architect at automation and
infrastructure service provider, Ultima explains how RPA and machine learning
are today paving the way for the autonomous datacentre.
The legacy datacentre
Currently,
businesses spend too much time and energy on dealing with upgrades, patches,
fixes and monitoring of their datacentres. While some may run adequately, most
suffer from three critical issues;
• Lack of consistent support, for
example, humans make errors when updating patches or maintaining networks
leading to compliance issues.
• Lack of visibility for the business,
for example, multiple IT staff look after multiple apps or different parts of
the network with little coordination of what the business needs.
• Lack of speed when it comes to
increasing capacity or migrating data or updating apps.
Human
error is by far the most significant cause of network downtime. This is
followed by hardware failures and breakdowns. With little to no oversight of
how equipment is working, action can only be taken once the downtime has
already occurred. The cost impact is much higher as the focus is taken away
from other things to manage the cause of the issue, combined with the impact of
the actual network downtime. Stability, cost and time management must be
tightened to provide a more efficient datacentre. Automation can help achieve
this.
‘Cobots’ make humans six times
more productive
Automation
provides ‘cobots’ to work alongside humans with unlimited benefits. The
precisely structured environment of the datacentre is the perfect setting to
deploy these software robots. There are many medial, repetitive and time
intensive tasks that can be taken away from users and given to a software robot
with the effect of boosting both consistency and speed.
Ultima
calculates that the productivity ratio of ‘cobot’ to human is 6:1. By reviewing
processes that are worth automating, software robots can be programmed, and
once verified, they can repeat them every time. Whatever the process is,
robotics ensure that it is consistent and accurate, meaning that every task
will be much more efficient. This empowers teams to intervene only to make
decisions in exceptional circumstances.
The self-healing datacentre
Automation
minimises the amount of time that human maintenance of the datacentre is
required. Robotics and machine learning restructures and optimises traditional
processes, meaning that humans are no longer needed to perform patches to
servers at 3 am. Issues can be identified and flagged by machines before they
occur, eliminating downtime.
Re-distribution of resources
and capacity management
As
the lifecycle of an app across the business changes, resources need to be
redeployed accordingly. With limited visibility, it’s extremely difficult, if
not impossible, for humans to distribute resources effectively without the use
of machines and robotics. For example, automation can increase or decrease
resources accordingly towards the end of an app’s life to maximise resources
elsewhere. Ongoing capacity management also evaluates resources across multiple
cloud platforms for optimised utilisation. When the workload is effectively
balanced, not only does this offer productivity cost savings, it also allows
for predictive analytics.
The art of automation
These
new, consumable automation functions are the result of what Ultima has already
been doing for the last year when it found itself solving similar problems for
three of its customers. It was moving three customers from their end of life
5.5 version of VMWare and recognised that it would be helpful to be able to
automatically migrate them to the updated version, so it developed a solution
to do this. Where once it would have taken 40 days to migrate workloads, the
business cut that in half, resulting in a 33 per cent cost saving for those
companies. It then moved on to looking at other processes to automate with the
ambition of taking its customers on a journey to full datacentre automation.
Using
discovery tools and automated scripts to capture all data required to design
and migrate infrastructure to the automated datacentre, Ultima’s infrastructure
is used as a code to create repeatable deployments, customised for customer
environments. These datacentre deployments are then able to scale where needed
without manual intervention.
The journey to a fully
automated datacentre
The first level of automation provides information for administrators to take action in a user-friendly and consumable way, moving to a system that provides recommendations for administrators to accept actions based on usage trends. From there automation leads to a system that will automatically take remediation actions and raise tickets based on smart alerts. Then you move to a fully autonomous datacentre utilising AI & ML, which determines the appropriate steps and can self-learn and adjust thresholds.
AI-driven operations start
with automation
Businesses
are adopting modern ways of consuming applications as well as modern ways of
working. Over 80 per cent of organisations are either using or adopting DevOps
methodologies, and it is critical to the success of these initiatives that the
platforms in place can support these ways of working while still keeping
efficiency and utilisation high.
In
the not too distant future is a central platform to support traditional and
next-generation workloads which can be automated in a self-healing, optimum way
at all times. This means that when it comes to migration, maintenance,
upgrades, capacity changes, auditing, back-up and monitoring, the datacentre
takes the majority of actions itself with no or little assistance or human
intervention required. Similar to autonomous vehicles, the possibilities for
automation are never-ending; it’s always possible to continually improve
the way work is carried out.
Matthew Beale is Modern Datacentre
Architect, Ultima, an automation and transformation partner. You can contact
him at matthew.beale@ultima.com and visit Ultima at www.ultima.com
The recent Maze Group report outlines that if the UK’s 237,000 adults’ nurses in acute, elderly and general care were to work in innovative productivity-enhancing hospitals, they would gain back a total of 25 million hours of time back every year. This equates to adding 13,500 full-time nurses to the NHS workforce. This is due to the current hospital facilities hindering optimum productivity. The report outlines that four in 10 public sector workers stated that they were unproductive for more than two hours every working week because of their workplace environment
The NHS is a recurrent issue in the UK, shown by its
centrality to the Brexit campaigns and the current conservative leadership
election. However, the NHS is facing severe staff shortages, and
resources to fund public services are scarce. Tax rises to boost budgets are
politically unattractive, but due to the UK’s increasingly ageing population,
there is an urgent need to find a solution.
One new solution now being discussed is innovative productivity.
At the moment, more than 95% of data on a building site is lost or not even recorded, meaning contractors are building new facilities from scratch, over and over again. New construction technology means going forward structures will be created by a standardised set of components that incorporate significant amounts of feedback from end users into the next iteration of the design. New digital blueprints can lead the construction process by ensuring collaborative access to current plans, documents, appointments, and contacts for the whole of a project team, as well as providing sight of far more of the supply chain, manufacturing process and on-site requirements from the outset. Subsequently, this means going forward hospitals can be manufactured following the same interactive blueprints. The standardization of hospitals should enable trained health care workers to perform effectively in any new facility.
PlanRadar co-founder, Sander Van de Rijdt, believes the tech
revolution finally happening in construction means ideas about how structures
and buildings are built will be different in the future, designed instead
around the user and optimised for how people use their spaces and environments.
This revolution will change how our public services are delivered and tap into
the hours of unlocked productivity in UK hospitals.
PlanRadar is designed to tackle productivity issues. Their
users already realising time savings of seven working hours per week on
average, which is roughly around 18% of their working time and leads to reduced
costs of up to 70%. It’s one of the new construction technologies that will be
pivotal in building the next wave of innovative productivity-enhancing
hospitals and improving the future delivery of the NHS.
Alan Gibson, Senior Vice President, EMEA at Alteryx It’s no secret that data and analytics play a key part in…
SHARE THIS STORY
Alan Gibson, Senior Vice President, EMEA at Alteryx
It’s no secret that data and analytics play a key part in
every organisation’s digital transformation efforts. Data science has become a
rapidly progressing field thanks to the crucial role it plays in understanding
big data.
Although data has become a real game-changer harnessing
it is not always straightforward and many global corporations are struggling to
leverage their data assets. These strategies generate an overabundance of data
– and even more questions, requiring more analytics than most can possibly
imagine. They also require continuous analytic breakthroughs in order to
achieve a true digital transformation.
This pressure to exploit data in new ways and the
increased emphasis on digital transformation is also causing a tremendous
amount of strain on organisations’ analytics teams. Although many are investing
heavily in data technologies to transform their organisations, quick access to
information and insights can be impossible – and many are still failing at
putting this data in the hands of the business people who must make use of the
insights.
A key tactic for improving data access and providing
insights involves bringing the two elements of data and data science together. For many organisations unifying these in order to
drive digital transformation continues to be a challenge. Every vertical and
department has a need for ingesting disparate content and performing complex
analytic processes against it to drive value from the massive accumulation of
’dark data’ stored by organisations. Unlocking the value of such data through
data analytics is key to guiding leaders make more informed decisions.
One of the principal ways in which organisations can unify
data and data science is by changing the status quo and developing an analytics
culture across the business. Analytic teams serve as the backbone to digital
transformations, but more often than not we find that analytic teams are
starting from an insufficient position, attempting to innovate with legacy
holdovers of analytics processes, technology and team alignments. Holding on to
these relics are the biggest barriers to analytic alignment and innovation.
Leaders focussed on digital transformation should targe
both cultural and technology strategies that help to create an analytics
competency to fuel digital innovation. This is no small task. With data skills
in short supply and demand for data-related roles set to continue to rise
within the next four to five years, this is either exciting or intimidating
depending on what side of the analytic effectiveness spectrum you’re sitting!
Linking up data insight to people with vital business
knowledge is paramount to organisations wanting to make the most of data
analytics. Not only will it enable the organisation to understand data
analytics at every level it will also create an army of ’citizen data
scientists’. Uniting departments that otherwise would have been siloed while
generating more insightful and valuable analyses. Empowering these burgeoning
citizen data scientists is a unique opportunity for organisations to compete in
today’s digital economy. These individuals are eager to learn and develop new
skills to improve their personal development and contribute to the business,
but they can only be harnessed with the right enablement, support and
self-service tools. What’s more, according to a survey conducted by Forbes Insights in
collaboration with EY organisations which have an analytics strategy central to
their overall business strategy are approximately five times more likely to
achieve revenue growth and operating margin greater than 15 per cent, as
compared to organisations lacking an analytics vision.
With the hyper-focus on digital transformation, it’s
important to keep it in perspective. It isn’t always about new ‘things’, it’s
about new value. Harnessing the networking effect of data, people and
technologies paves the way to creating a sustainable cycle of analytic
innovation that drives digital transformation.
ENDS
Alteryx offers
an end-to-end analytics platform that empowers data analysts and scientists
alike to break data barriers, deliver insights, and experience the thrill of
getting to the answer faster. Organisations all over the world rely on Alteryx
daily to deliver actionable insights.
By Amyn Jaffer, Head of Intelligent Automation, Ultima Most businesses now recognise they will need to embrace intelligent automation to…
SHARE THIS STORY
By Amyn Jaffer, Head of Intelligent Automation, Ultima
Most
businesses now recognise they will need to embrace intelligent automation to
gain competitive advantage. From improving business processes and customer
experience, to using ‘cobots’ to work alongside their workforce, AI offers companies
huge scope to improve their business efficiency and drive innovation.
Yet,
while many companies are excited about the potential of this new technology,
the very concept of AI often evokes fear of the unknown for others – especially
for businesses that, understandably, don’t know where to start on their Intelligent
Automation journey. As with most daunting tasks, the best approach is to take
incremental steps.
RPA: a good place to start
An
ideal first step on the road to digital transformation is the introduction of
RPA (robotic process automation), which uses robots to handle high-volume,
repeatable tasks that previously required humans to perform them. These tasks
can include queries, calculations and maintenance of records and transactions.
As
well as being relatively simple to implement, using software robots is both
affordable and effective; and the potential benefits are impressive.
As
an example, RPA can be used by HR teams to ensure each company department has
the same information about every employee without the typical challenges of running
multiple system records and repetitive re-entry of information. It can also be
used for absence management and for processing applications, saving time for
your employees to focus on more strategic work. As a second phase,
organisations can then make HR information more accessible by implementing
chatbots.
Any
large-scale activities or groups of repetitive tasks that draw on or feed
information into multiple systems are also candidates for intelligent automation.
In practice, this could mean using cognitive services such as text and
sentiment analysis to process and respond to natural language text within
formats such as emails, documents and live webchats. The aim is to extract data
from these sources without the need for human intervention.
One
training provider which takes up to 400,000 first line calls annually is using
speechbots to answer calls and leverage RPA to verify the caller. This has
resulted in reduced operational expenditure in the call centre by 50% and
increased efficiency.
Similarly,
cognitive services can also be used to improve business efficiency through visual
recognition. One company is using this technology to tag information in
photographs – a task that would take hundreds of man-hours to do, but just
seconds with cognitive services.
At
Ultima, we have been using RPA technology to automate our own back-end operations
and we’ve seen productivity rise by a factor of two since implementing the
technology across five processes. For example, we automated our forecasting and
planning tasks. Software robots collate real-time sales and marketing
information and process all the information they collect during the day to
produce detailed forecasts and business intelligence for the next morning.
Usually this took eight to ten hours per day of staff time. As a result, the
business has improved business intelligence to plan with, and staff have more
time to spend on customer service and strategic thinking.
The next level
Taking
care of mundane tasks, RPA frees companies to explore more complex AI-based
automation – using visual and cognitive intelligence that draws information
from multiple sources and interprets it to deliver improved business
intelligence.
By
automatically collecting and sifting through vast amounts of data and then
training robots to make sense of the data by asking the data pertinent
questions, businesses can start to solve the problems that have been keeping them
up at night. For example, analysing customer data to establish insights into
how different things affect their purchasing decisions can give real business
benefits and drive innovations in how a business might supply and market its
goods.
However,
before taking this next step, it’s important for any organisation to look
practically at their infrastructure, workforce and security, and consider what
might need to change to enable their businesses to be set on a positive path to
digital transformation.
Ready for the future
Ultimately,
we’re all likely to have a ‘virtual worker’ by our sides helping us to do our
jobs, cutting out mundane, repetitive tasks and freeing us up to be more creative
and focus on business goals and innovation. To reach this stage the right
foundations need to be in place, and the adoption of RPA is the best place to
start.
Automated
machines will collate vast amounts of data and AI systems will understand it.
By coupling two different systems – one capable of automatically collecting vast
amounts of data, the other that can intelligently make sense of that
information – individuals and businesses will become more powerful.
Take a deep breath,
jump in and get ready to realis
Mike Bohndiek, Managing Director of PTI Consulting and Eric Solem, Head of Business Applications speak exclusively to The Interface on…
SHARE THIS STORY
Mike Bohndiek, Managing Director of PTI Consulting and Eric Solem, Head of Business Applications speak exclusively to The Interface on how the company helps sporting organisations unlock their stadium technology transformations to enhance the fan and customer experience
When we
look at the current Stadium Technology Transformation landscape, what are some
of the cultural differences between the approaches in the UK and those in
Italy?
Eric Solem, Head of Business Applications
and Commercial at PTI: The
fundamental difference concerns the ownership of the grounds. Here in the UK
the rights holders (the teams) actually own the grounds or have some major sort
of participation in ownership whereas most grounds in Italy, except for a few
cases, are owned by the local councils. And so, therefore, they’re
fundamentally rented facilities. They’re not necessarily facilities that have
had the experiential strategy piece built around it, and that’s a real struggle
most Italian clubs have. AS Roma is a great example where they play out of a
shared Stadia (Olympic Stadium) between arch-rivals (Lazio) and on match day
everything has to be quickly loaded in and then taken out (pre and post-match).
Along with this you don’t have the added benefits of stadium tours, etc. This
all adds up to the stadium not being designed the exact way you want them to be
designed and you lose that sense of home, of it being the ‘Club Stadium’.
How does that impact the way that the club
makes their decisions on where they invest in the technology infrastructure
across the Stadium?
Eric: Well, the majority of the clubs across Italian
football are considered to be well behind the rest of Europe’s top leagues,
mostly due to the lack of investment in stadia. I think that’s mainly due to
the difficulty of just getting things done in Italy, especially the financing
laws of certain criteria. There’s a long history around why this hasn’t
happened, but in the case of Juventus, they managed to rebuild a new modern
stadium within their old stadium. Now, they’ve won the title eight years
running and are one of the most successful teams in Europe and have new revenue
streams from having their own stadium.
Most of the
clubs want to follow this model and AS Roma are looking at the approval of a
big project. There are other examples of clubs like Sassuolo and Udinese who’ve
done smaller redevelopment projects. There are a lot of other ones that are in
the rendering phase, but I think it’s a well-known and documented issue that
Italian football revenues have been in decline since the late 90s when it was
considered the Premier League across Europe.
In the
UK, you can look at Arsenal as a great
example in 2006 with their new stadium and then there have been a lot of other
redevelopments after that…all leading up to Arsenal’s friends across north
London with Tottenham Hotspur’s state of the art brand-new stadium.
Mike Bhondiek, Managing Director, PTI: The challenge is about who owns the customer
journey and that fan experience. It’s the hot buzz phrase right now and we need
to look at what are clubs doing to drag people back off the sofa, back out of
the bars and back out of watching broadcast TV into having the real stadium
experience.
The real
challenge across the last six/seven years is that broadcast packages have
become cheaper and more accessible, whilst ticket prices have gone in the
opposite direction! Consumers now have the ‘game’ choice between the stadium
experience or whether they prefer the experience at home! Which takes us to the
connectivity with your device/technology. At home, the fans have more
configurability of their surroundings and are connected to quality Wi-Fi. They
can look across the statistics, they can be on their device orchestrating what
they want, something they’ll struggle to do across almost every stadium.
On the
opposite end of that scale is the American-style whole day experience that some
clubs have started to move towards in the UK. In nearly all cases the stadiums
are owned outright by the club, therefore you’ve got full control of everything
that goes on around the stadium (the very opposite of the Italian model of
leaseholds of the ground) and with the charge of the digital agenda and social
media, you’re able to drive awareness and engagement with what you’re doing
around the stadium.
However, it
doesn’t always flow through into reality and most people just take that digital
experience in isolation. Clubs are
looking to take more control of that end-to-end immersive experience, and that
starts with the ticket purchase and runs through to the post-match survey,
providing a real competitive advantage for those clubs who are doing this well!
Eric: I think that’s a very
good point. For a lot of fans, it doesn’t feel like going to your home ground,
much more of a temporary rented stadia experience. All of which makes the
competition of getting people off the couch, back into this connected area a
big challenge for Italian clubs. If a fan doesn’t feel like they’re coming to a
place where they belong (and part of the club experience) that whole journey
sort of breaks down.
From a
technology perspective, are there any differences between the average Roma fan
and the Arsenal fan…or are they both looking for very much the same
thing?
Eric: No, I don’t think there is any difference at all. The passion of fans is
the same, they want to know everything about the club, so who trained on that
day, who’s injured, what are the prospective new players coming into the club,
etc. They want as much access as possible and with digital media broadcasting
(YouTube) that is here together with social media, that has allowed that to
happen. I think fans feel a lot closer to the club from that aspect, but you
need that stadium piece to complete the circle.
Are there
any differences in how fans interact with the stadium? Do they arrive earlier,
and do they spend differently across food/beverage and merchandise?
Eric: Again, it comes back to the challenge of not owning your ground. For
example, in Rome, we were restricted by security as to how we could operate the
building and there wasn’t much possibility of a pop-up fan zone on match day to
engage with the fans. I think you’ll find at some clubs like Juventus and
Sassuolo there is more of an improved fan experience, but it’s still way behind
the UK and the US model.
Mike: The fundamental difference when we talk about
culture is more interesting when we compare the US versus UK/European models.
The PTI Consulting trip to the US was interesting to compare the ticketing
model, especially in baseball where there’s little scarcity and it’s a far
greater number of matches than there are in football. Casual transient
supporters who might come only a handful of times a year can get a ticket when
they want, whereas the model in England is very much seasonal.
Typically,
85% of the top English football clubs
tickets ever sold is on a seasonal basis. West Ham sold 47k season tickets in a
52k capacity stadium and Arsenal sold 47k out the 60k Stadium when they moved
into Emirates. The model is built around banking money up front and then
creating engagement on a different model.
A lot of
clubs have evolved over the years, which has bred a match day routine that has
now become a challenge for the club to change. People tend to do the same
things they’ve always done, regardless of whether you change the experience for
them because it’s their habit/superstition and has become part of what makes
match day for them.
So, you’ve
really got to be focused to not only match the experience that those people
have always had, but beat it, make it such a draw them to leave their usual
pubs/restaurants and come back to the stadium. The US model is different
because it’s built for around 30% being seasonal with the rest being more
transient. That new fan comes for the first time, they’re arriving at the ground
early and they won’t have a preset routine. They want to engage with the fan
part. They tend to spend across secondary revenue through retail, through food
and beverage and create that big experiential day. Some fans want to lap up
every last moment of this match day. How early could I get there? And how late
can I leave?
People
coming to have a great experience is one thing, but how do you create value to
that season ticket holder that’s been going for many years and ensure they’re
still getting the most value out of their match day? That includes the
operational experience, so I can go to the pub until 14:55 and still be in my
seat by kick-off. Then you wonder, can you make access control a seamless
experience?
What can the UK and European Clubs look to the
US for in terms of what they’re doing from a technology point of view?
Eric: In the US there’s a pretty constant rate of a refresh and that is
actual physical experiential refresh. You see big arenas and stadiums in the US
now moving away from suites and putting lounge seats in. For example, we
recently visited Madison Square Garden, which has gone through this complete refurbishment of the club
spaces to the lounge model.
I know that
Roma/Italian/French fans, they want that new modern stadium experience. They
want those experiential pieces to add to the match day excitement. But after
that first season of the new stadium, how do you keep those same fans engaged?
And how do you keep them coming back for more and not falling into the old
habits of showing up half an hour before kick-off and leaving immediately after
the game? The solution for this is through the creative use of technology.
Some of the
experiential pieces can have the ability to plug-n-play different types of
experiences when you have a new building, as it has the infrastructure built in
to allow you to do that. So, you’re not ripping down walls and pulling out
cables every time you want to do a new experiential piece. I think part of it
is how clubs and the stadia usage evolve over time and refresh constantly maybe
every three to five years or even at a greater rate of change. You need to
provide something new to compete with the wide variety of entertainment choices
that the casual fan has. So, the rate of technology change is going to continue
to increase.
Mike: The UK in many
ways has this technology challenge. In the US they tend to build the stadium
within a greenfield site. It will generally be an out-of-town building, with
the infrastructure designed to do this well from the ground up.
I’ve
reviewed a lot of UK stadiums and for the most part, they have a pre-existing
technology legacy that is way out of date. There was a wave that was built in
the 1970s, another in the 1990s and the last wave the early 2000s. Today
they’re all starting to get to that point where they simply don’t meet the
technological needs of the modern fan. So, we’ve seen some clubs decide to do
that refresh by rebuilding a stand, some do it by moving the whole stadium,
others do it just by overlaying new technology services, all in an attempt to
try and improve that fan experience.
So, yes
“I’d like to use that fancy new club app” but you’re letting me down with the
1993 technology infrastructure unable to cope with the new app sitting on top
of it. Whereas, if you’re getting the US model, and you’re building from the
greenfield, you’re building the infrastructure up from the base. So, starting
with a really strong pyramid base and you’re on the way to better understand
the full journey. You’re also building in some headroom for the next ten years
and future proofing fan behaviour and expectation.
We see a lot
of clients attempt to unpick their technology to try to get to that same
position. However, if you’re in a stadium that was built in the early 1900’s it
becomes more difficult to fully understand how technology can fit into this
environment and as such creates a real challenge.
What is the key thing that clubs need to look
at to create engagement to drive commercial growth through fan engagement?
Eric:We talk about the pyramid of technology, data,
applications and connectivity. So, everyone feels the need to have a robust fan
app. Yes, everyone falls in love with these apps, but I think clubs need to
step back and understand how this application works within your building, by
looking at the infrastructure and looking at your connectivity.
Those three
things need to be looked at holistically because at the end of that journey
they’re going to produce the data that provides commercial growth or
operational efficiency, which is what all stadia and all clubs should be
looking for when they’re investing in technology
Mike: My number one
piece of advice is to look at your connectivity. The rate of change is
increasing and services from the cloud are the type models your fans want from
your infrastructure. Also, the ticketing platform and access control systems
are the sorts of key items that
surround your customer touch-point, so it’s fundamental that these systems work
every single time!
Over the
next two years, 5G will slot into view with a chance to commercialise this
across Europe. New stadium projects will need to factor that future piece ahead
because you need to decide whether it is Wi-Fi handing off to mobile data or
create a spot for mobile data.
You also
need to factor the connectivity needs of your match day experience for the
back-of-house operations (such as scanning stock, retail warehousing, store
replenishment) so the customer experience is amazing at half time and at the
end of the match. Fans expect the food & beverage tills to be built on
cloud platforms and use contactless payment solutions.
The fan
experience is always changing, and we will see mobile with augmented reality
very soon, so how will you deliver that without connectivity?
This month’s cover features Gary Steen, TalkTalk’s
Managing Director of Technology, Change, and Security, Gary Steen regarding the
telco’s commitment to thinking, and acting, differently in a highly competitive
marketplace…
TalkTalk is an established telecommunications company that fosters a youthful, pioneering spirit. “I like to think of TalkTalk as a mature start-up,” says Managing Director of Technology, Change and Security, Gary Steen. “We are mature in terms of being in the FTSE 250, with over four million customers, relying on our services every day through our essential, critical national infrastructure. But that said, I definitely think we start our day thinking as a start-up would. What can we do differently? How do we beat the competition? How do we attract great talent? We’ve got to come at this in a different way if we are going to succeed in the marketplace. We are mature, but we think like a start-up.”
Elsewhere we speak to Natalia
Graves, VP Head of Procurement at Veeam Software who reveals the secrets to a
successful procurement transformation. Graves
was tasked with looking at the automating, simplifying, and accelerating of
Veeam’s procurement and travel processes and systems around them, including
evaluating and rolling out a company-wide source-to-pay platform. “It has been
an incredible journey,” she tells us from her office in Boston, Massachusetts.
We also feature exclusive interviews with PTI Consulting and cloud specialists
CSI.
Plus,
we reveal 5 of the biggest AI companies in fintech and list the best events and
conferences around.
Digital transformation is making it easier for procurement organisations to “do more with less,” according to newly-released Procurement Key Issues research from The Hackett…
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital transformation is making it easier for procurement organisations to “do more with less,” according to newly-released Procurement Key Issues research from The Hackett Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: HCKT). But there is still significant need for procurement to address its critical development priorities for 2019, including: improving analytical capabilities, aligning skills and talent with business needs, leveraging supplier relationships, enhancing agility, and achieving true customer-centricity.
Digital transformation is beginning to have a significant impact on procurement organisations, The Hackett Group’s research found, with 30-40 percent saying it has had a high impact in achieving enterprise objectives, enhancing performance, optimising the service delivery model, and addressing roles, skills profiles, and needs. Over the next two to three years, procurement organisations expect the impact of digital transformation to dramatically increase, with key areas like robotic process automation and advanced analytics seeing particularly high adoption growth rates (2.3x and 60 percent, respectively). Broad adoption of e-procurement technologies is also expected to grow by nearly 2x.
Procurement expects its budget to grow at a much slower pace this
year than in 2018 (1.3 percent, versus 2.7 percent last
year). Procurement staffing shows a similar trend, with 0.9 percent
growth expected, versus 2.8 percent in 2018. With revenue growth expected to
increase from 5 percent in 2018 to 5.7 percent for 2019, this creates
significant productivity and efficiency gaps
that procurement organizations must overcome.
A complimentary version of the research is available for download,
following registration, at this link:http://go.poweredbyhackett.com/keyissuespro1902sm.
Note – The full research piece includes 7 charts containing more than 60
complete metrics.
Procurement has aggressive plans to increase its use of digital
tools and procurement-specific technologies over the next two years, the
research found. Procurement will invest heavily in cloud-based
business applications along with several data management technologies: data
visualization (where adoption rates will rise by 24 percent), master data
management (57 percent adoption growth), and advanced analytics (60 percent
adoption growth). Spend optimization analytics and dashboarding adoption rates
are expected to grow by 61 percent. Broad-based adoption of
e-procurement technology is expected to grow by nearly 2x.
Use of mobile computing and robotic process automation (RPA) are also
expected to rise dramatically, indicating a focus on more efficient, agile
processes across the procurement lifecycle. RPA sees the highest
adoption growth rate among digital technologies, at 2.3x. While RPA is
primarily being used for procure-to-pay processes at present, there are a range
of other procurement areas that can benefit from automation of
repetitive work, including updating of vendor master files and electronic auction
setup.
Procurement-specific technologies are expected to become far more
broadly adopted over the next two years, with nearly universal adoption of
e-procurement, spend optimization analytics, and supplier relationship
management systems, and just slightly lower adoption rates for e-invoicing and
contract lifecycle management. This represents a major shift toward
customer-centricity, designed to enable organizations to simplify and
streamline processes, and improve agility.
The research found that procurement’s 2019 actual transformation focus is poorly aligned with what should be its critical development priorities; i.e. areas identified as of critical importance, but with very limited ability to address. Among those, development of analytical capabilities is a transformation focus for about half of procurement organisations. Modernising application platforms is another top transformation focus, and is a key way to achieve simplification due to the complexity of many legacy environments. Consolidating multiple legacy systems is also a critical step towards to improving data management and analytics.
But of the other critical development areas, less than a third of
all procurement organizations have a major initiative in place to
improve skills and talent with business needs, and even fewer said they intend
to work on agility or focus on improving customer-centricity and supplier
relationship management capabilities.
Procurement is also focused on its role enabling the enterprise in
2019, with an array of priorities that include elevating their role as a
trusted advisor, continuing to reduce purchase costs, improving stakeholder
satisfaction, and enhancing agility.
“Procurement organizations are clearly making investments in
digital transformation and are seeing real benefits. The focus on improving
analytics for 2019 is particularly encouraging. But the laundry list of
critical areas where they have very limited ability to make improvements is
very disconcerting,” said The Hackett Group Principal &
Global Procurement Advisory Practice Leader Chris Sawchuk. “Despite
the fact that procurement knows what it needs to do, it’s simply not
fully translating into an effective plan of action. Procurement must
become fully dedicated to advancing its capabilities in analytics,
customer-centricity, agility and more, while also investing in the right talent
to help lead those changes.”
According to The Hackett Group Research Director Laura Gibbons, “Failing
to address the five critical development areas poses a significant risk. For
example, we see skills & talent as a particularly critical risk
factor. Procurement has begun to truly invest in digital
transformation, but if it doesn’t have the right people in place, digital tools
could end up being misused or wasted. You need the right people, with the right
skills in place, to take full advantage of what digital transformation can
offer.”
This same issue holds true in several other of these critical
development areas,” explained Gibbons. “Agility is critical if procurement
is to be able to respond to market changes. Without a focus on
customer-centricity, procurement can miss significant opportunities
for improving efficiency, simply because they don’t effectively know what the
business needs. And without supplier relationship management, opportunities for
innovation can be missed.”
Sawchuk explained that the potential impact of digital transformation
in procurement is powerful. “Advanced analytics can enable companies
to become less reactive and more predictive, more quickly and accurately
identifying and avoiding risks. It can drive dashboards where anyone can log in
and get real-time data. Dynamic discounting is another area that can be
very challenging for many companies, but can be easily enabled by digital
transformation.”
“Smart automation can reduce operating costs, and eliminate
transactional work, freeing up staff time for more value-added efforts,” said
Sawchuk. “Even if procurement can simply focus on a larger percentage
of the spend base, the value is very significant. And digital tools can
streamline and improve the experience of internal customers and suppliers.”
The Hackett Group’s 2019 Procurement Key Issues research,
“2019 CPO Agenda: Building Next-Generation Capabilities,” is based on results
gathered from about 150 executives in the US and abroad, most at large
companies with annual revenue of $1 billion or greater.
Neill Hart, Head of Productivity and Programs at Computer Systems Integration (CSI), speaks exclusively to The Digital Insight about how…
SHARE THIS STORY
Neill Hart, Head of Productivity and Programs at Computer Systems Integration (CSI), speaks exclusively to The Digital Insight about how the company has moved beyond simple systems integration and helps customers find and exploit a ‘perpetual edge’ in technology innovation and digital transformation. Click here to listen to the full podcast!
“As Head of Productivity and Programs at CSI and the head of enablement, I am the middle ground between strategy and execution. We take the company strategy, which is very much centred on digital transformation, and using utility or cloud computing, we take it to the market in a way that makes sense for our client base.
Companies will have three or four desired outcomes; grow the business, save money, innovate faster and to protect (data, reputation etc.). Traditionally it’s to save money. On-premise data centres require capex investment, you have to buy equipment, run it in a data centre and pay for electricity and power, operations etc. The offer of cloud or utility computing is that use what you need and only pay for what you use. You don’t pay a lot to the water company if you don’t turn the taps on. That’s the dream of utility computing or cloud computing is that you break away from the capex investment. It’s inflexible. If you run out of capacity with an on-premise data centre, you have to buy some more equipment and that takes weeks or months to arrive. With cloud, if you need some more you pay for more…”
It’s no secret that data and analytics play a key part in every organisation’s digital transformation efforts. Data science has…
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s no secret that data and analytics play a key part in every organisation’s digital transformation efforts. Data science has become a rapidly progressing field thanks to the crucial role it plays in understanding big data.
Although data has become a real game-changer harnessing
it is not always straightforward and many global corporations are struggling to
leverage their data assets. These strategies generate an overabundance of data
– and even more questions, requiring more analytics than most can possibly
imagine. They also require continuous analytic breakthroughs in order to
achieve a true digital transformation.
This pressure to exploit data in new ways and the
increased emphasis on digital transformation is also causing a tremendous
amount of strain on organisations’ analytics teams. Although many are investing
heavily in data technologies to transform their organisations, quick access to
information and insights can be impossible – and many are still failing at
putting this data in the hands of the business people who must make use of the
insights.
A key tactic for improving data access and providing
insights involves bringing the two elements of data and data science together. For many organisations unifying these in order to
drive digital transformation continues to be a challenge. Every vertical and
department has a need for ingesting disparate content and performing complex
analytic processes against it to drive value from the massive accumulation of
’dark data’ stored by organisations. Unlocking the value of such data through
data analytics is key to guiding leaders make more informed decisions.
One of the principal ways in which organisations can
unify data and data science is by changing the status quo and developing an
analytics culture across the business. Analytic teams serve as the backbone to
digital transformations, but more often than not we find that analytic teams
are starting from an insufficient position, attempting to innovate with legacy
holdovers of analytics processes, technology and team alignments. Holding on to
these relics are the biggest barriers to analytic alignment and innovation.
Leaders focussed on digital transformation should
target both cultural and technology strategies that help to create an
analytics competency to fuel digital innovation. This is no small task. With
data skills in short supply and demand for data-related roles set to continue
to rise within the next four to five years, this is either exciting or
intimidating depending on what side of the analytic effectiveness spectrum
you’re sitting!
Linking up data insight to people with vital business
knowledge is paramount to organisations wanting to make the most of data
analytics. Not only will it enable the organisation to understand data
analytics at every level it will also create an army of ’citizen data scientists’.
Uniting departments that otherwise would have been siloed while generating more
insightful and valuable analyses. Empowering these burgeoning citizen data
scientists is a unique opportunity for organisations to compete in today’s
digital economy. These individuals are eager to learn and develop new skills to
improve their personal development and contribute to the business, but they can
only be harnessed with the right enablement, support and self-service tools.
What’s more, according to a survey conducted by Forbes Insights in
collaboration with EY organisations which have an analytics strategy central to
their overall business strategy are approximately five times more likely to
achieve revenue growth and operating margin greater than 15 per cent, as
compared to organisations lacking an analytics vision.
With the hyper-focus on digital transformation, it’s
important to keep it in perspective. It isn’t always about new ‘things’, it’s
about new value. Harnessing the networking effect of data, people and
technologies paves the way to creating a sustainable cycle of analytic
innovation that drives digital transformation.
Digital transformation has established an almost universal
presence in the boardroom in recent years. As with many tech trends, the term
has become overused to the extent that it has started to become somewhat vague
and ill-defined, with many companies devising their own ideas of what digital
transformation means and how it should be implemented.
Whatever approach is taken, at its heart digital
transformation is all about using technology to implement a fundamental change
in the way businesses operate. When implemented successfully, a digital
transformation project can deliver powerful benefits to an organisation,
including improving efficiency, reducing costs, enhancing user experience, and
even establishing entirely new working practices and revenue streams.
These potential benefits mean that digital transformation has
become firmly established as a top business priority. Gartner’s 2018 CIO Agenda
Industry Insights report surveyed more than 3,000 CIOs around the world and
found that all respondents ranked digital business as one of their top 10
objectives. While some industries have more to gain than others, any business
sector is able to reap the rewards of going digital. 11 of the 15 industries
participating went as far as to rank digital transformation as one of their top
three priorities.
Digital
transformation is the go-to top-line strategy for any organisation
looking to demonstrate innovation in its field. However, in the race to gain a
reputation as digital trend-setter, many companies make the mistake of rushing
in and throwing budget at new technologies promising to deliver
a digital solution to long-entrenched problems.
Less digital, more
transformation
Real digital transformation cannot be achieved by simply
buying in the latest shiny tech solutions.
A successful transformation
strategy comes not just from product, but from process
and – the most overlooked aspect of all – people. A company needs to start its
digitalisation project armed with a thorough understanding of the relationship
between people, process and, finally, product. This takes a level of insight
and patience that many firms unfortunately do not feel they can spare in the
breakneck race to stay ahead of the competition.
Attempting
to implement a quick-fix approach to digital transformation without going through
a process approach will often result in a poorly established and disjointed
system full of automation siloes. Users will often end up simply bypassing
these solutions, leading to them reverting to older inefficient working
practices – or even creating new ones.
Bill
Gates once summed the issue up perfectly: “The first rule of any technology
used in a business is that automation applied to an efficient operation will
magnify the efficiency. The second is that automation applied to an inefficient
operation will magnify the inefficiency.”
Incoming IT headaches
While
everyone in an organisation is likely to suffer a headache under the issues
caused by a failed transformation project, it is the IT service team that will be
forced to endure the real blackeye.
Many IT teams have historically had their hands full fighting
fires – helping to resolve issues around technology not functioning correctly
or fulfilling time sensitive user requests such as password resets. Digital
transformation has the potential to change this status quo both by creating a
more efficient and reliable IT environment, and by implementing new processes
that will enable them to respond much more quickly and efficiently. In this
scenario, the time spent fighting fires is drastically reduced and IT personnel
are able to devote more energy and resources to long-term strategic
improvements instead.
However, this IT nirvana is only possible when a
transformation project has been completed successfully. When the project is
rushed or overlooks fundamental elements around processes and user experience,
the IT support team will instead be forced to fight more fires than ever. Indeed,
in the worst-case scenario, these fires can turn into a full-fledged
conflagration that must be tackled at the expense of all other priorities.
Breaking down silo
walls
While most companies are rushing to demonstrate what cutting-edge
digital innovators they are, many will focus on the digital aspect and forget
about the transformation. Unless there has been a fundamental shift in the way the
company operates, it cannot be said to have genuinely achieved digital
transformation.
One of the biggest barriers to digital transformation is the
siloed structure that most organisations are built around, with departments
such as IT, facilities management, human resources (HR) and finance generally having
their own distinct processes and software solutions. In most cases, these
working practices have been developed with little regard to interoperability
with other departments – despite the fact that many processes and user requests
require cross-departmental support. As a result, users must often endure a
tedious process that involves them being passed between different departments, each
of which is hindered by their working practices not meshing with the others. Attempting
to implement new digitally driven processes without removing all existing silo
walls will generally do little to fix these issues.
Most companies have made strides in implementing improved
processes under the guidance of ITIL and other standards to make the IT
operations service desk more productive. However, these efforts rarely go
beyond the siloed walls of the IT department. Organisations that are able to
apply these same digitalisation efforts in a universal, cross-departmental way
will be able to achieve new levels of efficiency and vastly improve the user
experience.
Employee onboarding provides a good case for how departments
can be unified under new digital processes. Onboarding is driven primarily by
HR, but requires involvement from IT, finance, facilities and security among
others. All these workflows can be automated into a single value stream, saving
a great deal of time and effort for each department involved.
From ITSM to ESM
Applying the concepts and technology behind IT service
management (ITSM) to the broader organisation will see the company moving
towards enterprise service management (ESM). This approach holds great
potential for both automating key functions in different departments and, more
importantly, for establishing set of automated workflows that integrate across
business functions. A huge number of work processes can then be united under a
single ESM platform, enabling users to access any kind of service and support
they need from a single location. Alongside the improved efficiency and user
experience, uniting most of the organisation’s processes under a single digital
system will also provide an unparalleled strategic overview that can be used to
assess progress and inform future decisions.
In isolation, going digital will do little to transform an
organisation. But by properly assessing their current working practices and
being bold enough to tear down silo walls and build from the ground up,
organisations can unlock the true potential of digital transformation.
This week’s exclusive podcast features SAP Ariba’s Chief Digital Officer Dr. Marcell Vollmer who examines the integral elements to a…
SHARE THIS STORY
This week’s exclusive podcast features SAP Ariba’s Chief Digital Officer Dr. Marcell Vollmer who examines the integral elements to a successful procurement transformation and how it aligns with, and helps steer, a company’s strategic aims
With any revolution,
there are revolutionaries, and SAP’s Chief Digital Officer, Marcell Vollmer is
one such figure. Vollmer has helped to forge a new identity for the CPO during
his time at SAP. Vollmer’s current role at SAP, the
global advisory and strategy, is helping its clients define and execute
digital transformation strategies, including the procurement and supply chain
functions. “Digital transformation is about focusing on a vision for the
future,” he explains.
So, where does a
procurement transformation begin? “I think the most important thing for digital
transformation is to focus on the structure, the organisation, the process
side, and then finally on the systems,” Vollmer tells us, from his Munich
office. “Oh, and don’t forget the people and the change
management on the journey, who are key to the overall success.” It’s no
surprise that many businesses are preparing for the future as everyone wants to
understand, learn and adapt to a constantly shifting landscape. And although
procurement is emerging into a progressive role, Vollmer is quick to point out
the volatility of technological change. Our CEO Bill McDermott says: ‘Change
has never moved as fast as now, and it will never move as slow as today.’”
“Part of my role is
helping them to cluster a little bit and structure the agenda because the
change is so fast. 50% of all the companies on the Fortune 500 list for the
year 2000 are no longer on that list. The speed (of change) is tremendous.
Change has never moved this fast, and it will never move this slowly again, and
so everyone is currently concerned a little bit and wants to prepare for the
future.”
Vollmer is passionate
regarding the massive potential of strategy-driven procurement as part of an
overall transformation and is very much engaged in client-facing work within
the procurement space. “Purchasing was not necessarily seen as a value
contributing function and was viewed as the operational side, transacting,
getting what the business needs,” he tells us. “And this has fundamentally
changed. Procurement today has a more important role in the business, to make
procurement awesome.”
The user experience
The user experience is
absolutely key amid a digital transformation. Modern procurement systems have
provided CPOs and their teams with the tools to transform the operations and
function of their department, but there’s more to making procurement than just
the tools. “Everyone expects an ‘Apple easy’ or a ‘Google fast’ experience when
you interact with a system,” Vollmer explains. “(Procurement) needs to be an
awesome experience and it needs to have a great user experience, but it also
needs to provide all the insights needed, that you can get from the spend
data,” he explains. “You have to do the demand planning and aggregation to
really get everything for the best possible price depending on the quality and
timings you need. The golden time in procurement can be optimised and is a
great experience for everyone engaging and interacting with the procurement
function.”
Many procurement and
supply chain strategists and consultants are seeing a massive sea-change in the
CPO’s role, which is seen by many as a stepping stone into the role of CEO.
This is something Vollmer also endorses. “Look at Tim Cook (CEO Apple); he was
a chief supply chain officer,” says Marcell. “Procurement was reporting into
his function, and what has he done? Not only is he now
the CEO, but he has also contributed by inventing the Gorilla Glass for the
iPhone to a great product experience. In the meantime, we have more than
2.2 billion iPhones sold. So, wow, there really is something that comes after
procurement.”
Indeed, Vollmer was a
CPO. And a chief operating officer. Currently, Vollmer is a chief digital
officer. As Vollmer has demonstrated, procurement is evolving into a talent
pool. “It’s a place where people want to work, because that’s my experience.
When I talk to other CPOs, it is the most beautiful place you can be. You
understand the business model and really know what the business is doing. You
can see areas of the business that represent opportunities. ‘Oh, that’s an area
where I want to be next in my career.’”
For procurement to
fully transform the increasingly redundant perceptions it creates, it needs to
work a little bit better on the marketing side, according to Vollmer. “Starting
as a trainee buyer, to potentially make it to a CPO, is a model which will no
longer exist in the future,” he explains. “The number one reason is that we are
tending more towards project-based work, a gig economy, to use this term.
Millennials and Generation Z want to get more experience. They are not
necessarily saying, ‘I want to work for a great company and procurement is a
good spot for me to start, and most likely end, my career.’”
Vollmer is clearly
excited about the future and sees procurement sat at the forefront of business
transformation. “We are at the very beginning of the fourth industrial
revolution. We are also at the beginning of a lot of technologies and machine
intelligence is the most disruptive technology. I believe that this is a time
of change and we need to prepare ourselves. And I believe procurement will have
a seat at the table of modern businesses. Artificial intelligence is changing
the world in the same way the steam engine or electricity did. And machine
learning is basically a part of artificial intelligence. What’s currently
becoming part of the business is internet off syncs and connected devices,
which are being implemented more and more on the business side. Everything is
related to automation in a broader sense and to analytics, including big data
and predictive analytics. But then also bridging it back to the machine
intelligence; the prescriptive guidance, using not only descriptive
information, not only predicting something based on historical data, but also
using other sources like weather forecasts. We have seen, for example, that
Ferrero was heavily impacted one year back, a little bit more than one year
back, when the hazelnut was impacted by the dry weather. And this is really
where you see the connection between the different technologies, being
absolutely key.”
When it comes to
procurement transformation it’s vital to have a vision. What is the future for
your function? Vollmer has a very distinct notion of what that vision should be
“And this is not limited to procurement,” Vollmer explains. “I would say that
this is part of all discussions regarding the future of the back office.
Therefore, the digital transformation starts with a vision. What do you really
want to do with your function? How do you want to create value? On the
procurement side, as in finance, HR, or IT, you can see what’s coming with
cloud, with the hyperscalers, and the change in IT and how we consume software
using cloud solutions. It’s a new business model. And therefore, I believe that
you need to think about how you want to define the future for your function.”
A transformation is
all well and good, but how do you create value? According to Vollmer, this
follows on from the vision. “You start with the structure,” he explains. “Start
with the organisational side. What do you want to do? Which functions might you
need? Which functions do you have already and might get impacted by automation
or by machine intelligence and other disruptive technologies? And therefore,
derive from that; think about the process side. How can you really help the
business to be faster, to have fewer hours in the different processes, to be
predictive in what is needed and also manage risk and secure a sustainable
supply chain. This will really drive value for your organisation.”
Connecting with
internet offsyncs and certain parts of the production of the supply chain is
definitely adding value. “When you see automation with robotic processes
helping your transactional processes become more automated, you can see the
next level of machine learning. So, it’s not only the robotics process
automation, which is just comparing a with b, and then if b is correct, going
to c, and then to d and so on. It is also learning, ‘Oh wow, there is a lot
that is happening when I see this in d happening. Basically, here are the root
causes and this is something that can be done, that is most likely happening,
and can be already integrated.’”
Vollmer is a big fan
of concrete use cases to get quick wins during transformative processes. “You
are not joining a journey for the next two, three, five years. In the past, big
IT implementations were lasting. I think that time is over. You need to be much
faster today as the change is very rapid and you need to prepare yourself for
it. A lot of people fear the change, the speed, and the disruption and what
might come and how their jobs might get impacted. I always say: ‘Yes, there is
a high risk that your job will be changing. But look back at the past 10 years.
How many times has your job already changed?’ At the World Economic Forum in
Davos, this January, it was reconfirmed that until 2022, artificial
intelligence will create 58 million additional jobs. Disruptive technology will
change your job, but on the other side it will also provide great new
opportunities. So many new jobs are getting created and there will also be a
big shift from task. So technical operational tasks might disappear, but
strategic value-adding tasks might show up, including everything related to
analytics.”
Change management
The biggest challenge
of any transformation involves the people. Change management represents a
massive cultural shift in the workplace and it’s vital you get it right. “I
always say, don’t forget the people. Because we all know we have limitations in
the team science we have today. Even as procurement creates hard savings for
example, more people could
potentially save more money. But is
procurement in the situation where it can get new resources or new talent? Most
likely not. Whatever you do, people are the most valuable assets in your
organisation. So be careful in how you define and drive your transformation,
because you need the people to be successful. No one is smart enough to run
everything on her or his own. It’s a team approach and so think about the
people.”
So, what makes for a
good CPO? “A really good CPO, understands the business model and can
collaborate with the right groups as a business partner to really create value
and gets a seat at the table of the business by providing everything that is
needed, including all the new innovative solutions or products the company can
use to be successful in the future. It is also about creating and developing a
great team, which can contribute and drive the value-generating activities. So,
good leadership skills are absolutely mandatory. That’s what a CPO needs, to be
successful in the future.”
Welcome to the May issue of Interface magazine! Our cover story this month features FWD Philippines’ CTO Rogelio ‘Nooky’ Umali,…
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome
to the May issue of Interface magazine!
Our
cover story this month features FWD Philippines’ CTO Rogelio ‘Nooky’ Umali, who
gives us the lowdown on disrupting the life insurance sector. Umali
and his team put the customer experience at the very centre of its innovations:
“We ensured that every single leg of a customer’s journey was assessed and then identified which
parts were the real pain points. The solutions were
then focused on resolving these pain points.”
Elsewhere, we feature Ed Clark, Chief Information Officer at
the University of St. Thomas, Minnesota, the guys behind innovative EV chargers
Andersen EV, Cranford Group’s Rachel McElroy and ‘CIO of the Year’ Vennard
Wright…
Digital skills shortages blight UK jobs market for 20 years A lack of technical expertise has fuelled skills shortages across…
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital skills shortages blight UK jobs market for 20 years
A lack of technical
expertise has fuelled skills shortages across the UK for the last two decades.
That is according to comparative analysis of the professional jobs market by
The Association of Professional Staffing Companies (APSCo), which is celebrating its 20th
Anniversary this year.
According to a 1999 report
from University College London, almost half (47%) of all ‘skill-shortage
vacancies’ that year could be attributed to a lack of technical expertise. For
‘associate professional and technical’ roles, the need for ‘advanced IT’ skills
was responsible for 31% of vacancies, while a lack of ‘other technical and practical
skills’ were responsible for a further 49% of all open
roles.
A separate report
published the same year by Computer Weekly revealed that C++ developers were
the most in-demand professionals with Java the second most sought-after skill
in the IT recruitment market.
Today, research
from The Edge Foundation suggests that around half of all employers (51%) have
been forced to leave a role open because there are no suitable candidates
available, and that tech job vacancies are costing the UK economy £63 billion a
year. LinkedIn data
indicates that cloud and distributed computing is the most valued skill among
employers, with user interface design, SEO/SEM marketing and mobile development
also featuring in the top 10.
Commenting on the analysis, Ann Swain, Chief Executive of APSCo, said:
“While the specific skills
that employers are seeking have changed dramatically over the past two decades,
the fact that talent gaps continue to be aligned with technical competencies
suggests that we need to do more to boost Britain’s digital capabilities.
“Our members have long
reported shortages of talent across the IT and digital fields. For this reason,
it is crucial that we ensure that we retain access to the STEM professionals
that businesses need in the short term – through maintaining access to global
talent and retaining our flexible labour market. However, perhaps more
importantly, we must pipeline the calibre and volume of skills we need for the
future so that we break free from this perpetual skills shortage. As this data
indicates, for the past 20 years we have been playing catch-up – and we must
break the cycle if individual businesses, and the wider UK economy, are to
fulfil their full potential.”
“One answer to the skills gap in UK tech? Women.” This week, the Digital Insight is joined by Rachel McElroy,…
SHARE THIS STORY
“One answer to the skills gap in UK tech? Women.” This week, the Digital Insight is joined by Rachel McElroy, Sales and Marketing Director at cloud specialists Cranford Group, who discusses how women could provide the answer to the skills shortage in the UK’s technology sector.
Dr. Sandra Bell, Head of Resilience, Sungard Availability Services Organisations are built upon complex and diverse networks of interconnected players;…
SHARE THIS STORY
Dr. Sandra Bell, Head of Resilience, Sungard Availability
Services
Organisations
are built upon complex and diverse networks of interconnected players; no
business is an Island. However, the technology that has enabled these players to
work together can also make them vulnerable. On one hand the globalisation of
information systems has provided the means for organisational growth and
economic prosperity through the easy access of highly available information. On
the other it has facilitated the democratisation of the cyber threat by making
the skills and knowledge to exploit information systems widely available. Likewise,
disruption, of any type, at one end of the chain can reverberate throughout the
entire network. For example, the so-called ‘NotPetya’ attack originated from a
single implementation targeted at Ukraine, but ultimately spread well beyond
its borders along supply chains to affect numerous companies globally, causing
hundreds of millions of dollars of damages.
But
organisations do not have a monopoly on these communication structures and social
media has enabled highly public two-way conversations between those at the root
of the disruption and those impacted by it, providing a platform for the latter
to voice their grievances. Unfortunately for organisations, this can have
potentially devastating consequences for their relationships with stakeholders
and the reputations on which they are built. Competition is fierce, and these
stakeholders can, and will, take action to cut businesses out of their global
supply chain if they are considered a risk.
Mitigating
supply chain risk
Business
Continuity teaches us to minimise our supply chain risk by having multiple
suppliers for key products and services. It has also become common practice to
try to further reduce risk by arms-length contracting and “incentivising”
supplier performance with hefty fines for non-delivery. These are both
excellent strategies if all you want to do is “survive” a disruption. However,
the modern consumer, who has access to the global marketplace, is no longer
satisfied to wait for an organisation to execute a heroic recovery and will
vote with their feet at the first sign of trouble.
Organisations
therefore need to be able to “thrive” despite uncertainty and disruption. To do
this, they need friends.
Best
practice for networked operations
There
are three key ingredients to being able to thrive. First, businesses need to be
adaptive, knowing when to change and optimising operations according to the
outside environment. Leadership is also crucial – with leaders instilling in
people the will to succeed during challenging times. The third and final area –
one which is frequently neglected by organisations – is their network. Forging
and maintaining effective relationships with stakeholders, customers and
suppliers is a key component not simply to being able to maintain successful
operations, but also to maintaining a competitive advantage and achieving
profit and growth. This is where an IT can really help. We saw earlier that globalised
IT systems facilitated growth and how it has been used against us to create a vulnerability.
But if organisations have resilient IT both internally and with their partners,
they can also use it to ensure that relationships do not crack under pressure.
Using
IT resilience to promote trust agility and collaboration
How
can organisations move from arms-length adversarial relationships to one where
they are mutually supportive without placing themselves at undue risk? The
first thing to do will be assess the value of each relationship. For example,
if value is measured simply by the commercial contribution that each person
makes, the relationship will only be safe when hard value is being provided.
In
contrast, closely coupled networks – where parties help each other out when
things go wrong – will be more resilient. Highly collaborative relationships
where knowledge and insights are shared mean that people will think twice about
dropping you like a stone when things go wrong.
Here are
five ways organisations can use IT resilience to create collaborative
relationships and boost resilience:
Aim
for flexible business relationships – Flexible relationships
facilitated by regular information exchanges are mutually beneficial and
supportive rather than adversarial. The marker of a resilient organisation is
one that is not totally averse to taking risks, and look instead at how the
risks of the entire value chain can be best shared among its players
Build
strong communications – Shared resilient IT will provide multiple
channels through which you can have a constant dialogue with your suppliers,
vendors and customers. It will also allow you to talk to them at the earliest
stage possible when something goes wrong demonstrating foresight, agility and
integrity which will help businesses to avoid grievances being shared on social
media
Show
commitment to the relationship – Work together to build
resilient connections. Businesses that have a vested interest in working on
joint future products and services signal to the rest of the network that they
are investing for the future rather than just in it for the profit
Ensure
that relationships are a strategic issue – IT resilience is often seen
as a cost or an insurance for when something goes wrong. However, relationships
can be existential. Therefore, if you want the attention of the board make
corporate resilience your driver for IT resilience
Practice as a team – When
multiple organisations respond together, things get complex. A football team
wouldn’t enter into a tournament where the first time the players meet is on
the pitch. Organisations should therefore use their IT infrastructure
connection to wargame their responses to different scenarios and learn how each
other responds before it has to be done for real
Weathering
the storm
A
simple software glitch somewhere in your supply chain is all it takes for you
to experience disruption. While most organisations will invest time and money
drawing up contingency plans to get the business back on its feet in as short a
time as possible, attention must also be paid to the impact a disruption can
have on the networks in which they are embedded. A robust and agile IT
infrastructure can not only be used for transactional purposes between customer
and supplier but can also be used to ensure that key relationships with other
components of the supply chain are nurtured. A truly resilient organisation
will invest in building strong relationships “while the sun shines” so they can
draw on goodwill when it rains.
By Asma Bashir, CEO of Centuro The start-up phase of a business is a challenging but exciting time. As the…
SHARE THIS STORY
By Asma Bashir, CEO of Centuro
The start-up phase of a business is a challenging but exciting time.
As the Founder you will have no choice but to balance
core responsibilities of Accountancy, Sales and Operations, before you find and
can afford the right people to fill these vital positions, in many cases
preventing scale and growth.
Despite being in its infancy, where decision making
processes are quick and resulting action is immediate, the start-up phase of a
business is definitely the most difficult, but with some key strategic changes,
you will be able to accelerate your start-up into a scale-up in no time:
Establish your role in your specific market
When creating a
successful business, you need to offer a product or service that solves a
problem for your target audience, does it better than current market solutions
or is something completely new and innovative.
If you’re still sitting in the start-up medium, you’re still likely to be
experimenting with and refining your target audience, developing your true
market and value proposition and establishing a baseline for your key business
metrics.
However, a business in scale-up mode has guaranteed to have mastered their market position, confidently
executing everything on a larger scale, without sacrificing their current niche
for the sake of growth.
To achieve this, your
business needs to have everything confidently laid out, whilst being able to
maintain a strong sales strategy, knowing exactly what your product or service
offers and how it is set aside from key market competitors.
It sounds simple
but clearly defining your market position can really make a difference to your approach
and resulting business growth.
Embrace online opportunities
The digital world is crammed with opportunities for
your business, and sadly with the limited time constraints start-ups have, it
can be a factor that just doesn’t get utilised.
A strong website with
articulate branding and an original message can go a long way, particularly
when you consider it only takes about 50 milliseconds (0.05 seconds) for
consumers to form a positive or negative opinion about your website.
Your business needs
to have an online presence, there’s no question, but the way you deliver your
business on these platforms can be make or break for a consumer.
With social media,
powerful blogs to drive your message, and even the use of video to document
your journey in building your business and your brand, can really give you an
edge over your market competitors, as long as you are consistent in your output
and approach.
Secure funding and generate a steady revenue stream
Starting a business can be an expensive venture, where
a lot of start-ups dive in head first with limited funds.
Since they are still building a concrete
product/service and a steady revenue stream, start-ups are often dependent on
some sort of outside funding — whether it be provided from a venture capitalist
or a bank.
Though a clear marker of success, organic growth can
be slow, where a start-up in receipt of funding drives that shift to scale-up
by enabling them to invest in key job roles, an increased marketing strategy or
greater production, which simply wouldn’t have been possible during start-up
phase due to cash flow constraints.
Ultimately, with an established product or service offering
and concrete funding, start-ups can shift into a bigger operation – enabling
the brand to grow and develop at scale.
Implement automated or replicable systems
In order to fully
transition from start-up into a scale-up, the concept of automation cannot be
overlooked.
It is very common for
new businesses and their employees to be bogged down by simple and repetitive
tasks, which can be better placed to driving business growth.
Whether this is
marketing automation through scheduling tools or automating the lead generation
process, there is a host of tech platforms that you can implement into your
business that will allow your operations to aid and adapt to growth and scale.
This can funnel into
all areas of your business, from integrating cloud accounting software to
cloud-based storage systems to ensure all team members can access all
documentation to fulfil their job role from any computer or mobile device.
It can be tough in the initial growth phase to find the staff to share your dream and
want to pursue the growth for your business. When taking on new hires, start by
instilling your passion in the business from the get-go to ensure they can add
value and fuel your growth from day one.
ENDS
Asma Bashir is the CEO of Centuro, a leading
London-based Consultancy agency, helping businesses and entrepreneurs thrive in
their chosen career industry.
Asma is a legal professional and philanthropist with
over 20 years’ experience within the legal services industry.
Two providers of temporary internet and Wi-Fi to the UK events industry Simpli-Fi and Noba have merged to create NobaTech….
SHARE THIS STORY
Two providers of temporary internet and Wi-Fi to the UK events industry Simpli-Fi and Noba have merged to create NobaTech.
Effective
immediately, NobaTech will act as the umbrella company with both Noba and
Simpli-Fi retaining their existing brands and customer base. The joint venture
will see Noba maintain its position as the event Wi-Fi and temporary internet
provider. Simpli-Fi will focus on three strategic growth markets: education,
leisure and construction.
NobaTech
has already signed some notable and high-profile clients. These include Venue Lab, the company
behind Printworks and Magazine London and a three and a half year exclusive
partnership with The
Saatchi Gallery – an event space used by brands such as; Google, Glamour,
Rolling Stones Exhibition and Rolls Royce.
Commenting
on the merger, Gary Exall, Director, Simpli-Fi said: “There are a small handful
of event Wi-Fi companies in the UK with no clear market leader. We want to be
that company within the next three years and see no reason why that can’t be
the case. This venture brings two companies together that share the same vision
when it comes to delivering premium events and the same values in terms of consistently
exceeding client expectations. It’s a perfect fit and win-win scenario.
Financially, NobaTech will see considerable savings by combining accountancy,
marketing and sales functions. From a customer service perspective our combined
methods and company structures will provide an even better service to our
clients, which is the main priority.”
Despite
NobaTech launching today, Simpli-Fi and Noba have been working in partnership
for almost two years. During this time, they have been sharing resources and
hardware to service the increasing demand and customer base, particularly in
the field of live events – an area of considerable growth.
The
formation of Nobatech will see employee count double. It will also fuel a
recruitment drive in account management and sales. The new company will be
based in West London, currently the Simpli-Fi head office. The events,
warehouse and logistics team will be based in Tring, Hertfordshire, currently
the Noba office. The move will also see a wireless internet networks team
created in Cannes, France. This is a new office built to cater for the demand
for temporary events in this region.
The
merger is the latest in a series of moves from Simpli-Fi to expand its offering
to the UK market and follows news last year regarding the appointment to the
board of events industry heavyweight, Mike Kershaw.
With
over 15 years’ experience servicing the education sector, the ambition is now
to establish a leadership position in this particular market. The other focus
industries are leisure and construction, driven by a need for temporary
connectivity across larger sites. This follows recent clients wins by Simpli-Fi
including; 22 Bishopsgate and Battersea Power Station, Phase III.
Commenting
on the merger, Nick Taylor, managing director, Noba, said: “This is the right
move, for the right companies at the right time. At Noba, we have seen
consistent organic growth for over a decade but more than doubled in size in
the last two years alone. Merging with Simpli-Fi means that we can realise the
synergies of both businesses in terms of people, skills and infrastructure quicker
and more efficiently than any other way.”
Coeus Consulting, an award-winning independent IT consultancy, has announced new research revealing that although the fate of many organisations depends…
SHARE THIS STORY
Coeus Consulting, an award-winning independent IT consultancy, has announced new
research revealing that although the fate of many organisations depends on
their ability to implement strategic change and to adopt disruptive
technologies, a reported lack of business and IT alignment, coupled with a
corporate fear of risk, means they risk losing out on crucial revenues and
market share.
Just 21% of those surveyed stated they seek to implement new technology as soon as possible, with some of the main barriers to adoption being: fear of disruption to core business (30%), lack of budget to adopt new technology (21%), and poorly planned adoption strategies (19%).
“While it is reassuring that
organisations are at least attempting to keep up with disruptive technologies,
it is somewhat concerning that they are not doing more. Monitoring advancements
is the first step on the road, but only three in ten organisations make
technology decisions in the boardroom. With technology now playing a vital role
in every industry, organisations need to increase their understanding of
technology and be prepared to take more calculated risks in order to reap the
benefits and execute successful strategic change”, Keith Thomas, Head of IT
Strategy Practice, Coeus
Consulting commented.
Successful implementation rates
are low among respondents which could explain these fears, with only seven
percent noting that all of their organisation’s strategic IT change projects
have met initial objectives over the past two years. The good news is that, of
those from organisations that have a test and learn culture, and also set
objective success or failure criteria for initiatives in advance, almost sixty
percent report that their organisation investigates or adopts a different
approach when initiatives don’t meet objective success criteria. “Organisations
are blinkered to the market and must be willing to tread the fine line between
adopting technologies quickly and rushing the process by investing in the wrong
technology, otherwise they risk being overtaken by their competitors and will
see declining revenues”, commented Ben Barry, Director, Coeus
Consulting.
Aligned and informed
organisational leadership is clearly an issue within organisations where at
least some strategic IT change projects have not met initial objectives, with
just over seventy percent admitting one of: business plans changing, senior
management not buying into the change, or not taking enough risks as a reason
for failure. “This is disconcerting, if those at board level are failing to see
the benefits of strategic IT change, then implementation, adoption and
deployment of new technologies is destined to fail. Businesses need to ensure
board-level understanding of the importance of IT, as well as building stronger
strategic IT change capabilities”, added Thomas.
“Consumer demand for new and
improved offerings, paired with demand for digitalisation from the business,
means that organisations not only need to increase the speed at which they are
doing things, but must also match, or stay ahead of the offerings from
disruptive and agile competitors”, Thomas noted.
Seeking to discover how
organisations view the next wave of disruptive technology, almost a third (29%)
of respondents believe artificial intelligence represents the most significant
innovation set to impact their industry in the next two years, with data and
analytics (18%) next in line. Despite their predictions on the next generation of
technology, only 38% of respondents say they operate with dedicated teams
monitoring the latest advancements. This suggests sixty percent of
organisations could be operating with little knowledge of innovations taking
place outside their four walls.
Despite the current economic
climate, funding seems to be a secondary issue. Last years’ research found that
just over six in ten (62%) of respondents predicted an increase in the size of
their budget for the coming year. In actual fact, only 50% of respondents from
the survey this year reported an increase.
However, just over 50% of
respondents reported that digital services are being funded from the IT budget
in their company, and additional funding is also allocated from elsewhere. Indeed,
approaching six in ten (57%) are anticipating an increase in their budget for
the financial year 2019 to 2020. This indicates that business leaders
appreciate the need for IT in their current and future operations to the point
of allocating funding, but not always to the point of consistently aligning
with their IT counterparts.
Increasing operational efficiency
(49%), customer satisfaction (32%) and increasing revenues/sales (31%) top the
list of drivers of strategic IT change projects, demonstrating the expectations
around the business value of IT change are not being effectively driven.
Businesses need to recognise the
consequences that slowing IT spend, and ultimately, stagnating progress, could
have on their business prospects. Taking unnecessary risks could lead to the
downfall of an organisation, but in reality, spending on technology and taking
a fail-fast, calculated approach to IT risk is now a necessity.
